Professional Documents
Culture Documents
(Series On Advances in Mathematics For Applied Sciences, v. 5) Pshenichnov G.I. - A Theory of Latticed Plates and Shells-World Scientific (1993) PDF
(Series On Advances in Mathematics For Applied Sciences, v. 5) Pshenichnov G.I. - A Theory of Latticed Plates and Shells-World Scientific (1993) PDF
LATTICED PLATES
mt SHELLS
This page is intentionally left blank
Series on Advances in Mathematics for Applied Sciences - Vol. 5
AlHEORYtf
LATTICED PLATES
«NI SHELLS
G. I. Pshenichnov
Computer Center
Russian Academy of Sciences
Russia
World Scientific
Singapore • New Jersey • London • Hong Kong
Published by
World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd.
P O Box 128, Farrer Road, Singapore 9128
USA office: Suite IB, 1060 Main Street, River Edge, NJ 07661
UK office: 73 Lynton Mead, Torteridge, London N20 8DH
All rights reserved. This book, or parts thereof, may not be reproduced in any form
orbyanymeans, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or any
information storage and retrieval system now known or to be invented, without
written permission from the Publisher.
shells. The obtained constitutive equations can be used to compose similar equations
for reinforced composite shells by adding terms referring to the binding material.
The book contains a substantial part of the work [48] on the classical theory of the
deformation of rods, results of researches undertaken on reticulated plates and shells
using non-classical theories and a description and application of the decomposition
method.
G. I. Pshenichnov
Moscow, 1992
CONTENTS
Preface v
2 Decomposition Method 39
2.1 Solution of Equations and Boundary Value Problems by the Decom-
position Method 39
2.1.1 Decomposition method 39
2.1.2 Merits of the method 40
2.2 Application of the Decomposition Method for Particular Problems 41
2.2.1 Analytical solutions . . 41
2.2.2 Numerical solutions 47
vii
viii Contents
3 Statics 51
3.1 Plane Problem 51
3.1.1 A plate with more than two families of rods 51
3.1.2 A plate with two families of rods 54
3.2 Bending of Plates 59
3.2.1 Differential equation for bending . 60
3.2.2 A plate with a rhombic lattice 62
3.2.3 A plate with more than two families of rods 64
3.2.4 Plates with an elastic contour 76
3.2.5 Plates made from composite material .... 81
3.2.6 Plates made from nonlinear elastic material 83
3.2.7 Bending of plate subjected to large deflections 85
3.3 Shallow Shells 92
3.3.1 Various differential equation systems for shallow shells subject-
ed to medium bending 92
3.3.2 Shallow shells with constant lattice parameters 99
3.3.3 Shallow spherical shells 103
3.4 Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 118
3.4.1 Constitutive equations 119
3.4.2 Differential equation system . . . 121
3.4.3 Small parameter method . 122
3.4.4 Numerical method for solving boundary iteration process prob-
lems 124
3.4.5 Shallow non-circular cylindrical shells 143
3.5 Circular Cylindrical Shells 150
3.5.1 Differential equation system 150
3.5.2 Cylindrical shell with a rhombic lattice 152
3.5.3 Cylindrical shell with a square lattice 154
3.5.4 Calculation tables for reticulated cylindrical shells 162
3.6 Optimum Design of a Shell with an Orthogonal Lattice 166
3.6.1 Statement of problem 166
3.6.2 Solution using the optimal control theory 168
3.7 Shells of Rotation 173
3.7.1 Basic relationships and equations 173
3.7.2 Axisymmetrical deformation 175
3.7.3 Non-axisymmetrical deformation 182
3.7.4 Cylindrical shell made from composite material 188
3.7.5 Shell of rotation made from nonlinear elastic material 190
3.8 Momentless Theory 192
3.8.1 Basic equations and relationships 193
3.8.2 Shallow shells 194
3.8.3 Shells of rotation 197
Contents ix
4 Stability 209
4.1 Stability of Plates 209
4.1.1 Stability equation 209
4.1.2 Stability of plates hinged along the contour 210
4.1.3 Stability of plates with an elastic contour 216
4.2 Stability of Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 219
4.2.1 Closed circular cylindrical shells 219
4.2.2 Shallow non-circular cylindrical shells 232
4.2.3 Large deflections of shallow cylindrical shells . 235
4.2.4 Shells of rotation 240
5 Vibration 245
5.1 Free and Parametric Vibrations of Plates 245
5.1.1 Free transverse vibrations of plates 245
5.1.2 Free transverse vibrations of a plate with an elastic contour 251
5.1.3 Parametric vibrations of plates 255
5.2 Free and Forced Vibrations of Shallow Shells 257
5.2.1 Free vibrations of shallow shells with three families of rods . . 257
5.2.2 Solution of shallow shell vibration problems by the small pa-
rameter method 259
5.2.3 Free vibrations of a shallow spherical shell with an elastic contour266
5.3 Free Vibrations of Closed Cylindrical Shells 269
5.3.1 Cylindrical shells with a rhombic lattice 269
5.3.2 Cylindrical shells with three families of rods 270
5.4 Vibrations of Shells of Rotation 274
5.4.1 Free and forced vibrations . . 274
5.4.2 Study of axisymmetrical free vibrations by the asymptotic method279
6 Multilayer s y s t e m s 287
6.1 Structural Coatings 287
6.1.1 Differential equations 287
6.1.2 Plane girder structural coating 292
6.2 Ribbed and Multilayer Reticulated Shells and Plates 296
6.2.1 Constitutive equations 296
6.2.2 Bending of ribbed plates 297
6.2.3 Shallow ribbed cylindrical shell 299
X Contents
Bibliography 303
CONSISTENTLY USED
SYMBOLS
The following symbols are used to describe the lattice's structure and characterize its
stressed state:
a,
a, /?
0 and a',
a', /?'—curvilinear
0'—c orthogonal and oblique-angled coordinates of the mid-
dle surface points;
n—the number of rods' families in a lattice;
Ei,J\i-, Jn, Jai— -area, main central inertia moments corresponding to bending in
Fi,J\i,J2i,J$i—area,
planes normal and tangent to the middle surface and the rod's cross section torsional
inertia moment;
a,—distance between adjacent rods' axes;
Pi—angle between axis a and the rod's axis (counted from axis a towards axis
0);
lf 1/2
pji
fji — ^jil^i)
— (Jji/Fi)
P#-{Jfi/Fi) 'U ■ U(j == 1,2)—radii
l,2H. of inertia of the rod's cross section;
rr,,- 1,2) —
it (j = 1,2) — didimensionless radii of inertia of the rod's cross section;
c. n.
G. vYoune's'„
Bt.
E{,Gi
Cji, Lri —
— Young's
roung s modulus and shear modulus of elasticity for the material;
N',Q',S'.** — longitudinal and transverse (in the direction of the normal and
N-,Q;,S; - ion
tangent to the middle surface) forces in a rod;
M*,G-„H:-\
M",G',H' — bending (in the normal and tangent planes to the middle surface)
and torsional moments in a rod;
jv , E{F{ , _ EiJu EiJu ,o
0 EiJuK
EiJzi
EjJ nn GiJzi
GiJzi
rii =
ri{ . li
Ai = •. /,- = , o, = ,
a,
a.
a. a,
a. a, - a,
a-i
GjJsi
GjJzi , _ EjFi EjFj _ EjJu
EjJii _ GtJsi
GjJsi
H &i ii e,- =
EiJu ' E\Fi
E\F\
" I
E.F,'
1
1
E\J\\
ErJn G\Jii
G\Jz\
pi, c,?i == COS
s, == sin ipi,
Si cosyj,
Ipi
xi
Chapter 1
RETICULATED SHELL
THEORY: EQUATIONS
In the first part of the book equations of one layer reticulated shell theory are ob-
tained, their analysis is carried out and problem of statement of boundary conditions,
which are necessary for formulation of boundary problems is examined on the basis
of continuum design model.
We take some continuous shell for design model of reticulated shell. Its constitutive
equations will be obtained proceeding from satisfaction of the following conditions:
a) the reticulated shell middle surfaces and those of its calculation model coincide;
b) deformations of the reticulated shell's rods coincide with those of the calculation
model;
c) forces and moments in one and the same cross-section of the reticulated shell
(after their averaging) and its calculation model are statically equivalent.
Three groups of equations were used when considering the calculation model:
static equations or kinetic equations in the forces and moments, geometric equations
linking deformations with displacements and constitutive equations.
The first two groups of equations coincide with their corresponding equations of
the continuous shell theory. The latter group of equations, depending on the lattice
structure and material, is more complicated and in a particular case is similar to
equations used in the anisotropic shell theory. As this is so we present equations and
relationships for anisotropic shells as they will be required later.
1
2 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
Figure 1.1:
Functions A, B, k\, k2, k^2 are connected by three Gaussian and Kodazzi differ-
ential relationships:
dBk12
d_
da a
d (\dB\ B
da)
i212 _ dAkt
d/U,
)
+
dAh , dB
d (\dA\ A
d_
dp
+ kn da
(L
s
B , dA
dB_
+ k2
dp) )
dA
= 0,
,_„, , , .
= AD AB(k2n-k,k2),
da
da dp
d/3
dP da dp
dp
dAk1212
dAk 12 8Bk22
dBk
dBk dA dA^.BB
BA^.dB
dB
+ kl7 + + kl = 0.
~bl3
~dl da~
da dpd/3^ ^fa
dl fada = °-
Let us assume that u, u, w are projections of the displacement vectors at a point on
the middle surface towards the unit vectors of coordinates a, P and the normal to this
surface (Fig. 1.1). Let e%, c2, w, K\, K2, T be deformation components of the shell's
middle surface.
We assume that during the deformation, extension and shears are small compared
to unity.
Figure 1.2:
dBMi
dBMi x
OBM dAH22
dAH ITdA
1T dA
dA t„dB
,dBOB An ,„
iryrn
da +
33 + fli dp + A/2
da
-AB{Qx-m'a)»»o) = 0,
dAM2 dBHt
dBHx tIdB
dB „dA
„ dA t„
+ +H2+ H2
rr
+M AB{Q2 i nAnt
m0)
n
-^r-da-^r
-^r +
- ^
S
+M
1-S2
^^-AB{Q2 ^- ~m0) - ==°'°'
,
+tf fc *-tf ifc + (M -M )ifc " = 0.
Si-S2+Hikl-H2k;
1 1 2 2+ (M2-Mi)k;
2 1 2 1 2 = 0. (1.1)
In these formulae the following notations are adopted (an asterisk indicates that the
corresponding value refers to the middle surface in the deformed state) X', Y', Z* are
vector projections on the load distribution intensity per unit vector of the coordinate
axes and the direction of the external normal to the middle surface; m*, m j are the
distributed moments' intensities;
A" =
= ((1l ++e«,)A,
, M , B' = (l+e(l+e
2) 22)B,
(l+e )B,
=
&i
&t = h+*i,
^ i + « i , k? = ktt + K22, fcj22 = ki2
kn + T.
In many problems, for example, in the shallow shell theory the first two equations
in the system (1.1) are assumed to be momentless: members with Qi and Q2 are
disregarded [76, p. 244].
1.1.2 G e o m e t r i c equations
Components of the tangential (ei, £2, w) and bending (K\, K2, T) deformation of
the shell's middle surface must satisfy the following three deformation continuity
equations:
d
0_ 1 \dBe
dBe22 dB _ 11 fdAu dAw MdX\
da
faA[doT~da£lda~~
da A [doT~
£l
da~~2da ~ 22\d0\ d/3 + "+U> 00.
d/3
d0j,
).
3 1 [dAei
0_ dAe\ dA OBw
i1 (dBu
fdBui dBX
dBY
d_B
+ - ££2 +U
d8B[d3
dp a/?
2
d/3
d3 ~ 2 da 2\da da'da).
= AB(T2 T 2 — KiK2 — Kik2 — K2ki + 2T 2rk12),
dAiti 1
OAK,
OAKI dBr
dBr
8BT T dA dB
8B ., ..(/ dB
OB Afle,\
8ex\
Oe\
Ki -T
« 3 +{kl
^--da-- d0~ W dp
da
— T
88 + (kX ++ Kt) Kl)Vda-~
da A
~d0)
~O0
4 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
+ ( i „ + r ) [^ddp
+ B d(£iB-M
% dA +
da
£2)
,, dBuj
. \3Bui _, dA
.dA . de\
5eil (, 2)
^^■>[^-2{"-s')w-Awh0
+{h + da K2)[—-2(edp-
t £% )--A = 0
1l\=0 -
(the third equation is derived from the second by substituting a *-* /?, A «-» B,
ki <->fc2,*i «-» K 2 ) .
Now we shall consider three possible cases of the deformed states of a shell's middle
surface.
1.1.2a. Strong bending. If the displacements and curvature changes are random
the components of the shell's middle surface deformation are determined through the
components of the displacement vector u, v, w according to the formulae [33, pp. 19,
23]:
2
£i
£1 = e u + 0.5(e*,
0 . 5 ( e n + e2l2l2 ++ 7,
7?),2
),
2 2
£2 = e22
22 + 0.5{e\
0.5(e 2
2 + e 221
1 + 77 ),
22 ,
)
u>
u> =
= e12
12 + e i
221 + e e
n 21i + e 2 2 e 12
22 J 2 + 7172,
7i72,
aa2Q2 dA
IP dede
l1 de _L IP
de de u d9d-fi"
K, = u
U ut ftp
E» ""u ++_L
(TP de
£22
™
" _L _L cC fA
fA
E:u+E33 * dA dA
1
Kl kie E33 AB dp
Kl
-~ - kue21
"-
kie22 kue21 En
-A\ ^
~A\En~da~ A da E22
'da~da E22
+ da,
~fa fa)-ABdp' 'da')''ABW
j. L
1
( El2
IP
de
de
™2 2 , IP dede
™21 , IP d dj2
~tA 7i 8B
Ti 9B
K2 = k2e
k2e k k2e 2 E22 EnU ++ E33 33 33
*2 --
K, »-^-> ^»-B{
-B\ W WB
E22
dp WdP
"~dj dP.Wj~ABd^'AB da'
~dj)~ABda-'
t uU lX
(tp de2l _L JP
de de
de22 ddj2 ai dAdA
Eu ™ _L
( IP Se™ JP 9 t 2222 ,, IP
J? 9~<A \ _L n -JI
l 2
_L Q l 9 A
kki2^n - fcie2i En
T = U
Eu
Eu = e,i7,
e,i7j + e, e i22 722 - (1 + e n + e22)7< (i = 1 , 2 ) ,
£33 = ((11 + eeuu))( (l l + e 22 22)) - e -e e e2 21
i 2 12 1.
The tangent of the turn angle of a fibre's projection of the medical surface on the
plane tangent to it passing through point M before deformation, around the normal
surface it is equal to [36]
-2<$ + (e
-26 (ei122 + e 221,)cos2^
)cos2y? + (e 2222 -- e e„u))ssiinn 2 ^
y
ttanv>
a n ^ == —; -
2(1 + e n c o s2 2~i ^ + e 2 2 sin
r-5—;
ip) + -,( e ] 2 + eT :——
2i)s'm2ip
(1-4)
2(1 + e n cos !^> + e22sm'ip) + (el2 + e 21 )sin2<^
1.1. Anisotropic Shell Theory: Basic Equations 5
Figure 1.3:
where
s Au) (Bv) i[Bv)
=mW -l }' k\'
1 d_
6
S= (1.5)
>.AB AU)
-2IBW -1 dP {BV) (L5)
<p is the angle between the said fibre's projection and the tangent to coordinate line
o. Angles xf> and (p are shown in Fig. 1.3. In this figure the deformed fibre is onwardly
displaced in such a way that points M and M" to which point M has sheared coin-
cide.
Displacements change linearly according to shell's thickness. Designating the dis-
tance from the point to the medical surface as z (positively if the point lies on the
external normal to the surface) we can write:
uz = u + (E
( £ nu +
-I- kl2v)z,
vz = v +
+ (E
(£22
22 +
+ knu)z,
wzz —
W —wW+
+ (£33
(£33 -- \)z.
\)z.
1.1.2b. Medium bending. In this case ff < 1 (i = 1,2). If, in addition, the shell
is shallow or during deformation divides into shallow parts, we have the relationships:
1 ((f,dl2d dB \\
(»£ "£-
d7l MdA
11 f(adyi,dA
&n dA
dA \\\ 1 dl2
l7 dB
dB
Kl •72 K2 = A + ^ 7 l)1
= AB \ B +
-AB( -^<>P 12
d0 )' -AB{ -d0 d^' )
11 fd-fi
// n a07 72 2 dA
OA \\ 1\_dw
3iu
\dw 1\dw
dw
T
T = 7l ( L(1.7)
= -ABV^-W)'
-AB^-dfi'")^
AB dB 7ril =
=
-IacT'
IIdc?c ? l272
d Ada'
~~
7 =2= =
Bd0
Bd0
£^
Bd/3 7)
2V> = -26 + (e
(e,122 + e 2 i)Icos 2ip H+ (e 22 - e H„ )sin
cos2<p sin2if.
2y>.
2<p. (1.8)
(1.8)
6 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
1.1.2c. Weak bending (linear theory). In this case the turn angles are small
compared to unity.
Leaving only linear terms relative to the displacement in (1.3) we find
Literature has several formulae of the type (1.9) for the bending deformation
components due to the fact that the small terms containing the products of the
tangential deformation components to the curvature of the shell's middle surface can
be added to the right-hand side of these formulae: these terms do not affect evaluation
of the errors based on the hypothesis of retaining the normal element.
For instance, if we add the component ki2u>/2 in terms for «i and K2, and also the
value 2fciC2i + £12(^2 — £ i) f° r T to the right-hand side of formulae (1.9), we obtain
(assuming kl2 = — l/R12):
1 dv.
du vv dAdA w w
£l =
A da + AB3/J
Add
Ada"^ ~AB dp +
ABdP+#~Rx Ri'?
1 dv
dv uu dBdB w v>
£2 =
BB dj)
B^()dp AB
+
AB~fa
AB 9o7 da ++ R~2
~RR~2'
2
,
A
A
A 8 d /u\
d_ /u\ V. B
B d
0_
B d /v\ /v\ v 2w
2w2w
U
U '~ BBdJ)\A) + ~A da
dp Bd/3\A'Altet\B~)~R^
A Ada'\B~)~R^ R\2
1 d
d_ /
1 d f 1 dw 1 dw
dw U
u v \\
V
V
*' '"
= A da
Ad^\Ad^ A da + Y+l~RT2j R\2
"' Afa\Ada~ R~l~Rr2)
1 dA 1 aw v u 1 d_ d_(Bv)
+
ABdB\
AB dB Ti
Bdp dp +RT R22 2 R
Rl2.
l2 ) +
2ABR
2ABR u
U
U [d0 {
3
dp / T '' 8a
da
(
{
''\''
\_d_
1 d_ ( l_dw dw v_
V u
U \
K2 :
'~ BdJ)
Bdp
B dp\Bdp-
\Bd0 B dp + R 2 ~R2Rl2
R~2 ~Rl2u)
R
1 dB_ 1 Dw
+
~AB
ABda{ da* V A Ada +
u V
+ _J1 [dad_(Bv)(Bv) ~ Wd_(Au)>\ '
da Rr R )
R\2l2 j 2ABR
2ABR U da
U
}_d_(_}_ 1 dw
<^,J!_ Jf_\ 1 l dA (1 dw _u_
T =
}_d_(_}_
1 d_ <t?L + 2L uJL_\
V dA9A fldw dw u _u_ v \v\
A
Ada\
Ada\
da B
B +
d/3
dp
+
dp R222 W2 Tf
R R
Rl2l7)) +
AB
AB dp
+
ABdP\Ada~~T
dP \A~da~A da ~ T#7 t
+ +r
R72)
1RT2)
R\2
1 / fldu
1 du du ju_dB
vv 8BdB w\\\
w 1 / f1I 9dv dv« u dB iW«w\\
U dB_
+
+ + + (1-10)
B,
R~i \Bd0
R~> B dp ~ A~B
\Bd~0 A~B da
ABda 9c7 ~ R R^ n)2) ~ if R~T
122 \BdJ3
~B<
\Bdfi dB AB AABB 3o7
da R~
R~22) '
Bj"J
The book [76, p. 207] presents another variant of these relationships in lines of
curvature (Rn = 0). Here the three formulae of (1.10) take the form
2rj>
2V> ==-26
— 28
++ w cos2y
u>cos 2ip++(e(e2 2-£i)sin2y>.
— £1) sin 2<p. (1.12)
(1.12)
If the material is orthotropic and the main directions of elasticity coincide with
those of the coordinates, Eqs. (1.13) become simpler owing to the condition:
Cie =
C16 — CC2626=—-Die
D\e=—DD262e=—0.
0. (1.14)
For shells made from isotropic material, besides (1.14) the following conditions
should be fulfilled:
2
C n„
C = C22
— C22 =
—CCutv
12/v = 2C««/(1
2C«6/(1 - v) Eh/(1 - vv%),
») = Ehf(l
32
Dnn11 = D22 = D
D D,u2/v
/v = Dee/(l-v)— V
3
= Eh /\2(l-v ), 2),
Eh /\2(l-v (1.15)
where E and t; are respectively Young's modulus and Poisson's ratio for the material.
8 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
1.2 C o n s t i t u t i v e E q u a t i o n s in t h e Reticulated
Shell T h e o r y
1.2.1 Constitutive equations for the rods of reticulated
shells
1.2.1a. Deformation of a reticulated shell's rods. We assume that a rod's deformation
is equal to that of the line coinciding with this rod's axis in the calculation model.
We fix one of the families (the i-th family, 1 < i < n) of the shell's rods. The
position of the axes of this family of rods on the shell's middle surface is characterized
by angle (in Fig. 1.3 <p must replace angle ipi).
Using the transformation formulae of the components of deformation in the theory
of elasticity and their linear law of changing along the normal to the middle surface,
we obtain the following expression for the components of deformation of the axis of
the i-th family of the reticulated shell's rod:
£* = £]cf +£ 2 S? +^S;Ci,
+^«|Ci,
K' = KXC] + K-is] + r sin 2<pi,
C] -I- 2y>;,
T* = S,C,(»C2 — K\)
Ki) + T
TCOs2<pi.
COS 2lpi. (1-16)
Value V'i, depending on the problem is calculated from relationships (1.4), (1.8)
or (1.12) in which angles <p and rj> must be replaced by y>; and fy.
1.2.1b. Forces and moments in the reticulated shell's rods. Let us assume that
one of the main central axes of the rods' cross sections coincides with the direction
of the normal to the shell's middle surface.
The positive directions of forces and moments in the i-th family of the rod's cross
section are shown in Fig. 1.4. Their dependence on the deformation components is
assumed as
N:
N; E^e;,
= EiFie'i,
M; = —EJJUK",
-EiJuK-,
-EiJu^,
G' = ——EiJ
£; J22iKi,
;K;,
H' = —
—GiJsiT?,
G;J3,T;*,
QT
Q: = -V.A/;,
= -V.A/-,
5* = -ViG*.
-V;G*. (1.18)
1.2. Constitutive Equations 9
Figure 1.4:
Here Fi, J n , J^, J3; are the area, main central inertia moments and inertia moment
during torsion of the rod's cross section; Ej and d are Young's modulus and elasticity
modulus respectively during the material's displacement. Generally the rods will be
twisted naturally. Strictly speaking the influence on every force and moment of all
deformation components should be taken into account. But it may be neglected,
because the initial relative torsion of the reticulated shell's rods is small.
It should be noted that in the work [43] the value of bending moment G* unlike in
formulae (1.18) is determined not by the change of the rod's axis of curvature K° but
the angle value xj>i. Hence transversal forces S" are also determined in various ways
according to the defermation of the calculation model's middle surface. As this is the
value of the rod's flexure in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface, according
to this work, does not increase the order of the system of differential equations,
hence the additional boundary conditions (see Sec. 1.2.7) occurring when solving the
boundary problems in the reticulated shell theory cannot be fulfilled.
One should bear in mind that formulae (1.18) make it possible to determine forces
and moments in the shell's rods if the outer load is applied to the nodes of the lattice.
When a load is not applied at the nodes, the rod's stressed state due to the local load
distribution along their axes should also be determined.
i1== il1
E
JVi = £(A?«?-S?-«ej)/a,, ^2 = £W*< + s;Sic)/a„
ii ==il
1=1
n nn
Si = £ W
W* wD
C - + s?c?)/
S:c*)/aiaj, 5S2 = ££(/V?
i•1== 1li
c -,--S*s?)/a,-
W s ,SlC
1=1
- ST*!)/*,)
it ==li
10 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
nn nn
E
Qi = E <?:«/<»,•,
it =
= ii
E
Q* = £<?,■*/«,-,
i=i
»=i
nnn nn
E<
M, = £ W c ? + ^ . ^ ) / « . - .
i=l
M2 == E<
^^(M-
( M - 5 ? --//* SH-s^/a,
«=1
i=l
,c i )/a i ,
i=i i=l
nn nn
zfj
tf, =
E A//;;55l lCCi i--t /ff; ;Cc??.2))//aa„„
--£^((A
t. =
= il
tf2 = - ^
i/ E(
£ ( M * 3 , c ++//'HT
1=1
1=1
Si)/ai,
5 ,)/a.-,
nn nn
M„
A/I, = E
2
^G (
J 7j7, /'/a n
ii =
= ii
„ C
c a Af22,, =
M E
= -- ] ^2
T G *G'si/ai,
Sl/a„
ii ==ii
(1.19)
i=i
N
JV22 = C21£i + C22
22£e22 ++ C
C2626W ^T s 'w
w++ "^2 c /c
- 4i.
E i=l
1=1
:=1
n
5i = C6i£i + C62£2 CfxU + E
+ Cfxu ^2
^ CJK-,
c?*4
i=i
n
S2 = C66W - 22 Ss^lKKi>
= C6i£i + C62£2 + Ceev <' E i1== 1i
i=i
M, = -[(£>„ + A ' „ ) K1 1 +
A'„)K + ((DD1122--//SS::II22))««22 + ( 2 D 1 6 - / C 1 6 ) T ] ,
M
M22 =
= -[(D
-[(D21 - K
21 - K21
)
21)Kl
+ (D22 +
Kl*1 + (D22 +K K22 )K + (2D26 +
22)K22 + (2D26 + K K26 )T),
26)T),
H =
Hxx = (D
(D6l - Ki^m + (D 62 +
6l - *£>)«, + (£>62
+^ K£>)K + (Dee + tf&V.
2 ' ) «22 + (A» + tf&V.
H
tf22 = (An
(£>61 + K™)KI
ffj?)lt, + (D62 - Kg>)K
A£')K2 2++(A*
(Dee- - ffj?)r,
K™)T,
n nn
= -E^c.'c?,
Ml4u = -£/?««?, MM*
2, = £ E
#««?.
J2l?*iK°-
ti =
= li
E
1=1
(1.22)
i=i
1-2. Constitutive Equations 11
Here
n
n nn n
£E Kid C»
C„ = ]£*.•<$, C « == Cee
i1=1
= li
i=
E
ft, == 2_^
£*<«?<$, C1616==E
KiSiCJ, C 5£3 Ki*i
tf.s.c?,
c
i>
1=1
ii =
= ii 1ii =
==i1\
n n
n
E
c2222 == ££>.4,
C #.-*?, cC26 == E
^x;/o?c
/ f , 3 ? ci,, C - ^ C j i ,
26 *->i) — *-'&■>
it = i
1=1 1=1= ii
it =
nn n
n nn
Dn E
£ > c j , A2 = C /2 = ^E
Dn == E>?, / , s M , Z) = E ^7, , f,
66 16 S C
i1== 1li t1=1
=l it==ll
1=1
1=1
n
n nn
£22
£ =
22 = E£ > a j^, /->26
Y. = 5E
IiS
Die^Y, 3^*'^f " ADii^Da, j = Dji, 1 0
i"=i
1=1
1=1 i;==li
i=l
n
n
A~n
A'll =
= A~
/f = = A"i
K\1 =
2222= A" = E
A" l = 22 , CjSj
CfJj c,,
2 C, , 22] t
i=l
1=1
■=1
n
A"j = A" = 5E
A"i6 6 3 C,-SjC,-
C, ,c, cos2y,,
26
g
i1=1
=i
■=1
n
« S = K$ = E
"61
l —
Ag2J2C cl —
/^ =
K^ „C
E
= j^C
s
.3
X)C] fcos2
iSti i C ;t , cos2^. )
iC iC ¥ i)
u
1=1
i=l
1=1 i==ll
i1=1
n n
1=1
r=i
i=i
S W
1° = EiJafoi,
I? EiJa/at, M = a ^ VVa^V,{E,J
K,t =
K ^ J w / c ?2,^),
), (1.23)
where A"; = £,,\F,/at, /, = EiJu/o-i, Ci = GjJ 3 j/ai. Parameters A",, /,, 7°, C, are
relationships of the corresponding rod's rigidity characteristics to the distance between
their axes.
The dependence Ki6 = /Q, — K^ should be noted.
The calculation model's cross section with J 2l ^ 0, unlike the usual continuous
shell have bending moments Mt, and A/2j, acting on the plane tangent to the middle
surface (Fig. 1.2).
As shown in Sees. 3.1.2 and 3.3.3 this increases the order of the system of differ-
ential equations and fully corresponds to the increased in the number of boundary
conditions (see Sec. 1.2.7).
2) Particular cases. In practical calculations one can assume that J 2 ; = 0, if this
does not result in a geometrically changed calculation model. This is similar to girder
calculations: the rods' rigid connection at the joints is considered as hinged. As for
stresses occurring due to the rods' bending tangential to the plane's middle surface
their values can be obtained from the known deformation of the middle surface.
Further we assume J 2 , = 0 everywhere, except in Sees. 1.2.7, 3.1.2, 3.3.3 where the
numerical evaluation of the error due to this assumption is given for specific problems.
Thus parameters If, K; become zero. In this case some constitutive Eqs. (1.22) can
12 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
M = Cnei + C12£2 + Ci
Ci66u;,
uj,
N22 =
= C/2i£i
02161 + 02262
C/2262 + O26W,
C2ew,
5
S == 0C66ll ei
£ l ++ 062£2
C62e2 ++ O66W,
CeeW, (1.24)
where 5 = S\ = S2. Moreover, from the last two equations (1.22) it follows that
Mi, = M2. = 0.
We now present the calculating model's constitutive equations for particular cases
of the lattice (in each, in accordance with the previous statements, J 2l = 0).
1. In torsion the rods' rigidity is assumed zero (J3l- = 0). The constitutive
equations have the form as in (1.13). For particular cases of the lattice they will
coincide with those of anisotropic shells whose material has an elastic symmetrical
plane parallel to the plane tangential to the middle surface.
In addition, considering Eq. (1.14) they reduce to constitutive equations of shells
made from orthotropic material provided that coordinates a, f$ and the normal to the
middle surface are the main directions of elasticity:
N\ C\52£2,
= CU£i + o\ £ 2 , N2 = Cn2iei ei + C22£2, S = = Cee^,
Ceeu,
Af,
M, = -(ZJnK!
-(£>!,«! + Z),
Di2n2 *2),2 ), M2 = -(D
=-{D KI
2X 2 ,/c, +
+DD22 n
K ),
22 22 2 ) , H = DD T.T. (1.25)
6666
Now we give some possible variants of the shells' lattices which satisfy conditions
(1.14). It is sufficient to consider the first two such conditions as, in accordance with
Eq. (1.23), the latter two are obtained from the former by replacing K, by /,.
If n = 2, only the following two cases are possible: <pi = 0, <p2 = 7r/2, K\ and K2
are random; ip2 = —fi, K2 = K\.
When n = 3 constitutive Eq. (1.25) suit the following variants of the lattices
f2 = —Vii Ki — Ki, f3 = 0 o r f3 — "72 at any value K3;
sin 2y> sin(y 33 -—yip
2ip33 s'm((fi 2 )2)sin(y
sin(y>
3 3++<p<p2)2)
Kt = ^3,
sin2y?i
sin 2y?i sin(y>2 — <^i)
<^i)sin(y> i^)
sin(y>2 + s?<^i)
_ sin 2y>3 sin(y>i - y?tp33)) sin(y>i
s\n(ipi + y 3 )3)
+ <p
K2 = K3.
sin 2ip sin(y2 2—
2<p2 2sin(y —<^i)
<px) sin(i^
sin(¥> 2 +2 + <fi\)
ip\)
In the latter case the domain of possible values <pi is determined by the conditions
Ki > 0.
Evidently, the lattice will have orthotropic properties if it is presented as a sum
of simpler lattices each of which is orthotropic.
2. The shell consists of three families of rods (n = 3). All the rods have identical
cross sections and material and their axes form equilateral triangles at the shell's
middle surface:
Fi = F; Ju = Ju
F Ju JJz,
3, = J 3,
1 = E, G;
E{ =
Ei d = = G, a, =
a, = a,
a, (* == M
(1 ),
1,3),
f>\ = f>, <P2 = <? + ■*/'3, V>3 = I^ + 2 T / 3 . (1.26)
(1.26)
1.2. Constitutive Equations 13
In this case
3
3 33 33
E =E
E ? = §' E
9 3
s c
E ?
1i■=i
== 1i
E s ? c ' = 8'
i11=== 11i 1i = 1i
1=1
3 3
5<C == SiCi
i<k == 0
E
E srf<
1t =
1 = l
= 11
E
E
11i ==11l
S
°- -
The latter relationships allow us to present the constitutive equation in the fol
lowing form:
9EF (
9EF 1 \\ „ 9EF (
9EF 1 \
Nl =
8a £ £l, + 3£J
£ N 8a £2£2++ 3£l£i
9EF
-"ST
^ll 3 'J'
J ' ^>=="ST
s rl ( 33 Jj '•
9EF 3fiJi(l+7)
S H = Hx = H2 = T,
= 8aIT"' 4a
,
M, =
3£J 1 (3 + 7) (
30.7,(3 , 11 - 777 Kj \
Ml «! +
= fa8a ("' 3 ++ 7 " * ) '
M
M =
3EM3
3£J,(3 +
+ 7J)) / , 11 - 77 ^ (1.27)
2 Ra «2
8a 3+ 7
where GJ3/EJ1.
The result agrees with those given in the work [10] which studied the shells'
stability precisely with such a lattice. Formulae (1.27) may be presented in the form
(5.70).
Comparing these formulae with those for continuous shells we find that in this
particular case we can use constitutive equations for isotropic shells made from ma
terial with modulus of elasticity E\ in the formulae for tangential forces N\, N2, S
values h = F/a, fi = 1/3; must be taken for the shell's thickness and Poisson's ratio;
in the formulae for bending and torsion the values of cylindrical rigidity and Poisson's
ration are considered equal
D = 3EJ
3 £ J1,(3(3 +
+ 7-r)/8a,
)/8a, u"22== ((1l - 77))// ( 3 ++ 7).
7)-
When EJ\ » GJ3 formulae (1.27) may be brought to correspond with formulae
in the isotropic shell theory; constitutive Eq. (1.27) will coincide with Eq. (1.13)
under conditions (1.14), (1.15), if the values of the shell's thickness, Young's modulus
and Poisson's ratio of its material are as in [62]
EF
h = 2s/zJjF,
2^3Ji/F, E'=^-y/3F/J
E' = ^VMVU
u v=
^ = 1/3. (1.28)
6a
oa
When studying shells with the described lattice, Eq. (1.28) make it possible to
use the isotropic shell theory and solve many problems on its basis.
14 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
Figure 1.5:
3. The shell has a rhombic lattice (n = 2). Such a lattice is obtained from the
one shown in Fig. 1.5 if we assume no third and fourth families of rods and that the
rods of both families are identical and aj = a2 = a.
Remember, that the suffix i, denoting the t-th rod's family of lattice with i = 1
for all values except forces and moments, may be omitted. Thus in the case of this
lattice ip = ipi = —p2, c = C\ = cos<^i, s — s% = sini^i etc.
The constitutive equations for this rhombic lattice take the form:
iVj =
Ni cot\2<p = 2Kc2(c2ei+s
= N2cot e,+s2e2),£ 2 ) , S = 2Ks2c2u>,
M, = -2c2[{Ic2c2 + C S 2 ) K , + (/ --C C)S2K2],
Mi
M2 = -2S2[(I-C)C2KI
KC)c
1
2
Ki + (IS2 + cCC2)K2],
//,
HI =
= 2 2
C CCOS2V)T,
2C (2IS s* +
2 22 2
H2 = 2s {2Ic
(2Ic + Ccos2f)T.
Ccos2<p)r. (1.29)
Wi =
NI = Cn£i
CU£i + Cue2,• J N2 = Ci2£i -I- + C22e2, S = Csew,
Mi
Mi = fii2K2, M
/?nKi + /3l2«2,
= PnK-l M22 -= ^12«1
/312KI + &2«2,
(122K2,
ftir, H22 = 0«T.
Hi = Air,
tf, for. (1.30)
Here:
Cu = 2Kc4I + K4,
Cn = C12 = C66
C66 = 2Ks22cc22, ,1
=2Ks CC2222=
C22 ==2Ks
44
2Ks +
+KK33,,
1.2. Constitutive Equations 15
4 3 s3 2 2 2 2 22 22 3 3 4\
-cUfcslc k°k- - s]c s)c)s kc k - sxc]Sjc)S\). (1.32)
We give this in simpler form. For this we fix three arbitrary integral numbers each
of which is greater than zero and less than n + 1. In accordance with the possible
permutations of these numbers we consecutively assign the following values to indices
i,j,k in Eq. (1.32):
i = u, j = m, k = v\ i = /x, j = v, k = = m;
i = m,
m, j = /i,
[i, k = v\ i = m, j = v, k —= fi;
p.;
i = v, jj =
= H,
n, kfc== m\
m; i = v, j =
= m, k = /i.
The sum of the obtained six members after trigonometric transformations may be
written as:
1
— K„.KmA"„[sin 2(yit - <ph)++ sin 2(y5„ - <p
<?mm))-f-+sin
sin2(<p yv)]22. .
2(<pmm -- yv)]
lo
ID «
Hence, from (1.32) we obtain
j_11 Y,""
D = —
n
''KliKmKv[siii2{V>u - pM)
D = —
16 Y, £
u,m,i/=l
KllKnKl,[sin2(ipl, - Vlt)
+
+ sin 2(¥>„ll --tpm)
sin2(<p <pm) ++ sin yv)]22..
2(<^mm -- yv)]
sin2(y> (1.33)
(1.33)
16 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
The prime near the sum symbol means that only one member corresponds to each
combination of indices fi,rn,i/ (there are six such combinations).
It should be noted that value of the said determinant does not depend on the
choice of the axes of coordinates on the shell's middle surface as Eq. (1.33) includes
only the differences of angles >pi.
1) The number of rods' families greater than two. With all indices satisfying the
condition
H^m,
/i ^ m, n±v,
ft ^ t>, mm//ii//,, (1.34)
the expression in square brackets in Eq. (1.33) will not be zero. Hence, D > 0 when
n > 2, as in this case there are n(n — l)(n — 2)/6 (the number of all combinations
from n various elements is three) combinations of indices /J, m, v satisfying condition
(1.34).
Hence, the system of algebraic equations (1.24) relative to £i, e 2 , w always has a
unique solution (D > 0). This result is natural as with n > 2 the reticulated shell
consists of a system of rods, rigid in the plane tangential to the middle surface: the
homogeneous system of Eqs. (1.24) can only have a trivial solution.
We can show that the solution of this system of equations is
£l
£1 = 111-^1+112^2
111-^1+012^2 + 1135,
£2
£2 = 1 2 1 ^ 1 + 0 2 2 ^ 2 + 1235,
ui
(d = 0 3 1! ^ ,1 + 01 3 2 ^ 2 + 1335,
0335, (1.35)
where
1l n-- K K s s2 2 sin2
a
" "i"l
O
=
== 2D E
2D E
E KiKjS 2
' i l j ts)sm (ifi
i,;=i
i,j=l
(Vi -- ¥>;),
ips),
l1 n"
a 2
'
Ol2 ==
<>D E E KiK SiCiS cCiSjCj s i n 2
t>,jj == ii
i ii ( ^ .<i- <Pj)t
1l n-
i113
n == -jTp E
-jp
~2D
E E KiKjSiSjsmivi
A + ip^siiSivi
^*>i j (¥>.+¥'j)sin (¥>,- ~- <Pj),
5 sin ipj), 2
■,i=i
n
1 -
22
°a-i2 ==
2D E E i }<%
tt,j=i
j=i
t,j=i
% *i}
K K
KiKi< cc sin2
( v^ .' 1_- Vi)>
¥>j).
1 n"
1
123
123 =
= -- =
= jj pp E
E E
i,i=i
i,i=i
■J=I
KiK c c
KiKic*ci
i*i
sin
sin(^'t
(^' +
+ Vi)
Vj) sin
2
sin2(<^,-
((^,- -- y>j),
y>j),
1 n"
E
KiK sin2
"33 = 2D ^2
E i ( v . + Vi)sin2(v3, - <ps), ay = a_,,.
2D i,i=i
i,i=i
2) The number of rod's families is two. It follows from Eq. (1.33) that if at least
one of the three conditions ft = rn, fi = u, m = %>, is satisfied, the corresponding
1.2. Constitutive Equations 17
where u; is arbitrary.
With ipi + ip2 = 0
2 ,, CeeN\
CM^I —
CMNI —CieS
— C\eS
Cl6S C XXS-—C
CuS CX6 NXx
XeN ,, QO,
£1 = -£2 tan ru>
—£2tan (p ++ — „—- .. ., „ . . a> = — „—- . - . (1.38)
(1.38)
JCi
K 2c
4
xKJfaC* Bin28 2<p
sin
sm' 2y>-
2ip KA\/Gc 4
sin2 22-p'
xK2c* sin 2^ ^ '
Hx = (De
(D61l-K
-K^)K, )
6\ )K, V i1 + (D62 + Ki\2))K2
Ki w
(D66 + KKg
+ (Dee )
Kg))T,
)r,
•"'66
H
H22 =
= (D
(D6l6l + tf<2)Kl)/c. +
+ Kff) + (D K$)K2 «a +
* - Kg)^
( A62 + (Dee
(Dee -- K^)T,
Kif)r, (1.39)
included in (1.22).
If E, Ju 3> C,: J3,, the rod's torsion rigidity can be neglected if this does not lead to
the calculation model's geometrical changeability. The introduced error was numer-
ically determined when considering specific problems (for instance, in Sec. 3.4.4f).
Then the values of torsion moments in the reticulated shell's rods can be found from
H" = GiJ&T* where the calculated values r,* become known (determined according
to'Eq. (1.16)).
18 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
where / / = / / , = # 2 .
From a comparison of the system of Eqs. (1.24) (relative to ei, e2, u) and
Eq. (1.40) (relative to ej, e2, u>) and Eq. (1.40) (relative to e\, e2, UJ) and Eq. (1.40)
(relative to K\, K2, T) it follows that the first changes to the second if we replace
values
ei,£ 2,u>,N
ei,C2,u,N uN
uN 2,S,FiS,Ft i
a,S,Fi (1.41)
correspondingly by
KUuK ,2T,-MU-M1,—M2,H,J
K2i,2T,—M 2,H,JU. ,li-H, Jn. (1.42)
Hence all the above concerning the system of Eq. (1.24) is valid for the system
of Eq. (1.40). In particular, Eq. (1.33) (for arbitrary value n), (1.35) (for n > 2),
(1.36)-(1.38) (for n = 2) if replacing Eq. (1.41) by Eq. (1.42) is valid.
In this case when the torsion rod's rigidity cannot be disregarded (J3, ^ 0),
parameters K\, K2, T are determined from the system (1.39) containing four equations.
We can prove that the determinant of the system of the three first equations (1.39)
is not zero. Hence, this system with Mi = M2 = H1 = H2 = 0 allows only a trivial
solution. The bending and torsion moments are connected with the dependence at
which the system (1.39) is simultaneous and has unique solution.
1.2.3c. Forces and moments in the reticulated shell's rods
1) Statically determinable cases. If dependencies reciprocal to Eq. (1.19) are
unambiguous they can be used to determine the forces and moments in the reticulated
shell's rods by calculation model's known stressed state (a statically determinable
problem). We now examine such cases.
If the lattice is formed by three families of rods (n = 3) the solution of the first
three equations from Eq. (1.19) may be written as (remember, S\ = S2 = S as
st = 0)
DN{
DNi = [N 1s2s3sin(ip
[Nis sin(tp3 -<p 2) 2) +N
-tp + N22cc22cc33s\n(<p3-ip2)2)
s\n(<p3-ip +S(cl~
+ S(cl - cl)]a!,
c\)}au
DNi = [^Vt*i«3sin(v?i - tp3) -r N2cic3s\n(tpi - if3) + S(c* - cl)]a2,
DN3? = [Nls1s2s\n(<p2 -y>i) + N2cxc2 sin(y>2 - y>i) + S{c\ - c\)]a3,
where
D = cxc2 sin(y32 - <fii) + c\c3 sin(y>1 - ip3) + c2c3 sin(<^3 - tp2).
We can show that value D does not become zero if the axes of the rods of one of the
families have no general tangent with those of other families (there is no degeneration
when n < 3).
1.2. Constitutive Equations 19
D00M[
M[ = [-Miss
[-M!ss 33sin(¥>
sin(i^ + <p3) + M cc33 sin(y> + <p3) + H(c2 - cl)]a,
M22cc cl)]a,
DQMZ = [—Miss
D0M2 [—Miss33s'm(ip - (p
<p33)) + M
M22cc
cc33s\n(ip <p33)) + H(c\ — cc22)]a,
s\n(ip — y? )]a,
(MlSlS2s22 - M22cc22)(<%
M; = a33(M ){<%- - c2c)-21)"
. 1. (1.43')
Now we consider t h e case when n = 2 and all t h e rods' rigidity characteristics
including J 2 t, aare
re
other than zero. Then the number of unknowns when assessing
forces and moments occurring in the shell's rods for each system included in Eq.
(1.19) is equal to the number of equations.
The solution of these systems of equations is
l
Ni
Ni = ai(c!S
ai(c!S2Ni 2Ni - s^c sic2N N22 + SiSiSt
S1S2S1 - ciccic2S225)sm~
2 )sin"
l
(<p2(^ 2 - <Pi),
1
N22
N = a22(sic
(sic22NiNiNt — cis cis22N N22 + sis22S\
S\ - ciccic22SS2)2) ss'm~
i n "1(<pi ^ ! — <p2),
i
5S,, = ai(siS2Ni Nt +c-yc + ai(sis 2N 22Ni+c iC2N
-ci$ 2Sx 2-c^s
- 2sSi-Sic
xc2S2) 2SsirC*
2)s\n~{y>i (<p^-ip
-<f>22),
__11
S22 = ai(siS
= ai(s1s22Ni
Ni Wi + + cxc2N22 - s i cc 22 55 ii - cis 22SS22)sin )sin (¥J (¥>22 ~- <fi\),
Vi)i
„. {s22Muu + cc22M
(s M22,)ai
.)ai
,)a\
G\1 =
sin{<p
sin(<p
sin(y> -<Pi)
22 -2~<Pi)
ipi)
„. _ (s1Ml, +
(siMx, + cCiM
+ 1 22,)a
M
ciM ,)a2
G'22 =
sin(¥?i -2) ipt)
sin((fii-ip
sin(¥?i ipt)
Q.
Q. _ (5
(s
(s22Q\Qi - C2Q c 2Q )aix
Qi)ai
2 )a
Q\11 = sm(ip
s\n(tp -<pi)
-ipi)
s i n (2i ^22 - V i )
„..
Q {s\Q\
( s i Q i --C iCiQ
(siQi -c^Q
Q 2 )2<2)a
)ai 22
Ql22 = sin(<pi-(p
sin(v3i
sin 5 222))
( y i - v-ip
JV,*2 =
JV,' 0.5a[Ar, +NW
0.5a[Ni 2± 2± (Si t a n <p + S2 cot ip)],
<p)],
S,*2 = 0.5a[Si - S22 =F
T (^1
(JVj tan<p
tan <p++ N22cot<p)],
cot <p)],
1
Q\
Qha =
= 0.5a(Q,OMQtc-^QiS- ),
G;, OMM1.C-1 1- 1 T M2.S-
G ; I222 =- OMMuc-
G\,
11
Mi.*-),), (1.44)
20 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
From Eqs. (1.19) we conclude t h a t formulae for t h e rod's bending and m o m e n t s for
t h e given lattice knowing the calculation model's stressed s t a t e can be derived from
Eq. (1.44), if we replace values N', S', Ni, Si, correspondingly by M", — H", Mi,
—Hi (i = 1,2). T h e n we obtain
M'ltj = 0.5a[A/! + M
Mlj Mi2 T [Hx t a n tp + H2 cot tp)],
<p)],
Hl2 = 0.5a[tf, + H
Hi2 ± (Afi
(Mi t a n tp - M2 cot tp)]. (1.44')
If t h e lattice consists of two families of rods and t h e hypothesis J2l- = 0 ( 5 * = 0)
is accepted, the calculation model's linear forces N\, N2, S will b e connected with
Eq. (1.36) by expressing a simultaneous condition for t h e first three equations from
(1.19) containing two unknown longitudinal forces in rods N{ and N2". T h e solution
of these equations at tpx + tp2 ^ 0 is
2
w. =_ (Ni4
N. (yv.a
[N lS\ -- N-2
NNMhi
22cpg
c\)gx
JVJ
■ •
1 22
~
~ c22 - c\ c j —- c
C
'
'
l °2
w.
N
N;
/V
. ,_
= ^
Mxs\
[N h N2Nc])a
- .2
2c\)g
(145)
(1.45)
2 - rcc 222 _- ccr. 2l2
2 l
«-(M)l-
«-(*+?)£• *-(*-?)&
5' Ss Si
Ni
*-(*-?)§•
«1
JV,- = ^1 iv2- = (1.46)
c 2c 2c'
where tp = tp\.
If we neglect the rod's torsional rigidity (J& = 0), H" = 0, we then derive formula
for calculating bending moments in t h e shell's rods from Eqs. (1.45), (1.46) after
replacing values ZVf, Nt, S by M?, Mit -H (i = 1,2). This yields
22
_ {M xs\. - M
(Afis
(A/.s M24)a,
2cl)ax
A^c?.)^ _ (M , s 2 -—
( Axx/s\
s\ M2c\)a
c\)g2
Mr
'"l 1 =
—
~~ 22
rc_2 - 2 2
2 ''> Af
M
2 2* ~
=
— o
2 22 1'
cc — c
C,l c22 °2 l
«-(*-?) I- *-(*+?)!■
Mt_ H £l A^ // 02
Ml1 = A/22* =
V cc sa ,/ 2c
2c' V c W 22cc '
with f = fi = —tp2.
2) Statically indeterminate cases. If the shell's lattice is such t h a t t h e number of
equations in the system (1.19) is less than t h e number of t h e unknown, t h e problem
of finding forces or moments in the shells' rods using t h e known calculation model's
stressed s t a t e becomes statically indeterminable.
Nevertheless, this problem can be solved rather simply: first we must find t h e
deformation components of the calculation model's middle surface (see Eqs. (1.32),
(1.33)) according to its stressed state and then use formulae (1.16) a n d (1.18).
1.2. Constitutive Equations 21
Here is an example of finding the forces and moments in the rods of the lattice
shown in Fig. 1.5 from the knowledge of calculation model's stressed state. We assume
that rods (i = 1,2) of the first two families are identical and omit index i(i = 1) in
all designated values referring to the first family of rods, except forces and moments.
The constitutive equations for shells with such a lattice have the form as Eq. (1.30).
Using relations (1.35) we obtain the following expressions for the tangential de-
formation components:
4 2 2
Dei =
£>£, = [2Ni(2Ks
[2AT,(2AV + K3) K3K)-KN
+ 3)-KN
2sin 2v\Ks2c2,
2sm2<f]Ks
De2 = [-KNism 2<f + 2N2(2Kc4 + K4)]Ks2c2,
2
Now formulae (1.16) amd (1.18) make it possible to find the longitudinal forces in
the rods of each of the four families:
N
i,2 N1c2j + K4N2s K44N22s22)K°±S(Ksm2<p)-
= [(K3Nic )K0±S(Ksm2<p)-1]EF,
4.4
Nl -2KNls2c2}K°E3F3,
= l(2Kc + K<)N2KK4i)N22-2KNis
4.4
N-
Nl = [(2Ks + + K3)Ni - 2s22KN
)Ni-2KN c2]K°E 2 2
2s c4F]K°E
4. 4F4. (1.47)
Here K° = [2K{K3c44 + K4s44) ) + /C3/C4]"1; in the first of these formulae the sign in
front of the second term is assumed negative.
If we express bending deformation components K\, K2, T in constitutive Eq. (1.22)
through linear moments Mi, M2, Hi of the calculation model (the constitutive equa-
tion for torsion moment H2 will be satisfied) and then use Eqs. (1.16) and (1.18) we
obtain the following formulae for the values of bending and torsion moments occurring
in the reticulated shell's rods:
2
Ml,
MZt2 = {[(73C + 2Cs2c2)Mi +
{[(/3c + (I4s2.2 + 2C 2Cs2c2)M2]I0
=F#i(/ sin 2ip
=F77,(/ 2<p++2Cc 2Cc2 2cotcot2<p
2<p++CC4 4sin sin- 1- 122 ^^ }EJi,
}EJi,
4 2 2
Ml 2 2
= [{2Ic + I4 + 2Cs c )M2Cs 2 c )M2-2Mis2c2(I-C)]I0E3J13,
Ml4 = [(27s4 + I73
3 + 2Cs22cc22)Mi
+ 2Cs 2M22ss22cc22{I
)Mi 1 -- 2M {II -- -C C)]I
C)]I00EE44JJUU,,
H'xa {±[(27s +
= {±[(2/s 2
-f 7 )Af, - (27c
I33)Mi 2
(21c + Ih)M4)M22]I0 0 + 2^01* 2HifaS?cos 2<p}GJ2¥>}G.73,3,
7/3
77* = — 2G3J33Hi0l1
-2GaJaHi&, , H'
HI4=2G
= 2G 4J
4J34 34Hi/331 ,
Hifc, (1.48)
where
70 = [27(73c4 + 7
I44ss44)) + + 2Cs22cc22(2I
+ I733I744 + (27 + I733 + A)]" 1 ;
+ 7,)]"
and /?3i is the same as in constitutive Eq. (1.30) referring to the given lattice.
22 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
Figure 1.7:
These formulae which take Eqs. (1.22) and (1.37) into account as well as the relations
given in the book [14, p. 61]:
JVf'Wx = CPZ
JV<'>sin2x = c ^ +
+c ^ + cpV
CJP^+CJpu/ (i
(i =
=MM),
),
(j
A/^ >sin
M sin x 22
= -(D[ K\ K[ +
-(D^K^J)
+ D^K^
D< V2 +
+ D^T ;
Z ) 3 V)) J 1
(j =T~i).
=174). (1.49)
Here
(1)
Ar (1)
Ar = JV,',
N[, NMA'' 2 » = AT
N^,2) NWAf' 3 ) =
= 5S',
',
11 22
M ' ''
M' = M[,
A/;, M<
M< »» = M A/<3»3 ) = i/;,
M 22)) A/( i/;, M
M^« =
= ff
H'2,2,
n
n
C[ 3)
Cf = E
^A
A Ti a. aK, ,^^ ) 1
(; = U ; f c = T73),
(j=T73;fc I73),
n
n
One should bear in mind that when determining angles A, 9, </?, (i = l , n ) the lines of
curvature of the calculation model's middle surface are adopted as coordinates a, /?.
When A = 0, 9 = JT/2, we obtain
1] ej'> = -2«,< 3 > = c 2 ,
a, = 6l, = 4 =
4i> =
a«2i* =
= 6b22i, = 42' =
= <d^ ! 2 » == 22g^
= ee^
4
5 ,< ' =
2
= ssf,,
2a3i3 l = 63; = -cu
2a - c „ == cen 2<fj3) == --2e,<
= 2<ff"
2, =
3)
2 e j 3 ) == --2e,<
4)
2 e , ! 4 ) == -4gV
-4gV =
= 44<7< 2)
^ 2 ) == tia2y><,
sin 2 ^ , ,
C3,- =
C& = 22cos2<^,.
c o s 2<pi.
Here constitutive Eq. (1-49) transform into Eqs. (1.22) and (1.37).
24 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
S\ = CeiBi
CeiEi + Ce
C&2e2e22 -f Ce^ui
Ceeu +
+[(Dn + / $ > ) « , + (D62 - K$)K2')*» + (Dee - *£')■K^)r}k2,
S2 =
= Cei£i + t/6 2 £ 2 + Ceeu
Ceew +
+[{Dn + 4 ! J ) « i + (D62 + K$)K2')*2 + (Dee + K^)r]h.
K^)r]h. (1.51)
Equations (1.39) and (1.51) have another important specific feature: we can show
t h a t they can be presented as a linear transformation y = Tx where
y = (JVi,JVa 1 $(N UN2,SUS2,M
1 ,&,Mi,Af UM2,HUH
a ,fr„J5r 2)',
a )*,
xi = ( £e(«1 »,
1 2
)£)'e ),u;(
1 ,
W , « (',u;(
2
),wW »,«(
1«W
1
),«(
,*W
2
),T(
,rW
,
»,r( 2
, T «»)',
}'1 (1.52)
with a symmetrical matrix T (asterisk means a transposition). This transformation
is deduced from Eqs. (1.39), (1.51) if we consider energy deformation components of
t h e middle surface according to formulae [14, pp. 79, 80].
£<*> =
£<*) £,, ££<(22»> = £ 2 , 2W<11> = -2^<
2u>< -2a,<2 2
» >== uw;,
11 2
/c'' '
K = -KU :1> «< ) = - K 2 ,
1
T* ' = T - hiu/2,
fclW/2, r<2> = -r + kk2u>/2.
2uij2.
Just as in t h e anisotropic shell theory [15, pp. 67-69] we can prove t h a t Kirchhoff's
uniqueness theorem and Betti's reciprocity principal hold in constitutive Eqs. (1.39),
(1.51) in t h e reticulated shell theory in t h e case of their geometrical stability. Natu-
rally, this does not mean t h a t with other constitutive equations t h e solution will not
be unique (here the proof method used may not have validity).
Note t h a t in t h e case of t h e calculation model's isotropy formulae (1.26) are valid
with J3i = 0 constitutive Eqs. (1.39), (1.51) change t o equations suggested in t h e
works [3] and [35] with parameters of the continuous shell (1.28).
1.2. Constitutive Equations 25
J' E
= ^[i<r,(eicf + e 2 s-+w«iCi) 2
i1== 1l
+ /,(/cic,2 + K
(c22S522 + r sin 2v?t')2
+C,(/c
+ Cj(/C22s,Cj
S,Cj — Kis.c,++7"rCOS
— KiS.C, 2tfii)22}.}.
cos 2(pi) (1.56)
The last formula can be made simpler on the basis of (1.16):
n
jr* = E
J2(K<£? ++ 7W
= £(tf,£*
1=
1
2
= 11
-<2 ++cc,n
7
^f)-). ( L57 )
Since the rigidity characteristics of rods Kj, /,, Ct- are not negative from (1.57) it
follows that J' > 0. Hence from (1.54) we conclude that the necessary and sufficient
condition for the calculation model's geometrical stability is the fulfilment of (1.53)
at J" = 0.
Let J* = 0. Then from (1.56)
e\<?i++e2£s225+
£ic? 2
+uis.c;
ws.Ci == 0 0atatK{
K{^ ^0,0,
2 2
Kief + /c2s + T sin 2y>j = 0 at A
Kic U / 0,
(K 2 —
-/ci)sin2(^
Ki) sin 2yjj++2"rcos2<^
2T COS 2<pi== 00atatC,C,/ ^0.0. (1.58)
26 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
Hence, if we consider that the rigidity characteristics of the shell's rods are not
zero we obtain a homogeneous system from 3n algebraic equations concerning e%, e2,
u, Ki, K2, T. System (1.58) will have In equations if we assume d = 0 (i = l,n).
For a geometrically stable calculation model we may obtain three solutions:
1. System (1.58) has only a trivial solution (1.53).
2. Systems (1.58) provides a solution different from (1.53) but the deformation
continuity equations are not satisfied. The continuous equations can be considered
as the integration conditions when plotting displacements according to preset defor-
mations.
3. System (1.58) allows a decision different from (1.53) satisfying the deformation's
equation. At the same time displacements corresponding to this solution are excluded
by the boundary conditions (only displacements of the rigid entirety are possible).
In the latter case in contrast to the first two the unfixed calculation model will be
geometrically variable.
In the latter two instances the displacement problem can be solved without the
deformation continuity equations substituting relations (1.3) in system (1.58). It is
well known that here deformation continuity equations are satisfied. This approach
to solving the problem is simpler if we want to know whether the calculation model's
fixing conditions assure its geometrical stability.
Let us consider cases when the shell consists of two (n = 2) or more than two
(n > 2) families of rods.
1.2.6a. The number of rod families greater than two. Let us fix three different
families of rods »' = fit i = TO, i = v. Assume for these families that
KijLQ,
Ki?0, IijtO
Ii^O {i = fi,m,v).
n,m,is). (1.59)
The values of the other rigidity characteristics of the rods forming the shell's
lattice are arbitrary.
Then from (1.58) we obtain
Hence, each of the triplet values E\, e2, ui and KU K2, 2T is the solution of the same
homogeneous system of three linear algebraic equations. The determinant of this
system of equations
is therefore not zero. That is why the solution of system (1.60) can only be trivial,
i.e. when J" = 0 there is always (1.53).
Thus, if n > 2 it suffices to satisfy condition (1.59) to ensure the calculation
model's geometrical stability even if it is not fixed.
1.2. Constitutive Equations 27
1.2.6b. The case when the number of rod families is two. We now examine the
condition when t h e rods' rigidity characteristics are not zero:
A-,/0,
KijQ, 7,^0, djtO
Q?0 (i =
= 1,2).
l,2). (1.61)
c 2 £! -r
c]c\ -|- sfe2 +
+ SjCiU
s;Cib} = 0,
2
cc-«i
Ki +
+S*K
S*K + rsin¥>,
22 + rsin<fii =
= 0 (i = 1,2),
(i 1,2),
(K2 -K
(«2 —l)sin2<p,+2Tcos2<pi
/Ci)sin2y>,; + 2T cos2ifii == 0.0. (1.62)
K\ = T == 0.
= K2 =
Ki=K2 0. (1.63)
The first two equations from (1.62) take the form ex = e2 = 0. Besides, there
is also (1.63). Consequently, all deformation components except u are zero. Using
formulae (1.10) we write
du +
„ dv
dv
K
ITa
da =- »■
°' ldP+W
+W » ===°'
»-°> "•«>
(1.64)
2
d2w „ d,2w
dh iu dv _ „ d2w
W dv _ „ ,„ . . .
(1.65)
0a22
da*
da =
' W~
dP 2
W~dp~'
a/? dP
dp"'
dp dadp
dadP ~ da
dadP
oadp da
da~ ~ '
Here a = x/R, P = y/R, where x and .A y
. . are distances along the generatrix
generatri and
parallel, R! is
is the
the radius
radius of
of the
the shell's
shell's middle
middle surface
surface cross
cross section.
section.
lution of this system of five differential equations with three functions
The solution functioi has
the form
uH =
= 4>(P),
4,(0),
v = (Ci
(d sin
sinP/?
P+ ++ Co
C
C22cosP)a
cos P)a + CC33sinp
P)c + sin p +
+C C44cosP
cos /? + + C
C00,,
w = (C[C2 s\nP-C
sin P xcosP)i
fi -— C,
C\ cos
cosP)a-C
P)a —3 CC$
3 cos PP
cos
P + +C44Csin
4 sinP,P,
/3, (1.66)
C1sinP
Rw = Ci sin P +
+ C
Ci2cosP + d^/dP,
cos P + #/<*/?, (1.67)
u = 0 (a =
= const). (1.69)
tp = C\ cos/? — C2sinP + Cs. Here with account of (1.66) we find that ip = 0. Then
from (1.68) C\ = C2 = 0. This is possible in one variant of the boundary conditions
in addition to (1.69):
1) 7i = 0 (Q = const);
2) v = 0 (a =
(a = a !a,uaa22));;
3) w = 0 (a == Qi,a
(Q Qi,a22););
4) v = 0 (a
(Q = ct\);
ai); w = 0 (a — a 2 );
ID =
55 )) vv = = 00 ((a
a = a
= up
a,,/? =
= A p, uAP2));;
66 )) »» = = 00 (a =
(a = aaO;0; w=
w = 00 (/? (0 == A£ „, &A )) ;;
7) to
7) to =
= 00 (a
(a = = aia,p„ 0 = j0,,0,);
= pup2);
gS)v )v = = 00 (a
(a == aa,,/?
i,0 =
= AA )) ;; u; u> == 00 (/3 (0 == ft);
ft);
99 )) vv =
= 00 (0 = /?,);
(/3 = A ) ; «» = 0 (a = a , , 0 =
w = 0 (a = a , , 0 = 0ft).
2 ).
Boundary conditions 5), 6), 7) can be accepted when points 0 = 0\, 0 = 02 do not
lie on one diameter of the middle surface cross section; boundary conditions 8) and
9)—if the normals to the middle surface passing through points P = A and P = A
are not orthogonal.
2) A circular cylindrical shell formed by a rhombic lattice (tp\ = —ip2 = V = const).
Assume inequality (1.61).
From the first two equations (1.62) we obtain c2£i + s\£2 ± SiCiui = 0 hence
Cj£i + s\e2 = 0, ij} = 0 or considering (1.10),
2,?du
ddu
u , (dv
/'0u
du \\ „ dv du_
du
du . „.
C?F ++ 5 ,dp + =0 + dP~ (L70)
aa- 'UH ' ^ ^=°-
da
To these two equations we must add three equations (1.65) expressing conditions
(1.63).
Solution of system (1.65) and (1.70) will be
Here C, (i = 1,8) are arbitrary constants. The non-zero deformation components will
only be £i and e 2 :
Re2 = 2Cs5aa + a n2 V
+ C6, £i = - e j2 ttan v?. (1.72)
Turn angles corresponding to solution (1.71) are:
fl7l = - ( C , sin /9
0 + C2 cos£
cos P + 2C S ), #72
«72 = C
C88..
30 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
From (1.72) it follows that for the calculation model's geometrical stability it is
necessary and sufficient that it has fastenings at which C 5 = Ce = 0 (a calculation
model without fastening is geometrically changeable).
Here are some variants of the boundary conditions making the calculation model
geometrically stable:
1) w
1) w =
= 00 (a
(a =
= Q,,o 22 );
Q,,Q );
2) w = 0 (a = const); 71 = 0 (0 = const);
3) 71 = 0 (a = const); u = 0 (0 = const);
4)7i = 0 (a = const); u = 0 (a = a i , a 2 ) .
3) The problem's conditions are the same but the inequalities (1.61) are different:
tf,/0,
AT./O, Ji/0, C,
C,- = 0 (i = 1,2).
1,2). (1.73)
This often occurs in calculations (the rods' torsional rigidity is small compared to the
bending rigidity).
With the rods' rigidity characteristics (1.73), from (1.58) we obtain two identical
equations concerning e\, £2, w and Ki, K 2 , IT.
u == [Mv
[Mv + + 0)
0) +
+ Mv-0)
Mv-0) +C
«?-/?) + C33r,r,33-C
-C2J] 22
2J] ++ Csv]tanip,
Csv]tanip,
3i 2
3 3
vv = -Mv
-Mli(v + 0) ++Mv-0)-C
+ 0) Mv-fi)-c3030-C
c-Cifi
31p0 - C,{? ++Cc4A0, 0,
w = 3C3(02-T,
-ri22))V2) + 2Cl100 + 2C2V
27]-{C
-(C<i + CCbb),), (1.76)
where r\ = atany>; rpi(x), ^ 2 (y) are random functions, d(i = 175) are random
constants.
1.2. Constitutive Equations 31
With this solution the deformation components in accordance with (1.75) are
identical (the stroke means a derivative)
22 - 2C
&2 -(V>i + 0022 + 3C
= -{i>[ 37; - 2C
3C377 rt2r)~- CC5),
&)' £e, tan2 2ip,
t == - -£ e2 2tan y?,
2 22
R K2 =
= -—66C3,
C3, «!
«i =
= -K
—/cj
2 tan
tan tp,
ip, uix! =
=TT=
= 0.
0. (1.77)
01 = Xl
Xi + X2, 02 = "Xi
-Xi + X2, C, = 0 (2
(i = 175),
1,5),
where xi, X2 are arbitrary periodical odd and even functions with period 2r]'.
Here solution (1.76) takes the form
So we can conclude that the fastenings (1.78) are insufficient to assume the calculation
model's geometrical stability.
To achieve this we can supplement conditions (1-78) with conditions such that
u = v = 0 with f) = const (and obtain Xi = X2 = 0).
The same refers to the calculation of a cylindrical shell.
Figure 1.8:
Similarly, in the plane problem for reticulated plates the order of the system of
differential equations increases from four to eight and for its solution four and not
two boundary conditions must be used.
We now consider the type of two additional boundary conditions needed for retic-
ulated shells' calculations when J2i j= 0.
Of practical interest is the instance when the shell's lattice consists of two families
of rods as only in this case will it be necessary to consider the rods' torsional rigidity
in the plane tangential to the shell's middle surface. Hence, we assume n = 2.
For certainty we formulate additional boundary conditions at that section of the
contour of the calculation model's middle surface coinciding with coordinate 0 = 0o-
A few examples of most typical boundary conditions follow.
1. The rods are linked together along the shell's contour with a hinge which allows
the rods of each of the two families to freely rotate around the normal to the middle
surface (Fig. 1.8a).
In this case G\ = G2 = 0, on the contour which according to (1.19) provides the
following two additional boundary conditions:
Mu = M22a. = 0 at
Mi, 0 = 00Oa. (1.79)
2. The rods are rigidly hinged along the contour: the turn angles of the two
families of rods around the normal to the shell's middle surface on its contour are
equal.
Besides, the linear bending moment at the plane tangential to the shell's middle
surface has a preset value on the contour.
Here one of the two additional boundary conditions becomes
M22,, = M°,(a)
M°,{a) at 0 = 0fa,
O, (1.80)
where M°,(a) is a preset function.
The second additional boundary condition is obtained by equalising the turn an-
gles around the normal to the shell's middle surface of the two families of rods
u>(cos2y?i
w(cos2<f?i —
- cos2y>
[cos 2ipi — cos2^2)
COS 2) 2+
2<p ) ++(£2
(£2 (sin 2(^i —
( -£i)(sin2i^i
- £i)(sin2<^i —sin 2<p2)2)===0.0.
sin2y>
sin2y> (1.81)
(1-81)
This condition follows from (1.12).
The shell's support scheme when M°, = 0 (condition (1.80) is homogeneous) is
shown in Fig. 1.8b.
1.3. More Precise Constitutive Equations 33
3. The two families' rods along the shell's contour are rigidly fixed as regards their
turning around the normal to the middle surface (Fig. 1.8c).
The two additional boundary conditions in accordance with (1.12) have the form
(* = 1,2)
—
-2626++ucos2<pi
ucos2tpi ++ (£2-ei)sm2v,=
(£2—£i)sin2vi = 00 at at 00 == 00OO. . (1.82)
One
wne of
01 them
tnem can
can be
De replaced
replaced by condition (i.oi)
Dy condition (1.81) which
which is
is their
their consequence.
consequence.
When <p = y>i = —ipi, the boundary conditions (1.81) and (1.82) take the form
When <p = y>i = —ipi, the boundary conditions (1.81) and (1.82) take the form
£2 — £i = 0 when 0 = 0O, (1.81')
e 2 - e , = 0 when 0 = 0O, (1.81')
£2 — £i = u;cos2y> — 28 = 0 when 0 = 0O. (1.82')
e 2 - £ i = u> cos 2y? - 2<5 = 0 when 0 = 0o- (1.82')
4. The two families' rods are rigidly interconnected and linearly-elastically linked
with the contour as regards the turn angle around the normal to the shell's middle
surface.
In this instance one of the additional boundary conditions should be as in (181)
and the other has the form
M2, = fc(a)V>i
^(0)^1 = fc(a)V>2
k(a)il>2 at 0 = 0Q ,
where k(ct) is the rigidity function of the elastic fastening, $i, 4>2 a r e turn angles
around the normal to the middle surface of two families of rods. These angles, de-
pending on the particular boundary problem are assessed according to formulae (1.4),
(1.8) or (112) in which V> and f> should be replaced by ipi and </>,.
Note, that other additional conditions can also be formulated easily.
In a particular case when the axis of one of the two families' rods coincides with
the calculation model's contour only one and not two additional boundary condition
can thus be formulated which fully corresponds to the type of the system of equations
(see Sec. 3.1.2a).
specified and we make them more precise. For this the method suggested in the work
[68] for a rectangular rod must generalized for a curvilinear rod.
Assume that the shallow curvilinear rod has an elongated rectangular cross section
in the direction of the normal to the shell's middle surface and its material is isotropic.
Assuming also that during the shell's deformation the rod has a flat stressed state we
write the known equation of Hook's generalized law as:
<7, —
_ <7i
(T\ - VOi
vo-i
V02 cr2
_ <Ji vGi
12. vG\ _ T
£l = £2= U3= (1.83)
(L83)
—ET>
Ei £Ei
E2T XE\' G-G
Then, just as in the classical shell theory, the first right-hand term in the formula for
£2 is neglected.
We express the rod's deformation components through longitudinal U(x, z) and
transverse W(x, 2) displacements
__dU_
dU_
dV W
W dW
_ dW _dU_
_dV_
dU_ dW
dW
£l = U! = (1.84)
dx Ro
RQ +
+ z'z'
£2 =
a*'
dz ' dz dx '
dx'
where RQ is the radius of curvature of the rod's axis. Coordinates x, z are along the
rod's axis and the external normal.
In the first approximation we assume that the rod's stresses are calculated accord-
ing to the strength of materials' formulae
N
N M
M
^F~T'' y <
°* =
F '
-F--J Zz
' T =
T=
9.
Q ffh*
Q *h
H
2 Zl)-\ j -
2J{T-
2J
Here N, Q are longitudinal and tranverse forces; M a bending moment; h, F, J
Z
A
a\
)-
/,(1.85)
(L85)
00
are height, area and the main central moment of inertia of the rod's cross section
respectively.
Using the equilibrium equations in the plane elasticity theory
dot dr
^1 + ^ = 0
dx ' dz
dz
boundary condition oi{—h/2) = 0, and the second formulae in (1.85) we obtain:
,,,.
„,/ ,
% v" (MM , N \\ ,
W(x,z) = w + (1.87)
E 2J' Tz)
1.3. More Precise Constitutive Equations 35
Here and further W(x,0) = w, E = E\. Similarly, from the third formulae (1.83),
(1.84) and the second formula in (1.85) taking (1.87) into account we have
... . dw Q fh2
U(x,,) = u - zz - + £j ( j - _9_ z3 \ v (z2 dN Q 3\
j j + - ( - - + g,» j , (1.88)
Tx 2GJ 4 3; k2J 6J*
where u = U(x,0). From formulae (1.87), (1.88) it follows that the displacement
vector components change non-linearly according to the cross section height of the
rods.
We now make the formula for cr\ more precise using (1.85). We write the first
formula in (1.83) as <7j = Ee\ + vcr2. Consequently, taking (1.84), (1.85) and (1.87),
(1.88) into account we derive
22
,, xx„du
^du #w
<Pw r
„</*«, E_ fh
r E
E fh
(h zz33\\ 2
F
E vV {M ,-
(M N \
N
(1.89)
+•=
flo *
u> + -
% ++ z' i?o
Jo + 2 V2J
+ z
rr*
FF2*jy) • (1.89)
Here <Ti = a.
Functions
yA/2
fh/2
yA/2 yft/2
fh/2
yft/2
N
N == bb' /II adz,
adz, M
M =
= -b
-b J-h/2 crzdz,
crzdz,
J-h/2
J-h/2
J-h/2 J-k/2
J-k/2
where b is the rod's cross section width, with consideration of (1.89) are assessed
according to formulae
vh dQ v
V
N = EFe- v/,
2 <fx 2Ro
I 2
T4 £<fxl<+ &
rft'
M =
= - E-EJK-
J t - ^ +
- - - * " -T
M
»^-N,
l2Rc
12i?o -
'V, (1.90)
"•'»'
whCTe
4
A
4 v,v E£
_F_
rr == 99 ++ 9J ==
: UV
5l5* 2r' 22G- (L91
and
r G - "
2G »
du
<fu
<fu w
to
to (<Pw
dlxu
((Pw w \\
w
£ = K = — 2
dx Ro Jx Rg
are the rod's axis deformation components. We note that for the isotropic material
3 = 1. When deriving formulae (1.90) it was assumed that
2
/ h\2 vh22 PNIdx 2
cPN/dx
2
i)
2 3
N
_N__M_ M
M I (h
Ig (h*z z zz^\\ dQ
(1.92)
a°' =
~ J-T
F
F~ Tz+ z
Jj{-20-j)di-
Z+
J V 20 lx'
3 ) dx' (L92)
When deriving this formula it was assumed that uh/gR <C 1.
From equationsis (1.90) we obtain
M =
M = _EjK^_^dQ r/r
_
EjK _^f
^ 4+
j ^'^1 ,
J^
EFe
A dx 2Rn
\2Ro
N = £ f £ __( 4 + _j -£-_«.
AT
uh If(
uh rk\dQ
rh\dQ
rh\ >EJ
uEJ „ „,
K. (1.93)
N = £ F £ _ _ ( 4 + _j-£-_«. (1.93)
dx 9R~
»- --?-K)(£+£0.
»-»-^"K)(S+S)-
//lit
1T(
rh2k
dO ■Pw_
Tx" dx2
u . -„._^ (- — ( cf
'M_
+S dx2 , ). ( (1.97)
97) ,
1.3. More Precise Constitutive Equations 37
37
Formulae (1.94), (1.97) are more precise constitutive equations for a plane form
of deformation of a flat curvilinear rod having a rectangular cross section.
From these equations for the reticulated shell's rod we obtain
NT = EiFtf
E^e: - ^ G , F , ( 4 + rr.h^V^
8 _'
A W v,
)V,W + V.-u,),
V.-w),
M
At;' = -EiJuK'
-EiJuK- - 2*^6 iV,
'^!&-GiFiVi(0T
'^B-GiFiViW +• V
Viii
ViWiW),), (1.98)
4
is a n
where k' = fc,c? + fc2s?; 0* = 0,c, + 0 2 s t ; V.
V, is an operator in (1.17); 8U 62—
are the mean curve angles of the normal in planes /? = const and a = const. In
these formulae functions £*, /c* are determined through the shell's middle surface
deformation components according to formulae (1.16).
We obtain the reticulated shell's constitutive equations by substituting formulae
(1.98) into
n1 2 n n
N> = t^r, N2 = ±S1N:, S = ±aS-^N:,
E
.=i "• .=i■I*-
°«
■K,
'
.=i '
1=1
5 =
t=i
a
M, =
Mr = E
±CC1M u222 =
* A :, M
JM;, = ±i
= ±±SS
1M = -±S-^M;
-E
1M:,:, H =HH=-±fM?, —v S,Cj
■
i=l
i ==i i ''
aa
is"*"
i=l
,=i <aa
i=l
i=i
1=1
aa
<
n
S s
«> ==E±fQh
Qx ^ ; . Q2Qi
=E= a± i.Ql
E^QI
n ■
a
(i.99)
(1.99)
i=;
i=i ' i=i a'
<—i
These formulae disregard the rods' torsional rigidity and bending in the plane
tangent to the shell's middle surface.
e * = ££ic-
e" ,c? + te22s\
s? + uiSiCi
^*iCi ++(«ic-
(nicf ++KK2S-
2 S?++TTsin
sin2ipi)z.
2<pi)z. (1.100)
(1.100)
The rod's axial force and bending moment are derived from formulae
N'= = IJ
N' f WF,
oldF, M'
a:dF„ M:==- -J a'zdF,,
jI a'izdf
<^F t, (1.101)
JF,
where a*
7* = m
= <cr'(e").
« ) ,
38 Chapter 1. Reticulated Shell Theory: Equations
The constitutive equations are obtained taking (1.100), (1.101) in formulae (1.99)
into account.
Note that the constitutive Eqs. (1.22) with J 2 ; = 0 and the lattice's stable param-
eters with the main terms of effective characteristics for simple frameworks resulting
from averaging processes in periodic media [6], [18], [24].
Chapter 2
DECOMPOSITION M E T H O D
where some of the terms in the operators La, may not occur in £,-, and let us introduce
the notation
yfw.
Lik{y) = y?(«).
Lik{y) /?(«). (2.4)
(2.4)
From Eqs. (2.1), (2.3) and (2.4) it follows that
k=h
=E
^(*) = H / ?f(«),
*=1
*=1
( * ) . i = l,...,m. (2.5)
39
40 Chapter 2. Decomposition Method
Lik(yukk)) =
£»(»*) f,k(x),
= /*(*),
f?(* *x €
e f tl , i = l,...,m»
l , . . . ) m , i f c = k-l,...,h;
l,...,A; (2.6)
l
i(y")
'i(v*) Vj(*)> *x e rr] ikt e rr,, j =»«,...
Y) = Vj(x),
»»i(*)i = ilk,...,i
,i rkrk. (2.7)
(2.7)
y*=yk, k = 2,...,h.
2,...,h. (2.8)
The decomposition method makes it possible to rather easily obtain highly ac-
curate formulae for the maximum function and eigenvalues of the boundary value
problems. When using basis functions there is no need to satisfy the boundary condi-
tions since these functions are used not for solution representation in series form but
functions /*(x). This assures a high rate of convergence.
When using numerical methods for solving the problems, functions /*(x) are taken
as the basic unknown ones. The grid approximation of these functions guarantees a
high accuracy of results on rather sparse grids.
In conclusion, let us observe that the L, of the original problem (2.1), (2.2) may
not only be differential operators, but also more general operators.
2.2 A p p l i c a t i o n of t h e D e c o m p o s i t i o n M e t h o d for
Particular Problems
2.2.1 Analytical solutions
2.2.1a. Precise solution of a non-linear differential equation with partial derivatives.
We now solve the quasilinear
Dive tne quasilinear ainerenuai
differential equation
equation
)(du/dx +
2(au + bxy)(du/dx
bxy)(dujdx + du/dy)-
du/dy) + (x + y)bu =
= 9q^x)
l (x) +
-f qq2(y),
2(y), (2.9)
(2.9)
(2au1 + bxy)du
dui1/dx+
Idx 4 byui = f{x,y) +
+ qi(x),
(2au22 +
+ bxy)du
y)du2/dy + - bxu2 = -f{x, y) + q2(y).
where 6 is the membrane's thickness; a the tensile stress; 2a the length of the contour's
side.
We introduce notations a = x/a, /3 = y/a, w = qa2v/Scr. Then problem (2.10),
(2.11) can be written in a dimensionless form:
v(a,±l) =
v(a,±\) 0;
= 0; v(±l,/3)
v{±\,P) == 0.
0. (2.13)
According to the method of solution we examine two (h = 2) additional boundary
value problems
/(a,/?)
/(«,/?) = - / ( / ? , a ) . (2.17)
In addition, from the parity of function v along a and /? we have the parity of f(a, 0)
according to these arguments. Due to the boundary conditions at a = ± 1 and j3 = ±1
the left-hand side of Eqs. (2.14) and (2.15) correspondingly become zero as functions
differentiated twice along a and /?, become zero. Hence,
/ ( a , l1)
) = - / ( !l , / ? ) = 0.5. (2.18)
„(D - Jdajf(a,P)da
u' 1 ' = Jda[f( f(a,j3)da- - aa 22/A
/<fa a,0)da /4 +
+ a<pi{f3)
a<px{P) ++¥>2(/?).
<^(/J).
<ft(P)- (2.19)
(2.19)
Using boundary condition (2.14) and assuming <fii(0) = 0 (taking into account the
parity v along a) we obtain
[/*,
<Pi(P)4 = \-\JdaJf(<*,p)da
/(a,/?)<fa
2.2. Application of the Decomposition Method 43
1 l -1c r 2
„('>
[^
vW == J°dtJf(t
J°dtJf(t,0)dt+
1P)dt+ -^-.
f(t,W -^-.
4
(2.20)
(2.20)
22
t„< J0^/(*,«)*
",<<2>'>:==/(, dtff( t a dt ] = 1-^-.
dtjf(t,a)dt+
> ) + - /--A 2 21
((2.21)
- )
Substituting Eqs. (2.20), (2.21) into condition (2.16) we derive an integral equation
for t h e function / ( a , / ? ) .
Now we obtain t h e problem's approximate solution. Considering t h e parity of
functions / ( a , / ? ) along a and /? and also (2.17) into account we assume
2 2i s
J[a,p)
f(a,p) U rS
12c(a
,/?) == l2c(a
f(a,/3) -p )- /3&\
) (2.22)
tu/ >' =
„<»
(11
= ( a 44 --6 a6 2a /2 302 + Cfl2
6 / ? 2 - l ) c + ( l -- a 22))/ / 4 ,
2
w
vvmJ == ( , 34 4-- 66Q
a 2 2/ /3
? 2 + fi,v
6 a_2 - l ) + ( l - / ? 22 ) / 4 . (2.23)
„( ) = 0 3 4 - 6 a 2 / ? 2 + 6 a 2 - l ) cC+ ( l -l -/ ?^ 2 )) //4 . (2.23)
Using these formulae we find
Using these formulae we find
w0 = v(0,0) (1)
= vv™{0 {2)
(0,0) = vW(0. (0,0) = 0,25 - c. (2.24)
w0 = v(0,0) = v ( 1 ) (0,0) = Vv{2)(0,0) = 0,25 - c. (2.24)
To d e t e r m i n e constant c we a d a p t t h e obtained results (2.23) to condition (2.16).
Table 2.1 lists t h e calculation results according to formula (2.24) and their deviations
in per cent from t h e accurate solution given in column 2 with t h e following six methods
of assessing value c:
1) i ; ( , ) ( l / 2 , 0 ) = v< 2 >(l/2,0)
)(l/2,0) (column 4)
2) t;<'>(l,0)
u<'>(l,0) = U< «<22>(1,0)
>(1,0) (column 5)
3) » W ( 1 , 1 / 2 ) = U < 2 > ( 1 , 1 / 2 ) (column 6)
4) E q u a t i n g coefficients in solutions (2.23) with ao?2 and /? 2 (column 7).
5) Satisfied on average are boundary conditions for u' 1 ' with /? = 1 and for u' 2 'with
a = 1 (column 8), i.e. t h e condition:
f „<»;
f/ vv((11))((aa>, \)dct
,, \)da
\)da == 0.
= 0.
Jo
Jo
6) Minimization of t h e functional according t o c
J(c)=
jfi:[ 2I~~ / ( Q , ,1)1
1 ) dadc
i
-
44 Chapter 2. Decomposition Method
Table 2.1:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
u>0 0.295 0.312 0.293 0.300 0.289 0.292 0.302
5.8% 0.7% 1.7% 2.0% 1.0% 2.4%
To 0.675 0.625 0.674 0.700 0.656 0.667 0.708
7.4% 0.1% 3.7% 2.8% 1.2% 4.9%
Ho 0.141 0.139 0.140 0.142 0.138 0.139 0.142
1.4% 0.7% 0.7% 2.1% 1.4% 0.7%
T h e m e t h o d of determining c is based on property (2.18) and can b e used for u' 1 ',
u' 2 ' solutions. T h e result obtained agreed with t h e previous one (column 8).
From Table 2.1 it follows t h a t all t h e solutions are close t o t h e accurate one.
T h e third column in Table 2.1 gives an approximate solution of the problem under
review, obtained using Ritz' method [30]. Comparison with Ritz' m e t h o d favours the
decomposition m e t h o d .
b) We now investigate t h e torsion of a rod with a square cross section. T h e
b o u n d a r y value problem for the stress function ^> can be written as
d2iPldx
j>/dx22 +
il>/dx + d2V / d y2 2 ==
tP/dy
rp/dy = -2G9\
-2G6;
2G6; ij>(x,±a)
ip(x,
i , ±±a) = 0;
a) = ta,y)y) == 00,
iip{±a,y)
il>(±a, (2.25)
where 9 is t h e rod's twist angle per unit length; G t h e material's shear modulus; 2a
t h e length of a side of t h e cross section.
T h e greatest tangential stress m a x r and torsional moment / / are found using
formulae
-'--(2)...
m a xxTr == - f ^
\dxj
\dxj
|
xx = a
v =0
;
" H-==' 4iff
J/ T/ J-^-xdxdy.
Jo Jo
Jo Jo ox O *
—xc
OX
(2.26)
„=0
Designating a = x/a, /? = y/a, ip = 2a2G0v, the boundary value problem (2.25) may
be written as (2.12), (2.13) and formulae (2.26) have t h e form
4
max
max T 2aG0r0O;o;\
T = 2aG6T
2QG'0T H = 8a8a4G0H
G6Ho0,
rj
where
fdv\ dv
-adaa (2.27)
TO = - tfo = ad/3.
\da) ■ =i ' o Jo dat
0=0
(2.27) become
I'M
3
8yW it,' 1 '
; Ho xda Qda
- +
*
To
— {da
=
{-»r)) *=>
p= o
=L U -da~
da ( l da -a*-Aadadp.)df}-
p= o
The calculation results using these formulae and different methods of assessing the
constant c (see the above example) are tabulated in Table 2.1 (columns 4-8) with
their deviations as a percentage of the precise solution (column 2). The third column
in Table 2.1 gives the approximate solution using Ritz' method [30].
It is seen from Table 2.1 that the decomposition method gives a highly accurate
solution of this problem. Assuming v = u' 1 ' within the entire integration domain in
formula (2.27) the result for H0 will hardly change.
c) Let us consider the torsion of a beam with an elliptical cross section and a
central elliptical cavity.
The problem reduces to solving a differential equation in the double connected
domain of the beam's cross section
dhp_ d24>
2 26G, (2.28)
dx dy*
satisfying the following boundary conditions on its external (Ti) and internal (T2)
contours
/-(r.)a) == o,
T/>(r\)
V»(r 0, ^;(T
V(r
0 ( r 222) = const, *<£ -£-ds
^d8 =
JT, on
f
= ---2n.
2 0J 1. (2.29)
Here 6 is the relative twist angle of the bar, G the material's shear modulus, d/dn
a derivative of the normal to contour r 2 , fi the area limited to this contour. We
introduce notations
Q =x p= = e ==0Ga eGa2v
( 2 - 3 °)
a
<*=-,
a
ac S' 13=1,
P h jl T== e, '4>
_ y_
be'
be v> ^
=b
v, ^ = 9Ga2v,
2
(2.30)
where a, 6 and ac, be are semiaxes of contours Ti and r 2 respectively. Then equation
(2.28) becomes
d2v
da 2 +
d2v _
dP 2
dp2 ~ 4
2c2. (2.31)
V (ri)
( r ' , )=
V(T\) = 00,, (r'22)) == const,
V(r'
V(T' It —-
/^
* — 7 == -2ir.
<b
9H
-2ir. (2.33)
y r , dn'
46 Chapter 2. Decomposition Method
Thus, the original boundary value problem (2.28), (2.29) was transformed to
boundary value problem (2.31), (2.33).
In accordance with the decomposition method we examine two auxiliary boundary
value problems.
The first auxiliary boundary value problem:
d2vt
, / ? ) 2-,c 2 ,
g l2 = / ( ao,P)-c (rj) = 0.
w,(ri) (2.34)
da ~~
The second auxiliary problem:
9?v
2
V2 _ , , a, 22 2
ee2 2 ^22 =
e = -f(a,0)-c
*,0)~c ,, (2.35)
d/3 ~ /(Q,/?) C
W ~ " '
vi>2(r
(T'222)) =
2:(T' =const,<p
/ ——ds'
i
|^rfs' =
in'
yy r .. On'
r On'
= -2TT.
—2n. (2.36)
The new unknown function f(a,/3) was included in (2.34) and (2.35).
Evidently, the solutions of boundary value problems (2.34)-(2.36) provided v\ =
v2, make it possible to assess /(a,/?) which will be the sought solution
v = vi
V Vi = vv22.. (2.37)
Problem (2.34)-(2.37) can be solved using various known methods. We shall use a
direct method, when function /(a,/?) is expanded into a series according to a certain
system of linearly independent basis functions in the domain limited by contours T\
and T2. Here the construction of basis functions is much simpler than when using
other known methods as these functions need not satisfy any boundary conditions.
Another advantage is that with the same number of terms the decomposition method
ensures a higher accuracy as in this case not the sought function but its derivatives
are approximated. It should be noted also that the constructed system of basis func-
tions can be used for solving various problems irrespective of the types of operators,
provided their domains of assessment coincide.
Assume that /(a,/?) = k (k =const). Then the solution of boundary value prob-
lem (2.34) has the form
k + c22
v
v23 = Vl{a) +
yj,(a) + l3V22(ct)-^£-P
P<p (a) ,P
2~e^~^' (2.39)
2e*
in which from the parity condition v2 according to /?, f2{a) = 0 must obey boundary
conditions (2.36). It is easy to prove that these conditions using function ip\(a) can
2.2. Application of the Decomposition Method 47
be fulfilled to any preset accuracy (for which, for example, yi(a) may be presented
as two terms one of which is constant).
As for condition (2.37) it can be satisfied only approximately because of value k.
Here we only evaluate the maximum modulus tangential stress value max|r| = T..
And in this case it is not necessary to determine function ¥>i(a).
It is known (also from the physical concepts) that r. occurs at the beam's cross
section points having coordinates x = 0, y = ±6 (for definiteness assume a > b).
Hence,
_ djP OGa2 dv
__9Ctf
9Ctf dv
r. =
T - (2.40)
(240)
'~ dy **===coo
' ~ dy be
bebe OP
dp °j o===0oo •
dp
= l/c
»=
_ k
y=b \h
In accordance with this formula, on the basis of Eq. (2.37) we can write the
condition for assessing; the
M R ; constant
L U i i M d i u iA,
fc as
ao
dv-i
dvi dvi2
dv 1
w
-dJ
W W W==
~~~dp
W th
' a 0
° == °^^ = -cc
Now, using (2.38) and (2.39) we obtain k = fjvjc2; thus, assuming in (2.40)
8v
dv dv\
dvx dv? dv
dv22
dP == ~dp~
dp~
dp ~dp~ == ~dp~
~dj) w
we find
a2b
r. = 2 0 G —
2 - r =2.
+ b'b '
a' +
The obtained formula agrees with /ith the known precise solutio,
solution.
In the works [12], [27], [50] the decomposition method was used to obtain analyt-
ical solutions of specific linear and non-linear engineering problems having sufficient
accuracy for practical purposes.
(l)
U
[/<■>
[/O :== 00 with
with xx == 0,a, (2.44)
(2.44)
22
(/<22)
{/<
d9 £/< > 1
ZJjL-
a..2 v ( x , y ) + i2/ ( xx,y),
= - -V(x,!/) ,y), (2.45)
(2.45)
{2)
U > --=
2
t/< 0 with = 0,6,
with yy == 0,b,
0,6, (2.46)
(2.46)
(1) : = r/(a)
7(i) C/(2)
2
U == [/<»
[/ £/ = [/( >.. (2.47)
(2.47)
£/<l>(x,y) = [/(■'(O,
£/«(*, t/<«)(0,y)
t/<«)(0, + x 77((1)
y) + 1)
(0, + f *P>
(0,y)
(0,y) i>Wm{t,y)dt,
("(/,
i> y)*,
(t,y)dt,
Jo
/o
where
*«(.,»)
V-("|
tf>«(x, y) =
=f
= jT Lx,y)
fQ L +
+ ii/(x,
x , y)l + |/ j( x , Vy)) «fa,
«fa, 777<"(0,
( l1 )
y) == ((~pj
(0, y)
"(0, ^ )
v 9x
-)U
)
^. .
Q
UM(x,
V™{x,y)y) =: £/
U<%
(,)
(,) (0, y) +■ xx <( 111 »(0,
t/C>(0 (0,y) *777 >(0,y) )
( y) +
+ J'
I 1'
[ ' dt
* [J <p(s,
<p{s,y
X
y)ds ++^*"»(*.2/)-
»»(«.»)<**
>
-FT(x, y), (2.48)
(248)
where
( *x , »y ) = / A
F x,t(x,y)
(" Jo
Jo
JO JO f'
<f( / //(«,y)<fa.
(«,»)A.
i/«,
t/<2
2
>(x, y) = C/ (2)
/ ( 2 ) ((x,
t/< >(x, y) = U™(x, 0) + y 7
y7(%
x , 0) + yi
(2)
(2)
-J? J:
(*, 0) - J'dt J <p{x,
(x, 0) -fdtf
Jo
s)ds +\>ll-Fy(x, y),
x,s)ds
<p{x, s)ds + -Fy(x, y),
(2.49)
(2.49)
where
2
(2) /d£/< >>>
77 (*>0) = (j~j
(j~j ,, Fy(x,y)==j j **dtdt j'f(x, )ds.
2)
7<( 2>(x,0)
(x,l = F„(x,y)
^v(x,y) J'f(x,SS)ds.
V 9y J v=o ./n Jo
x„ =
= nhx, = 0,1,...,/V,
n = 0,l,...,N,N N + 1,\,
ym = mAy, m = 0 , 1 , . . . , M , M + 1,
2.2. Application of the Decomposition Method 49
the unknown function ip(x,y) changes linearly. Then from (2.48) and (2.49) we obtain
n - O
«£!
t/<» = t ^ + nfc.TSJ
nh
xlal + Aj
hi ( s| + ^ ) ^VOrr.
»-» /,2 j
+hl
+ ■hi
A
E »-o
x V
E ^( n
t=l
1=1
" -- i)ip
OVim im +
im yflfnm
+ -f<p nm +■ -FI FFx,nm
n ,m
6V n m + rt2 * 'i,nm ' J
(2.50)
«2
a£2 = U^
rrCO +
?AV
(2)
aO mh^-hlf^^iy^
^ 3 2 H
71-1
¥>n0
m
m _- 1
m _ i 2
A2
/i li
-sJEo
A 22, £
--A -i)Vn.
( m - j > n j - -f
\](m-j)<finj -
~ f
O Vnm + -F„,„ m .
-J-Vnnt
Vnm + ^»,„„. in, (2.51)
(2.51)
we derive N x M equations:
n -n—
1
hi/i2 , + i1 *z,nm
'G •-?)
/1 1 \ ?
uiOm
rr(l) nh -v (1)
n
" x70m
« \ ■■' /
<POm hi &> _J
- - OW"
Pim
t
.=1
m-A
= 1"<?
n$
0 +m Vyl$ -~- hiA2( (I3I++=
rnh ^^-i i) ) ^VnO
^n0n0++A; 2
gg( (mm- -j>
^AE< j>n jn j
*{
mh
u
yTnO )^ni
2 J
J=I
2
fcS
A 1i
-—^Vnm
y¥>mn +
+ ^ m ,
X-fy.nm, = l,N,
nTl =
= l,Af,
l,JV, m =
m =TTl=l,M.
l ,, M
J U .. (2.52)
(2.52)
2 *•""
Functions <p(x,y) on the border of the domain are assessed from boundary condi
tions (2.42). For example,
«(0,») =
U(0,y) = U(a,y)
'(«.y) =
=0
from which it follows that
d923Uf7 dd22UU
_SHJ_
a.,2a
j /22 r, = 0 ~ 8»
5dy W ,„ ~
z=a
v(o, y) ==■i«
V(°.») \m0 ' y)»
g^ a y)= = |/(«.
y)> ^v(e, £ ' ^y).
' ^ ■ 2^°' y (2-53)
(2.53)
(p(x,0)
4>
rt*,0) = - i / ( » , 0 ) , „(x,6)
4'
?(x,6) = - i //((zx,,&
6) . (2.54)
50 Chapter 2. Decomposition Method
Now we rewrite Eq. (2.52) taking boundary conditions (2.44), (2.46), (2.53), (2.54)
into account:
n-l m—1
ro—1 L2 1I 1,2
»2 _I_ L2
L2
^ 7 ^ - mhrJ
"-M£! mVrio ++ hl Xl(" { im h m
51=1 > -~ ^ + hlYiyn-i)H
1=1
1=1
l XI(
j=i
~~ ifo**++
Jj =
=l
z—g—p..
V{fnm
6
n
" -- 1l \ /om
=
=
-2
^h
~2**
~2** *[3(3
1
(§ ++ —
^l")
^l") °"> 2*' 2 > (3 V~)
( 3 + TJ1 =i\
1 ^ 1 + I rn-l\ /n0
f/ fo m +++ h J+ „ 1 /nO jFl
T~) / n ° ~
1 m+ 1
„ ' i , ™+ + --Tj,
~ 22Fx-™
'" 22^^""""""
7
n = 1, A,
l,N, m = 1, M.
e = ma
\uiP-u,\
max J —rj—. (2.55)
i,j ' \Uii\
\Uij\
did not exceed 10~16. In all the variants, the maximum in (2.55) was reached in the
grid's internal nodes adjacent to the border of the domain. In the centre of the domain
the error was minimum. An algorithm for solving this problem with a non-uniform
grid has also been developed.
In the work [22] the decomposition method is used for a numerical solution of
composite problems for parabolic equations and elliptic boundary value problems
such as: biharmonic, Dirichlet's problems for Laplace's three-dimensional equation
and the boundary value problem with boundary conditions of the first type of the
three-dimensional elasticity theory. All this reduces to the successive solution of
smaller dimensional problems using grid methods. The order of the error is assessed
and this proves the method's reliability.
Chapter 3
STATICS
dNt
SiVj dS
95 v „ dN22
3^2 as x, „
dS
(3.1)
ax "+ ay + dy + dx
ax + Y = (31)
^ ^ * = °' -di ^ ay
°-
With the deformation components corresponding to the plane problem
With the deformation components corresponding to the plane problem
au au du
au dv
ov
£i du £2 = dv w = du dv . .
(3.2)
dx'
ax ay ay
dy dx'
ox
ox ay ay ox
we may present the constitutive equation (1.24) as
n
n
JV,
Nx == J2
^ # ; jsr«?Vj(cj«
j ( c , u + 3,-v),
AT,
E
Y,Ki4Vi{ciU
c ? VfVi(.
t=i
1=1
Siv),
a,t;),
n
n
N
E
AT22 = J^Kts^iiau
£ /r,-5?Vj(c,1l
i=l
fvf(.
/r,-5?Vj(c,H + 3<W),
Siv),
n
n
5S =
S ==
= ^"
^"
E^
^ i OKiSjCiVijCjU
. - C i:,V,(
V i f Cl
KiSjCiVijCjU
ii =
i== llli
cu + Siu).
+ SJV).
SJV).
51
52 Chapter 3. Statics
Operator
or Vj
Vj iiintroduced for performing the differentiation towards the tangent to the
axis of the i-th rod family has the form
d
d d_
V; .<;.- d
V, = Ci-£- + Si—.
ox 'dy'
oy
Note that value CiU + s,v is the displacement of a point on the middle surface towards
the tangent to the axis of the i-th rod family.
Using the obtained constitutive equation and (3.1) we find the following system
of equations for the displacements:
Li ln(u)
l!"! +L (v) +
Li122(t>) 4- X
+ = 0,
-' = 0, LM«) + Ln(v)
12{u) + L-22
22{v) 0.
( t + Y = 0. (3.3)
(3.3)
*dy''
Lu
oT>+2Cudx%, dxdy + C26dy~2 + 3 a ^ + 2 9 ^ '
~ Cl6
d
z, r
L22 _• C Q2 &2
+2C 167T~Z +C ^ - +■+■C°
1 ■WZ—T C
d d_
+C°V-
L22 - Ci2-^+2C26-^-y oxoy + C22dyi+C2-^ dx + C< 'ay'
dy,
C? =
C° = dCdCu/dx
u/dx + dC
dCie/dy,
■ *~i6
/dy,— if C° =■dC
*o/
dCu/dx
u/dx
l2/dx + dCdC /dy,
2626 /dy,
C3° =-- dCi
C° /dx +
dCi66/dx Ku/dy
+ dC /dy,
12/dy,
l2 C° = dC
dCis/dx - dC
26/dx + dCdC
22
22/dy.
/dy.
22/dy. (3.4)
(3.4)
If the lattices parameters are constant (each family of the lattices rods can be
characterized by their own parameters independently on the coordinate parameters),
the differential operators of the system (3.3) will take a simpler form:
n n
n n
r.. —
L„
L u =
=£
= Y,K.c
i=l
2 2
Vv ,
£ t f , c Vl
2
! 2
v
I'
L 222
= £*Vv ,,
L = X>,s2V 2
2 = £ K , S
1i =
=1l
2
! 22
£
L 12 = £
1=1
i1== 1l
V
2
. v 2 ..
L ^ ^ t f . ^tf.s.CiV*. (3.5)
(3.5)
i=l
Now we consider a plate with three families of rods. Assume that the lattice's
parameters are constant
f = f\ = —¥>2> V3 = 0, a = ai = a 2 = 2ca 3 ,
F = F\ = F2, E = Ei = E2 = E3.
third family of rods (the fourth family of rods is taken for the third).
Note that the parameters without subscript i will refer to the first family of rods
i.e. » = 1. For instance s = Si = siny>].
3.1. Plane Problem 53
In this case t h e reticulated plates' constitutive equations are formulae for N,N2,S
from (1.30) where:
4 2 2 4
C = 2Kc
Cuu —
Cu = 2Kc +K
'' <c44 + K33,, C112
C\
C = Cee
22 —
= Cee = 2Ks
=
?66 — 2Ks
Ks2c2c, , C22222 == 2Ks
C Ks . .
4 4
2Ks
r+
£i nnn =
= (2c 4
K+
\c44KK-
(2c +
^£-K )£- +2s c K^,
3 K3)£- 2 2
2 2+2s c K^,
2 2
2
d
iLll2 2 =
= i n22 2
K' ssin 2<p^-.
2<p-—-£-.
oxoy
u = -(a3a/EF)L„(9),
3/£F)i22(*), v = (a3/EF)L„(9)
(a3/EF)L12(Hf),
KK d4 +K+K+K d +K =x \$ x= X,
4
(36)
( €*
"& ^ °^*w)* >'
°S)^ dx dv 2 2 (3.6)
where
A",
K
A x, = a
auuaai2,
ai2,i 2 , KK22 =
— a22aa22na, 12, K = an<ii2
K33 = auan — — 3a
3a1122, ,
and
33 2 3
"a nn =
=63
= 03 4-
03 +
+ <c ,, aa12
12 =
l2 — ss c,c, 22 = s tan <
a22 ip,
, 6
d33 =
= t3F3/F.
f.
Let us consider a particular instance when part of t h e boundary conditions has
t h e form
S = 0 when
u = 5 wh x = 0,1,
= 0, /,
where / is t h e size of t h e plate in t h e direction of axis x.
T h e n it is convenient t o search for t h e solution of t h e differential equation (3.6)
as expressed in t h e series
00
CO
** (( *x ,, yy )) = "^2
] P v Jipmm((y)
j / ) ssin
iin
i n AX
Ammmxx (\m, m = rmr/l),
rmr/l), (3.7)
(3.7)
m—1
m-1
s«J.-2A^(o
4
-2\22nm(a
S nm-2X (a22/a
/ai)s2
l)sl+X
4 2
m/ « ,Ja
)£ + \4Ja2
+Al/«? = 0,
= 0,
/ m • mi 1
2
a, =
a, (Kl/Kl
= {Kl/Kyl KW2
, , , 2 a 2 = K° . 3(K°K° 2)-
K^K'K*)-*'2
.
54 Chapter 3. Statics
Figure 3.1:
The type of roots of this equation is determined by the relationship between values
if and S3. They can be real, complex or purely imaginary. The domains of various
types of roots (imaginary, complex and real marked 1, 2, 3) are shown in Fig. 3.1. The
multiple roots corresponding to the curve dividing domains 2 and 3 having equation
y> = arccos(0.5<53 ), are:
2 33 1/22
Sm
Sm =
= ±A
ZAmmS5 - [(5h3 + c )<)c]'/ .
The equation of the curve separating domain 1 and 2 has the form <p = arccos((53/2)1'3
The multiple roots corresponding to this curve:
3 2
^m
Sm = ±a
±i\„,
±am cot (fi( \-s3c- y'
m cotvp(l+.53C-
cotvp(l+.53C- )) ./ 2.
33 11/2
Forces in each of the three families of rods are determined from the calculation
model's known stressed state by the formulae
-4
(
4>i =
Ci
fl
d
-Si-
s
ri \
f)
dyj
CiV — SiU).
{c v s u)
Yx- %) ' - ' -
To change the curvature of this family of rod's axis in the plane of the plate in
accordance with (1.17) we find
K*? = u
( d2
' = ~ \c'd7dx2 2~*
+ s in2y
dd22 2
d \\
2O
^ + A S<W2){CiV"SiU)-
' m 2 i f i i a)xdy
\V — SiU) (3.9)
3.1. Plane Problem 55
Now using formulae (1.22) assuming n = 2, the plate's constitutive equations may
be written easily.
The calculation model's stressed state allows assessment of forces and moments
in discrete rods of the plate according to formulae in Sec. 1.2.3c.
3.1.2a. A plate with a rectangular lattice. We fix the coordinate axes so that
Vi = 0,(^2 = T / 2 . Then from relationships (1.22), (3.2) and (3.9) we obtain formulae
(whose validity is evident)
Nt
Ni
Nl
= = *£, N
du
= *K * N
, dv
* 2 2== =K*2 K£,
*
dy'
Ox
ox oy
q _=
Sx ,o93V
v S2 _— = '20d?U ^ u
dx 3 ' dy3'
d2U
Mi, =- I2f
£
M
Muu -- 7?- 2 M2 22
= ^dx~fi.,2'
1
' ' dfdy ''
where If = EJ2,/a, (i = 1,2).
With these linear force values the constitutive equations for the reticulated shell's
calculation model
dN,
dNi dS2 v „ dN
dN22 | dS
95,t v n
^L + ^uo2 + XX == 0,0, f ^ 7T ++^ 0 (3.10)
(3.10)
ox
dx
dx oy
dy
ay oy
dy
dy ox
ox
ox
become
2 22 4
,d2dv u
-I°0l-d*u
d*u __ r dd vv 0d v _
Kl
W ~hoy~ dy =
A, K:
' {lW
W 22
~ /?
' ~dT*
'dx* ~ ~Y-
(3.11)
Thus for the plate with such a lattice the system of equations during displacements
breaks down into two independent equations.
A calculation example. The requirement is to ascertain the influence the rods'
bending rigidity has on the reticulated plate's stressed state in the plane of the plate
having initial data (6 is the size of the plate towards axis y) I = 26, X = Y = 0 and
the following boundary conditions (p = const):
u = v = Mu = 0 when x = 0,
v =
Ni =
K — Pi M\, = 0 when x = I,
u = v = M2, = 0 when y = 0, b.
These conditions correspond to the plate's hinged-fixed support along three sides;
a tensioning uniformly distributed load of intensity p is applied to the fourth side
(x = I) normal to the edge of the plate.
Note, that the rods' axes coincide with the calculation model's contour only when
one additional boundary condition is met ensuing from the rods' rigidity in bending
in the plane of the plate (see Sec. 1.2.7).
56 Chapter 3. Statics
Hence, the first family of rods is subject to longitudinal forces and the second—
only to bending in the plane of the plate.
The solution for the function u is
00
OO
uu(x,y)
( x i y) = E E> „(x)sinA
m=l
^y^y,
Um z sin
( ) m (Am = "»*•/&),
(*m nw/b),
E
i
S°2 4r2A °° 1 -sinh(s
g m x)cos Amy
m = 1,3,...),
S£ = 4 r 2 AmY—J1—xh(s
—— ml)- s i n h ( s m x ) c o s A m y (m = l,3,...),
4r 2 1
MS. ==
M°,
IT
-Y] E ——-sinh(s
ir *—' mcosh(5 m ()
Ysinh(s
j mmi)sinA
i)sinAm j/,
y,
2 2 21 / 2 2
where ^smm =
: ( J 2 / FFpyn
r2l\2m,r2 = {hlFpyi
(h/Fl / )
)*' 0""2 r°,
= lIUO ^ , A =--l/b.
l/b.
The dependences of the non-dimensional values lues ./V°(
V,°(0;6/2)
./V°(0;
N?t 6/2) ,and A/°a(/; 6/2)
6/2) con
those of the non-dimensional radius of inertia of the rod's cross section with wit relation-
ship of the plate's sides / = 26 are given in Fig. 3.2 (curves 1 and 2 respectively).
From this figure it follows that the parameter value r° substantially effects the
plate's stressed state.
3.1.2b. A plate with a rhombic lattice. Assume that ip == ip
<Pit =
-- —<p 2,a == a
■<P2,a 1r == 0,2
a2
(the diagonals of the lattice's rhombs coincide with the coordinates off the
t n o calculation
ral
model's middle plane) and cross sections of the two families of rods are equal.
3.1. Plane Problem 57
Figure 3.2:
Using (1.22), (3.2) and (3.9) we obtain the following constitutive equations for the
plate with this lattice
N, = Nj v(DW _ j yJV<M2>
TV, N^ 22 = = N^tan
N^ 2 2
V « ttan
a ip
i V>p+
2
++i N^(2)N^\
,\
2
S, == 5<" ++ 5(S<2>>, , _ s^i -ft-sW-S&W?,
oi =
2
s2 = S^'i t a n ' p ,
?(
A ^td v
/0
d0 22 » • 22„ „ 52u . . \
Mu = ic * +1- ^ S 1
i 2<^ - 2 2Sm2 2 22ip)
Mu
= Y{ dz-i dy- tdy*- d^-ysm2ip)'
10
P L *92u d2u . 2n „o d2v . .2 \
M2. n22:p (312)
M
- = T ^'%dv+ S ^ ^ - ^ ^ S -
= u 2
dx2* dxdy
2ip) (3.12)
In these equations
/iTsin22v du K sin2 2y du\
yd) : 2
a~cotcot ip -yTy) S (i) Hi
2 Ox z 2 dx dy)
2<Pu 23V
TV<2> = 0
dx3
3s2-^
dxdy2
3 c 2 - ^2
dx dy ■'£) °sin 2 2^,
c(2)2
S< > = / 2 2^ ' U
^3 +
o .22
:
^< 3U^""
°^
2
o 2 2^ ^
>c ^ 2 c"<rv\
C< V
O • 2 11 ,
^ ^ \ rr°
°^
2 3 I°siu 2<p.
S
\ dy dx dy dxdy s dx J
Forces and moments occurring in rods are assessed at the known stressed state of
the plate's calculation model according to formulae (1.44).
Equilibrium equations (3.10) taking formulae (3.12) into account result in the
following system of differential equations for the displacements:
IX
2X
2X
L£n(u)
ll(u) +
+ £LLli1(v)+
, ((v)
12 p ) + r r r r2, r - = 0,0,
K sin 2y> lip
2y>
1Y
2Y
T..Ji,\ +
Lu(u) 4- L
/.„.
22(v)++ 2 = 0
= 0, (3.13)
K sin zip 2OJ
58 Chapter 3. Statics
iL\\n = LI-AT,
— p\T, L22
Z/22 = L t a n 2 <p
12 = y> -— p\T cot2 u5,
>?Tcot <p,
L
L12 2 -^ ^ - 4 p2^ ((c2 - J?2 -^ ^)
dxdy
dxdy 2
2 \ dx333dy
dx dy * •dxdy
* 333J ) '
dxdy
dxdy \ dx dy dxdy J '
T
T =
2 2 d4
4
cc2 ^ +(i3
d
, ,2
fi
„
2
. d
4
dg4
2 +
s*4 d*
s d*
22 d22
L = c o 2t <p- d 2+
L = cot ^1 ^1
d
d
2
2
T = cdi~* ° dxW
ax 4 + 6s dx W 2 + sd?' L = C 0 t ^19 x + s^9^t '/' 2 '
= dT* dxW sdy' ^
here
:re p\ •-= J22/F
/F is tth h e square of t h e rod's cross section inertia radius during bending
in t h e plane
nl of t h e plate.
Assuming Y = 0 and
i ( i + u n4 Vx) 9
^5?£
f o4 d9*4 s
cot2 9* o
22 2+
+4 tan
22 9* 2 [ 2„
(1 ++ tan
{{ *a? *a? -- dxW
cot
cot
^ ^w dx dv2 *v
^ d 6 "- ^ rr
2 tana n ^9 4
dy
^ (1
P2 tan V)B*
+ 2
1 6 4- (7 t a nn y<p •+ 7'cot
+cc ((16 22
c o t v?)-
y)
a + s5s {U
cr 22
(16 + 7' t a n cp
ip
6
2
22 2
t dy2
4
'
++ 77 cc;otoo tt<p22 d6 + s2(1 + t a n V ) +pt c4cotV
^^^^iwv + s2(1
,s +ft tan
a n Vif)
^^J + p -P\
(( c o t(Vdx^^
t cc 4 cot
2 4 4 2
dyJ
iT2«„4 " 6 8
, 2 2 o3 8 88
, 2 d*A"
4s4, 3 2, a9"+ +5 4Utan ^ \ 1 .
--4c4c 2 ++66sC
a cc 2
t ann
^Jx9w &w " a^iv * V JJ)/ **
2 2 2
4c 6s A3 • <?> 8
~ dxW dy 6
diW<
2
~ dxW 5 5y ' ai/
*d?) 2 6
2X V
(3.14)
Ksm222ip'
~ A"sin 2ip'
2dvdv 2du
dv du dv
c ss'
3 ~ == 00 when (3.15)
cc 5■=—•
Ox
aoxi
5
^- ^
dy
-
03/
oy
= -5
^
dx —
aoxz
■ a~
ay
oy 5" when y
yy ==
= yo-
yVo-
0- (3.15)
u =
= S = 11+5T-+ S;
Si1=S' 3
2 ■= G\-G"2G'2 =
= 0 when x= 0,l,
= 0, /,
U = V =dv_
dv Ju
du =du dv
dv
U = V=
dx--dy-
dx ^-%= ^-%==° ° When 3/=y =°'0,6.
dx--dy-
fir dy °'- b- Wh6n y = b
T h e last two of these conditions coincide with (3.15) at <f3 tp = it/4. As expected this
= 7T/4
influence was negligible. T h u s , t h e difference in t h e rods' longitudinal forces with and
without consideration of their bending rigidity is less than one per cent.
T h e solution was in t h e form of uni-dimensional trigonometric series (along coor-
dinate i ) .
W h e n considering plates consisting of two families of rods the decision on ac-
counting for their bending rigidity in the plane of t h e plate depends on the conditions
of t h e problems. T h u s , in one of the two last calculation examples (where the lat-
tices' structures coincided, differing only in the position relative to the contour) this
question was solved positively and in t h e other—negatively.
Evidently at X = Y = J2i = 0 and •Pi tpt =const
=cc (i = 1,2) the longitudinal force
in any rod of t h e reticulated shell must be constant. We prove this by solving the
equilibrium equation.
We choose coordinate axes so t h a t condition\ tp tfi =
= <fi\tpx = — -tptp2 2 isis sat
satisfied. Then
2
from (1.36) we obtain .11 N 2 =
/*2 — N\
<*] inn
t a n tp
y and
a i i u Eq.
L - ' J - (3.1)
yj.ij can
* a n be
u c written
w i n i , i ; i i as:
a
dNi
dNt dS__
dS „ dN,
dNi 2
- t a n tp
as
dS n
dx " dy
ox oy oy
dy dx
ox
T h e solution of this system is
we derived
2
Ni = ac--22Vx(;
ip\{y — x: tan
tan tp)
tp), N = acc~222ipM: tan <p)
(y + x tan </?)
N{ = ac~ ipi(y — x tan tp), N22 = ac~ ip22(y + x tan tp)
and consequently t h e forces Nf and N2 do not change if conditions y — x tan tp <p=cc
=const
and y ++ x tan ytp = c o n s t , which are the equations for rods' axes of t h e first and second
=consi
families respectively, are satisfied.
W dM6 2__(
_W
"5
ox noy V22 -= U, 0,
<7i ay
dH2 8Ml
(3.16)
-«
ay ~
ax (Q?ii == o0 .. (3.16)
oy ox
From the two last equation considering formulae
From the two last equation considering formulae
-d22w/dx
»ci = -d
K] w/dx2:, K = -d
AC 2 = 2
2
" 3 w/dy 2
W, , rr == - —d d2w/dxdy
2
w/dxdy
»ci = -d2w/dx2, K2 = -d2w/dy2, —d2w/dxdy
and constitutive equations (1.22) we derive values of the linear transverse forces as
and constitutive equations (1.22) we derive values of the linear transverse forces as
d3w
Oi = ( A i + Jfu) 3x3 H (3£>6i /<"is4 'I?) )x2dy
3
+(fl»+^ - A„ - KShgfc+(D. - *#)§£
+(D«« + D, A„ -
a ^
dxdy2
D62- K&)
"1y
+ JW
^ + 1^1 +++) A+AKI6,|)1j(+.i)D+| ^( 6D( f66l-6M-^-<C
+ [-(2* Af'f^)«>]?)))xdy
g]] ^^-
a^ 2 6
5" d2w)
^W^-x^W^-^h
») 7 d
3-(^i2- + £ A
«l ' «„2
3
<?2 == -{(A
W2 - {| ((A^ »-1 -A'<!
A ))
- A' '< ! J ))g
g + (D66 ++ D
^66 D A --+11 IKI ++n / ^ )d ^W-
D1211 22---An
A
ax3 dx*d\
3
8Pw d w
±<zn^ +f K„
+(3D62 -i- ff„ ■+
A-,6 + A''!')
AI: ) ^~)xdy
Kg) L2 + (D
1 (D
^22 ++ Kn
22 +
22 Aff-lxn)|H
)g
dy3
+ h D 6 x - - Kt»)
d_
dy
Dn - A n )
d2w
fir*
8 0_ d2w
-(D,e•6 + Agg '.Dn- - A 16 )
d~y dxd%
+ [^
+ [^
6(D
&<> 262 ++ O
62 0 b> ^)]g}.
A6 1 +a >22 A
A „n) ) ]0}.
(M
+ a 2 ++
n n i 9w\
3v I " 2 (3,7)
(3.17)
With these linear force values from the first equilibrium equation (3.16) we find
the bending equation
I(w)
( » ) ■ - Z = 0,
L(w)-Z
£ (3.18)
3.2. Bending of Plates 61
U«) =
K«)
L(u,) = (Ifc++ * „«. )d'w
(fti £ ++ 2(21*-*„)*£
2 ( 2 * - * „ ) *3 L
dx dy
d*w crui
+(3D
+(™<*+
- * +? K)~ + 2(2*
> 2adv^2 + 2(2Z)
dx « + K ^+ *£dxdy
) 3jgjL
16k + ^22+ ( *
+Ku,
U
^d*w
>dy*
+ 2
[;
"dx
D„ + Kn) + -
c
D i — K\e)
+ [ 3 A (2D61 _^ 6) + | . 3( 3 ^ + ^ ) ] dPw
^_
k 6
&w
ax3
-f[£(2D 6 1 -^ 6 ) + ^ ( 2 ^ + /^')
+ ^(2A 2 + ^,)]|j + [£(A 2 -^i.)
-f[£(2D
d 2
6 1 -^ 6 ) + ^d ( 2 ^ + /^')
1 dw 2 2
(3.19)
+ 2fl +jr + (319)
^ - »)+^ H^-
Here the following additional designations are adopted:
Here the following additional
n designations are adopted:
n
K[ 0)
E
ff{°> = n£ ( 1- 6- 5 6c52c>2)C„ ^ K&
i1== 1l
=^(1
2 2
° » = = nX ) C i osc o2s 22<^,.
- 6s}c?)Ci, Ki = J2 Ci cos 2fi. 0)
2
^-E< i=l
(3.20) 2
(3.20)
•=i i=i
Equations (3.18) for the particular case where all the coefficients are constant is
Equations (3.18) for the particular case where all the coefficients are constant is
given
given in
in the
the work
work [69].
[69].
Now we investigate the bending of plates with particular types of lattices whose
parameters do not depend on coordinates.
In this instance formulae for linear moments can be presented as
n
Mxx =
Mj
M E<
1=1
V:V
£^ c , V ,,((//, ,cc1iVV,, H+ C ,s;A,)'
ss , A ., > ,
n
n
M22 =
M
Mi = ^£E* Vv,
5\ V
1=1
;, ((/^ 55,Vc
1 V, V- C
1 - C, ,cc A
j i Ai ,) ">' ,
,A;
i
= -- ]]E
n
#1
Hi
Hi =
= T c ,, V
T Vv.(
c (( // , Ss ;v,-
1
1 1
V
V ,, -- C
i c ,,A
C ,, C A
A ,, >> ,,
.>=i
1==11
62 Chapter 3. Statics
n
H2 = -^a -E
- £ Si V ,v.i
i V1 -(/
t=i
i=i
, c i*v,--
, ( /i c,-V< V t + C,
C,-«
s,A,iA,>)
5 ,A.>, (3-21)
A,=
A, = Sid/dx
sid/dx
id/dx -— c,d/dy.
Cid/dy.
id/dy. (3.22)
Formulae (3.17) for the linear transversal forces of the plate's calculation model
can be written as
n
-I
Q, = - £ vn 2 v?( ,v,, ++ Ci5ls.A.)
(/iC)V
1i =
= 1i
A,)'
n
Qs == En 7?(i aiV«-C
-5^Vj(/
i=i
cA,
3,V, - j c i A.-)iff. (3.23)
Q2 = - ^ V ^ . V . - C . c A . K (3.23)
Operator (3.19) of differential equation
i=i (3.18) becomes:
Operator (3.19) of differential equation (3.18) becomes:
n
I
n 2
L(w) V?i '•Vv t + C<A,V
L(w) = J2 V?(A-V? '.A2 (3.24)
(3-24)
1« == 1i
* - -"'('E^fis)
Q. = dx
2jPw_\
dxdyj
-- 22 ,>
,> CC [,g
[,g
7^ ++ (I -3^],
+
■id3™
(I -3^],
c
* dxw c2)
3
aw 2cPw\
Q2 = -2s 2 / rf*?j
(
?x2dv
- 2 e . C [ ^ + (1 -3,.,£|].
x dy 2 (3.26)
3.2. Bending of Plates 63
T h e differential equation of the plate's bending (3.18) taking into account the
structure of t h e rods' lattice in operator (3.24) changes to:
d*w
crw d*w d*w Z
Z_
D 1^1 + DD3 1 a-2e>..
D 2+ 2+ D 2 == (327)
(3.27)
^
'\d^ *e^
dxW >W
W 7-fr
T h e coefficients of this equation are:
Dx
Dx = (c44 +
2(c*
2(c + 77«o).
-ya
a 0 )0),,
4
D2 = 9/c +
2{s* J Tan).
-,aQ),
D3 = 12a00 + 27(1
7(1 - 6baa 00),) ,
22 2
where 7 = GJ3/EJi,aJi,a
0 0 = ss c .
nd torsion mc
T h e bending and moments as well as transversal forces in t h e plate's rods
are derived from formulae (1.44) and (1.44').
Let us consider t h e bending of a plate with a rhombic lattice hinged-supported
along t h e entire contour with transversal loading Z = q = c o n s t .
T h e solution of equation (3.27) with hinged support boundary conditions
w = M\ = 0 when x = 0,1,
w = M2 =
= 0 when y = 0,6,
may be easily obtained as an expansion into a binary trigonometric series
= E£*.
00
OO 00
OO .
w x r-< r—»
r—* kmSm si. mnx . kwy
mirxSlnsin kiry
kxy
w(x,y)
= 2^ 2^ m S~^~
i n — - S ~I~^
in_
( ,y) = 2^ 2^
k=x m=l
■ 1 * T /T'
When the external load does k=X notm=l
depend on coordinates the coefficient values of
thisWseries
h e n tat
h eodd
external
m, k are loadequal
does not depend on coordinates t h e coefficient values of
this series at odd m, k are 4
equal
16o/
=_ 1 16gl*
6£^ 11 A\ =' l \
(»
A
A*
A = : -
kmm
* m
IT 66
yTr" km(m*Dx
*m m"/;, + D \ m*k* P +
22
V333\'m'k< + DU-y^k")44
22\<k ) \ b) '
W i t h even m and k values these coefficients are zero.
Using (3.25) for t h e values of linear bending and torsion moments of the reticulated
plate's calculation model we derive formulae (k, m = 1 , 3 , 5 , . . . )
9 OO OO 1
mirxr . A:7rj/
Mx = - —E
r
EE
mirx kny
r
jr-j 2 2
^ 1 - ^ 70 )*02a "0 m1 1 ++ *, 5AA, ?A /J^i2,l]sin
9 r 00 00 >
A/2 = - r—/ r ^- Xc , n' 4 *. " ' r«,. sin — s s i .n -~T'
• 2 7—i-
mirx £*
kny
M2 = - — 2 k=X 2 2 m=X
2 ^km[2{l--y)ttom
d=i
+k \ D2]sin-Y-sin-^-,
k=l m=X
"I
x 9 i1T v-^
9
9 T
°°
OO
OO V~*
OO
OO
OO . m7ra
mirx
.
.kiry
Hx
Hx
=
=
--22(( 2 a 0 ++ 7 c 22 ccos
o s 22<fy >^ )•—' V} ^t V} ^ ' y4tm"igcos
. Akmmk
- 2 ( 2 a 0 + 7 c c o s 2 'y>> !) — } t } Akmmk cos — — cos —67 - ,
*=1
*=1 m=l
t=1 m=l
~~r
—mirx— cos - kiry 7-,
9 7 OO
OO OO
OC' ,
IT I E-
T
2 \ 7T'7
" * V ' V * ^A max.
iri «:7ri/
s s2 <cos2ip)——2__,
cos2y>) fccoo s mirx kiry
—- 22(2a
( 2Qa 0—
- 7 75 km os cos
H2 = —2(2a 0 —-fs 2^ kmm
c o s 2 y ) — - 2 ^2^i
k=l m=X
a=l
~ c o s ~~h~'
— T—T~ h6 ~ ''
T
64 Chapter 3. Statics
Table 3.1:
l =b 5/= 46
M?.2 u>° M° w°
1.237 4.534 1.479 6.673
1.117 4.112 1.399 6.260
10.600 9.320 5.430 6.170
In the work [70] the constructional mechanics force method for the rod's system
was used to calculate the reticulated plate's bending with y> = 7r/4 for the uniformly
distributed transversal load Z = q. The rods' torsional rigidity was not considered.
The calculation's results of non-dimensional values of rods' bending moments
M°2 = —a _3,_1 A/,* 2 and deflection w° = a'^q^EJiW SJltu for
fo: the plate's central points
(the first line) with two different relationships of its sides are given in Table 3.1.
In both instances the rods' lattice was very sparse (/ = 4\/2a). Nevertheless, the
solution of these problems according to the stated formulae were valid (second line in
the Table) which is seen from the percentage discrepancies (third line).
It should be noted that as the number of support points of the rods' lattice on
one of the plate's sides is increased from five (/ = 6) to six (5/ = 46) the calculation
results of the two comparable methods become closer (the support points also include
the plates' corners).
4 2 2
fa
Sii =
== --(2Ic
-(2/c /c4 +
( 22/c" + hI3 + 2C*. 2Csicc'),
2Cs ),
222 2
fa
#22 == -2s(Is
-2s{Is
\s(Is +
+
is +Uc ) , Cc ),
2 22 2 2
fa
812 == -2s>.s c-2s(Ic l-C),
c\l c --(I-C),
(I C),
- C),
C),
fa
331 == /r sin
sinm2 2tp2y>
2i^
2<p '++++2Cc
22 2
2Cc 2 cos
2Cc
2Cc 2<p ++CC
cos2<p
cos
cos! 53 ,
fa = r
sinm 2
Is\n 2
2<p-2Cs
2¥>-2Cs on„icos2(p.
2(p-2Cs 2 2 2 —
cos2y>.
cos2(fi.
8*1 =
3.2. Bending of Plates 65
In the particular lattice's structure formulae (3.23) for assessing the transversal
forces occurring in the calculation model become
3
Q, =
EJi f(__ d2w
EJx ro .
s[3sc + 7(tan y>- - 3sc)]
g ^ \
„ ,. SPw
Pw
3
<»3
D1
War ,J
dx<VJ
33
r»1
j, f
gEJx
EJi f __
_. o*w
(TW .„ .-: ,, „ .- ,. dd u>w 1)\
Q =
Q22 = :[3s ' + 7 ( 1 - 3 ^ + e h£S- .
)]
-^{°2^ + Ct3S +7(1 3S + e 3 ) ]
- a^}-
3
Here
Z),
£>it =
D = c3 + dd33 + ys222c,c,
+ 7s
f3 c, D2 = (s(5s tan
tan ip ~yc)s2,
ip + -yc)s'
7 == GJ33/EJx,
/EJU e3 ==G3J33/GJ3,
GGsJtt/
3J33IGJ 3,
'•/3, d3 = E3J\E3a/EJi.
Ji313/EJx.
/EJi.
From formulae (3.18) and (3.24) we find the plate's bending equation:
4
n_ d
d*w
d*w ^ d*w
d*w d*w _
d*w _ aa3
D*D3 2 2 + D2 4 ^-1 2, (3.28)
ox* +
OX dx
dM dy fay EJ X
EJx
where an additional designation is introduced
6s26s
D3 =■■ + _ 1 -—6s
c 2+c (c 6s22cc++ee;3)7-
)7.
17
If we assume the rods' torsional rigidity is zero, the bending moments can be
determined from Eq. (1.43') where tp3 = 0,a = 2ca3:
i*. 2l.
MT*!)£.
A/' 2 = i
IP a
M; =
*K")f
<A/ 1 _
^ J 2'
In the opposite case formulae for the bending and torsion moments can be derived
/2c\ a
(3.29)
from (1-48) if all their values referring to the rods' third family are assumed as zero
and the fourth family in accordance with the particular lattice is considered as the
third one:
, 22 222
M*
MI22 {[2(Vc
= {[2Cs
{[2C 3 cc MM,
A/11 -(
+ (/(I33s5s22 +
+ 2Cs 2Cs2 C
cc2 )M
2 22
)M22]/o
)M; ]I
I/O0
^//i(/sin2y>
T # i ( / sin 2y> 2tp ++• 2Cc
2Cc
2Cc cot 2
2
2
2<p+++
cot 29
2y> cC3C3 sin" r 1 }£./,,
n1-1^2ip)~
3i isin"
1
}EJ
}EJ
1,U
444 2
[(2/s
M; = [(21s + 2Cs c )M+ 2Cs 2 22
)Mi1 - 2M 22 22
2M;2s, cc (I'(It z -- CJJ/o^JlS,
C)]I0E3Jl3,
2
H'U2 = {±[2/s
{±[2/s 2 M, M, -- (2/c2/c 22 + Ih)M/33)M
)A22]h
i]/o
]I 0 + 2//
+ 2tf2H11l/3
#T-111 cos 2<p}GJ
p3tcos2<p}GJ 3 3,
//,*
H
H' 33 =
= on
2G J 1
33^33//i/3
u
33 l 3l3"i .
H /3 /3-11, (3.30)
(3-30)
where
[2II3s544 + 2Cs
/„ = [2// 2Cs22cc2(2I
2
(2/ + /a)]" 1 , fax
031 = /sin 2 2? + 2Cc 2 cos 2<p + C3.
The solution of differential equation (3.28) with the plate's hinged support along the
rectangular contour can be obtained as a binary trigonometrical series.
66 Chapter 3. Statics
The nature of these curves points to the influence of parameter 7 on the reticulated
plate's stressed state. The decrease of the deflection and bending moment values as
the angle <p increases is due to the increasing density of the lattice because of the first
and second families of rods (a = 2c<i3).
Similar results have been obtained for reticulated plates with other sides' correla-
tions A = l/b. These results are given in Table 3.2. The table contains non-dimensional
deflection w° and bending moments values in rods of each of the three families Mf,
connected with dimension values formulae (3.31) in the plate's central point for vari-
ous parameter relationships A, 7, y>.
For a reticulated rectangular plate with two opposite sides hinged supported (1 =
const) the solution of equation (3.28) is found conveniently in a single trigonometric
series OO
00
w x
w(x,i
( >y) - ]T] w
fm(j/)
n. sin A
;)sin Ami (Amm = mir/l).
mn/l).
m=l
The characteristic equation corresponding to (3.28) becomes
4
5sl-
S t - 22((:(a
m aa2 2//<
a/ ,a)1A
))AmA Z^m
m5* +A
+ KAmm/aJ
a? == 0,
/a?
3.2. Bending of Plates 67
Table 3.2:
A
¥>" 0.50 1.00 1.25 1.50 | 2.00 3.00 5.00
w6 7 = 0
10 66.50 65.90 64.60 62.60 56.90 43.400 23.000
20 70.50 60.90 53.80 46.60 34.00 18.000 5.850
30 74.60 52.20 41.40 32.50 20.20 8.390 1.990
45 80.90 42.10 29.30 20.40 10.40 3.210 0.544
60 90.00 36.10 21.90 13.60 5.63 1.340 0.184
70 98.20 31.70 17.10 9.56 3.44 0.709 0.091
80 102.00 21.80 10.00 5.01 1.57 0.298 0.038
w° y = 0.2( 14
10 65.80 58.00 51.20 44.80 33.40 18.600 6.6900
20 68.20 53.00 44.30 36.40 24.10 11.000 2.9000
30 71.10 47.00 36.50 27.90 16.40 6.190 1.2900
45 76.30 39.00 27.10 18.70 9.25 2.740 0.4420
60 82.80 33.00 20.20 12.50 5.17 1.230 0.1700
70 86.30 28.00 15.20 8.67 3.20 0.068 0.0088
80 80.30 18.00 8.63 4.52 1.50 0.030 0.0038
W° y = 0.7f )9
10 62.00 43.50 34.90 28.00 18.30 8.790 2.8200
20 63.00 42.20 32.80 25.40 15.40 6.280 1.4600
30 65.00 39.90 29.60 21.80 12.00 4.110 0.764
45 69.00 35.20 23.80 16.10 7.65 2.130 0.324
60 72.00 28.70 17.50 10.80 4.48 1.070 0.147
70 70.00 22.50 12.60 7.35 2.82 0.624 0.0830
80 57.00 13.30 6.87 3.78 1.36 0.286 0.0375
■""1,2 7 = ( i
10 615 614 607 595 560.0 478.0 349.00
20 597 549 511 472 404.0 308.0 200.00
30 550 460 415 375 312.0 226.0 128.00
45 440 370 333 298 236.0 148.0 66.20
60 330 327 287 243 170 88.2 33.20
70 279 295 240 190 118.0 54.2 9.14
80 247 207 148 106 58.6 24.9 8.95
7 = 0.^ 64
10 612 541 487 431.0 333.0 205.0 99.80
20 581 485 427 375.0 291.0 189.0 98.40
30 526 421 370 325.0 256.0 167.0 82.30
45 416 349 311 274.0 211.0 126.0 53.60
60 304 301 264 224.0 157.0 81.0 30.50
70 244 258 214 172.0 110.0 51.9 18.70
80 191 169 127 95.3 56.0 24.8 8.87
68 Chapter 3. Statics
(continued)
A
9° 0.50 1.00 1.25 1.50 | 2.00 3.00 5.00
M°2 7 = 0.769
10 576 408 329 266.0 179.0 94.0 40.90
20 541 398 317 262.0 185.0 106.0 49.00
30 484 359 303 256.0 188.0 110.0 48.40
45 376 327 275 237.0 174.0 97.6 39.20
60 263 261 228 194.0 136 70.2 26.40
70 197 198 176 145.0 97.0 47.7 17.60
80 133 125 100 79.5 50.6 24.0 8.74
M° 7 = 0
10 638 633 620.0 600.0 543.00 410.000 211.000
20 676 582 512.0 440.0 317.00 162.000 47.300
30 715 495 388.0 301.0 181.00 69.600 13.200
45 772 391 266.0 181.0 85.60 21.800 2.030
60 857 327 190.0 111.0 38.6 5.320 -0.070
70 935 281 104.0 69.2 16.90 6.39 -0.092
80 972 179 67.5 23.8 9.03 -0.534 -0.080
Ml 7 = 0.264
10 631 550 488.0 424.0 313.00 168.000 55.800
20 654 506 419.0 340.0 221.00 94.900 21.000
30 681 447 340.0 256.0 145.00 49.300 7.460
45 729 366 246.0 165.0 75.30 17.700 1.380
60 788 301 175.0 102.0 35.5 4.890 0.646
70 820 245 125.0 63.6 16.80 1.07 -0.075
80 759 147 60.5 24.8 3.65 0.163 -0.076
A/3° 7 = 0.769
10 593 412 327.0 260.0 166.00 75.800 22.100
20 605 398 306.0 234.0 137.00 51.400 9.500
30 623 375 274.0 198.0 104.00 30.800 3.680
45 657 327 215.0 141.0 61.00 12.700 0.730
60 682 261 151.0 88.0 30.7 4.270 -0.056
70 663 198 104.0 54.9 16.1 1.55 -0.041
80 532 109 50.0 23.7 5.72 0.354 -0.059
3.2. Bending of Plates 69
Figure 3.5:
1 7 ,/2 1i
wheree aQ l = (D2/D,)
(Z) 2 /D 1' ), ' , 2a
2a22 == DD
3(D 1D
3(D 2)~
xD '.
2)-^.
The type of roots of this equation depends on the relationship of parameters
Vi ^3,7i 73- When the rod's torsional rigidity is zero the domains of the various types
of roots are shown in Fig. 3.5.
The equation of the curve separating domain 1 of real roots from domain 2 of
complex roots has the form ip = arccos0.5«f3 .
3.2.3b. The number of rod's families is four. We examine a plate with four families
of rods (n = 4), the rods of the first and second families having identical cross sections
(Fig. 1.5).
The calculation model's constitutive equations for this plate are written as the
linear bending and torsional moments formulae (1.30).
Formulae (3.23) yield the following equalities for assessing the calculation model's
transversal forces through the deflection function:
K
3
da3™ *- \}\
- _ Elfr
EJ [ „ &w
EJ rn 222 , „„ ,22 2 , SPw
v..
Qi
Q1 = +h [3s
_ | D , ^ —5 - + sc+
[3«c + 77(4
77(s
((5«tan
ttaaana^<^?)-—
nV - 33s*3scccc+
5 + ee33tany>)]
e 33
tttaaa nn ^^p—
)) ]] _^^ 5^^ J|| ,,
o. >
a4 ( a.
- --K
EJ f „ &w ro 2 ^33 „t 1
d
D + + l3sc +flic7 (3sc c - 3 5 2 c+ + ee4)]n)] —
*«2 - ~ { # P - ' -
= -^{D>W - * dx*dyy
dMy}'
where
D,
D\
Di
i/] =
=
= cc33 +
+ da<
-f d4f444 + 7«s2222c,c,
+ -ys
-js
7s c, D Du22 == s*i3s3 tan
Z>2 tanip
J
ipy>-f
<p 4-t+
+.dd3d3<ztan
3tan
tany>
ip
yy>+++7«
7s
fs
7s22 2
c,
c,c,
4 + ~ys c, 2 3 lan y> H
e,
e, =
=
= GiJ
G{J
GiJ / 33i3,/GJ
3i
i/GJ
/GJ
/GJ33,,3)
3
,
i
dddiii =
=E
i u
JJJulEJ
EiiEiJu/EJi
u/EJ
/EJl l
l
(i
(i == 3,4). 3,4).
Remember that subscript i when its value equals unity is omitted.
Using (3.18) and (3.24) we find the following calculation model's bending equation
for the particular lattice consisting of four
mi rod's families:
I U U s id
44
_ d*w
d*w
crw + .D_ crwd*w w _ d*w
^cru;
d*w
U ) _ a 4 ,_
3 I-D
D
^ 4
dx
+ D 2
*dMy->
dx2dy
dx %
d\
dy
2+D
2 22 *W ET= 2
2
W~ETi
Z
dy~*~El{
l >
9s,< ET^ '' (332
)
where
£>3 6«222cc +
D3 = 6s 7-y(c _ I' — 6s 2 + ee333t tan
7(0
+ 7(c a n yip
ip+++ee4e4).4).).
70 Chapter 3. Statics
Figure 3.6:
It is not difficult to see that this differential equation changes to (3.28) if the third
family of rods assumed absent and the fourth is taken as the third (Fig. 1.5).
To obtain from (3.32) the calculation model's bending equation for the rhombic
lattice (3.27) it is necessary when fixing its coefficients to confirm that the terms
corresponding to the third and fourth families of rods equal zero.
The values of bending and torsion moments in the rods of each of the four families
with the known stressed state of the reticulated plate's calculation model are obtained
from formulae (1.48).
We present the results of a static calculation of a square plate (A = 1), hinged
supported along the contour subjected to a uniformly distributed transversal load q.
The plate's lattices consist of four families of rods (Fig. 1.5). The rods of the second
and fourth families are equal according to the first and third families (d3 = d* =
0.707).
44
The dependences of the non-dimensional deflection value: w° io°' =
= EJiw/qa^l
EJxw/qa^
EJiiu/qa^l in
i the
centre of the plate on the lattice's angle value <p at various values of the rod's torsional
rigidity coefficient 7 (the torsional rigidity of all lattice rods is identical) are shown
in Fig. 3.6. Curves 1, 2, 3 correspond to the coefficient values 7 = 0; 0.264, 0.769.
3.2.3c. Bending plates optimization problems. The statement of the optimization
problems given below is to help to determine certain design parameter values of a
rectangular plate which is a lattice consisting of four families of rods (Fig. 1.5) at
which the maximum according to the deflection function modulus or stresses in the
rod's assumes its minimum value. Here the volume of the plate's rod's material is
fixed.
The rod's material volume per unit area of the reticulated plate's middle plane is:
V = (sec
(sec
(sec if<fi
ip+ +63 3tan
i 36tan^ +■Si)Fa-\
tanip<fiS^Fal ,
+64)Fa~\ (3.33)
(3.33)
where 663
3 = i3//F,
F 3F
/F,,
== FF3/F, S4
64
64 == F4/F (F, as before, is the area of the rod's cross section of
F4/F(F,
3.2. Bending of Plates 71
(sec if
v? +
+ S63 tan<p
3 tan +S4S64)0%
ififi++ 4)a
)a =(secip
4 4= =(sec 0 ++
<f
ipo +*3$1
0 63 tantan
tan ip0f0+++64V4,
<fo S4)a4,
tya*, (3.34)
(3.34)
where ip0,a°,6%,6° are fixed values of the corresponding parameters.
Formulae for deflection and bending moments in the plate's rods are:
00
w = (qa
{qaflEJ^w
(qa
4tiyEJ^w
l*/EJ , , 0,
4l*/EJi)w
1)w°, = qa
M-=qa
M?=qa
M:M?=qa 22 2 2
44ll 4M°
M°
l4lM°
M° (i
(iI =
(•
(i = l,4),
1~4),
1,4), (3.35)
where
sec ip + 03
£3 tan
tan ifip■++ 8o44
kk== sec if +
^ ^ ' " ^ ^ (337)
sec ipo + S° tan tp
sec ipo + O3 tan if0 + o4
0 + 6°
Denoting functions w, w°, M", M° through w0, w°, M"0, M°0 at fixed parameter values
f = <fo, «4 = aj, *3 = 6°,64 = S^:
W° = (qa°44l*/EJ, )w°, M'00 = qa°44l77M?00.
kw = k(w°/w°
k(w°/w°),
0), km
km = k(M°/M°
k(M°/M°
0).0). (3.38)
Here kw and k^i are relationships between the dimensional deflection and bending
moment values in rods occurring in the plate at its arbitrary and fixed variable pa-
rameter values:
kw = w/w
w/w00, , kMi
kMi = M*/M*
M'IM'Q0. (3.39)
Calculation examples. As examples of numerical calculations we shall examine the
parametric optimization of a reticulated plate subject to a constant transversal load
Z = q hinged supported along the rectangular contour.
1. We assess the optimum (in rigidity) angle value if (controlling the parameter)
of a bent plate having constant material volume and a lattice consisting of three
72 Chapter 3. Statics
families of rods (the third of four rods' families of the lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 is
absent) with their cross-sections identical and remaining constant within the limits
As at any variable design parameter values <p tth eeflection function takes sts maxi-
mum value, according to the modulus, at the plate's central point we fix value kw at
this point for the specific function.
For the rod's lattice of that particular structure 63 = 0,<54 = 1. Hence, value k
for function kw in formula (3.38) which we use for solving the problem, in accordance
with (3.37), is
1 + sec ip
k= .
1 -(- sec (po
If angle <p ii specified we ean nasily yalculate ewo other rarameters so fth eattice.
From (3.33) and the lattice's structure it follows that
a = 2ca4, a4 = {I - sec<p)(F/V),
Figure 3.9:
coincide with the limits of the permissible sphere of its change (3.40): tp. = 30° at
A = 0.5; <p. =70° at A = 1.5; 2.
Figure 3.8 shows similar dependences for function k/^.
2. Knowing the plate's rigidity (strength) we find optimum relationships for the
rod's areas in the lattice 83 = F3/F and 8t = F^/F with the given material volume
and values of the other parameters in the problem being fixed (62 = 1).
The lattice's rod's of all the four families are made from thin-walled pipes having
identical and constant wall thicknesses with the rod's cross sections of the first and
second families being constant during optimization.
Assume 83 as the controlling parameter. Another variable parameter value 84 is
expressed as the material volume is kept constant (3.34). Assume a° = a4, 6° =
«J = 1 , V ° = T / 6 .
Note, that parameters £3 and 64 vary due to the change of the cross section's radii
of the third and fourth families rods.
3 3 4 4
Figure 3.9 shows dependences of function w° W3(EJ
u>°> == 10 (EJ
\0 l/qa
(EJi/qa
l/qa 4l 4ltl*)w
)w )u in the centre of
the plate on parameter 63 if if> = TT/4 and 7 = 0. Curves 1, 2, 3 correspond to the
relationships of the plate's sides A = 0,5;1;2. Here, for convenience, corresponding
parameter values 84 are given. Curves of maximum stresses, according to the modulus
tr9 = l02(6r2/qa4l2)<Ti, occurring in the central point of the plate with various side
relationships A for each of the four families of rods (0° = a° = a0) are shown in
Figs. 3.10, 3.11 (8, r are the wall's thickness and the radius of the rod's tubular cross
section).
74 Chapter 3. Statics
Figure 3.10:
Figure 3.11:
3.2. Bending of Plates 75
Figure 3.12:
Figure 3.13:
76 Chapter 3. Statics
Figure 3.14:
w = 0, i±T
M2 = ±r^2-^-
2* £ t. = ±6).
(y ±b).
oy
oy
Here r j , r? are constant coefficients of the support's rigidity relative to the curve angle
of the plate around the contour line. Consequently, considering the known formulae
for bending moments Mi, and M2-
We may write the boundary conditions as:
W {X = ±d)
W
=
w =
°' 4^^ ^ =°
n»».
0,
dw
D
Ox'
±
D ±r dw = iy = ±b)
>dx
O:
(x = ±d),
(3(3.42)
42)
w =
= 0,°' ^ ^dy ° (V = ±b).
- -
3.2. Bending of Plates 77
77
- xx
a~ = n _ yy
/»=! \A:_ h6
~ <f 6' d'
D
w =
== ^-v, k, = —^
fc,= , 9l9i=d,
= d, gg22 == b,
= 6, (i
( • = 11,2).
,2). (3.43)
T D + gtri'
Considering that ry > 0 we obtain 0 < Jk,- < 1. Extreme casesfc;= 0 and it, = 1
correspond to the plate's rigid and hinged support. Here from (3.41) we obtain the
dimensionless differential equation
d*v
d*vV
V 22 d*v
d*v 1 d*v
3<u _
d£ 21.-++ A•4 a/? ~
4 = 1, (3.44)
do? ++1 AA22 dadctdff
2 - J
Iks "Wdf)*
and boundary conditions (3.42) are transformed into
V1. J^ 74 . = : ( ! -- * ,, V
v = 0, fex' * >) >^ * = 0 (* = ±1),
vv = 0, fc■2!fc
= 0, -* » , (1 - fc,)-
0±(l-fc ^)^* : L _== oO (/?
03 = ±1).
±1). (3.45)
(3.45)
d £2 2 : 2fc2)
^
We solve the boundary value problem (3.44), (3.45) using the decomposition method.
To achieve this we introduce three auxiliary problems.
The first auxiliary problem (boundary):
8*vi
da* /i («,/*),
= o (a = ±l).
V
wi = 0, Ki-^—r
e
fcj : L ^
: ( l - * l ,) :} ^
> _ r (3.46)
'a^
The second auxiliary problem (boundary):
d*V2
h(a,P),
df34
V2
v2 = 0 vJ»**.
0,, kk
22- fc(l-fc)
2^±(l-k
t 2)^=0
!j
dp -«£-• d/? :
= 0 (/J
(/3 == ±l).
±1). (3.47)
• ((a
a , 0)
0 ) Ss:
2 fri* + h(a P) + 1,.
* ' 1A 9da*df3-
2
a^ '
• / i («,/»)■
hMa•/»(<*,
"»' 'P) fl-
~ ' = °-
1-1=0. (3 48)
-
(3.48)
These problems include two new unknown functions /i(a,/3) and / 2 (a,/?). Assume
that
v = Vi
t; v\ = Vi
v2 = vo3i (3.49)
78 Chapter 3. Statics
and separately summing the left-hand and right-hand terms of the equations in the
three auxiliary problems we correspondingly obtain the left and right-hand terms of
the initial equation (3.44) and the summation of boundary conditions from (3.46),
(3.47) results in conditions (3.45). Thus, the solution of boundary value problem
(3.44) can be replaced by those of auxiliary problems (3.46)-(3.48) which in future
will satisfy conditions (3.49).
Let us find this problem's approximate solution by imposing a certain correction
/,(<>,/?) and/ 2 (a,/3).
Since the solution is symmetrical according to coordinates a and /? we assume
that
<*2MP), f2(<*,l3) (3.50)
2
},(<*,()) =
Ma,p) = MP)
MP) ++ <**MP\ (a,P) = M")+P2M<*),
= M<*)+P M<*), (3.50)
where V"i(0 are arbitrary functions.
Having resolved the boundary value problem (3.46) we find
«i --=
Vi ±u«
^ [ a 4 - 2■2(1
( l + 2+f c2fc,)a
2
, ) a 2 + l+i^MP)
l+4fc1]V>1(/?)
24^
u-L: 6 3 ( 1 + ikl)Q2,)a 2++2 (2(1+6*:,)
+
3 OrJ«
0 [ Q 6 ~■3(1+4*,)
360'
1+ 6
* »i)\MP)-
)^)- (3.51)
(3-51)
Using similar procedures, from the solution or the second auxiliary problem (3.47)
we obtain
i , [P
a <44 - 2(1
2(1(1 +
2
2 = ^-[/?
vV2 —IP +:2* P2 + I1 +
2k22)/?
)0 + Ah\M
'4 * ^ 2 (Q0) )
24^
iI
P 6 - ~ 33((11++44*h)P
2^) / ? 2 +• 2■( 12(1 + eh)\. (3.52)
2
+f
3o0
360
; [[[/?6 + 6fc
*)]lM \]M<*)-
a
)- (3-52)
Then, satisfying condition u, = v2 we find from (3.49)
2) 2
MP) = c ^ 2)(P)-+ cc33>e
Citpftf) <p (C\p),
2 2P),
>?W +r CtvPifi),
MP) = CivPW cv,
2
*W).
C<v2 \
?\a) +
M*) = C^\a)
M^) Cirf\< + C*$\a)
^C^Ha),
I5C y
1)
k°
M<*)
Mo) == 15C
15C33a^
rf'(a)
$\a) Ctrf\a),
(a) + Ctif^Ha),
CCttf'ia),
t<pjP(a), (3.53)
where
v4°w
¥>«(*) = t44 - 2(1 + 2k,)t2 + 1 + Ak
4fc,-,
it
v4°(*)
v4°(*) 6
- 3(1 + 4A;,)<22 +2(1+6*:,)-
= fi 6 -3(1+4ifc,)t
= + 2(1 + 6fc.)-
Here
1 ,) ( 2 1]
Vi = v2 i (a)[C,¥> , >03)
h^\o)[(hf (P) +
+ C^22)(P)}
= 24*
1 , 1l)
+ ^^\<>)IC^\0)
—ui ) [ ^ l a , ( /'W
2)
-<f(2«'WlUtVi J) +
+ (3.54)
{2)
+ {a)[C*tf\fi) +■C^
Ct<f>\
C
V <p
t4tf\ff)].
{P)). (0)).
2 '[P)\-
3.2. Bending of Plates 79
Now Eq. (3.48) must be solved. Assume that in accordance with (3.49) v3 is derived
from formula (3.54). Then Eq. (3.48) can be approximately fulfilled by choosing
arbitrary
i<uy constants
(onsiaius C\, C2,, C3,
L>I, O C4.
2 0 3 , L/4.
From
rom1 (3.48),
(3.48), (3.49),
(3.48), (3.49), (3.50)
(3.49), (3.50) and
(3.50) and (3.54)
and (3.54) we
(3.54) we find
we find
find
*(<*,/?)
(«,/») =
= awPuj)
C [^»(^) + 1 ^<p[ir(*)v?rm+^i'V)]
+ T l I ^)"(a)^"(/3) + l ¥ ,| )(a)] 1
+C [^ 2 >(/?)"
+C22[c,< 2 2
>(/?)"J +
+ ^i8^vl
^ " 1 )("(a)vi
^v "/ r(2 l) "{^)
f l ++ i^?<4°(°)]
y ^ V ) ]
^' ' 1 5 A < ^ v "
T t o v' T W' +A$*ViW(«)]
. ~ , (21,„* 1 m " , > C2i",^v 15 „ , m , , ,
+0*^(0
1 vs\y \^J +
T- ^
2 19A 2 J V 2 V 4
2 1 2
+C
+
+C [ a V22'22>(/?)
[aV
C444[aV<
[aV ''(^) + _i gil 1
(^) +
>(/?) -Q
o^ )P
)P^"")^(^(Q-a''())V
V
¥a% )(WW
)3 % ^)"""(0(/^?^)) + 1//V
+ 1l^yj 2??JV
»2»"2^^"(((a«a)) ]] ---1.(3.55;
$\")] 1.(3.5
1.(3.55)
Here the accent means differentiation with respect to a corresponding argument.
Thus, we can use Bubnov-Galerkin's method for the assessment of arbitrary con-
stants. Here a new affective method is suggested. In the accurate solution the discrep-
ancy function is identically zero. In the sought approximate solution when assessing
arbitrary constants C; we shall in a certain way minimize the discrepancy function
in the plate's central section (evidently, the discrepancy in this section substantially
effects the approximate solution's error). For this we write the vanishing conditions
for the discrepancy function and its certain lower derivatuves according to a and j3
at the plate's central point as:
2 2 4
a * . 0 ) = ' d a4 -(0,0)
ad 2 $*, n n . n0,
d2<b *
*
* ( 0 , 0 ) = 00,, ^
—( (00,, 00 )) =
^
^=( 0(0,0)
= 0, (_0fln, 0n) =
= 0, ^_9a" 0.
= 0. (3.56)
(3.56)
Note, that if these conditions are satisfied then at the origin of coordinates a = 13 = 0,
besides the function $(a,/?), the first five and the first three partial derivatives will
become zero according to coordinates a and /? (due to the problem's symmetry all the
odd derivatives are zero). For determinancy it is assumed that A = b/d > 1. Hence,
conditions (3.56) make a greater number of the partial derivatives zero according to
a than according to /?.
After certain conversions from (3.55) and (3.56) we obtain the following system of
four linear algebraic equations which make it possible to determine constants d(i =
1,4):
[15A4(1 + 4Jbj)
4*a) + 20A2(1 (l + 2*0(1
2/t,)(l + 2fc 2*22) + + 15(1 + 4* 4*,]C,
1 ]C 1
2
+2[A (1 + 4*0(1 + 2fc2) + 1 + 6Jk,]C 6*,]C22 + 30[A4(1 + 6fc 6*0 2)
+A 22(1+2*00+4*2)]C
-rA (l+ 2*0(1 +4it 2 )]C -r3A
3 3 -r3A
2 2
(l-|-4*0(1+4*
(l+ 4*0(1 +4fc)<7
2 2)<7 44 = 15A4,
10[2A2(1 + 2*2) + + 1 + 2*,]C, + [1 + 4*, - 5A (1 + 4*2]C2
4
+30A2(1 + 4*r
+30Aj(l 4*2)C*)C3, 3-10A
- 10A44(1 (l+6*
+ 6A:2 )C 2)C44 = 0,
4 2 2
10[A (1 + 2fc2) + 2A (1 -I- 2* 2fc,]Cj
1 ]C 1 -I- 2A (1 + 4*0<?
4*0C 2
4
+ 1 5 [ A(l4 ( +
-r-15[A l - r4A:
4 *22) )-- 5(1 +- r 4Ar
4 * 01)]C
] C33-- 10(1 + G ^ ) ^4
+6*0<7 = 0,
2
33C,
C , --2A(1-|-2*
2 A ( 1 - | - 2 * 2 )C - 3 A 2(1
) C 2 -3A ( 1 ++4 4*
* 2 2))C
C 44 = 0.
80 Chapter 3. Statics
After the solution of this system of equations the dimensional deflection and bending
moments can be assessed using approximate formulae:
</<*
f
4 q<P Off2
w =- 1Z— w° , M22 =
0„-"?.
My £*?■ 2
360D
' 360D
>0D ' ' " 3 6360* " 360
360*
Here:
W° \b^\a){C
W° = 15^ ,)
xrf\fl)(/3) +
(a)(C,¥'i 2) Cw222)\(l))
+ C3¥4 (W
l) 2 )
+V<
+$\a){C
+<p£\*)(C (a)(C
v[ \p)
<
2 i<p?Hp)
C
+^"[a)(UaVi'[P) rf\p)?\0)
++ +
C C
iv<?
><e<?\0)),
2
i 2 (0)),
\p)),
+y>2 2\<*)\vm 2 7 f
(P)++ w4V vWit
ripj;.
M°5 = 15<p[
= ls^Vxc.^'^ + c^V))
Ib^'ia^C^m 1)
"(a)(Cl^2)(p)++ CC 3V2^\ m
2
x) 2)
W
+^ [1 )l)"(a)(C^<
+V9M*(a)(C
+^21)"(a)(C^<
\a){C
"{«){c*£\P)
+<pW"(a)(C*fi™(P) {C 22rf\p)
2)
2<fi™(P)
rf\(S)
2)(/?) + ++C«4
+C^
(/?) + C«4
C«C^ 2)2(/?))
C^22(/?))
\p))2
2 \
\p))
( ,, )) ) 2)( 2) 2)2)
+u[l^\
+u[15^\a)(C
+i/[15„
+v[15^\a)(C a)[C^f 1^1v?
1) (a)(C
(a)(C "{0)
"(l:1lV 1 >) 4
^"(P)
"(p)
(>2) +C <?3< 33^ ^<2) "{P)
"(
+ I /[15rf (a)(C^ 1 'V) + C3^ "(/3)
l), , {2) 2) 2)
+vi,) ((«)(^{
+^\a)(C^
+l4 a)(C2v\"(p)
a "(3)
,
"(/») + C
J, C«i92 1,)"
C74^ 1,)
"(/3))]
+^ (a)(C 2¥»{ "(/?) + C74^ "(/3))],
M° =
A/2°I =
M
M% = l5^\
i'p\
15^
= \b^\a){C1 l)))
,,)
15^ a (a)(C,^)(C^
(o)(C
(a)(C,^
2) 2)
'C,<p"(P)
2)
lV>
l^ "{P)
\ 22)
2 )) i2)
"(3) "(P)
"(/?) + f^f)"(/)))
+
+ +
C
+ C C2C )2) 2)
3 ^3V
^C23V ,
)J'
3"""
3^ "{P))
, 2Y
)2)
(2(/"(8))
2("(/3))
) "(P))
/3?9))
2)
W (°)(^fY) "(/3)
+421)\c){C^ \P) ++r cCM?",<22)2)"
c4¥4<4
c<v 'V))
{P.
"m
l) 1)
1) 2)
2) 2)22)
++v\lfo[
JJ,[15 ><<"(a)(C,u>{
/[15V¥V3 1)
><
"(a)(Cl¥l¥><
"(a)(<7 (8)
>i2)2)(/?)
(/?) +
;/*)+c CiJPlL
+ CCv4 (/?))
><C^\p))
3v4
33V (/?))
1 2) 2)
22
+^"(a)(C
+ ¥4 >"(a)(C ^\0)
2 2¥ >< \fi) + c«A
(/J) +r 4 4 2 W))],
C«p
cC <4<p?\p))},
\p)]
>(/?))],
where v is Poisson's
sson's ratio.
Calculationn examples.
a) Test problems. For a rectangular plate hinged supported along its entire contour
k{ = 1, i = 1,2 the calculation's results differ from the available accurate solutions
with A = 1 (a square plate) by 1.33 per cent and 1.04 per cent correspondingly for
the maximum deflection and bending moment values (in the centre of the plate).
In the case when the rectangular plate is rigidly supported along the entire contour
(ki = 0, i = 1,2) similar evaluations result in erroneous approximate solutions (0.60
per cent) with A = 1 for the deflection and the bending moment.
With A —» oo (an infinitely long plate) the solutions obtained for the hinged and
rigid support do in fact agree with the precise solutions of the problem.
b) Assume that a rectangular plate is rigidly connected with rather closely and
regularly distributed columns rigidly fixed at the bottom (the systems of columns are
identical on the plate's opposite sides).
It is known that
rnr,, ==44£,
4££,i J,/f,«fi,
./,//,</,, = 4E
J , / M i , r 2, = 4E2.J
iE 2J22/l
/l22dd22,
where £;./,•,/,, (f; are the bending rigidity, length, the columns' pitch (i = 1,2). Then
using notations in (3.43) we find
lidjD
IjdjD
h=
' lidiD +
UdiD + \EiJigi'
iEiJigt'
3.2. Bending of Plates 81
Table 3.3:
~kk 0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00
1.00"
wW
A/°(0,0)
A/r(0,0)
7.31
7.31 8.42
8.42 11.80
11.80 14.60
14.60 23.10
23.10
25.40 33.10 41.06 47.60 52.50
A/r(l,0)
Aff(l.O) -73.50 -25.10 -15.70 -07.30 0.00
After this the found values fc, of solutions obtained above must be used.
c) Let us examine the transverse bending of a square plate elastically supported
along contour with the rigidity along the plate's sides being identical (fcj = k2 = k).
The approximate solutions at various values k are given in Table 3.3.
This table tabulates the dimensionless deflection values in the centre of the plate
and bending moments M° in the central point and its support. The accuracy of the
results with k = 0 and k = 1 is given in the above in the test problem.
In the work [54] this problem's approximate analytical solution for a square plate
was obtained using a decomposition method when each of the contour's four sides
is characterized by its rigidity. The solution is highly accurate and convenient for
practical use.
0
GF (dw
(t ,dw
Qt.2 = — ± I- 01 ± 02
■ ) ■J (3.60)
Vf'
dx dy
Relationships (1.99) make it possible to derive the following constitutive equations:
, dJA
2
g'tt;; dw
Mi
Ml = = M = -__/_
M2 = 2-10)[ [dx
— ;-+4- — ■+4+6(^—+
, «(^
\dx'
—jj,
""2 '
dyj
2
II II
-[-
dw 'dO, dh\
5 [dxtfy \ dx 3j/ //JJ '
-c
dxdy \dx* "9 dy)\'
5
o [uxuy
r.. (dw +. 01 (361)
o,
Qi -
= 1°
W 0 . ) ,. ft-r
«■(£+*). Q2 = /° (£+*).
''U+M' (3.61)
where 7° = GF/a.
Now we reduce the plate's bending differential equations (3.16) to a system of
three differential equations relative to functions w,6i,622:
tions io,0i,0
22
ddhv ^ <Pw
&x^
d2^ d^
&h &h _ Z£
22
cdx
dx +
dy22 + 9x
9y dx ++ dy ~ /"'
7°'
GF? fdw
-f^ ^ -
2 2
dPw
drw SPw
drw I I fd26e22
(d d26e2 „ ad 60!x \ ,nGF(dw \
i
++ i)J = o,
W *Ur *J
Q 1
3 + 6 ——-
—2 2-2 4-
4- — -- 4-
4- 22dxdyj
dx2dy dy3«
dy I\dx
\-dx~
\ dx dy22-
—
dy
^—- )
dxdy
dxdy) EJi \dy
10
^Uf++ *) =
3 2 2 2
_3 dPw ^ &w , e
| dPw (d
/ a 200x , , sd26,
0! , „ d5 26022\ : GF fdw \
2 , 0 ^ ^ 4 - 0 / = 0. (3.62)
dxdy2 dx3 \ dx 9y 2 dxdy)
It is easy to show that this is a system of sixth order differential equations.
We examine a square plate with the following boundary conditions:
w = Mi
Mi=e=2 02 =
= 0 (x = 0,
0,/),
/),
u,
w == A
M2/=8t=0
2=0i=O (y
{y = 0,/).
= 0,l). (3.63)
The solution of the boundary value problem (3.62), (3.63) can be easily obtained
using a binary trigonometric series. Here are results for the case when
irx 7TV
Z = 9qr sin
s i n—^ ssin
i n -j-,
^ , E/G = 30.
Table 3.4 lists the rods' dimensionless deflection and bending moment values as well
as the maximum stresses in the centre of the plate when l/h = 100 (the second line in
the table) and l/h = 10 (the third line). The figures in brackets indicate the results'
deviation towards their minimization when using the classical rods' bending theory.
Dimensional values are assessed according to formulae
alq 2 2 aq
w === TT;WWO, Af.*
M[ = M;
M2 = 10~
10~2 aql2 M0Q,, a == —CT
T a 00.-
ohi
6£ °' b
From Table 3.4 it follows that for composite materials more precise constitutive equa-
tions must be used even for sufficiently thin plates.
3.2. Bending of Plates 83
Table 3.4:
w0
u>o Mo ^^o
0
1033(0%)
31 • 10 3.04 • 103(50%)
(0%) 3.54(28%) "3.04
~49.2(37%)
49.2(37%) | 4.14(39%) | 37.8(60%)
37.8(60%)
a
of' =
= £ < +
Ee; / «i).) .
+ f(e' (3.64)
Using (1.101), (3.64) we derive t h e following formula for t h e rod's bending moment:
M*
M - Ff[Ee'
= -J
; = [Ee: +
+ f(e*)]zdF.
f(e*)]zdF.
/,
Then, using formula
T h e n , using formula (1.100)
(1.100) with
with £i
£i =
= e
e22 =
= u
u =
= 0
0 we
we find
find
A/*
M' == -—EJ\(K\C2
K22SS22
+ K
£J,(K,C2 + + Ts'm2ip)
+
+ Ts'm2ip)—
T sin 2<p) —
-I
- I/I zf[z
zf[z
zf[z (((KIC
K
2
K ,, C
2
C2 ++K
+ K
2
/c22SS222s +
++ Tsin2yp)]<i.F.
Tsin2<p)]dF.
From (1.99) we derive t h e formulae for t h e linear bending and torsional moments:
, 22
2 22 2 2 22
A/i
Mi =: M2h22cot
M COt
cotipipy>W =-(DiK!
= --(DiKi
= -(Z?i/ci
(Di/ci ++
+DD Kl)
2 ) - — / z'V'f
D22KI)-—
D 2:« Z ( KICI C+2 + K22S5 +
2 Y * / [ [Z(K -I- r sin 2tp)]dF,
sin 2<p)]dF,
a
a JJf
r
JF ~T
t fi
. 2
2
// = DD3 3r r++—
-
■B-
2
H = / ^ ( - l )-1)7[2(«!C
7 [ 2 ( « I c 2 - r+K K
2 25
S22 +
+Tr ss\n2ifii)]dF,
in2vJ,)]^,
/I // 2
i=l
dw
d w
==
= 7li ,
7
~dx
dx
l/X '
2
&K
a7i
C>7i D
_£i&i
D 2d
ad 22w
z)222d*w
Z>
UjQ-M I1
1
«,
«>
+ T 1 JT-MKUK7,T),
9x ~ D, dv-D.dy^D,
d
-Mi = _iv*i-+ - 5 (,
V' *
Q ; + 2 ^ /J(/CI,/CJ,T)) ,
50? d2Mit
fdx == ^a^2 t.a,t a n -ip — *Z. 2
(3,5)
84 Chapter 3. Statics
Here:
+&#
« - * f•
<?, = IC?i + -
2
/"
5j/
22
tfS— / z y ^/[z(/cic
«X *£/
2 K 5 +
+ K2s2 +T sin
v 2 2
// ii == / [ z ( / c i c+
( 2fi))dF,
Tsin2¥>,)]<fF,
2
^
i =2!l
h == Si
" i/ z y """*/ W 'Cic2 + K22Ss2 + r
2 2
/* /[Z(KIC +K +T sin 2y,)]<iF.
Tsin2¥>,)]<ii .
a / / : t=i
Now we consider boundary conditions for a hinged supported rectangular plate:
w = A/j = 0 at i = 0; d,
w = M2 = 0 a.ty = 0;b. (3.66)
The results of a numerical analysis of the given problem for its various parameter
values are given in the works [39,40]. The physical nonlinearity law for the rods'
material deformation was assumed as:
3
4E
4— ^3 e. 3'.33
fie") = —4£
J(,
> ~27af'
21 oI'
s
where E = 2.1 x \0 MUa,ao= 400MUa.
To accelerate the iteration process' convergence the following method was used.
The dependence (3.64) at a certain section (0,ej) in the first approximation was
approximated by linear function at* = EQC] according to the least square method and
was then taken as:
EQe- + [/(ej)
<r* = Eoe't [ / « ) + (E- E 0)e'x}.
Eo)el\.
It was found that the calculations were reduced roughly by 20 per cent.
In each calculation variant the load was increased until the maximum deformation
was almost equal to 3<To/2E. With this deformation the curve (3.64) has the maxi-
mum value. It should be mentioned that depending on the problem's parameters the
maximum deformation occurs either at a corner or the centre of the reticulated plate.
.I/^Vl
22"
„ du
d 1 (dx
fdw\
(dw\
2'
_, \dv
dv 1 fdw\
(dw\ '
NI = Cn1 + cC\2
r 2 {By)
+
dx 2\dx) dy
uy & \ uy /
, (/ ddv
v du dw dw\
dw\
+ C
?,*
u I — + — 4- — —
\dx dy dy)J r.'
dx dv
dy
2"
„ \du 1 fdwV] „ \dv 1 fdw\2'
^ = 4dx^ + 2n(1^{dx)
du Idw\
N2 = CcM>. + ++ Cn
c —
r Cm + -i. I\uy— j
:J
) J :
"[iry 2\jry)dw
uy^[dy^2\-dy-)\
I dv du dw\
+ C->« {dv
C26 I— du
-I- — ■+■ dw dw\ .
26
\dx dy dx dy J '
\dx dy dx2 dy J '
S = C\e
'du
16 \du
~
dx 2
1
{dx)
:^V1
V 1 fdwV] + C26 \dv + 1
dv 1 fdw\
fdwV
dy + 2{dy)
r
5 = Cl< + + C26
[& 2 l & J j [dy~ 2{~dy-)
dv du dw dw\
+—du + —dw —
Cee —
dw\ .
66 IIdv (3.67)
\dx dy dx dy J '
66
\dx dy dx dy J '
Formulae for linear bending and torsional moments (3.21) are also valid for medi-
um bending.
86 Chapter 3. Statics
From t h e last two equations (3.68) we derive, just as in t h e linear problem, for-
mulae (3.23) for transversal force values.
If we substitute t h e calculation model's tangential and transversal force values
derived from formulae (3.67) and (3.23) in t h e first three equations of system (3.68)
we obtain t h e following system of differential equations in displacements:
.dw dw
L
i nu(u)+
( « ) + L12 (v) + L L
12(v) u u((w)-
w ) ^ + Lxi{w)-^-
> * - =— 0,
it — r
dx
, . , ' \dwdw , r ,. sdw .dw
L
LX2 {u) +
X2(u) + L
L22 (v) -r Ln(w)-
2 2 (v) + Li2(w)—dx + L22(w) (u>) —— = 0,
> * - '
l
w ,, d2w
_*.*£-, " S ^L_
^ _ -Z = a0,
•*w
L(w)- 2 (3.69)
dy2 5 dxdv Z =
iVj
Ni =
= N22 cot 2 f
yv
)V
2
f *U i/aw\ 'an^o +I fl / a u ; \1
2"
ax ! C\dx;
2
*+4(
= 2A-c2^
2
j j /au ar
j 2 (du
T
dv dwdw\
dwdw\
c24
ayy 2UJ '}•
- (3.70)
5 = 2A-52c2
\\dydy dx
dx dx
dx dydy)
J
3.2. Bending of Plates 87
The calculation model's bending and torsion moments as well as transversal forces
are determined according to formulae (3.25), (3.26).
The system of differential equations in displacements (3.69) for the particular
lattice changes
ges to:
2
(d u+ + d tan
uu , +2s
2
c,2, /a
/ d uu tan
fe ^ ^ V,
2
d
U^ ^
2
2 d 2 \ , 5 2
2u , \ , dv
2 " VdT'^dT
2 *)^ 2 dxTy
, /9
(d u>2
adu>w 2
, \dw
\\3tii
dw „ .d,, dddd—ww 222
c2 (dTw—
fd^ww (Pw w dw
dw
c 22
2
2
2 +
\\ ox*
dx
+ ——
2a d w 2
ddy
Wu>2
2
taalfi
oy*
2
2
tan uj\ dw
2
2—+ ) dy
+ 2S2 s
\ di
)dy-
)) dy
dy
n
dx
w—dw
dxTy-dy-
22 2
2
—
dxdy d\
dxdy
dxdy
=
dy = °'
ay
2 2 2w w
dd222u'u d
d22u u d d 2
2v v 22 ,2 0„9ddd2222w
w ®
w dx
d uuu d
d 2u
d2u u2 d
d
d22vvv2Un 2 + 2 d w dw
dw
dxdy
dxdy dy dx 22
dx2 dy dy2 *22
dxTyJ:
dxdy
dxdydxdy dx dx
dxdy + dx dx + 2dy dy t a n 222 dxdy
dxdy dx dx
?7 ^ ^ + d t2w
a n V,, \\
H^ ^
22w
J¥ = °«
(d
Id w < w „
2
fd w I d w♦ a n,' ,„\ I dw
2 \ d
dwt
dw
dw
-L I 2 (d w — 0
4
d4™ 4A w 44
4
d*w 2 d*x
2 dd*
d*w
dd*w u>
w .4
.d93cd\
d wUJ
w
_ ++66tan
d*w B
6t at na n ^ _
66tan
2
2
++tan
4
4 w
■^^ + tan
tan
a^
a^
111 (d ^^w *W
t a n (g _ . _■ ■
^^W
^^W
fdd22222WuW
(d
(d
((Pw_ w d
w
4- t avn w-z-^
d2222W
*W
w 2
w
'i
.- ' \
+ d tW a n ¥22, \
"P^ V ^drt
22
p\c\c \dxi
\dx2 2 + ^W'™ J,
+
dy2 U n 9
( fa \ 2" 2
Xx /fe du ++ir^vic
11, fdwV]
/5u;Vl
/ Q
\\du
\\du
^i JJjJCJ'c
2
c
{\[ax
[ <?*
^ + +222U (va^J
+ \dv dv +1 fdw\
i + (dw\ If^V
2
,, \I
[^
dy 2U)P}
'dv ]
+
dy 2\dy) y2)
2 2
l2tan
tan'y>ip dd ww (du 9u
II f\tt
ou Si;
dv
Ov dw
r\i\ Six) fmti N \
3u>
dwdw\
jrt»#i■
Ow dw\
Ow \ ZZ
— +
+ — +
4- . ■ ■ ~ 21?' 4 ( (3.71)
fi
p\ dl^\lfy dx~
dxdy \dy dx dx dy J ~dx~'dy~) 21c ' '
To transfer from the solution of a boundary value problem for calculating a plate
with a rhombic lattice to that of a similar boundary value problem for a plate with a
square lattice we must substitute the following variables:
xx =
= £cotif,
£coty>, u = u, tan </if.
>. (3.72)
Formulae (3.70) taking (3.72) into account become
me
JV,x = 7V22 cot2 (f(p
= N
-bm\
Ni
N
2 2
„„ ou. 1
'du.
„ , , 22,2 \du. l fdw\
JwV dv 1
dv
dv 1 fdw\
lfdw\~2'
(dw\
Ifdw
= 2tf
= 2Ks S cc22 — + - +
di ,dU +
2\dy ]
Tdyy + 2\dy~) '
OU, OV iw\
S = 22Ks
= i r J cCc (
2Ks 3a
_ ++
I -^— +_— +
+_
+
-Ow
—_Ow
—) \ .. (3.73)
,~dy~ dt ~dt~dy~)'
Transferring to the new variable in (3.25)
(S.20) and
and (3.26)
(i.2t>) we
we oobtain
„ , i 2■>fytg
I d2w 2
Mi
Mt
i
> U
/ e ++ —
= M2cot2>p = 2Is2cc2
= M2cotV = 2/sV(^—
^dM
dy 2
w\
+
J)',
88 Chapter 3. Statics
, a 2 iu
F = 4 / s !3J,C - —., IQ, = -2Is3c
- AIsc (*!L
r + zJ*!L\
aWy' u^uy Kd?
+ 2
dtdy ,
Q2 = , r-2Is*h-
_4^ ^ ^ , A M (3.74)
Ydpdy+ dy*)-
Now we
we write
write the
the system
system of of differential
differerential equations
equati (3.71)
\o. I i I using new
using n e w notations:
2 2
22
ad u.u. adc u.u.
22
y „„ cdoa '■v_
u,
2
vv
+
/d
/9 2222
(ddw tu
ww d1 w\
+ +
2
+—
w('a w a w\ dw „ c
\ idw
ow _ 5
22 I — +++ 2 — ^ ^ = o,
2
do t«ww 3u)
dw
ow
2 + 2 +■2 +1-
Wa^ ' ~dy ~ atdy d&,dy? \W {d?
\W
\ui,222
'
w)K
1- Jyhi
uy
) ~dZ
I'd!
j
I ~azdy"dy~
d£dy dy
dldv"dv~ ~ '
2 22
.ddu2u.u.
u. d 2
v
u v v v d 2
Pv v fd
fd/dd
2w
W w d
d
2
2 w\
w\ \ Iidw
dwJW „ dd w
w dw
dw
o w ow = ■■ 0 ,
djd^ +Jrd~e
'd~idy' W ++'dydy2 2 + \W + W/'dy+3y~f+ Wdy"dJ d(dy"di
Wdy"dJ '
d*w
U W +L A U W d*w d*w
I U W
22 222 + dy"
d?dy
~dl* + 6d£
~d!* d£ dy
dy ~ay
~dy~*
2 2 2
f /52w u; aad2u;"\
1 f/d du.
w\ \du. 1 fdw\
/dw\
IfdmV
2++ w2 \ ou« + +
~r U«
A\\d?
' /
2
3y'J at 2 2\d£j
dy ) [as U t)
du 1 i/^yi
dv fdw\A] ]
fdwV
2
y«,
d (dx dv
d222w
w> (du.
w (du. Idu.
I' du.
dv dwdw\\
)wdw\
dwdw\\
dwdw\{ \\1 ==
_ Z
J- , n(3.75)
+
dy-++
dy- 2\^)
2\^) \ + 2
2
y\dy +dt +
dldy-[~dy-
dldy-[-dy~ H~dy~)} 2~
d£dt+ +-dt~dy-)i
-dt~dy-)f ~ ~ 2/**'
2/**' (3 ?5)
-^
We obtain formulae for moments and transversal forces and also a system of
differential equations for a plate with a square lattice (ip = 7r/4) in the previous
symbols.
From (3.70) we obtain
„ A" du ddv
K \du dv 1 IfdwV
fdw\
(dw\
w\
2
1
1 / ofdw\
(dw\
w\
2
*■> ■"
=""I Y[d-x ry N = 2 dx
" = T dx+ dy+ 2 I,ax; ++
+ +
^ 2{^)x) 22 VU^ J; .J' '
/'d u
#K (du di>
dv dwdw\
dwdw\ ,„ .
55 = (3.76)
2 \ d y + dx +
= 7U fc a^> (376)
= - ( ■
dx dy J '
2- V'
\~;* — — —* /
From formulae (3.25) and (3.26) for moments and transversal forces at ip = 7r/4
we obtain
:
K
22
d3d2w\
2. . . \ 3 22 . . .
/T (d w w\
-/£
, dw
.. / XI...
w „ w
Mi,,
Mu2 = M 2 + // = r .
dx dy2) dxdy
i.3 \ t/x uy j
4ftfe
3 3
4( ud w udww\
0-
i fd
'd*w
(dPw d°w
d 3
w \ w 0
Qi =
Ql - 3 2 <?2 = (3.77)
Kdx dxdy J '
Sir/
dx2dy dy3 ,
For a plate with a, square
squai lattice the lie system
system of oi equations
e<
equauo (3.71) 1) becomes:
becomes:
22
ad uu 2„ d v; + (d
(
22 2 22 2 22
d uu dw W d O w\ dw
w\\ oi
dw dw w
ui dw
1- 22 +
dx22 +' dy dy2 + 2dxdy
low
+ \dx
ij \lh? dx 22 +
dy 22)
'dy ) 9.
uw
dx
dx
~dx~x
)
1-2 o' w ow = 0,
dxdy cdy
dxdy
dxdy
uxuy dy dy
dx 22 dy 22 dxdy2 222 2
drtOuu dn l vv drtO'vv (d
fd w w d2 w\ dw
u \ diw „ dd d222w
w
w 6dw
Z h 22 r = 0,
dxdy dx
dx dy22 f \dJ \ dx2 + dy*)dy2) dy fyy d:
dxdy
dxdy dy dx
dxdy dx2 dy oxoyc
3.2. Bending of Plates 89
d4 w
d*w d*w < ^ _ J _ fJ (&u>
(&w d2w\ \du \_(dwV
dx*7 " 1+""» dx22dy22
ax +
+ 4
~dy~*
dy p\
~ pj\\dx 2 2
\ \dx +2 +2
) 1) dx +dx~2 +\dx 2\dx~)
\ \~dx~ dy )dy )
2
dv 1 fdwV]
fdwY] d22ww
^d
2„d w (du dv dwdw\
dy_ dwdw\\ \ _ 2Z_
2Z
+h ++ +2 ++ + + (3.78)
(378)
+
dy^
dy 2 2\dy)
2^ \dy)
J +
J\ dxdy\dy
+2
dxfy{dy-
dxdy \dy~ + dx
dx~dx-dxdx-dy-)f-T-
dxdy)j dy ) j ~ / I''
From a comparison of the systems of equations (3.75) and (3.78) it follows that
the second becomes the first if we substitute
x,u,Z
x,u,Z by £ ,Z,u.,Z„
u . , ZZ.,
„ (3.79)
4
where Z. == Z/As*.
Z/As .
Comparing formulae (3.73) and (3.74) for forces and moments in the plate with
a rhombic lattice with formulae (3.76) and (3.77) for similar values occurring in the
plate with a square lattice we obtain
JV, = N2 cot2 ip = N. sin2 2y>, S = 4s3cS„,
M, = M2 cot2 (f = M, sin2 2<p, H = 4s 3 c//.,
Q, = 4s3c<?,., Q2 = 4s4Q2.. (3.80)
Values N.,S.,M.,H., Qi„, Q?. are calculated according to formulae (3.76), (3.77)
after replacement of x,« by f, u. respectively.
From the above we can conclude: the solutions of boundary value problems for
plates with a rhombic lattice reduce to similar problems for plates with a square
lattice.
For such a transformation of boundary value problems we must perform the fol-
lowing procedure.
a) In accordance with (3.72) change the size of the side of the plate, /, with a
rhombic lattice in the direction of axis i to I tump.
b) Replace surface load Z by Zj\s4 ■
c) To obtain boundary conditions for functions with an asterisk we apply (3.80),
the second formulae of (3.72) and preset boundary conditions for a plate with a
rhombic lattice.
After the formulated boundary value problem has been solved using the said
method (system (3.75) with boundary conditions for functions with the asterisks) we
must transfer from functions with asterisks to those without asterisks, according to
formulae (3.72) and (3.80), and replace argument £ by x tan <p.
3.2.7b. A plate with a square lattice. From the system of equations (3.68), (3.76)
and (3.77) we, after certain transformations, obtain a system from eight differential
equations solved relative with derivatives along the coordinate a where besides the
displacements, the forces and moments will also be unknown:
= l2b 5 - OU = 7?,
da ~ ~d~P~
dp 807tu" ~da~
'W' da " 7 l '
037?
7l ° _ l w o a ^ v
a2...o a^fO
aAf°
dN^__djP 8S°
U1V
; dS°
3S° _ dN°
. *22« « +
^da ~ r a/?2 ' 9daQ dfi ' d aaa ~
3/9' dp ''
dfi
gg?g
dQ°1H 0
<f° +
a
d 22
M
M°'0
° , ad22 0
f 2d2l2u_w_
2 ™w° ^ * aO- 0
? ^ O J2
2d 2
. L O ^d ^ I7L C bO, . 2 ^2-M°N°,
„ 0
0
da dp 2 ■ dp "T2"'
d0
aM° 22a27?
dM° _
2r
;r ^? 0
aa
"aT - 2rr a,9a9 T2 ++Ql<??*•
»- (381)
Here:
aa =
= x/l,
i//, 0 0= y//, u = al22u°/F,
= y/l, u°/F, v = al22v°/F,
v°/F, w = alal2w°/F,
xv = 2
w°/F,
7, = a/ 7 ?/F,
ah°/F, N = EIN°,
EIN°, S = EIS°,
EIS°, Q,„ = EIQ°
EIQ°1H
1H, ,
M = El22M°,
M°, q = Eq°, r2 = Jll/El/El22,, d2 = al/F.
We reduce this system of eighth order differential equations in particular deriva-
tives to a system of usual differential equations using the straight line method. We
divide the rectangular plate into m strips of equal width by straight lines parallel
to axis o. Substituting derivatives by /? from the desired functions by difference
relationships we obtain a systems of 8(m + 1 ) usual first order differential equations.
Using the symmetry of the plate's stressed state according to /? (8w°/dj3 = Q°H =
v° = S = 0 at /9 = 0) and boundary conditions on a section of the plate's contour
(u° = v° = w°Idj3 = 0 at /? = ±/? 0 — rigid fixed conditions) enables us to reduce
the order of the system down to 4(2m — 3) equations.
Due to symmetry we divide the plate's section for which 0 < /? < /?o into m strips.
Then the system of differetial equations for the plate's bending having the difference
approximation error 0(h2) can be be written as
roximation error l>^n j c
2
18/t222u°
I8h
I8h u?' =
u° 36h222yv;
= 36fe
36h N°1 --- !9hv°
N° 9&»;
9hv°
4
-- 9h
2- 9h22 2 i
9AV7*
dd <y*
<y?
' 1 11
1
-4c/
-Ad 22
-4d2(wf(t -—2o2w°
(tog*
(wf
0 0 , 0*\
u >1X ++t0]L
w°2+
itUjWj ">f),
wf),
),
)i
222 2
8h u°'
8h
8h u°' =
u°' = 16h N° - 4m'Nf-Ah^-vU-ih'd
m22N',
"-»
-4/!2rf—27l^-
m'Nf-Ah^-vU-ih'd
\-|-f-l "I—1
2
°;
lit
-d*22(u?
--d
~<P(w\( <+,-2w°
, --2lwl
(^l-2wl Uw°_
+l + «'°-
J1° Hl " £ - I + wl
wU)l))
1 (i = 2^T^2),
(t = 2 ,2^T=2),
m-2),
2a
£h_v2 -m^*_2-2-h
2 2
8fcui_
8h «i_,
8fc»ii!Ui
t =
= 16hmN',
K>h' NN10^m
+4 / »iihv°
_+1+ 2 2
- 2dw«_
ch/ 'd7di?hmt_2^-d
2
^2,
222
Zhvi =
3hv%'
3hv°' = -u°
-«S2 +
-u° + 2u?
.?-<Z
2u°2u°-d (t*°-2u;?h?
(w 2>-2w°1)-y°
l-d (w^-2w° )-y°1,1,
2hv°
2hvf
2hvf A S , 0 - u??++1
4*5?-u?
44hS°-
= 4A5,°-u? 1++^.
++1+ ? _1 -«i
«?_*-<*>?+,
U
22
1 - d «'*2n-«£-ib?*
t «;°_
1-U ) 7 ? , - (i = 2
° _ 1 )7?,- T, m^ -22)) ,
2V
t _ _ /
~o 0' _ 0
8A«i_,
Shvt,
Shvt, 1 6 ^ - t + 4 m^
= 16*S£.
16^_,+4u° _ 2 ++ < ff*<_27r
2^
<_ 2 7^1 ° m -2,
-2, ™,°'=7?,
™.°'=7?,
(i = 1,
(« 1,
l ,m
m --22)),,
l-2'lm_2> % — 7li
22 2 222 2
3A27?i
3fe 77?i
^ = --M
-6A
6 2*
-eh V
r~
r- r-
M?
M? M
M? + 2{w°22 -- w°),
+ 2(w° wf),
<),
ft222fi7lti°! =
hh =
= -2h
-2h 22J 2 2J
-2ftV
-2A r-M°
r~
r- Af? + w?
M w°+1 - 2w° +
+1-2w° + «£_,
w°_1 (i = 2 , m - 3 ) ,
),
? + «;?_, (i = 2 , m - 3 )
3.2. Bending of Plates 91
2 2
hht-2
hht-2 = -2/.2r-'AC_
= r- A/r22 ++ «,°.
« £ _33-7<_
- 7 < _22/4,
/4,
0
2hN°'
2/.Af, ' = -S%,2hNf'
-S%,2hN? = -Sf
- 5 ?+1 5f_,
+ 1 + 5?_i (i = 2,m-2),
(« 2,m-2),
2
8/> yV°'_, = 4fc5i_,-t4_ 1 +4ui_ 1>
3A5?'
3AS?'
■JACO
=
_
-N$
-N^ + 2N?,2hSf'= -Nf
_ A/0 _L OJV/0 O I C * ' V0
+l + N?_iNf_t (i = 2,m-2),
, \r0
33 2 J 2
32/. <?l
3 2 A S 1 ,1 = 16ft 7V»_
116^Af»_ - </
2 K'_ - 8u£_,<-2 + 1 6 ^ . , )
6 f c ^ _22J --d^ (««", ^__22a -- 88<<_ I_«,,<» __22 + 16«,^_
16»S I
--4fc(t£_
4 f t « _ 2 a--4»!U).
4^_1),
3fc22Q^,
3A Q^ == 3fcV
3A / t V + 2(A*°
2(A/2 °-A/0 0
--MJlJ)
11°)) ++ 4A
4hJ>(w° 22
<f ((UU;°-
0
- w°)N°
;°-U2;?)yV1
22 , 22 0 00
+2/. <f (2
+2/.<f
+2/><f (2777{?°11 - 77?,) ee A
fG^cPr-'MfN
t ' ^ rr"" ^^ ^ .,
»,) - eAVr-'Mfw
t 22/a- i o '
hA <&
Q° Hi = hLiq20.+M?
= h*q°+M? 0 , »*0 n i i O , i^O
+1-2M? +
+1~2M? + M?_,
M?_i
222 2 0
-+r222<<iiff «« «1 1-- 22«,?
22w°° + ;?_1)iV,0 +++W
wlJNf
;°_,)iV,
^ UU^-,)iV,
W (22((7?
^hPtf 77°°m>l+>11 -- 7?,_
77?,_ )S,°
?,-_111)S,°
)S?
2 22
-2cPr-
-2d M°N°
r . i 2r~- 2M?iVf
w tl«r<l // = ^
((« 2,m-3),
2 , m - ^3%) ,
2
8A%
8A <?°„mm--22 = A V + A - 22[[8/.
88/tV+fc- 8 / . 2 <_3-14/.
< _ 3 - 1 4 / . 2 K- K -a
2 0
+r (15«;°
(15«; m_2/4 - «,„_,)] + 4<i 4rf 22(4<_
(4<_33 - 7t^_ 2 )/V° _2
22 2
+2A
+2A<f f ( ( ?
< 77 mm 2? -2
- -
" 4
47?7 ??
7 mm 33_
-- , )
) #
^
)5^_ _ 222 - 16/i
16A <fV«fV 2 <_ 227V°_2,
7V°_ 2 ,
a2 2 2
3A ,Af^
«... JK?'
.,, — I,4r ( 7 ? 2 -7?
= Vn 2 , 1 +3ft
-, u.cC??
u v „ n ,, W1
2 2 0
A2A/°' = 2r (7?,-
(7?,. ++II -27?, + 7?,-1) + A <? „, (i( »== 25 ^ T ^ ) ,
2 2
A2A/°'_22 = 2r 2 ((7?
7 ? mm__33 - 77?mm-2/4)
-77? _ 2 /4) + h*Q°Hm_
A2Q0Wm 2.
-2- (3.82)
Here a stroke signifies a derivative along the coordinate a, A—an interval of direct lines
dividing the integration area along the coordinate /3,Q°Hi—value Q°H (Kirchhoff's
transversal force) on the i-th straight line.
The system of equations obtained whose order is 4(2m — 3) does not contain the
desired functions on the straight lines with numbers 0,m — l,m. These functions are
detrmined after solving the system according to the formulae:
4w
4wm-l
m-l = Wm-S.
">m-2> 447?
7 ? mm-_, 7,° m _ 2 ,
l = 7?m-2:
2
8A A/°_, =
= 2A2 M°_ 22 + r 22 ( 1 5 < _ 2 / 4 - < _ 3 ) ,
8Aaa0Sr
<&mm_,
_, = 2/> 2 <?°
2/>V WmWm _ 2_+3r 2 2
2 +3r(7? (7?m m-3-157?
-3-157?mm-2/4),
-2/4),
22
«£
< = < = ^ = 7L 7 L = 0, 0, 2A 2 A M°=rM ° = r 2 (llu£_
( l l u £ _ 22 /4-<_
/ 4 - < _ 33 ),
),
0
4MNl
A^ =
= v°
^ m- _22-4v°
- 4 m^_u, 4hS 4 A #m==u °u°_mJ _- 24-4u°
. £ _m1_,u
2A2Q°„mm = 3 r 2 ((ll7?
--3r l l 7 ? m --2/4-7?
2 / 4 - 7 ? mm--33)),, «o° ==55oooo == 0, 0,
3w°
3w°
«""00 0 =
~~ iw°-w°,
iw°-w°,
* 1 2' 37HO
" ?0 — = ^47,°,
47,°,
111 - 7,°2,
7,°2,
/12> "3M' "00°0 —
= 4M?
" " I -' " M22°,'
3Q?,o
3Q^ 0 = **Q°Hi-Qm,
0 m - 0 m . 3u° = 4 u ? - U ° , 3JV0° = 4N° AN° - 7V N°.2°.
92 Chapter 3. Statics
H£+¥&-%*+»*-.
da A~dp~
2
1 itA'S
da 2 +
OV
?Ar = 0,
dAN2 dB2SS
1 dB dA „ , . D V
dA„
dA n
+ sy = 0,
~dp~
dp B daN2 Ni
dp B^a~~'dp
B-8a--dp
++
'
gggi +
^ ^f 2 ~ AB[{kl +Kl)Nl +{k2+Ki)N2+2S{kl2 + T
WQ,dAQ
9a
-da-
+| 2^1Q^l-AB[{k
^^ Ji ^ ++ -^
-dT- AB[{kxx +
p2 - AB\{k
A5[(fc,
AB\(k
1iB[{h +K
+ K ,)N
)))N
i)N
Ki)Ni
Kl
dBAf,
d£Af,
dBMx
dBMi
XX M^lXIX +
++{h,
(*»
{h{hi
(Jbj
{hi
5A//
dAH
++K
2 +
dAH-22
«2K
2)Af
)N
&
++22S{k
2 22 +
2)N
dA4tT „
dA
9A
2S(k
25(A:
ddB
12 12+
12
12 r)
++T)
r)T)- - Z)
Z]Z)===0,
+T)-Z]
f lfl i ,r .
dB,. , __ „
0,0,
nn
+
a - + -dTdp
d da
-~~da~ - +ddppHi - + d p +H ^ ^ M ^ A B •<?i Q i == o,
^
_ dW
dAM
_AM^ 1221 ++
e \M aW
. 0BH
dBHm1x^B
dBH + OB
B dB
. H2 B „„tr ,+ dA d OA^t,A M _i _ AAnn.B Q= 20_^ {, 3 ^ 83 .
+ [ * + | * f t + ^ M , - ,4SQ2 = 0. (3.83)
dp
dp
C*/J da
~da~
da da
da Op
dp
Here the moments of external surface forces can be neglected.
The last two continuous deformation equations (1.2) for shallow shells are signifi-
cantly simpler [33, p. 100]:
dAKi
8AKX dAdA 11 UDdB22Trr
dB
= 0,
dp ~ dp"
dp dP*1 ~BB da da '
dBK
8BK2 2 dB
8B IdA'r
= 0. (384)
-dda Ki
da
a--da- -A-dT A dp = 0-
Q, =
Q\ = Li{w),
Lx(w), Q2 = LL2(w),
2{w), (3.85)
where L\, L2 are linear third order differential operators in particular derivatives. In
the general case these operators' coefficients are variable and depend on A, B, Ri,
R2, the lattice's structure and material.
Knowing values (3.85) we can find a fourth order linear differential operator
fdBQt
fdBQt 8AQ
8AQ 2\ 2 \ fdBLjjw)
fdBLijw)
(dBLijw) , dAL 2(w)\
dAL 22{w)\
(w)\
+
L{W) =
L{w)
= -{-da-
" {-la-
V da
da +
+
8/3 .) z= ~ \~da—
~W)
~dT)
d/3 { da ++
—dfi-J
d0 )■ (386)
3.3. Shallow Shells 93
Bending and torsion moment formulae and expression (3.85), (3.86) in the shallow
shell theory coincide with the corresponding formulae for the plates' transversal bend
ing. Hence, the Cartesian coordinate system x, y has relationships (3.17) and (3.19).
„
_
^, du
9u 1 fdw\
/fluA „
_, dvflu
, fdw\
11 /fluA
+ u ^ +
M = C n ^ + f c . +j ^ j + C
2Vi +^ +++ j j ^ j ^
2Vi = C " [ ^ + ^ + 2 ( a x - J J ^ [ a ^ ^
^ 2
^ Uj
_ /f/ 3fdv
3
dvl v duflu
u flu „, dw dw\
5u)5u)\
5uiau)\
fluiflu)\
+C
+Cil66 3 - + — I T + 2kl2
nw
12 W
W++ --5—3-
3-^- ,
\\ax
ax ay
ay ox
ax ay J/
a y)■
2
NN 2 = CC^«„Cl2 „ [flu
dv
\dv
u 2
[flu
f^ , 1 /I'dwV]
fluA l , 1 //fluA
/aauuAi "
ll ^_
^ + +M + ^- _
^klW+ ^ jj j+C22
j+ CC a2 22 ^^ +++ ^k2W+
+ 2 ( ^ J
* = [rx 2
dx +
+
2{^)\
2 \flx/ [a-y ' f l y
+
2{-dy-)
2 \dy J
dv
dflt;
„_ //(dv
9t) v 9u
du
flu „, . flu; dw
9u;
9u;
flu; dw\
dw
flu;
aio
flu;\\\
+C 2 6 3^ -- + ^
3 -- + 2fc,
2A:,2u; -£—=-
u> + —
^-— ^ - ,,
\dx
\ax
\flx ayfly 2
dy dx
oxdy
ox ay)
yJ/
afly/
^„_ \du
„ [flu
[fti , .\2l
1 / faluuA _ \dv
„ [flu ,,
[flu f l ul oAV2 '2
]1 /(dw\
+C26
+ C+ 2C 62 6 3 - ++ ^ u2;U+ ;- +
S=
5S = ^c
= ^ [[^^^ +
+ ^+2UJj
^+2UJJ
^ + . ^ - j j +[fly
C, 6 3 - + fciu;+- - 3 -
+ 9x c ^ +" M +2UJ.
[% 2 \dxJ j^j^ dy <
__ (p // ff ll uu dflu
flu „,
^
„,
2k w dflu;flu;\
dw dw\
^). (3.87)
(3.87)
+Ce6
+C66
+C66
+ C e 6\U 3 - +
+ -3- + 2fci2U>
- + 2fci
+ + —
2u; + — • —
l2 + — .
aa xx- + ^
\\ox ay
ay
ay
2fe12U. ox
ax
ox ay
ax oy
oy //
ay
. (
V ax av ax ay /
-iH£) ^£)1-«(5f)(w)
-;H£M£)1-<S)(*) *-*
«(£)"♦<*(> *-
L
L
2, (u) +
£ai(«)
22i(«)
l(«)
2,2l(u)
21 +L 22(v)
I»(w)(w) +\- 2L
£22(u)
i22(f)
2,22 2,23 (w) +
(w)
23(u>)
2-23(»")
l23(w)
23 + 2-2 .flu; +
L£tt(«0"a~~
i(w)—
22i(w)— +L ,n(w)-z-
(w)
22L
2,22(10)
^22(w)^-xdw
—
W) -Ox
Ox
r
Ox
Ox - + 2-22(1")Oy
Oy
Oy-3-
OX OJ/
1 L/M', ++Cc°(—Vl -r°—— + Y - 0
l\r°(—Y
~2 [° v£^)y *{dy)\
J ( I{~dy-)\- ~dx-~d
+C4 C2 2
~ 2 [ C a \dx)I dxdy -
3 +C 9x 9y
- °' C2 +Y y
Where
2
d2 2C d d2 6 d
Lu
Lu = C„
Cn 2
+2Cl6 1+Cn
6 2+ Cl2 ■CJ C30
~ dx dx&/ ox
dV* dy~
ay Oy2 ' 3dix " + 3 Ody'
y'
d2 d_ d_
L\2 — L2i — Ci6 2
dx '
2C 1 : ! -
dxdy
C26 2
dy
C3°
dx -ady'
iLin3 = Cuuukik\
= (C Cnk2
*i + C,
CI22fc2 + 2C1 16 fc
h 2C 6 fc
1 2 1 2 )^
»s
d_ C
C6i6ifci
+(C, C2ek2 + tCtfku
ki + (?26&2 2CM-i- i°*> + CC°k
+ C?fc, 2 -+ 2C3Sk°
°2k> 2 C2C k2
*X »^
dy
oy
dh dh 2dh^ dh 0dfci2 r dh
C ^ + C\2
Cu
+ c J ^ + 2^) +cJ^
C]6 + 2 ^ ) + C ^
dx
ox dx
\dx
\ox dy
dy /J
oy oy
dy
V "V dx )J
ox
ox "V
dy
oy
d2
L22 JL
-= C12— + 2C26— + C22—2 + C°2d_ d_
^ + C0<^,
dx2 'dxdy dy dx' dy'
L23 = (C\
(Ci6fci
k\ +
+ C26k2 4-
+ 2C\2k\2) —
d~x
Ox
+(Ci2*i + C fc + 2C h
+(C»*i + C22fc2 + 2 C 2 6 M oy
22 2 26 2 )%-
ir ++ CC°k,
°*> ++ CC°4k2°fc2 ++ 2C
2C °fc
k 2
2° ^12
dy
dk dh_ dh_ dk^ dh
+C12 2^i)i2 + CCj-ll
l2 ( f i + 2^) ( (£ £+ +22 §2 H
" > + +C 26C26 §H ) +) +C l C*l L6 |, i .
dx dy dx dy i dx '
and C° are derived from formulae (3.4).
Operator L(w) is present by formulae (3.19). So that the system of equations
(3.88) included only unknown displacements we must exclude forces N\, N2, S from
them using formulae (3.87).
From (3.88) we can obtain a system of differential displacement equations for a
continuous shell with material variable thickness h, Young's modulus E' and Poisson's
ratio 1/3. For this we assume a particular lattice structure whose parameters depend
on coordinates x, y and have relationships (1.26). Moreover, the rods' torsional
rigidity is taken as zero. Values h and E' are derived from formulae (1.28).
According to formulae (1.23) we find
Cu = C22 = 3C 12 = 9EF/8a, Dn = D22 = 3£>12 = 9EJi/$a,
ft, = C26 = Di6 = D26 = KlJ = K^ = K^ = 0, (3.89)
and the system of equations (3.88) takes the form
2 22
,,\d\dau u^ 18%\d2u 2 dd22vv
2 /(,, l,\dw1 dw 22, 2,, dw 9u>
h 2 + 22 + + h f c l 15 2
[dV*
dx
dT* 3dJ
Zdy
3di 3dxly~
3>dxdy
Zo^y [\ h + 3k2J ~dx~ + 33* 3 dy~ ^
K
dih +
g(fci + kki)
2) 1 dh \du du ldv
ldv (, 1, \ '
fci +
dx dx die 3dy'
}_dhfdu
ISA du
}_dhfdu dv_ 2k1212w \\
dv
dv_ ,dw_
dw 2 2
,dw_ l_dh l^lO^y
Idh \fdw\2
33y di; + dx
3dy '\dy dx" J dx
dx 2dx
2dx \dx\dxJJ
3.3. Shallow Shells 95
+
1
m
33\dy)
'2 dd22uu
, [2
2
ld2v
+
ldh
\ 3dy\dx)
d
dw
3 to dx
d22vv (\ \dw
dw
dws
{dy)
dv
2
+
2 , dw
8X
dw
0,
9E' 9E'~0,
k 3 dxdy + 3 to2+ 2 +
[tdxly' 3to* 3^ U dy + k2 b- +
V ¥ 3* to
dy 3
12 dx
I^Ti^Y
ldh
+ 2dy
dw
1
3 dx +
f—
dw Vl -
dy
8—Y -n
2
+ 9E' _
0,
2
When deriving this system of equations Codazzi's equations were considered from
which for shallow shells:
dku/dx
dku/dx = dki/dy, dkujdy
3k /dy = dk2/dx.
3k
If we neglect nonlinear terms in the system of equations (3.90) and assume E' =
const, it will coincide with displacement equations for the shallow isotropic shell with
variable thickness and Poisson's ratio for its material v = 1/3, as in the paper [31].
When the shell's lattice parameters do not depend on the coordinates we obtain from
96 Chapter 3. Statics
(3.90) the known nonlinear equations for the theory of isotropic shallow shells with
constant thickness v = 1/3.
3.3.1b. Mixed method: system of equations. In the mixed method's system of
equations the deflection and the forces function (n > 2) or the deflection and two
tangential forces (n = 2) are the main unknowns.
1) The number of rod families greater than two. We introduce the forces function
$ through which the linear forces of the reticulated shallow shell's calculation model
are assessed according to formulae
a 22** ad22<b*
2
da 2 $$ a
Ni-. N
a y ' Ni = a i 2 '
2 SS = (3.91)
(191)
*~W ^ ~lo-y-
2
dxdy'
Then with X = Y = 0 the first two equilibrium equations in system (3.83) will
be satisfied identically and the third equation becomes:
(', w\ aa22** / ,
d2w' d2w\
w ad 22 *
*
L(w)
+ h dx2
dy2 h
dy2
dx2
- 2 ku ■
d2w a2* Z. (3.92)
\ dxdy/ dxdy
dxdy, oxoy
In the obtained equation which includes the two unknown functions w and $, the
linear differential operator L(w) is derived from formula (3.19).
The second equation binding these two functions can be found from the deforma-
tion continuity equation (1.2).
For shallow shells the last two of them can be substantially simplified and in the
Cartesian coordinate system take the form [33, p. 100]:
diti
a«i dr _
0, a«
BK-I
2
dr
dr
= 0.
dy
dy dx ' dx dy
dy
These equations with the bending deformation components assessed according to
(1.7) are fully and identically satisfied.
The first deformation continuity equation (1.2) for shallow shells remains the same
and in the Cartesian coordinate system becomes
2
da2£i
e, d2e2 d2w , , , . ,
+ — k\K2 2k\2T ++ TT2 —KlK2
Ki/C 2 . (3(3.93)
dxTy = ~kiK2
— k2Kl
k2Ki ++ 2kuT 93)
W
dy 2
W2
dx - dxdy ~ - -
From (1.35) taking relationship (3.91) into account we find:
:
aa22** a22** aa22*
£i a\\
ay
dy 2 a12 ox
dx2
«13
oxoy
dxdy*
aa22** a2**
2
aa22**
«2
«2 = a 2]
" a 25-—- ~
2 1 - 5 -27 + 0. 2 aa 23
23Q
dy
ay'2
22
ax
ox*
22
dxdy'
Q ;
oxoy
2
U a * <*32 a
<*31 a 2*
2
a 2** <*33 aa2 **
dy dx dxdy
3.3. Shallow Shells 97
These formulae and expressions (1.7) make it possible t o obtain from (3.93) t h e
following differential equation relative t o functions to and 9:
where
4 4
d *
CTV 3 9*
0 d*9
CTV
M{*) '> =
= aa222 —
a22 —
22a23 -- 22 aa 22 33 —
— +++ (Zan
(2a( 122++ ^ a33)
^ a)33)-^5^-2 2^
^- dx^dy- dx^dV
du4®v
d*9 d*9
u v fI'da
10daua
22
22 d
o aa2^3N
dazi\ 3
\ du(Pv®
v
22
-ZO11T
13 3 :—r 4- On n 4 + I 2— : I —
dxdy
uxuy dy
uy \\\ dx dx
ux dy
dy )/) ux~
uy dx33
dx
(2^}1
(2^}1
(2^11 _ 332p
_ ^^ ££a23?? 11 4. , da n\i 3\3 \ ^(P9
9a^\
^a33 (P9
d 39
^ ■ (20a
d^2a^ n
, (/(2^11
o l -_ aaa 1i' 333
_ 3o d^3^dav
\\ Sy dy dx
dx
dx dy
dy
y )) dx dx222dy
dy \\ dx dx dy
dy
2d22a
^^ain
2 22
5a33^
da^\
da^\
da^\ (P9
?9
(P9
(P9
d?9 + (( ((/ 222d
A da
dan
dan
nni _
ln _ dda
*aaX3
_ da^\
ada
da 3i \\ \ <
\u3 \ ^^
13 d*^99£ +1
(P9 (d2<1
(°
(®
(° 2a
, ((Paita^inu , g(P^ ° 2222
2
2 3 2 2
AT
dx )/ fiTrlti
xdy222
dxdy \\
fin
dy'y fi-r )JI
dx riit33
dy \\ 1dy
r)n
dy2
2 r)-r
dx2
2 2 2 22 2
2
__ vd?aau2323\ \ v
23
2
dt 9l-y _ /((POM
/dua13u\33 , u
2
((Pa^
(&<*■-* ^^d00
2
d(Pa^a2^23,22333
au 3
_
_ 22
33\\ \ d^
dd aa33\
u 1133
a33
a33
2
cd 9 f
2 2 22
dxdy)
)xdy) I dx
rirdu dx22
h)r \ dy h)n2 r)r2
dx
dx dxdy) dxdy
rirfi-ii I di
dxdy} rirfl-n
'dt 2raan i l + Pa
+ I((Pan 9^a2
}1_
d a}2
c/-ai2
12
2
_ __ dC7-ai3 d229
a2i3i3\ \ \ du~v *
\ dy22
V dx222
dx dxdy)
dxdy) dy222'
dy
T h u s , we obtained a system
tern of two nonlinear differential equations (3
(3.92) and
3.94) for t h e shallow reticulated shell theory mixed method when n > 2.
N n w WP PYflminp n shallnw shpll w i t h a n a r t i n i l a r lattir** s t r n r t i i r e w h i r h satisfips
the p a r a m e t e r relations (1.26) and whose rods' torsional rigidity is zero t h e system
(3.92), (3.94) changes t o t h e mixed method's system of equations for a continuous
shell having parameters (1.28):
d 1 1
Row* +
0
0
i. y ^-+^-W^r-
+ 2
\dx dx
\ eoxx uu,
Ox
f
dy
j
dx)
Oy Ox J
vy
vV ** 1-+ ^^---
Qx
\dx
d -
x
\ Ox*
i/x-
^)
36 Qy
o dy
) —
uy- )J
Oy
2
d.
j Ox
w"
dx
UJ./
T dxi 2 3 dy2 2 i dx
+ -S ^2 ^ dx -I- 2 Qy 2 dxJ V * 1-2 ^ g^ 2 3 dy2 J Q X2
(d
(d 2K0
2K0 ld
ld 2K0\d29 d'9
2K0\d29 8d
8d 2 K0
8 0'Ko
2 K0 d
d'Q
d 29
29
+ (d K0 22 ld K0\d 22 9 2 + 8d K 0 d 9
+ I\\ dyr)„22 3
1 dxdr 22 ))I dn dy2+2+
33 drd„
dxdy dx.dn dxdy
+
\ dydy 3
3 dxdx ) dy dy2+ 2 3 3 dxdy
dxdy 2dxdy dxdy
222 22 2 2 2 2
d*2wwu> d2w w d 2w w f( d2w w\ d22w w dd2w
d w2 d w d w f d w \ d w2 d2w
1
dv
1 dy)y 22
k2
7^dx
dx 2
22 2*"«rs:,dxdy
dxdy \dxdvj
\dxdy) dx* 2
dx dv*'
dx 2
dy22'
dy
dy2 dx2 dxdy \dxdy) dx2 dy2'
222 2 222i
+2
22
^2^2 n(9Dd fdD dDd_Ud dDd_\
dDd\„ 22 \r,2 (d
(d'D
f92DD
fd ld D\ \d ld\d'D\d
D\ddw w
U
ULJ V \ 2
^ 22V
DV ^ 22w n(9Dd dDd\„ Vw+WW ++V fdw D2+2 + \d2D\d2w
) {-dxT 3w)w
2
D V V WW +
+ 2 + ++ + + 2 2
{^Vx\dxdxdx dx dy
dydy)l dy)
* d - y ) \dx
\ dx { w3 dy 3 )
w dx
) w
D V V W + 2
{^rx +
l * d - y ) V \w VJL +
{ w o+ uy 3 w/ )u:w
2 2 2 2
(\d
(ld
lld'U
(\d D 2DdD d£\ cPw
0V\O'w
d£\ cPw 4&D_jPw_ v_ 4
t4&D_jPw_
O'V
\J LS ) O'w2
\J <w
d d
d
0'9
d
2
2* *
* d 29
dq'9 9
2 + 2
22
i 2222
+ 2+ 2 2+ 2 2+ + + 22 2
+ \3dxdx 2+ dy~ 2
dy)~dy~-
2) dy
dy2+ 3 dxdy'y dxdy dxdy + ' dy dy 2
2 + 2 ddx
dx
dx
\3dx dy ) dy 3 dxdy dxdy ' dy dx
2 22 22 222
m_
d^_
0'9 _ dH_d^w •JO_ 0'9 d 9 0'W
(PQiPw d>ww „ O'V d29 O'W dd2w w _ _
d^_ _ 0'9 dH_d^w 0'W _ (PQiPw r ^ r + 2 ^„d „9„ - n.d- w _
- 2k„^—-- dxdydy dy
dy 22
dx222 - dx22 dy22 + 2 dxdy
2 dx
2
dxdydxdy
dxdy
n
, = Z , 3.95
dxdy dy dx dx dy dxdy dxdy
where KQ = ■•/L\ —1 / CtP\-l
98 Chapter 3. Statics
Note that when transferring to system (3.95) the coefficients included in operator
M($), assume the following values:
a n = a"22
22 = —3ai2 = a/EF, 033 = 8a/3EF, a J 3 = a23 = 0.
The system of shallow shell equations given in paper [31] with Poisson's ratio for
the material v = 1/3 transfers to (3.95).
2) The number of rod families is two. With n = 2 linear forces Ni, N2, S have
final relationships (1.36) in which one of the forces is easily expressed through two
others.
a) Case if>\ + (p2 / 0. From (1.36) we obtain S = hNi + l2N2, where /1 =
siS2sin _1 (i^i +<p2), h = C]C2sin_1(v?i + <p2).
Then the shallow shell's differential equlibrium equation system (3.83) in the
Cartesian coordinate system can be written as
0iVi
dNj dhNi
hNi 0dl
/ 22N
^ 22
X = 0,
* r " + dy
dx dy dydy
3/,
dlxN TV,
t M22 2 dl2N2
dN
dN „
~ir01
J
ox - + -n-fT1
dy + -jr
ay ^r^ l
dx + Y
ox
dx
Y
= 0,0,
= °»
2
f, d2ox
w\ Ar ay // »ox
d,2w\ „ \ ar = 0,
«„,+(„_£)* +[hNi(„_£)*
2
ax , ■ i
/ 32...
I 2 ,,, \\
+2 U , - + lN) - z
2 2 2 o, (3.96)
+2(k12--^-)(llN1+l2N2)-Z = 0,
= 0, (3.96)
where operator L(w) is derived from formula (3.19).
b) Case
where y>i +L(w)
operator is 0.
<p2 = From from
derived relationship
formula (1.36)
(3.19).we have
b) Case y>i + <p2 = 0. FromN2 =relationship
N\ tan 2 y> (1.36)
(<pt =we<p).
have
N2 = N\ tan 2 y> (<pt = <p).
Excluding function N2 from equilibrium equations (3.83) and using operator L(w),
we find
dNj dS
— — X - 0
dx dy
V, tan
97V,
dNi
dNitsntan
3 22
ip c^ <p 9S
dS „„
<p dS
5 + 7T +
+rr = = (0,
5
dy + dx
7T
oi = °'
°'
Q222. . . \
r, , f, d2w
0 / ,. oy ad u>\
w\ ox •> 1 . ,.
2
rl M. + \, l-A^
fc
L{w)+ d2W++ / 2 d2w\t a n 2 1 . , i
* H + [*i - QJ + ^ - ^ J *>\ * >
r ~ w 12U122 " w) *\ = 0.0.
+
+2 (^-£)—
12 5 Z == ° (39(3.97)
7)
(" "S) - OxO]
°-
Thus, we obtained systems (3.96), (3.97) from three differential equations relative
Thus,
to the we desired
three obtainedfunctions
systems (deflection
(3.96), (3.97)
andfrom three differential
calculation model's twoequations relative
linear forces).
to the three desired functions (deflection and calculation model's two linear forces).
3.3. Shallow Shells 99
In(u) +
In(u) + L (v) +
Luu(v) + I 8 ((tp)
I ,18 tp) + X = 0,
+ X 0,
L
L,122(u) + L22{v)
(v) + L23(w) + Y = 0,
Iia(w)
£ l3(") + X ( u ) + £33(10) - Z
L23M(v) = 0.
= (3.981
(3.98)
£11
£ll =
= Cii"^ -2i 1 + 2Ci6-^—^—I-
Cll"j—- ICU
2Ci67T—^ C\
l 2—-,
1" ClJ-j—-,
l
dx
ox*
ox oxoy
'xdy oy
'dy*'
d2
&' d'
d 2
d'2
d
£12
£12 = 2(7,22C\v2-^—5—\-C
C2(2S-JT-Z,
Ci6-^—~ + 2Ci27r~Q—I-C26^-^>
(Ciez 9ay'
„ 2l '
ox* dxd
oxoy ou
0_
£13
L13 =
= ((C nki
C,i*i 12kfc
+ C12 2)
2)— + 2 26x±
Ovth(C+i6kc1+C k2)—,
ux dy'
22 2 22
„ d° , „„ d'
d , C,
d „ dd'
d2
L22 — cCv. dx2+2C + Cn
L22 = »a-2 "driJi dy*'
0
^23
£23 =
■^23 Ciefci -f
(Cl6^1
{C\sk\ - C26K2
^Ci%k-i)
2 6 ^ 2 )—
0 " +-|-
+ (p\ik\
(C\ik
(Ci2^i + C^22^2)
C i 2 txi 4-
-I- C22Mfc -
^ ) *o~r
Cnk^)—, ?
ai
£33 == (Du
£33
£ 33 P " ++ K* un) £^ ++ 2H( A
D n
v -- *K 1 u8 )) ^^
d4
+ (( 33 ^^ +++ ^)^+2(2D
^ ) ^2 +2 2+ 2( 226A
^2 ++■^ ^K16
er
6 ) )) ^ ^
+(3£
+
> *>°W (
'dx dy
d4 2 2
+{D
+(£"22
+ + K^K
22 +
( ^ 22 1n1)—
^u)g~i •C M *f +
11 ) ^ - 74 + CdCM
itlfkc* ? +
+ 2C
2C,l2 2k xk22
!Ci2*iA:2
^A:2
X2kik ++ CCM kk: 22
fc?
-'22«
22
22 (3.99)
3y
or taking (1.23) and (3.20) into account:
n n
n
La
£11 E
= £ * j K,c
C?V
1=1
1=1
2 2
V ?, , L\2 - ELa^KmciVl
1=1
, K&CiVl
100 Chapter 3. Statics
n nn
^?v2,
■^13
E
i=l
.—1
r.*.h*xr. L22
=E i=l
n
TI nn
E
2 2
C.s.kTX CiA 2 ) + , ikf],
L23
(=1
1=1
L33 -
E 7 (/,V,
i=l
1=1
where fc* = tic 2 + k2s2 is curvature of the shell's middle surface of normal cross
section in the direction of the tangent towards the i-th family rod's axis. Differential
operators V; and A, are derived from formulae (1.17) and (3.22).
When deriving the calculation model's linear moments and transversal forces for-
mulae (3.21) and (3.23) in the plates' transversal bending theory are valid. The
tangential force values can be found from (3.87) and (1.23) if only linear terms are
kept:
n
n
n n
n nn
AT, E
Nt = J2'$K%T
i=i
1=1
'Tt'iii,t, JV,
WHi = X)jj
'lAKiT
= £«?*.-71,
' .T-
i=i
h S=
S'
< E] S>SiCiKiTi,
== J2
1=1
1=1
CKT
''" 310
(;3.ioo)
°)
where T, = Vi(ciU + s,w) + k'w.
Let us examine a particular case of the lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 where the third
rod's family is absent (the fourth rod's family will be taken for the third). Assume
that the two first rod families' cross sections are identical.
In the system (3.98) for the shallow shell with the said lattice the differential
operators can be presented as
2 2
+ [6pVc2 ++ fl
+ [6pVc
[6oVc (1 -s2c66s
(1
(l-6 6,V)
2 2V2 ) p222 +
77P + 8S
)51Pc W/> 3l 76l333c]-.
2
phC3c}^-
^3p6*At*d-J£r^] ^ ^2
ux-uy
2 2 2 2
+ p, V
+ s ((s. +
2 2 2
+ ic7' c2)—
^ ) f| ^ -+ f •'2- r+++*S3W
r J^
+ k' S3cck3*c }A),
where
E 3F3
E3F3 GtJ3i 2 _Ju
E3F3 GiJ3i "Ai
Pi•?== F,'
>3= - 2
3= 7 , = EiJu
* TF' r
W T,-
3.3.2b. Mixed method. If the number of the lattice's rod families is greater than
two, from (3.92) and (3.94) we obtain the following system of two equations relative
3.3. Shallow Shells 101
M($) - V^u;
M(*) Vlw = 0, V£* + L(ty)
L(w) == Z. (3.101)
Here
LH
iLH
(») = {D
=
= [Dn+Ku^
(Dnn+K++u)^/ f i K
(Z>« ^ ++
i )n)—1 + 2| TfiDH-KudgL
2(2D6l-Kle)^-y
+
+ 3 ZD +K
°^+*w"+K2 ^£k
*w_
(«
i " * "»"
? ++ * » *> * * ^ + Kit):
^16)'S'
a. dy*
+P-+ *„)£,
4 4 4
a 4 ** 0
d d *4**
#
d*4> . d 4 **
Af(*) =
M/ ( * ), = aa 22 22— (2a + a w 3 ) ^^. W5
) ^
_ _- 22 a a2 32 ^3 3^^-; ++ (2a12
12 ++ a a3 M
12
4 4
da4 ** a9** *
2 a i 3 + an 4
" a ^3
dxdy %
' S y"''
4
vj a* <r
fc2 + fcl
^ a^
where
n
K? = £ 0■ - 6j?«J)Ci.
1t = 1l
We reduce system (3.101) to one equation assuming curvatures fci and fc2 constant.
For this we assume
u> == A/(¥),
u> A/(tf), ** == Vj|*.
V2*. (3.102)
Then the first equation in this system is fulfilled and the second one is used to
find the differential equation of the eighth order for function 9:
(AfZ +
(WZ + VJVJ)# = Z.
VjVj)# = (3.103)
We examine a particular case for the lattice consisting of three rod families. The
families parameters are:
Vi
H>\= =-V2
-V>2= =V,<p,V3¥>3= =0,0, KiKi= =A",K,
/, = / , C,-
C , = 00 (i = I75).
1,3). (3.104)
Then we can show that in Eq. (3.103) the differential operators can be expressed
as:
2 c ) ^ 1 2 ^ ^ +2s
Ks*c*
h + &«£],
4 '
LL =
= /[(l
/ (1 +
+ 2c<)^
>^ *
4
++ 12
+
22 2
12s2< 1 ^ 9 ■* ^
(3.105)
(1 + 5
102 Chapter 3. Statics
{ i ^ h i + 2 c:4)2
4 2 + (1+2c4
) £ £ + ( i + 2^c4^ 2 + 'dx8 ^dy^ 6 2
2 4
+, 08.s4V.2/0
'c ((2
2 - c 4
5c
- 5c )4)—\ "
,- —
f" +, o2/(1
,+ . 6 / t , o_4\ "
2 ^ ( +1 +8c8 0 - 2
01 ' >dx dy6
++++44*ff-fi
^S 8| ] +++VM)*
^1
M-V^l+VjVj}*'
v M\ ** == Z.
z.
Z. (3.106)
(3.106)
Expressions for linear forces N\, N2, S can, through function *P, be presented as:
2
^Vf¥,
*-£*!*, JN2 = ^2 , a vVl*.
S = -£- —vi*. (3.107)
(3.107)
* - ^ . dx * dxdy
From formulae (3.21) valid for plates and shallow shells, using relationships (3.104)
characterizing the lattice structure we obtain the following values for the calculation
model's bending and torsional moments:
T, J4 dd22ww o 2ndd22ww
Mr = ' [ 0( 1l+++ 22 cc <' )dx —
)dx—22 + 2
'+ ' s V ^ ,
2
* = 2/52( ( c v + *v)'
22
„r i ( 2*d9 tU w 9212w\
2■,d
2 dx 2
5j/
" ~ "" V 0*»
2
, „ d
r • 222 « ^ U > 2 w
#H == -7sin
--/sin
/ s si inn2
■i n 2y>—
2y>^-—-.
2v5#-^-.
^^7r
203- — . (3.108)
ox
Oxoy
Oxoy
We assume that the shell is hinged supported by a rectangular contour having
dimensions x and y along axes / and 6.
Then the boundary conditions are:
We can solve the differential equation (3.106) in the form of a trigonometric series
oo
OO o
ooo
Amk = K
K~
mlckBmk.
3.3. Shallow Shells 103
Coefficient Kmk is
Kmk = 0 . 5 [ ( l + 2 c 4 ) 2 c X + ( l + 2 2c cC 4 4))(l
( l + 8c 4 2 22
88cVA)s A nnA 2
/ m *
44 444 2222 4444 44 4 446 62* 2\ 66 _L /l„8„2 \ 8 l 22 - 4 - 2
+8(2 - 5c 5c )s cccXXXmmmmX
: )s
5c*)s XX*kkk+++ 2(1
[l2(1+++Sc
2(l+8, 8Sc
c)s)s
)X/ X
mmAXmt Xk+6+k is
+"4 *C4VA/Ac2 ]S
tJp
«- "fclA' °
A
/ »C«-^WW
2 2
+ M +++KAM
+0fc,A
Hhxi 2
*»£)».
khxiy.
l \*.
Using function * we can with (3.107) determine the calculation model's tangential
linear forces:
oo
00 oo
00
From (3.102) we assess the deflection function and then, using formulae (3.108)
the linear bending and torsional moment values:
oo
00
OO oo
00
OO
Cmlt 4m AsmAmXSmA xsmX*y,3/
w = K~ EEEEK~*'^'^C
w1) =
= c ' i *iSinA
K~ x siTiXisinA
m = l fc=l
m=\
y, ' mk
m mk m m tk
k=l
oo 00
00
OO
00 oo
00
00
In these formulae:
= 0.55"
C:mk = 0.5s- 4 2 2 2
s-'c-c-2[(c
[(cXmA
A, 2 2
m + *s X
-rS<Xi)Xi )X2m T+ *■<-
"k)"m (c2*Xm 2m- - *2 s*2kX2)2}.
2c2(.<- (<?xi-* \in
3.3.3 S h a l l o w s p h e r i c a l shells
3.3.3a. Shallow spherical shell with a rhombic lattice. We examine a shallow spherical
shell whose lattice is formed by two rod families having identical cross sections. The
lattice parameters are determined from relationships
Vi = -<P%
— 92==9,f, a> = ai
ac=a, FFi
{ -= F,
F, Ji, = Ji, Jn
Ju-Ju Jzi == hJ3 (i(i == 1,2).
1,2). (3.112)
104 Chapter 3. Statics
Then, from formulae (3.100) we obtain the following expressions for the calculation
model's linear tangential forces (it* = k):
2
9!ft"r2 / 22du
V
„ 2 2A-c du 22dv
dv \
Wi No COt2 U3 = ■ 7T- + «
#
2tfs3 22 Cc 22
2A: / ddu
u dvdtA\
6 (3.113)
" —~ RR—~V U^doJ-
dfi +
d^J
da)
Here we have dimensionless coordinates a = x/R, /3 = y/R, where R is the radius of
the spherical shell's middle surface.
From (3.113) we derive formulae for the tangential forces of a shallow spherical
shell with a square lattice (<p = TT/4):
„ K fdu dv n \ „ K (du dv
N 2 == NJV = - (
JV,,
" = =2R{da 2fl \
—++
-^++h2w2 )>
dii -j' S=A
2.R U/3
2R\M
1R
+
doj '
\d/3 +da
+ (3.114)
Formulae (3.25) for the linear bending and torsional moments and (3.26) for the
linear transversal forces derived earlier when examining the transversal bending of a
plate with the similar lattice structure are valid for shallow shells (and do not depend
on curvature values k\ and fc2).
Assume the rod's torsional rigidity can be neglected and C = 0. Then from (3.25)
and (3.26) we find
In the system of equations (3.98) with fcj = fc2 = k' = k and relationships
(3.112) characterizing the said lattice structure the differential operators are assessed
according to formulae:
T
T
=
2Kc4 4 /( /cada533 2j3 a^
2Kc
2
da2 \>\ __ A Ks\n- 2222
/<-sin
sin2ip:2v? a
2y? a
d2
2
Lu = n = 2
aadad
L l 2 = 2
Lu =
np-Kdtf+^vm)'
~R2f f \d
22
"do~ ^ +2+t&n
tanv, 2
*Wa ;^ 2; 2' Ll2 2222
= —R
— RR i—
R i2 - dad?
;2
^c 913'
dad/3 '
,.. 2/rc
2KC
2K<? aa
d ... 2A-3
2Ksccc (// a
2/T3
2Ks 2222
aa
d 2, a
2
2 a a
ad22\\\
Ll3
//13 ™2 _ 2 + + t :an
a ni!ln{pp 22 2,
1x3L l 33 =
= L22
-" R/Ri - 2T- ^^-,' ' TO 2 2=
i1/22
~^~\'^c7
=—_
Rn- ^^ + t a +t!in
—R^{^rf
\uu- *W
'W ^W )))',
22
2K£_d_
2Ks
2Ks22 a
2/^a 2
a
d
L23
23
23
23 ~
23
~ R
/?
/ 2 adp
?
R d/3' £^3'
a/3'
a
444 2 4|4444
2K
2K
2A;
2A- r
\c
\c
fc4p
c
2K \c pP y22^ /((a
(/ a
d— 6„ tan2
B
e
D 2, aaad4a444 444 \
,4, aaaQ4 \\\ 1
33 = 2 2 4 ++6Un 2¥ip (3.116)
LM /? [[-/?/^i" v
Z«3 =fl^"[^"Vac7
-=j- 2
U r -ar + 6 tan (^7-—— 'a^a^ +
f
+ t a
tan n V —
(zj—- j ++11
where p2 = J\lF.
We write these operators for the spherical shell with a square lattice {<p = T / 4 ) :
. .
L 22
K
2
22
K ((dd
2+
d2 \
2 Ll2
JKgV_g_
22 22
d2
1 + 12_
Lu - " -~ 2fli
2 ?^ ^
l,aa
[dol dWJ'
d0^ J) '' ' 1
"-T
R RR~fad~p
~ a^ccaQa/;-
K_d_ K_d_ d_
23
233
13 :
R222da
' ~ /? act'
da' 2
2
23 3_
RRR222a/9
~~_ /?
FP 2
3/9'
dp'
a/9'
dP'
dp'
9/J'
T 33 K
K l^
K \\PP22 f(d
(a
(a9— 44 4
* lR BB ^ ad 44
c- 4 a44\\ Il
a
(— ^+4 (3.117)
" 2fl2 [R 2 Va« ^3an4+4+6 a da „ aa
2a
2 2 22 +
dp0o +dp^ 4) + '
In order to reduce the problem of calculating the shallow spherical shell with a
rhombic lattice to that similar for the shallow spherical shell with a square lattice we
introduce the following notations:
Q
Q = c^,
c£, 0
/? = st], u. = 2cu, v. =
= 2sv.
2sv. (3.118)
Here, formulae (3.113) and (3.114) for the calculation model's force and moments
can be written as:
2
7 Kc
i c fd
K° 2
I(d
u
- dv. \
V, = N cot22 <p
/N22 cot <p = - IS.C ou, 2u>)
R >d£ \b r iQ r •"
or} r i e
)
Ksc fdu.
(du, adv.\
dv,\ _ 2Is'm2(f
2/sin2y\2y dd22w
21s in2<^ w
s = = + = --2~
H = 2
2i
=
~R~\!hi
~R~\!hi
~~R~
+
~di )
) ''
ae222 y 222 2 ~
~ # R?
Ri 2
fl#V
dldr,
djdi
fl#V
22
„. , 2-
2
2 2/c
2/c
2/c
/c^/gig /a
fddw
fd ™
ww g5gig
w d'<
d dl22uA
d w'
gw\
w\
\
Mi
Mx =
A/,1 = M cot
= M cotv,
cot ,=
(fi ==_— ^^ —_ +++ _ - 2 j2 ,
A/, = M2COt
M222cot vv, = _ 2 ^ _ +
=
_2/c
2/c
_2Ic //gig
2 / c /(dPw
^ = -R i Vae
r ^ dv
gg ii gg j?w_
^ ")'J -
y»>
Pw 1(1 \\
+_ j ,
Qi _
= 2/c33333 / g 3+ i g333 + ^ w2 22\
Ql
^1 "
Ql
~
~~ ~/?
~" H
~R
" _2Is
~/? R"3V\d£
^R V^
U^
[d? +
' a T 3 + d(.dv
Vs^
+
a^v'
d(d
dtdr,
d(dr)
a^v' n)' )')'
_2/£
21s
21 s /
? gig
&w g
gtg\
& g3
w\
Q2 == —_2/£s 333r ( //3J- sgig
2/s +gtg\
^=2 - + - 5 -53r3 . (3.119)
(3119)
<?2
* -= -v^Wd-^w)-
Q22 : R/? V
~-Rj[ ' ar/ dav
V3 d?dn
a^»8ij
/i 3 \\ dt-
d?dn d
a^V3)'
/
)' 5
V
106 Chapter 3. Statics
The differential equation system (3.98) taking (3.118) into account becomes:
4
f\t2
2 r\t2 r\02
dd'u. u.
u. dd*v*
d'v, ^ dd*v. v.
r\
dw
dw YR2
■% r i-»9
YR
2 2+
dfd-n
die
dtfr,
Wv
+
+
HP*
d(Km
+
2 +
ddr)
fir,*n
+
"■" dr,
3
dr, +
+
Ks
Ks ~ '
44
du.
du.
du.
Ou. dv.
dv.
dv.
dv, * 2922 / r\A
:2p
2p /d*w B„ d*w
(d*w
1 (d*w d*w dd
d
d*w
4
w\
w\
w\ „„ 7.R2
ZR
ZR 22
„
crw 4-92w - ZR' 0. (3.120)
«T T dr,
dv+' R2•2" \ f>C4 '
of di'dn' or. K
It is not difficult to see that the differential equation system (3.98) with differential
operators (3.117) referring to the calculation of a shallow shell with a square lattice
changes to the system of equations (3.120) for the shallow spherical shell with a
rhombic lattice if we replace
2 2
<x,P,P
a,0,p ,X,Y,X,Y t,ri,p2.,X.,Y.,
by i,r,,pl,X.,Y„ (3.121)
Ni = N2 cot2 if
Nt 2c222JV.
¥> == 2c
2c N., S55 =
N., == S.
55.. sin
sin2y>,
2tf,
2<p,
2
A/i = M
Mi2 cot tp 4c22M„
if = Ac M„
M H = 2H. sin 2u 2<f,
2if,
<3i 4c<?,.,
<9i = 4cQ
icQ uu,, (Q2
Q2 = 4sQi,.
AsC
AsQ2.. (3.122)
Formulae for functions N., 5,, M., H., Q\„ Q2* a r e derived from formulae (3.114)
and (3.115) for the calculation model's forces and moments of the shell with a square
lattice if we replace a, j3, u, v by f, 77, u., u.. Formulae (3.122) are obtained assuming
that the rod cross section values / = EJ\ja of the shell with rhombic and square
lattices are identical. If, in accordance with substitution (3.121), when transferring
from a rhombic to a square lattice the rod's inertia radius doubles, value / increases
four times as the rods' cross sections remain the same (we could change value p2 by
altering the rod's cross section areas for which it would be necessary to convert the
surface load's normal component Z).
Due to this formulae (3.122) must be modified (values Mi, A/2, H, Q\, Q2 decrease
four times):
From the above we come to the following important conclusion: the solution of a
boundary value problem for the shallow spherical shell with a rhombic lattice can be
reduced to that of a shallow spherical shell with a rectangular lattice.
3.3. Shallow Shells 107
To formulate the corresponding boundary value problem for a shell with a square
lattice the following conditions should be satisfied:
a) the contour's sizes / and 6 of the shell with a rhombic lattice in the i and y
directions should be changed to l/c and b/s;
b) in accordance with (3.121) the square of the cross-section's radius of inertia
should be increased four times and the surface load vector components X and Y
replaced by X/2c and Y/2s;
c) using formulae (3.118) and (3.123) to obtain the boundary conditions from the
preset ones for functions with asterisks (from these formulae it follows that if one of
the desired functions on the shell's contour becomes zero the corresponding function
on the contour will also be zero).
After solving the boundary value problem (system (3.120) with the thus trans-
formed boundary conditions) we have to convert the asterisked functions, according to
(3.118) and (3.123) to those without asterisks and arguments £ and TJ correspondingly
by a and /?.
Thus, we have established a connection between solutions of two different bound-
ary value problems for the shallow spherical reticulated shell theory thanks to which
we can exclude a rhombic lattice from the study and substitute it by a square one.
The outlined connection between the two different problems makes it possible, in
particular, to express the solution of one boundary value problem through that of
another one for shallow spherical shells with square lattices. For this we put tp = x/4
for the rhombic lattice (the rhombic lattice become square). Upon completing this
transfer we obtain the following interesting results.
Let us examine two shallow spherical shells with square lattices (ip = T / 4 ) . The
calculation data for the first one:
/<» = /,
/(') (D == 6i&,
6&<» /'1» == / i7,
/<i> X^X<"==X,
X, KK«« ==YY
/<22>
/< > = V2/,
V2/, 2
66<(2)
> = V26,
V26, 7<22>
7< > = 47,
4/, X< 2 > =
X™ = ±X,
N/2 x, y(2)
YW
==
k
^f
^ + ^ + r K^ + ^) + 2 u ; = -^ z ' (3124)
du i a
d^ + W +r +
w)+2W i.w =— -~EF-*zZ' (3.124)
aa *{d^
- EF*>
aa-
where r 2 = J , / f i 2 F .
In addition to the coordinate axes a and 3, we introduce a polar system of coor-
dinates £, 8, where £ is the distance from the coordinates' origin in fractions of the
shell's radius.
The solution of the differential equation system (3.124) with a constant transversal
load
Z = -p, X = 0, Y = 0 (3.125)
in the case of the shell's contour being rigidly fixed:
u = I ^ ( ^ -; a- 2 -a"^ 2- ) p-)[MU
[ 3 5 C>C222 ++ 7C
7C.44(3e
(3^ 2
3£ 2 + 3a
2
W22)
3 a + 7/3
4 _ *9
22 2 22 22
+3C
+3C 6 (5{
+3C,(5eS 5f4 + 5£02a"ai2 + 11{
11&3
H&
-r ll£„
H5 0 /?/? ++ 5a 4 + 19/? 9/?4 + 16a 2 32J
16a 2/3
16a'/? /?
^ )],
0 p -i- TO
. = A,
= 2 22 2 212
"> = ^^o -- °aj - --a^^ --) [/?
22
)[35C
p33;iooo
5C
)[35C 4+
C 222222-+-i- 7C
r 77<oC^44((3^
(3£ 2
3 ^ -+ 33/?
22
;/?^ ++ 77a
7a 2
2
a2)
2
1105
4
UJ
+3C
+3C (5£ 44
5£ 4 +5£
$C666(5^,
(5£ + SUP5$3
bHP2
2 /? 2
2 22
l + + Htfa*
ll£
lUiW
U£
2 2
l £&202<aa2 H+ 5/3 5/?44 + 19a
5/J
4
9a 4 + 16a16a222/? ^ 22)],
0%
+3C,
too == 3ZKo£a*(to
to =
w ZKo&
3/fo
^<&*(&
3tf
4 22 2 2 22
o0£" 4 (<(£
^(t -a-*
~ -m
22 222
a-a ---/ ?^£32)f[\
) [[1 [1l -++ 6D 6D
(ii + 2:
&D 2 8 r 2V( a 2■2+ PP22)}-
++0%
/? )].
I]- (3.127)
Here
Ci 6DKo22A'o,
C 2 = 6(13 - 6D)£o K0, C - 55)C4A"o,
C44 == 3(6D3(6D-55)(o 4
K0 ,
6
C 6 = 84£0- tf0,
35apfl22
K0 _=
K 35apfl n-ownSt-*
' = 2520rfo- 4
.
~ 2£F(280
2Et + 281D
(28U + 281I> + 6Z) 2 ) ,
+ 6L»') ~ ^Uri«° "
3.3. Shallow Shells 109
The approximate solution (3.127) means that if differential equations and bound
ary conditions are satisfied precisely, then instead of conditions (3.125) we satisfy the
following:
Z = - ( 1 + 287o)p,
28 7o )p, A- = 0, K = 0 (3.128)
(they coincide with the preset ones at 70 = 0). The function 70 is derived from
formula
_ 14 - 3D +
-I- (6£> 43)(sin44flg + ccos
(6Z> - 43)(sin o 4sg)»y
4
24y 2 (sin6 6flg + cos6fl)
% + 2V(sin g)
7o
70 =
~
- 2 o,
280 + 281D + 6D
where 7? = (£/£ 0 ) 2 -
For sufficiently shallow shells 28|7o| <C 1 and solution (3.127) is close to accurate.
Thus, with D = 100 max|7 0 | = 0.0033, and the function assumes the maximum
modulus value on the contour.
For plates (D = 00) we obtain 70 = 0, and this is an accurate solution. It coincides
with the known solution of the orthotropic plate's bending problem.
Note that 70 = 0; in the centre of the shell, just as the integral of the function
70 over the shell's surface, i.e. the total loads on the shell in (3.125) and (3.128) axe
identical.
Using solution (3.127) we find expressions for the calculation model's linear forces
and moments:
RF 22
Ni y ^ ^ [ 1 0 50 5CC 0o - +r-I-335035C
= 7^-r:fl05Co CCO22 U
22( U
^ 0-+|T +- 22,/39/922)2^)
Ni =
T o 5 ^ R [ 1 UOOo 50
^ 2^P
4
+7C
+ 7 C■4(3G
+7C 444(3£( 3 ^44 +
(3e
(3G + 4«/9" 4 ^ 922 2 4-8/9+ l8/?
+ 8/? 44
8^41))
4 422 2 2 444 66
+3C
+3C,(5tf 6 (5c1 »+ + <% 6£
6^6 ^/?O0-+r I8£
6^/? +
8^/?
8 ^HIP /3 - +rf l16/ 16/J
+ )],
6 ^16/3*)],
16/J )],
RF IT
El [105Co + 35C2 2 2222
N
"* = IbTc ' = Ibf^
N 22 = I ^ s [ ^1[0[1150005C
I10!05^
4
(557C Coo00 +
■Co +
++ 35C
2
22 a
335C
2
5 C222(^ «(^-|-2a
4
-+r 22a a ))))
where C0 = 3KJ1 +
3K0(l+6D).
It is easy to establish that functions A/i and TV; assume the maximum modulus
values at the point where the coordinates a = £o, 3 — 0: are on the support contour:
24Wo
A/,
* ( 6( 6h ,00)) == ^ ^ ( 2 (29 6D),
9 + 6Z>),
8EF,
M(&,0) = f1 ^ (-(5
If,
5 + 60).
4- i6Z>).
(
5aR
To obtain forces and moments in the rods' transversal cross sections the corre-
sponding linear forces must be multiplied by value a.
Using the obtained closed solution of this problem we checked if it was permis-
sible to neglect the rods' torsional rigidity. Taking this rigidity into account means
adding another external load corresponding to solution (3.127). Thus we found with
EJ1/GJ3 = 10 and D = 100 the maximum deviation caused by the extra load from
the preset one was only 0.3 per cent.
3.3.3c. Shallow spherical shell with a square lattice. Rigidity characteristics of
all rods. Substituting the deformation components of the shallow spherical shell's
calculation model
11 /(du
}_fdu du
fdu
ou \\\ i_fdv
1 fdvfdv
dv \\\ 11 fdu
fdu
fdu dv\
dv\
£2 H+ w u= U= + + da) '
£i
£1 ==
= RR(^
R\da^ d-«
\da 22
+ Ww ,
+ )'' ~
£2 =
~
J) ' ' R 2\80 /?
R V ^
\dB
\d3 "
W ' - 7)<' ~ R{w
'
2
~~R
R R to)'
\dj)*da')'
\d/3
1 dadfl222w
i1 d ww
„,
u; 11]I\_d
_J_&w d22W
ww
dA2... I1 a
11 dd22u
&„,w
w
w
KX = - jP2 {(3.129)
m
Kl
Kl
111 ~ R22da
R
~ ~R?da
~ da
mfk**>
fl~2222
'' ' K2 K2
"K22~~~ WWR^dB
R2d82''
2 TT
T~
~ Wdadfi
R? dad 3
R?dad3 '
in (1.12) and taking (1.5) into account we obtain the following formula for the turn
angle of the tangent to the i-th rod families axis relative to the normal to the shell's
middle surface
0i = -Vi(s,u - c,u),
av),
where operator V< has the same meaning as in (1.17).
Using this value for ^i form formula (1.17) we find
V,22(s,u
K° ==V,
K1 (s,u -- av).
av). (3.130)
(s,u - av).
«; = 7°V? (siu av). (3.131)
(the rod family's parameters do not depend on the shell's middle surface coordinates).
To express the calculation model's linear forces and moments for a shallow spher-
ical shell with a lattice consisting of n rod families through the displacement vector's
components at the point on the middle surface, formulae (3.129)—(3.131) should be
3.3. Shallow Shells 111
^=x
n n
n
S> == ^^(^.r,
5, = X HKiTi
(S.A - .:.r,
T, ++
+ alflf)*, , 5
c/,°7?)
+c-7?I?)c-,
C-T?I?)c-,
alfTf)«, S522222 =
= £(c,tf,r,
X> »K>
5Y^ A iT:,r,
^(c,AT,r, -~
2<J ;_ f-•W)'«.
siifT?)
- *,-7?7?)
Si W ) 'a(.-,.
I°T?)
i=l
1=1 1=1
i1=1
t1=1
== li
n n
nn
n
M,
M
=
= X
if,i = X ,V,(/iC,V,
y"c-V.-(Ac.-V.-
) c,V,(/
.(Ac
iC V,, +
Jlc.V.^/icV.-l-C,.'
c,V,
,V, +C
Cl-s.-A.-K
CWAj)w,
C,s,
C,S,
Ai)w,
\)w,
i)w,
C,s,A,)to,
iSiA,)to,
A,)tO, / —1
Mi
-Mi
M
Af
Mi 2 ==]Y
=
*2 =
• -2
y^Vs"t
V*
Y,
/Y
j fi vZ*r.siVi
s.vVj(/,SjV;
V.f/.s.
s,Vj(/,SiVi
SiVi(Ii3iVi
-V
S. <
»
^-V -
w -- c,cA,)u)
l l ■V. -
,c,A,)u),
C,c,Ai)w,
i=l
ii=l
=l
i= ,V, + C,s,A,>, M2 = 1=1Y,
i1=1
1=1
=:1i
nn n
n
/f,
H, =
fli
i/i =
= ---X>v,(/.s,v,
= -V
2Y, jcc ,CfV<(/,-a,-Vj
i:((//, ,5 l,V,
VV^/.s.V, V , - C,c,A,>,
C.-cA,>,
C.c, A , > , ff#2
#2
H = -~YX
2 2= XY, «.V^/.c,V,
«. V,(/,c,V +
] 8iVi(IiCiV{ + CiSi&i)w,
CC,S,Ai)w,
.s.A.>,
r
i == 1i
11=1
,5,V, - C.-cAi)w, H2 = - i1=1 i = ii
where
A - fi—- Si— (3.132)
'~ Ada Bd0
(for a spherical shell A = 5 = .ft),
T, ==V,(c,u
T, V,(c,u ++s*,t>)
{v) + +k'w, 7*== VV33(s,u
jb'io, 7* (s,u +
-I- av).
Civ).
In practical calculations when the number of rods families is greater than two, the
torsional rigidity of rods in the plane tangent to the middle surface can be neglected.
Hence, in future examinations of the problem we assume the shell's lattice consists
of two families of rods.
Now we ascertain the influence of the rods' torsional rigidity and bending in the
plane tangent to its middle surface on the reticulated shell's strained state.
Assuming that the shell's lattice is square (diagonals of the lattice squares coincide
with the direction of the axes' coordinates) and the rods' cross sections in both
directions are identical:
-fi = * 7 4 ,.
Vi = -V»2 a
a a
<i = » ftFt = FF,
t Jji = Jj
Jj>
(t = l,2; j = 1,2,3).
Then the linear forces causing bending and torsion moments in the shell's calcu-
lation model are:
K
n o(du
fdu
fc + ^+7 2U, j
(udu dv „„ \\
K
+ uv + 22u>]
u
* =
= 2ftU
TR\T^ ^
i°3 (Pu
7°
1° (&
fc
(SN, &u 8N
&V
<Pv ffiA
33 3 + 2 33
4R?
4ft I
4K° \acc\c
\dc
\do?
{da dad0*
dad0 2
oaop' da
da*d/3
d/3
da*d0 d/3
d/3) )''
*-£(
K_
K
K (du
K (du
(du dv
dv „„
dv „ \\
+ +2w
+2w
** =
= 2R\da
2R{da-
= 2R{da- + 8H
W +2w)
8H )
112 Chapter 3. Statics
/(Pw dhv\
(Pw\ _ C I __ SL (Pw
jd 2
w _ dPw\
2 2
w\
= -L(*a.
J_ (Pw Pw\ C_ (Pw <*w _ d v
Pw 2
M
M = J_ /(Pw C_ /(Pw _ Pw dPw\ w\
222 =
tf2 +
+ 22
2 " 2R?
2R
2R* 22
\da*
\da*
{da*da* ++ dp) dp)~
dp) ~ 2R 2R*2 \da*
2B? \da* ~~ dp)
d^Jdp,) '''
2 " 2R \da* dp) I ~
dp)~ 2R*
2R
2R {da*
{da*
\da* )a*~~dP ~ dp*
dp*)
dp)
2R*/I \da* 2
H = / d dyPw
2w
W
w
I 2
2 d*w
fl
R?
R dadp
R?dadp
R? dadf
dadp
dadp
R*dadj3
n. Ir (Pw Z(Pw
/ a3 Pw
(Pw \\ _
JPw
(Pw _ C_ Cl_(Pw
C_ (Pw
/d^w _
((Pw _ JPw_\ Pw \\
dPw
Gi
Qi =
=
Ql
Ql 2R33\da
2R {da3+
\da 33+
3+
'*' dad3*) /
dadp*)
dadp)
dadp) 2R?
2R
2R
3
3 {da
LIV \uar-
\\
{dada 33
3 \da dadP*)'
dad8*)
dadp)
\ _ JL f^a _
9 3
^J-f I 9 ^
(Pw ^w
y
Pw « \\\ C
C
C 3(Pw /fd
(Pw.
(Pu w dPw \
j a o /J 2R 2/?31
333 \3 fl/93 ;a .da*dp)'
Q2
Q22 333 + 32 +
^ 2R
OD3
2R \dPI +ada
\d$ mdp) ' " a3a*dp)
da*dp) I2R
2RD
2R S\dP
I{dP
\dfi a az i da jaa /
T° (d
1°
_r-_ i/&„
2
v
<rv_ Ffl»
d
d*u
cru
2
u ffii,\\
Pv\
d*v\
cry
Mx, = 2 ++
" " 2R*
2R?
2R^\da^~ \
\da
{da* dad/3
da~df3 P)dp~),
dp)'
dp*)'
2 22
1° I(&"
(d
_f_(Pu_9_Pji_
2
u „ d v dd Pu\u\
u\ ,„,„„,
M
M222, = (3.133)
(3
'' =
'' 2R^{d^- da^
2R? \da 22
dad8
dadP
+
+
dT )-
dP) P~)2 '
-133)
The equilibrium differential equations during displacements take the form
dP_
v
2
,d
u
2
P__ 2f I d*u4 + P4
d
u d 4
P \
u
LLnn = 2
44
Ln =
- L
L22 2
*-dtf = da** >P* '
~ ^da* +
+ dT2 rr2 r2 {da
+ dp*
df2-
~*{\da~ 4
d-Ql ^da
*
4 + d
+ da
2 2
9 y*dp*
daW
+
-dp^ ++ dp
9-3 ) '
dT*)' dp )'
o P & A 22 ( _ 9*P _, P P \\
LC12 — Z-212 2
L21 +
+ ir2 2
+ ++f dai 3 3 33
L
""
L" -~ L21--
L21
da^
2da^P
+ir2
dadp
+4r2 ,dp
{d^dP
2
{d^dP
{dcPdp
{da*dP +
daW
+ dadp dadp
daW) ) )'')'
£13
£13 =
—
~
£31
- da^ {da^
=
£ 33\ 1 =
-— 2—,
Ft
ft
2-^—,
2 — -,, £23
L —L
= ^32
L =
= 2 2—
a
fi
—,
2—,
I
daW)'
L1/J3
-13
i3 =
- L
L
-313i -*dQ , Lt/23
-23
23 —
2 3= 3 2=- - 2—,
- - 32
32
9 / j ,
P4 P \ +4
4
2( P , PPP + P_\ P
P
P \\\ 2((/ d
2 n-> dP
P PPP \\
=M
ca P 2
22 2 + T1- -4 44 + 4.
133
L33 =
~ rri
{da + 62i
> V ^*daWdaW
4+ 2 2 2 ++
da*dB* +
t dp •* dJ 4 4+r3
+r3+4 +T 4 4
d8)) )dP{da~
W \da-
) - ~~ daW W
da*dp dT
daW dP) ))
dp) +
-
Here
22 _
_ •*l
jJ\j 222__
_ JJ? jj
Ji
2J? 222__ ^^g
^^3j3
_ @Ja
_|
r 1 : r j2
rV2 33
r3
Trrs
R72FF'
' ~R*F'
~ RR*F'> "' 22R*F'
*~2R*F'
~ R*F'
2R*F'
2R*F' rs
*~~ ~R
~ R*E2
R*EF'
R EF'
R*EF'
3.3. Shallow Shells 113
Assuming that the displacement vector components at the point on the shell's
middle surface are expressed through function $ using the following formulae:
5
)],
3
2 f_-g-L _ ag+T2!2 _+ r »+ ^ — aa5 5 5 aa \ i
U
~ I do?
[
d dp
da3 + aaaa/3
+
f a/? 2[d r*
+ Q 2 aa55 ++
U « 55 '^doJdp
aa a/3 5
da*dfP +
a o ^ y J * ''
da331dP22 ++ dadf3*)\
dadP
dai 5
[[ a a 33 _a^_
J
_a^_
3
2 / / a
a 5 5 a
a 5
a 3— +_aj _a»_flna M
v = 2 22a/3- - — +r2r28
3 3+
8 f 5 -a 4^
4 —++ + 1 022a — 3 + dp 5
laa P dp \ da
9a a/3
dP da
da*dp
-a. inda*dP dP dP J *' '
9p*)\
4 a/3 a#4 4 v4 a^a^ 6da dp 6dp
2 3
3 + r 22 4 + 3
3 +
laa a/J dp
a/3 V \ da
da*dP dp da*dp d/3*)\
da dB
'9*a „ d9a + d& 4 „~*( 6
r aa
'9* n
n
4 . /a 9 ^+ ,1a
s 6
2 2r2
9 -- 22 \da*
2
II( a ? + +L
L15 5 4 2
jj ini
!i> =
=
=
_ 9
[da* 44 _ 9 2 da>dpi
da 22dp 2 I op-
oa'op*
2 |
2
dp
dP ~
4
9
4
2 \da2
\oa"6« 11 K15a,
6
a^ 44^PdP
aa
da w2
a^ 4 2
[aA~*
3 QQ aa
Anlfima^
da di 6 a^
T
fl/34 " 2 vaa
s8
V£ ~ 6
8
^da T
dp
/?2
a6*
6
4+ + d a } ^2r2244 // 0a88
6 a 8
as6df:
+15
+ 1 5aa 222a/3
+15 a/33*
44' +
+ a^v
^ aa/Jv^ v +++r2
dp*) + r2 V vao
al\da*
a^ ~ A4da da
aaa«a^6 222
ap
aa«a/3
a ^
a^
aa a/? a5 a ^
: 08s 8 J \doJ ~ a~oJd¥
aa88 — 4 9a 1-S 38s \ 1
9 ' MM I $ * ^3.1351
++6 6 4
aa^a/3 ^ -4 _44 "d(aao2a#« ^ + ^a/?j J 8 $
/ - (3J35)
Then with X = Y = 0 the first two equations in system (3.134) are satisfied identically
and from the last equation it follows:
12 12
/ rr, rv2 [r i a! l12++2 g T
/ 9 ' 2 1 a12 ^ 17 ( da
" 81++ a12 \
\
\ ^[a^
J 2 [da «
[aa 1 2
10 22 +
10
G\daaddP
2 ww
\da dp 2
yoa'^dp'
\dal0dP
12
12
12 a 1da
da12
daoa'op^J
2 dP™)
1
12"
'
2dP J)
da*d0 V\da9a
\da
\da 4dp*
dP
dps
44 4 s
a/3 da*dP
dofidp
d.
44
da*dP4))J
+
+ 28 a
28 6 6 6 6 +1 12 2•
+ 28da da d0
6dP«
da dP« dP W
+ dp
W/ 12 2.,
4 2r _r
Q12
[rr aaai2
^
12
_ (// aaaQ1212
an
12 aa 12
12
aQ1212 \\\
12
12
12
-(i/ aaa)» aa112 \
+ 4
r2r32 12 io 2 22 +
5 4+
+
+
V2T3
r2r3 [aa
[da 12
aa" 2
lo
VaQ
\da
+
\oa*"op*
10 dPa^3 " da
2 +
22
2
i0
daoa'opdP
i0
+
dP) )
i0 +
+ (\da dPa9 ao7"<
g 4
da dP )+ 4 8
[aa> i:
12 1V 1 2a ° ^
2
12 da dP ) \
_ 20
a a
1
a 1 '• 2
da dP ) i0 +
\da»dP 4 +
da c4
_ 2 20
0
- 90 ada*dP
ao ^e6c 66 (6 +Tdp
>«a/3« + 0^12
1
aT 12
12
12
12
da
do,«an* dp dp a/?"(// aaaal 10 1010 10
9 22 2 2222, [_£!!!_
r_a^_ 91
21 /(
1°0 aaa a10 110
100 \
2 2 88\\\
«
- 2r2ir2 \_^_ a
QW dW
! !10
_ ( 2222 ++
10++ 91 ^ a8 2
r [aa
^ [da"
;
[ao* +f 2 l V
10 +
h\da
Vaa
\da8
a —
\da»dp
2
«88
dpdp—
a# ^+ ++
2 + da 9a
aa
2
da
0da
dp*J
ad,ia^
2odp*J yJ\
/ff aa ,10
10
a i10
10
O NN\v a _a^_
9 1
10
110 0^1 | dp*J
( i 10
o
a o
10 a 10
106 ( (- ^66aa/3 a 6 \ ++a 1010
5
106
+
+
+
106
106 Vaa
\da 1dp a0 444 ++ da^P
sa^ da^P6)) /++ a^°.
doTdp*)
do7d0«) 10 a/3 10
10
a/?10
a/?
d~p™
10
22223 r a ,io f/ 8a8 222+++ a
/ a
s a10 \
* [a5
2 r2 a 1 0 10
2r2r3 2 +
+ 1 3
13 2 a 2 2 8\
""" 2r2r3
2 r rJ [| a ^ + 1 3 U
' [^ aai o"^ ' [~yda U
Vaosa^
d ««
a10Wdp
8 232 + da
^^ aa
9a 2
aa0O0 a/? dp*J
a^
dp*) 8 j
,l)
1010 1g 1l0
/
f a a 100 aQ10 10 \ N aa 1 ]i
j
+
+ 14 14 / a 4 44 + 4a4 66 \ + a 101i o i
+
U
(a vaa«a/?
\da*dp
Va^«a/5
v a ^ « 5a^^ ++ da a o4dP
ao^a^v dpa^y a))^ v++4a^ a^
a>3a^j
a/3 ioJj
J
r_af_
2r_af_
[ ^
fiL8 ++ i4 (f( -* 2 + ,i1 / a 8
1g? ya 88 \\ _
a ^ _ g?a-a8 8 — ^
+ r A—
22 ii - ^
\ - 10—
222 l0 4 4 4 4 + +
+
+ ''[da
»
»
rr
[[ao
» b[do aoo 8 f vao^^
8
8 +
+
v ao
IVaQa a6a,3
6
6 a5 ^',322 ++aaa
2 +
2 + 2
2
<
daaa
aas a/3'
da
6
dP
6
dP
2 a/3«J
a/?v )) B 4
4
aa
da
da
dadp
4 a/?
d,
dP 4
a/
a/3 .8
/••/W fl«2,
114 Chapter 3. Statics
Thus, if we consider the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's
middle surface (r 2 ^ 0), the order of the resolvent differential equation increases from
eight to twelve.
Due to the increasing order of the system of equilibrium differential equations when
r2 / 0, we should preset two additional conditions on the shell's contour besides the
usual boundary conditions in the continuous shell theory.
The formulation of additional boundary conditions is elucidated in Sec. 1.2.7.
Let us examine the static calculation of shallow spherical shell with a square lattice
having the following boundary conditions:
, , , , , , du dv „ , I/
vv =
=ww=
= N-i
Nt == Mi
M\ =
— Mj,
Mi, = — when a = 0,
da 33 = 0 when a = 0, —,
7?'
du dv b
u==w== N2 == M2 = MM22,, = -^--^=0 0 when 0 = 0,
0 = 0, -R. (3.137)
da 03
The coordinates origin is assumed in the corner point on the shell's middle surface;
/, b are the lenghts of the rectangular contour's sides.
As is evident from (3.137) each point of the reticulated shell's contour should
satisfy six boundary conditions and not four as in the classical continuous shell theory.
The last of them expresses the equality of turn angles around the normal of the
two rod families axes to the shell's middle surface. It is obtained from condition (1.81)
assuming formulae (3.129) for the tangential deformation components of the shallow
spherical shell's calculation model and consideration of the lattice structure.
The fifth condition from (3.137) corresponds to the shell's support when the con-
tour does not prevent both rod families joint rotation around the normal to its middle
surface (condition (1.80) with 0 = const is assumed homogeneous).
Hence, in (3.137) two additional conditions satisfy the support scheme shown in
Fig. 1.8c.
The first four boundary conditions in (3.137) are ordinary and correspond to the
shell's hinged support over its entire contour.
We solve this problem in the form of a trigonometric series where each term
satisfies boundary conditions (3.137). Assume
oo
OO oo
c
** = ^
El
mi== ll
^
*=1
*t = li
Amk
A sinmasin\
mksin\ \Ammactkp, Xtk0,
sin A 3,
m=l k:
oo oo
Bmk nsin
= 2j
zzZ =
= £> £^ ^5Z
W #j B
i=i *=i
m=
, *s isin
„ B-u
= ll
sin
Jfc=l
AA_osin
A aasin
as sin
mt i n ;XL8.
A*/?,
A*0, mm (3-138)
(3.138)
m Jt=l
where
mwR kit
k*R
kirR
= =
^m j , Ak 7 •
Differential equations (3.136) taking (3.138) into account make it possible to ob-
tain the following relationships between the expansion coefficients of functions 4> and
3.3. Shallow Shells 115
Z:
2
02RD2
Bmk
Amk == -jTTf-Brt,.
Ami (3.139)
KKmk
Here
22 r 4- 4r2r„i.n_ 4- (r22. 4- 4ri1
Kmk = b&mi<7
mkq mkr\
6_LO i + 4Ar\r
m, ir? r pmpmk
trrir2mkmk imkp „ it ++ (\rr +
-r {r\ 44rr2 )9 mfc
3 f ^r2j)y,
+ 2 r 2 r 11rrmmtt&OmmiiPpmm i + 2r 2 r22rr32rr 2 3 ymkmpimk,2
r r irp qmk
mJtPmJk +2 „ 62 r 2 r 33 rmmmf ic P m i g' mm ii
4-r«r\
+r2rxbmko™
_ l _ - * . . 2 j
W.
qmk«t om *» +
„ 4 4- rT~r~a
, _ 1 rr■
2 23>rg3qm
4 _
mk
A ,.
t,
where
Pmi = A^
Pmt A22k;,,
Am + X A22 - A],
q{j = A A2,
bmk
mk = A GA^A22 + At,
Aj,m + GA^A r mmA
A = Am + 14A m
mAA22 + A£.
Aj.
Formulae for the displacement vector's components are obtained by substituting
the first expansion (3.138) in (3.135) considering relationships (3.139):
4^? V ^ V ^ / 2 j >A S,
. yAm
m £>mk
« = -7T- ^ y^ir\<
ldm2k" m * T
+ Hqmk
m ) ) Z,
v "*<~cosA\mmasinX k0,
asinAi/3, k
■ftm*
m=l i=l
. oo oo
\At.B m it ..
• = £££<
p 2
2 J , -»,
\ Aj^m
vf =
= - y - ^ ^ ( 2<l
^ khm ++q<7im)-j
) „ " * sinA
km>}—& m,acos
sin Ai/3,
acosAi/3,
, m
m = l ii==ll K m*
i
22
2fi
2.R V-^
v-^ V ^ ^*">i
D<nkB . .
w =
Ul= - ^ ~ my=^l yi =]l "^ mk"*■sin
sin
sinAA
XmaasinAi/3.
ssin
i n Ai/3.
Xkj3. (3.140)
(3.140)
m=l i=l
D
flm*
mk =
= 9mt
9 m i + 22pmir
p m i r mmiirr 22 4-
+ ?q^
m kt rr*,
2,
dy
dn =
= A?
XI + 10A?AJ + 5AJ.
+ 10A?A| 5A1.
D
m .k mk :l. » • \ o
Mi = -R2y2y2(Bp
Y] y^(Bp
y^y^i-RPrnk + Cq
Cqmk
r:
m
mk)) Cqmk)- ^—s i-smX
n A QQsmX
s iinn.A kt l3,
mk mk
AATm sin Xmmam 3sin A»/3,^,
" ==1jl T*t Z= li
m
m * *
m
m
*
2
= --R-R'-f i «fy^y^y^{B
; fY,(B
; P™><
D
, n „ ms .ktSfnk
mkBm
M
A/22
M =
2J
y2( k +
+C B
Cq ) cq ))-^
Cqkm) „% ^
PmPmk a t + ^qkm) 9 t mkm 7}
km
A**mk
. ,
si,
sin
sin A
i s i n AX
Ammmmaaa sin
X
• \ a
/3,
sin 4Xkk8,
p,
m = l, Jt=l
,* = 1, m t
imk
m = l Jt=l *=1
XkkDDmkmkBBmkmk
H = —2it
—2Rr{
-2R'ri l 2 rf
- 2rtf r»2 r ?2 2y}x ^^j,/ }2x ^^j, m — —
jp
IP — ccccos :os
ooosssAAA na , a oosss XkP,
mm acc'cos A
XkB,^,
Xkfi,
A*/?,
m = l *=1 *=, X K
D *Kmmm»kB
A
*k*
k mk mk
00
= -2«r?LL—^r—co °° \ D n B„R
cxi
00
OO 00
OC
°°
—V 2 , 22 \AX^m^mk^mkA mk
^m^-'mJb^ B,mJb \
r ;::-'mk mk COS cos A *A m „Q a ssin
inA A1.0.
^,
1 D
r\ r.
nV V^^^^ \ ~ 1^ // "2l 7 m t +. rrXO-L) m m
3 f l m i )\ m*-'mk£>mk
2
Q\ = RY] y"(r?7mt » ,(^i7m* +
r 7 m + rr 3<7 rlq Amk )
mmfc) "* cos
c cos
( AmmasinAa sin. tt £,
<?i = R/* myV= l. Jk=l 2 . ( > *++r|fl3mfc
>.(r,7mt
m = l *=1 « ?) " * * -) —
* m t ? — cosA m asm
m
m =^l i t£=?l *A m *
00
00
°° r2 vA X\ m imD
\^m*J m ^ / 3B
ynk&mk Rm f c v. \ a
00 • rAr n 7 t mm ++I"rr*g
00 2 t m ) m 7}
3^Jtm) m sin
sxnn A„acos
X nna cos XkP, ;Ajt^,
Q22 =
= -ft 2T
R y ^.] Z ^V((^r(l7*">
? i7' * m + r39*">) gtm)
3?*m) r^
jp
&mk
"* * SI
sin X nXacos
n acos A»/7,
^1
*=1 mmki
m=
m = ll *=1
*=1 *^ m *
00
00 00
00 \\ pp
il ~22m =
Dl2 V
2 R2 *=1
r*» VW ~ » i/ 1 _L,. J*2 ^kQmk'Jkm
-.^kqmklkmBmk
\AA tk<qm 'fkm£>mk "mJt . »,. \ >o
M
M ,1,. = 4r
4r' R'2 Yf2>^^] Vf2\ )^^ (M(l
2R 1l +
+
rrjg
^ tfcm
rjg m ))
)
? km
s^qmkjkm£mk
-^g t m j B m t sin sinA
sin
Al mmmmaac
ccos
cos
A m a co tt
Ajt/3,
os AA
At/3,
/3,
&
\r2R 2^ 2_^{\ r2qkm fcm ) -^
Kmk m
si
m== =1ll Jfe=l
*Jfe=l
=i 1 r rtm
*
Mi. = 4r»i?f]E( + 29*»)-
m
1 2 2D22 m
V =^l Jfe=l
M2. =
Mu 44r
[T rRfl ^V2^ ^EfV00D~ * /1i 1 r 2
V l1 ++ rrfft.0 ^ ^ \*mqkm~tmk£'mk
" 7 " - ^ " - * Ccos Am aosinAAt /3,
sin Xk/3,
t ft (J
(3.141
(3.141)
2 2 Z00 —^'l 22?mt)-
9m
*) < WA mi
W,. = 4r?fi mW—1 = l f*it—1
fc=l
=1
:=1
+ r*o_^- A m
* * * n**
with 7 t ; = A? + 3X1
When the pressure Z = —g, is uniformly distributed over the shell's surface we
have
16o
S m* =
ftri =- - T i (m,fc= 1,3,5,...).
K * = 1.3,5,...). (3.142)
(3-142)
Tr'mfc
Values B m t with even m or k are zero.
The rods' cross section forces and moments are derived from formulae:
Assuming the rods bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle
surface is zero (J 2 = 0), then from formulae (3.140) it follows that u —► 00, t; —> 00
with Am —» A*; here the bending, forces and moment functions are finite. This
indicates the shell's calculation model's geometrical instability hypothesis J 2 = 0
(only in the case when Am ^ A*).
We examine separately the case when Am —► Xk = A. In accordance with for
mulae (3.140) and (3.141), displacements, forces and moments corresponding to this
expansion term are:
u = (AA")lRB^
= (XK)~ _1
flfl°
k t cosAasinA/3,
cos Xa sin A/?,
3.3. Shallow Shells 117
l
vt> (XK)- RB°mksh
= (AA'J-'fiB^sinAacosA/?,
(XKytRB^smXacosXP,
l
w = 2A' _1-1
2K-
#B°RBl ksin)
k sinAasinA/3,
iik
22 22
H
H —-r?A
= -rl\
-rjX
r\ARB^ J?fl°.ro
RB^,,
RB^k k cos cos S Aa
Xa
Aa coscos
co A/?,
XP,
AT, =
Ni = N2 = = B B°°mtLsin
B° sinAaAasin A/?,
sin A/?
A/3,
5jj = S
5Si 522 = B B
B„j k^ COS cos Aa
Aa coscos A/3,
A/?,
A/?
22 33
Qi == 4r
4r AA fl°fl°ttcosAasinA //3, 3
2 33
Q2 = 4r4r 2A
A £° ikiksinAacosA ///9,
4rJA°B^sinAacosA 3,
3
22 222 2
M, = M?
Mi
Mi M,2 =
M = -r
=-r -r22XXXARB?RR°.
RB°/JB°
nk s i nAa
tL sin ) sin A/3,
Xa A/3,
X3.
A/,. = Af
Mi. M22. . = 0, (3.144)
AT*
W == a f l ° taB°cosX(a-p),
cosA(a-/J),
N;
N: = -afl°
- a f l °ftcccosA(a
o s A ( a + /3),
M{
Ml 2r 2 A
= 2r\ X22aRB°
aflB°mk t cosA(a
cos A(a ++ //3),
3),
A/2*
M; = - 2 r 2 A 2-2r
= a f2lXB2aRBl
° t c o kscosX(a-P),
A(a-/3),
2 3
QI
Qt = 2v/2r A aB^sinA(a + /3),
Ql
Q5 - 2 ^ r 2 A2 A
= -2%/2r 3 3
aB aB°,sinA(a-/3),
lsinA(a-/3),
H?
Hr = G;
G' = 5* = 0 (f( i = l1,2). ,2). (3.145)
Formulae (3.145) in coordinates along the rods' axes with the origin in the centre of
the shell
e( =
= (a +
+ / ? -fi-l)\,
l ) A , Vr, == ( « -(a-P)\,
/3)A,
become
A? =
AT.- aB°0mkcosr,,
aB COST,, N; = aB°mkaB°mkcost,
N:
Ml =
Ml -2r\X22A
-2r 2
aRB°ai?fi°
mkcosi,t cos^, M
M'2*2 = -2r 2 A 2 aflB^cosj?,
= -2r] X2aRB°mkcosT),
Q{ =
Qt = -2v/2r 22A
-2v^2r A33aB° ttsin£,
sin^, Q'2 = -2V2r 2 23 3
-2>/2rX AaB^afl°
ksin
fc sin>?.
t).
It is interesting to note that the displacement, force and moment functions do not
depend on value J2, although the condition J2 / 0 was necessary (Am —» A*).
A calculation example. It is required to statically calculate a shallow spherical
shell with a square lattice subjected to a transversal load of intensity Z = —g (directed
along the internal normal) uniformly distributed over the shell's surface. The shell's
geometrical parameter relationships are:
l = b=
b=R,R, r 2 / r 22 2 = 32, r 2 / r 2 = 10, r 2 = 10"
lfT 44.. (3.146)
118 Chapter 3. Statics
Table 3.5:
N M
A/u G6
k,m J = 0
. ° .
N°
V2/0 ^ 0 J2 = 0
" J
°° / 0 J2/O
I Ji / 0 i J2 ^ 0 I J2 = 0 I J,, ^-702 #0
^ /o J = 0
k,m J22 = 0 I J ^2 0 I J =2 0 I J / 0 I J2 /
J3 = 0 J 3 = 0 JsitO J 3 = 0 J3 = 0 J 3 ^o 2 J 3 = 0 2J 3 = 0 J2 3?o
1,3 J3802
=Q J3800
= Q J800
3 ^ Q J611
3 = Q J609
3 = Q J573
3 ^ p J3 0= p J9.04
3 = p J 8.64
3^Q
1,3
1-5 802
801 800
799 800
799 611
421 609
419 573
398 00 9.04
8.90 8.64
8.48
1-5
1-7 801
801 799
799 799
799 421
495 419
493 398
466 00 8.90
9.23 8.48
8.79
1-7
1-9 801
801 799
799 799
799 495
460 493
458 466
434 00 9.23
9.22 8.79
8.78
1-9 | 801 799 799 460 458 434 0 | 9.22 | 8.78
Introducing the dimensionless functions of the longitudinal forces and bending
moments appearing in the rods' cross section to the formulae (with a zero superscript):
3 3
JV*2 =
JV; -lO--10- agRN?a2,
5 i 2 2
M 'x22
M' = -10--10-
a 5 /J
agRA/,°
M°22,
G\l22
G' = -10-5sagR2G°li2.
Dimensionless functions N° = N° = N°, M° = M° = M2 in the centre of the
shell (a = ff = 0,5) and G° = G^ = G\ for the point having coordinates a = 0,
P = 0.5, considering various expansion terms are given in Table 3.5.
To ascertain the influence of the rods' torsional and bending rigidity in the plane
tangent to the shell's middle surface calculations were performed under various as-
sumptions: the rods' torsional and bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's
middle surface was taken as zero (the first group of columns); the rods' torsion-
al rigidity was taken as zero (the second group of columns); the rods' torsional and
bending rigidity tangent to the shell's middle surface were considered (the third group
of columns). Note that the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's
middle surface was disregarded only when k / m (the first group of columns) as
formulae (3.145) obtained for the case when k = m, although not containing value
J 2 , are valid only when J2 / 0.
From a comparison of result (Table 3.5) it follows that for the assumed relation-
ships of the shell's geometrical parameters (3.146) the rods' torsional and bending
rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's middle surface can be disregarded in prac-
tical calculations (if this does not cause geometrical instability in the calculation
model. The calculation results for functions N' and M" change slightly according to
the safety factor.
One of them (Sees. 3.4.3, 3.4.4) is based on an iteration process of which each
stage solves two simpler standard problems: bending on an elastic foundation and
reticulated plates plane problem.
The good agreement of the method is shown using particular problems having
accurate analytical solutions (assessment of the accuracy of an approximate solution
obtained after an arbitrary number of iterations) and confirmed by the solution of
certain problems for calculating shallow shells using numerical methods.
This is a generalized small parameter method for investigating problems in the
shallow isotropic shell theory described in papers [28] in two aspects: the shallow
reticulated shell theory and a more general case of boundary conditions (to construct
the said process we must simultaneously introduce the small parameter to the differ
ential equation system and boundary conditions).
It should be mentioned that in the work [10, pp. 16-18] the introduction of a
small parameter only to the boundary conditions made it possible when researching
the plate's bending problem to reduce the solution of a biharmonic equation to that
of a multiple Poisson's equation. Convergence of the method has been studied [41].
In the work [34] the solution of the static problem in the shallow isotropic shell
theory has been reduced to that of the recurrent differential equation for the plates'
bending and a plane problem using the small parameter method. The shell's thickness
relationships to the middle surface's curvature radii were assumed as small parame
ters. Owing to this the plate's bending in the iteration process was examined without
a false foundation depending on the curvature of the shallow shell's middle surface.
This method can be used for arbitrary shallow shells, however here will be used
for investigating rectangular shallow shells with the middle surface having constant
curvatures.
The second approach to the study of problems (Sec. 3.4.5) gives the solution of the
system of differential equations with variable coefficients by solving equations with
constant coefficients. The small parameter has a precise physical meaning and is not
formally introduced as in Sees. 3.4.3, 3.4.4.
The desired functions and the curvatures of the shell's middle surface can be brought
to the dimensionless form:
u = hu°,
.*
* 0
V = jJ tiV°,
0
V = jJ tiW°,
0
U = tjti, ,
V = tit) , U) = tiW ,
AT,- = <aJV?,
5 = <25°, Q, = <2Q° (i= 1,2),
Ni = *,JV?, S = <2S°, <?, = <2Q° (i = 1,2),
Mi = <3M°, Hi = t3H°, *? = k * b , (3.149)
Mi = feJW?, Hi = t3H°, ifc° = ifc,flo, (3.149)
where
where <,
i, =
= aa 33 iig/F,
iio/F, th2 =
= ERQ,
ERQ, tt33 = ER^.
= Er%.
Then using constitutive equations (1.30) and (3.147)—(3.149) we obtain the fol
lowing formulae for the reticulated shell's calculation model's forces and moments:
0
A? = anudu°/da + a12dv°/dl3 + aa13 i3w ,
N° = a2i du°/da + a22dv°/dp
2idu°/da dv°/d0 + a23w0o,
0
S° = a334Adu
(du /d8 /d/3 + dv°/da).
dv°/da),
22 0 22
a47d2m /fM22,
2 0
M°
M? = aA6d w°lda + a..,a
n,*d ,„ mn + w°/dp
2 0 22 0 2 22 0
M°
MS = aKd wa56lda d w /da w /d/322,
+ +aa57i7dd w°/dl3
2
H° = a68 d w°/dad0,
amPvP/da&P, H° = aa7878dd2w°/dadl3.
2 o
w /dad0.
In these formulae coefficients Sy are determined through the shell parameters:
on = #3
63++ cc,, aa]2n == aa22ii == 034 034 == cs
cs ,, aaJ3J3 == kkxxauau ++ kk22aa1212,,
a22 = s 3 tany),
tany), a 23 = fe,a k°a2i2i + fck°aa
2 22 ,
046
Q46 = (<^3 ++ cc33 ++ 7S
(«3 fs22c)r
c)r22, , aa4747 == aa5656 == ((11--77))rr22ss22cc,,
"57 = (a 22 + 7 a i2)rJ,
i2)r 2 , aeg = -[ssin2y) + 7(e 3 + ccos2¥j)]r2,
a 78 = (7 tan 9 cos 2^3 — sin2yi)srj,sin2y)srj,
where
63 = F3/F, r2 = Ji/RlF,
rl^Ji/J^F, d3 = J13/Ju e3 = J33/J
J^/J^ 3 , 1-1 = GJ33/EJ11.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 121
Forces in the shell's rods according to the calculation model's known stressed state
are determined using formulae (3.8) derived from the plane problem from a plate with
an identical lattice.
Equalities (3.30) obtained from the plate's bending problem are used for calcu
lating the bending and torsional moments in the shell's rods. If we neglect the rods'
torsional rigidity these equalities pass to (3.29).
du° 1 0 a128v°
dv° a]3 0
~a~
■5— = N\ -££ w ,
w
da =
da
— nN i
aa n <Jn -5-5-
op
a n op aun >
a
da an a n dp dN
dN au dS
dv°
** _Lco_^_
± QO_^H! °? =_
ds
°° x°
da
da
da ~ 034
a034 dP'
dP'
dp' da
da '
da dP
dP
dp
M
ds°
ds° _ aa v
v dw°
dufl 8N?
SJVJ 0
0
BlBl + + 2 2 ++33 3
5c7
a^ - ~ W
-da~ W 'W^ ~dJ~dJ ~dJ~
W~ W~ ' '
2 0
dw° djl_J_0_a41d w dMl_
dw° 0
70
l d*,* _Mx 1 0 a4782w° dMl_ a*^7 °7 ? _V 0 0
da ~ 7l' da~a4RMl a 80* 2 ' da ~ ° 77 88 80* V "
da ~ ' da~a46 2 a4R
46 dj ' da ~ ° 80* "
9Q°
8Q\ . 0 , 8d2M°
M° Pw°
8*w°
0
— = Alw - M
Mw A2— ++A3 A3—
"ST = ~ 8v°
~bW 1
~bW
+ -A4^ 8v° + A5(N° - a13w°) 1 e-Z°. (3.150)
+ -A4— + A5(N° - a13w°) e-Z°. (3.150)
Here
Ai
At = (k°
( * ,++ tk°a
2 a 22li/a n )13a-i 3 - f ck20((aa2i2ai al3-i 3 - a 1 i a a2 u3a)23/ )/a
/ an)a a i in,
A2 = (aes - o5566)/o46,
)/a46, A3 = a 57 + 047(0^ — aa56S6)/a4 )/a4e6,,
A4 = k°(a22 -ana22)/an, As = k° + k°ai2/au,
122 Chapter 3. Statics
B\ = (a
(ot12
12 —
— aaiiaaa)/aii,
ua22)/an, B
B22 =
= (a
(<i2i<Ji3
2^ai3 —— ana
aua23
23)/an,
)/an,
B3 = a2i/an, e = 1.
6 l.
Forces and moments not included in the equation system (3.150) are derived from
the following relations:
a
u \ ®V° , ( 02lOl3\\
N° = ^ A ? - f a22 - «23 -
0
011/ dP \ an j
"57047 A d2w°
M°2 = ^M° {asT-
rtlT «46 ) dp2 '
tf? =
H\ - aj£,
a68—-, It*-a
H» W
= aJ^. (3.151)
(3.151)
H2 - a 7 8 — .
Equation systems (3.150), (3.151) must be solved considering four conditions on the
shell's contour I\ As a rule two of these conditions are tangential:
L j(u,v,N
Uu,v,N 1,N
uN 2,S)
7,S) = ffi(a,fi)
J(a,p) (j
0 = l,2)
1,2) on IT,
\ (3.152)
LJ(w,ll,l21,-r
Lj(w,-y ,M2u,M
M2u,Q ,Q1H2H,Q
M2lH,Q )=f (Q,P)
2H})= //(«,/?) 00 ==3 ,3,4)
4 ) on I\
T. (3.153)
In (3.153) functions
_ . 1
1 dH,
dHt 1 dH
1 dH22
QXH = Qx + QlH == Q 2 +
Ro dp' Ro da
are generalized transverse forces. The case when boundary conditions are not divided
into tangential and non-tangential is described in Sec. 3.4.4c.
After this the other unknown functions with e = 0 can be determined through
solving the first four differential equations of system (3.150) using boundary conditions
(3.152) and formula for N° from (3.151). Here we want to solve a specified plane
problem in the reticulated plate theory.
Assuming the term before the multiplier, with e in the last equation (3.150), is
not the main, there is a hope that the iteration process, in which the initial problem's
solution with e = 0, assumed zero, is convergent.
From the above e is taken for the problem's small parameter and its solution is
its expansion into a power series
oo
OO oo
oo
«u°0 »5Vu
= Eekfcuk,...
,. 1 QS
,05 == £ yegkQ2k-
=E at. (3.154)
fc=o fc=o
With e = 1 these series solve this initial problem provided they are convergent.
The series convergency in the similar problem for continuous isotropic shells (also
for reticulated shells whose calculation model is made isotropic was studied in the
work [28]).
Here are a few research results obtained for shallow spherical shells which are
square in plan subjected to an external load acting towards the normal to the middle
surface {X = Y = 0).
1. The shell hinged supported over the entire contour subjected to surface load
where a0 is the relationship of the shell's size in the plan to its radius R.
The constructed analytical solution in a binary trigonometric series converges
accurately. The calculation's relative error of the displacement vector at the point on
the middle surface when retaining the first terms in expansions (3.154) is n
By substituting (3.154) in (3.150) and equating left and right terms with identical
small parameter powers we obtain two systems of differential equations.
The first one assuming function w° is known refers to the plane problem's solution:
du 1
du°
°
dug __ 1 wo
J_ a 12dA_2ll„fi
.,„ _2}l 9u?
a\idv° k au 0 9u°k _ Lgo
dv°
dv° 11 ^^ du° du
9«?°k
0 =
lk k
da
3a aun ann d/3
9/3 o „
an *' da
9a a
034
M d/3'
9
2 2
9dNl
Mk
dN° 9.9?
_dS£
dS°k 9.9?
3S°
dS[> k _ Dd 9 v°u?
Pvlk ndw°
D 9™°
dw° kk dN?,
dN° kk
9
da
~da~a = ~W 9/3'
80' d
daa
~da~ = Bl 1+
' dp*
dfi
W 22 22+
dp
d/3
W 33
dp '
d/3
~df (3#156)
The second system of equations refers to the reticulated plate's bending on an elastic
foundation:
d
< ,0
77uu
»
* r£? -* _J_
l wu< o a« ui r^3wMj S ^ ?k_4 _ „ fry?*
dM° *& nno
da
3a ~ '' da ~ a7e
~da~ a 46 lk lk ~ 7Z~W'
a46 dp ' ~da~
~ da
^~' d/3 Q Wu>
9/3 " ~""
'" dfi
lk
'
ftno 92M°k
A
AlWk M
da ~ W
4
r) ,n° fill0
+A
+A ^ - A"4 9/?
3°-0 -A<-^-
' 3'dp*
^l ++ MNf^
MN?k-i -~avfi ol.i) ~" PZ°-
«u»2_i) P^°- (3.157)
(3-157)
System (3.156) and f(3.157)
3.157^ are valid for any
< number of approximations (k = 0,1,2,...).
In the last equation (3.157) functions with a negative approximation number (only
when k = 0) are considered identically equal to zero. In addition, in this equation
p = 1 when k = 0 and p = 0 when k > 0.
The system of differential equations (3.157) for the plate's bending is solved tak
ing two non-tangential boundary conditions (3.153) into account. Two tangential
boundary conditions (3.152) are used when solving plane problem equations (3.152).
Remember that the boundary conditions' non-homogeneity (3.152) and (3.153)
is only considered when constructing zero approximations of the iteration process
(k = 0). In all other approximations homogeneous boundary conditions (/j(a,/3) = 0,
j = 1,4) must be satisfied.
In Sees. 3.4.4a and 3.4.4b the final form of equations for the strained state, sym
metric according to coordinate /3 (the external load is symmetrical relative to this
coordinate and boundary conditions are identical with /? = ±/? 0 given). The section
on the shell's middle surface for which 0 < /? < /J0 will be divided into m strips. From
now on the boundary conditions on the shell's two opposite edges (conditions (3.152),
(3.153) on the part of the boundary T) are assumed as (rigid fixing conditions)
u = v = w = dw/dp
dw/d/3 = 0 where /?
0 = ±/3
±/?0 . (3.158)
(»?)' = 7?,
(«?)' 7?, (i = T^TT2),
T^TT2),
0 2
(7?!)' = i X , i7(w01-w°
a«^M°,-2a -2a2i7)(3h (w°21a-w
46)-\2)(3h a46)-\
2
(7i°,)'
(7,°)' = a-i2M°i-a<
a;2M° i-at77aa;2h-
4-2h- (wL-2w°(wli-2w° + w°+1 +l)) (i = 2,m-3),
r~o
7 L - 2 )v'
(tlm-2l —
= a, - i i / 0
°«M? _ -U-2/...o
-a a;2h-\w 0
_ 1-U5w°
7K...0 _ \),
= 4 6 M l m _ 2 - a47<J m 46 2 ft 47 ("> m _ 3 ~m 31- <5W mm_ 22),
3 « ) ' = 22a r 2 2( (7
a 7788/ft- 00
7 I 0I °1 1))-3Q
7 l I 2 -2 -7 - 3 Q 1111,,
2 U0
(MM =
(A/?,)' = 2a
2« T8
7 8 /ft-'(7
l - (711 i-I _11-27?,-
-27?, + 7 .1 .,+' i+ )i -)Q
-%, , (i = 2 , rmo - 2 ) ,
(Q°un)' = Aw*
A1w°1 + + (2/3)A
(2/3)A22h~ h-2(M^
(M°l - M° M°l22)
-+A
M33h-*(-(l9/3)w°
ft-"(-(19/3K + + ( 4 6 / 3 ) ^ - Uw° Uwl -I- 6w° - w° w°)s)
-pZ\ - 0 . 5 ^ 4 ^ " ' ^ -I- AS(N°X - a13w°),
a
(<??,)' Alw°-A2h-\M0li_1-2M
(Q°u)' = ^«»?-*2A- 0
(JiC,-2K
u + K M°+u+l
1 ))
4
+/t
+A33h- ft">°_
(w°_2 2 - 4ui?_i
AwU + 6™° 6w° -- 44w? < i+1 ++ <<» 2) )
1
-pZf - 0.5/t 44 /»" 1 (^, ~ pg.,)
-pZ° "?_,) + ^4 5, «« - aiaio?),
al3w°), (i = 2 , m - 3 ) ,
(<&.-»)'
(G? m - 2 )' = Alw°mm_72-A-2h-
A,w° A22[M?
h-*[M° m.3-M M?mm_.72
m_li3 - MU + M°
- 0 . 2 55aa4477f/tT- 22 (K^ _ 33 - 3.75«&_22)] + ^A3"h-*(-w°
" ( - mt _^s
+6w°
+ 6 w i m__4t -- 1Uw°
4 u £m__33 +
+ 11.25«£_
l l - 2 5 t o l _ l2)) -- pZ°
P ^ mm_
- 22
l
-Q.bA<h- (v°mm__33 - „°
-Q.bA<h-\v° i&_,) -r As(N?
_,) + As(N?mm__22 - QQl3l3w°
w°mm__2).
2). (3.159)
Here A/°, is the value M° at the i-th straight line in the r-th approximation etc.; the
underlined terms refer to the k — 1 approximation; a stroke means a derivative along
coordinate a; A is a line dividing the integration domains along coordinate /?.
Order of the system of equations (3.159) is 4(m — 2), as it does not contain the
desired functions on the lines having numbers 0, m — 1, m.
After solving system (3.159) these functions on the m and m — 1 lines are assessed
according to formulae:
W 4 w
4"£-l = m-2> 7?m-l = 7?m-2.
7?m-2> m = 7i°m = 0.
126 Chapter 3. Statics
4Affm_, = M . V M° . - ma_2^-a^<7h-\v°
^ ^ -m_S3-5w°
^ . ,m.)2),,
2
M°mlm = - a 4 7 * T ( u £ _ 3 + 2.75u£_ 2 ),
22
4Q?
4Q?m _i =
m _i = «7 8 fc- (3.75
«78fc- (3.7577??mm__22--7L-3)
7?m_3) + (?? mm_-2,
+ <5? 2)
= ^ 2((«68
Qlm =
<?L « 6 8 - a«47)(7?
47 )(7? m
m-3
_3 + 0.25 7 lm- 2 ).
The bending function on the line through the central point on the shell's middle
surface is w° = (4u>° — w°)/3. Formulae for 7 ° 0 , Af,°0, Q% are similar.
3.4-4b. System of equations for the plane problem. Considering the symmetry of
the shell's strained state (v = S = 0 with /? = 0) and tangential boundary conditions
(3.158) we obtain the following system of ordinary differential equations for the plane
problem (i = 2, m — 2) :
1 0 1 , 1
(uj)'
(u°)' == o7
o ^1 AJVj j1 -1O
-0.5o
J W 1iaar
u oti A-
/ A w;-o
- X - aI3uan^ iw;
X>.
(u°)' = ajN°i +
a,tJVS + 0.5a i a «ri 1 *'0.5a
I
laa3h-\vll-v?+1)-a13arfwl
(«'?-i-''»Vx)-««flii"?.
(«m-i)' = «ri I JV?m-i+0.5a„ar
«uA?.-)i + 0 . 5 a , a a r /1* A-
1 1 ,
" t »t,»_i _ a J--aa 1IS3far
,
l n1X<_
< - 1i ,
l
3(v°)'
3(«?)' = Za;}S? , + 2h-
3a3-5 5? + 2 / ! - ( (lU ? -~U 2><1 u (u°-u°). u °),
l ,l
2(v°Y
2(„?)' = 2a;}S?
2« 3-5 S?
1
°+ ++ h-Ah~ ((v°.
-(uL, U ? + 1- « u ? _ 1, ) ,.
i , 0
2(vl
2 ( C i .)'
)' == 2a 3 - 5 , 5S,-
2aZ}Sl ,+h-1 +A- u°_« m - 2,.,
2«,)' =
2(JV°)' -h->S°
- j r ' S j2, 2J\fl 2N?, = = fc-1(S?_,-S?
h-\S?_1-S°), +1),
2 2
22 «« ,, -- ii )) '' = Th—(h.
ft-( /(^ i 5mm__2-0.5a35U^_
2 - 0.5a u^_ +
35u°2 22 + 2 a335
35 2a u°rn_11),
5U^_
3; ),
2 22 1
6(5?)' = = 6h-
6h~B
6/i" B
E1{v°-2v°
1 (v°-2i;?) l)2i;?) + + 3/r 3 / i13h-
-fl125(w u) ; S2-wl)
B2 (22(w° -^)
+ 4 / . 1- 3, (N^
+4h-'B
+4/T B 3 2«-N^),
2i -- «O « ) ,.
2(5,°)'
2(S, 0
)' = Ih^Brivl
2h- 2i 2
= 2 / T 1£BB l(vl.
(v°_ l - 2„°
2v° +
+ »»».,) » ) + r/ T' B1 /^ ^L, - «,°_,) w°)
l l1
+h~
+¥h-
A -BB3B 3(N
(N°-N°),
3 ( K + 1, - < - , ) ,
4 ( S i _ , ) ' = 44h-'E
4(SJU,)' / l " 2 Bih->B 1 ( ^ .l(v
0
-2 2- m2^„^_2-2v°
_1 )1 -)m-2_2A A- -1 1iiB,w°
l)-2h- B 2 ^m__2
2 22 22 2
+faa1l2
+a h-
h A B- f
v°
u122/j- 3fi 3m3 2 2l ^
_ ,-2
_ - 44ai
4a a h-
1 22
12 f
/rt "
B B3 3 3m _
B
v° u° ^_ l 1 - 2h~ 27rlB JVm1_0m2._2. (3.160)
fl33N°
model's edges a = 0; 2cto (oto is half of the central angle of the shell's middle surface's
cross section 0 = const).
Note that equation systems (3.159) and (3.160) have a different approximation
error 0(h2).
The four boundary conditions with a = 0; 2ao must divide into two tangential
and two non-tangential so that the given algorithm could be used for calculating
boundary value problems. However this is not always the case.
We now examine the case when the desired functions of the systems of ordinary
differential equations (3.159) and (3.160) are connected with boundary conditions.
3.4-4c. Formal simultaneous introduction of a small parameter to the system of
equations and the boundary conditions. We consider the case when the boundary
conditions do not divide into tangential and non-tangential ones (the dependence
between the unknown quantities of the plate's bending on an elastic foundation and
the plane problem on the shell's contour is given).
Let the sections on the shell's contour o = 0 and a = 2c*o, with a hinged-sliding
support have tie beams (/? = const in planes) placed at constant pitch a,.
The tie beam's tension forcer is
is
P(0) =■•[«(2oro,/J)
[u(2a 0 ,/?) --u(( u(0,/3)]E
u(0,P)]E4F4r\
where / is the shell's contour length in tthe direction of axis a; E4, F4—Young's
modulus for the material and the tie beam's cross section area respectively.
For a symmetrical strained state u(2a0/9) = — u(0,/?) hence the formula for
strengthening a tie-beam takes the form
F4rl4u(0,P).
P(l3) = -2E4-2E
P(0) F4rlu(O,p). (3.161)
Assuming in addition v = 0, at the shell's edges we obtain four boundary conditions
for symmetrical cross-section a = Qo relative to normal to the shell's middle surface
in the strained state
v° = k4u° -N* + Q°1Ha0 =
= 0,
w° + U°Q 0 = M°
w° M° = 0 (o
(a = 0),
0), (3.162)
where Q° TlHH == Q\
Q°1+ + dlli/d0
dHf/dfi isisthe dimensionless value of a generalized transversal
1 i
force, k4 = {a(a3F /aiF)a
3Fi4la 4F)ctQ
0 i;is the tie-beam's rigidity coefficient.
From (3.162) it follows that in this case the boundary conditions cannot be divided
into tangential and non-tangential, this happens only in the first and last conditions.
As this is so the said iteration process cannot be fulfilled as the third boundary
condition (3.162) contains unknown function u° and the system of equations (3.159)
cannot be solved in the zero approximation.
In order to use this algorithm for solving boundary value problems in the shallow
shell theory we introduce small parameter e into the third boundary condition (3.162)
and write it as
to 0 -I-eu°a
w° + eu°ao0 = 0 with a = 0. (3.163)
128 Chapter 3. Statics
A small parameter should not be introduced into the second boundary condition
(3.162) as this also violates their separation into tangential and non-tangential: the
value of function Q°H when solving system (3.160) is known from the solution of
system (3.159).
Condition (3.163) with £ = 1 converts to the initial.
As value a0 is sufficiently small (it will be recalled that for shallow shells ajj <C 1)
we can hope that series (3.154) for this problem's solutions with e = 1 are convergent
and the rate of convergence is acceptable for numerical calculations of particular
reticulated shells. This can be seen from a static calculation of the shallow reticulated
shell with tie-beams.
From boundary conditions (3.162) the third of which was replaced by (3.163)
with account of expansions (3.154) we obtain two tangential conditions (value Q°Hk
is known from solving system (3.159) to the jfc-th approximation)
In the zero approximation function u'k_l is considered identically equal to zero (u°i =
0).
3-4-4d- Sequence of solving boundary value problems. The introduction of a small
parameter, if necessary, into the boundary conditions makes it possible to always class
them as two tangential and two non-tangential.
When forming the differential equation systems (3.159), (3.160) rigid support
boundary conditions as (3.158) were employed, the relevant section of the shell's
calculations of these systems should satisfy boundary conditions (3.152), (3.153) on
the other section of the calculation model's contour. Assume them as
Lj(u,v,N
{u,v,NuuS) S) = fi{a,l3)
fj(a,0) 0 = 1,2) with a = ±a ± a0,0 , (3.166)
Lj(w,f
L j(w,luU
MM1,Q
uQ1H
1H) = f/j,{a,/3)
( Q , / 9 ) 0 ==3 ,3,4)
4 ) with a =
= ±a
±a 0.0. (3.167)
3. The boundary value problem's solution (3.160), (3.166) for the plane's strained
state of the reticulated plate's calculation model is found in the zero approximation
(the solution results of the previous problem are used).
4. The necessary number of expansion terms is formed (3.154). The external
load is taken as zero (Z = 0) and the boundary conditions (3.166), (3.167) are
homogeneous (fj(ct, /?) s 0;j = 1,4).
5. The calculation model's strained state is assessed by summing the calculated
terms of series (3.154) with e = 1.
6. Calculated according to the known model's stressed state are the forces and
moments arising in the rods' cross sections as well as the normal, tangential and
principal stresses.
With the numerical realization of this algorithm by computer we solved the bound
ary value problems through the multiple solution of the corresponding Cauchy's prob
lems using Runge-Kutta's method and on an orthogonal transfer [13] ensuring the
calculation's stability.
3-4-4e- Study of the small parameter method convergence. Assessment of the it
eration process' optimum parameters. Convergence of the small parameter method
(expansion (3.154) with e = 1), and approximate determination of the iteration pro
cess' optimum parameters (m is the number of strips dividing the direct line method,
li is the number of integration steps of the systems of ordinary differential equations
according to Runge-Kutta, /j is the number of orthogonalizations of solutions) was
studied numerically.
All numerical examples in the shallow shell calculation assume that their lattices
are formed by thin-walled tubular rods. Here rj 4 = Ju/FiR% = 0.5(rj/.fto)2 where r,
is the rods' cross section radius of the i-th family, 7, = GiJ3i/E,;Jn = 0.769, which
corresponds to the value t; = 0.3 of Poisson's ratio for the material.
Three variants of the boundary conditions were considered. In the first one, the
reticulated shell was fixed rigidly along the whole contour. Its calculation model's
boundary conditions (3.158) with this support were supplemented by conditions
u = v = w = dw/da =
= 0 with a = ±a
±a0.0. (3.168)
u = v = w = Mi = 0 with a =
= ±a
± a00. . (3.169)
These conditions satisfy two opposite sides' fixed-hinged support of the shell's calcu
lation model.
The third variant of boundary conditions was taken as fixed-hinged support:
Mi = 0
v = Ni = w = Mi=0 with a = ±a
± a0.0 . (3.170)
130 Chapter 3. Statics
Figure 3.15:
Figure 3.15 shows the dependences of deflections w° in the centre of the square
in the shallow spherical shells' plane on the number of iterations n, having lattice
parameters (the lattice structure is described in 3.4.1)
The shells are rigidly fixed along their entire contour and subjected to a uniformly
distributed surface load Z° = 1. Curves 1, 2 correspond to shells with relative sizes
such as: o 0 = ft, = 0.349; 0.524.
Corresponding dependences on the number of iterations of the bending moments
M° at the support middle point (a = a„, fl = 0) illustrated by curves 3, 4 in the
figure. From Fig. 3.15 it follows that the small parameter method's convergence
is quite satisfactory and sufficient to perform four iterations for a particular shell's
practical calculations.
Similar dependences for the deflection in the centre of the shallow spherical shell
having parameters
and various lattice angles f are eresented i i Fig. 3.16. The shell with h aixed-hinged
support along its sides a = ± a 0 , is subjected to load Z° = 1.
In this figure curves 1, 2, 3, 4 correspond to the rods' lattices with y> = 15°, ,0°,
60°, 75° respectively.
With the shallow spherical shells' antisymmetrical load relative to coordinate
ct(Z° = 1 with a > 0, Z° = - 1 with a < 0, Z" = 0 with a = 0) with lattice
angles <p = 30°, 60° the solution's convergence for maximum deflections corresponds
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 131
to curves 1, 2 of Fig. 3.17. The shells, just as in the previous case, have parameters
(3.172) but their contour is rigidly fixed.
For cylindrical shallow shells (*, = 0) having parameters
and lattice angles <p = 30°, 60° the iteration process' convergence of the small param-
eter method is given in Figs. 3.18 and 3.19.
In these figures curves 1 show the dependence on the number of deflection itera-
tions in the centre of the shell and curves 2—the bending moments on the support
contour at the point with coordinates a = Q 0 , 0 = 0. During calculations the shells
were assumed rigidly fixed along the contour and Z° = 1.
Figure 3.20 shows dependencies on the number of approximations of the deflection
in the centre and bending moment M° on the support (Q = a 0 , /? = 0) for a shallow
spherical shell having parameters
at various radii of inertia of the rods' cross sections. The shell's contour is rigidly
132 Chapters Statics
Figure 3.20:
Fig. 3.22 shows the convergence according to approximations of functions w°; 10u°;
10u° maximum in modulus for a similar shell rigidly fixed over the entire contour
(curves 1,2, 3 respectively).
Curves in Figs. 3.15-3.20 relating to shallow shells with a rigid and fixed-hinged
support over the contour (boundary conditions (3.168), (3.169)) show satisfactory
convergence of the suggested small parameter method (expansion convergence (3.154)
with e = 1). In practical calculations, depending on the problem, three-five approxi-
mations are sufficient.
The method's convergence falls away significantly when we perform calculations
for a shallow shell with a fixed-hinged support over the contour (boundary conditions
as in (3.170)), which is seen from the curves in Fig. 3.21. However, even in this case
(for practical deflection calculations approximately 16 and for bending moments 20
iterations are required) the worsened convergence of the method is compensated for
by reducing the boundary value problem's differential equation system by half.
The dependence of the small parameter method's convergence rate on the type
of boundary conditions can be easily explained. True, the shell's deflections in the
zero approximation method are calculated assuming functions u and v identically
zero. Hence, if these two functions on the contour are taken as zero (conditions
(3.158), (3.168), (3.169)) we obtain a condition closer to the desired solution than
other boundary conditions would give (for instance (3.170)). The result of the above
calculation confirms this.
To assess the iteration process' optimum parameters a number of special calcula-
tions were performed which differ only in one parameter.
We present the calculation results for a shallow spherical shell (a 0 = fio = 0.349)
rigidly fixed over the contour with Z° = 1. The rods' lattice of the shell has the
following relationships:
-6
<p = 30°, ^3 — <fe — «3 — 11 r\ = 3.12 x 10 . (3.173)
In Fig. 3.23 curves 1 and 2 show correspondingly the dependences between the
maximum deflection u & „ and maximum stress a ^ , in the rods' cross sections of
134 Chapter 3. Statics
the shallow reticulated shell on the number of strips dividing the integration sections
along coordinate /?(0 < /? < 0) with ni = 7, h = 40, h = 10. The rod's main
dimension less value of the stress was calculated according to the usual formula in
which the normal and tangential stresses in the dimensionless form was taken as:
F F
' ? — " , T
? = TTJrT>m ('" = 1.2,3).
r°
a^ERo
a^t/tio a3£/tto
a^ERo
The dependencies of functions w^iax an<* "'SLxon
iax o n t n e number of Runge-Kutta's inte
gration steps with ni = 7, m = 10, I2 = 10 correspond to curves 1 and 2 in Fig. 3.24.
It should be pointed out that the coordinates of the maximum deflection and
maximum main stress points in the rods' cross sections remained constant despite
changes in the calculation parameters m and 1%.
Increasing the nj, m, /1 values raised computer calculation time. Based on the
above numerical investigations we can recommend the following values (the needed
number of iterations ni is easily determined by the computer while calculation to the
set accuracy) m = 8 — 10, l\ = 35 — 50.
The computer time depends little on the number of orthogonalisations of the so
lutions: it was assumed that /2 = 7— 10, thus guaranteeing the results' high accuracy.
Calculation examples. In all the following examples the boundary conditions at
the shell's two opposite sides /? = ±/?0 were assumed as in (3.158) which corresponds
to a rigid fixing.
1. We give results from the calculations of shallow spherical shells rigidly fixed
over the contour with Z° = 1, from which we can judge the solutions'accuracy of the
boundary value problems using the proposed method.
Assume that the parameters of the rods' lattice coincide with (3.171) and that 7 =
GJ3/EJ1 = 0 (the rods' torsional rigidity is neglected). The shell's calculation model
with this lattice is a continuous isotropic shell whose thickness, elasticity modolus
and Poisson's ratio for the material are derived from relations (1.28).
Assuming the shell's support contour is square clearly denotes symmetrical strain
relative to the diagonal cross section.
It appears that the deflections and moments possess such a symmetry too (with a
practically acceptable accuracy). Thus, for the shell whose half central flare angle is
<*o = 0o = 0.175, the bending moments at the central points of the support contour's
sides, equal according to the condition of symmetry will be:
When cto = A> = 0.349, the solution of the boundary value problem is:
Consequently in both calculation examples the difference between the obtained values
M° and M° at the points where they should be equal is less than three per cent.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 135
This proves the high accuracy of the suggested method's solution. Actually, it is
only in this case do the results for M° and M° coincide so accurately from the practical
point of view as the solution of a two-dimensional problem relative to coordinates a
and 0 was built using two different methods: finite difference and Runge-Kutta's
integration.
2. We want to compare different solutions of a boundary value problem concerning
the static calculation of a shallow spherical shell with Qo = A = 0.349, Z° = 1 and
the rods' lattice parameters satisfying relationships (3.173) for three different edge
boundary conditions a = ±0.349: rigid, fixed-hinged and sliding-fastening. These
boundary conditions can be written as (3.168), (3.169) respectively.
Some results of the comparison are illustrated in Figs. 3.25-3.30.
The first figure shows curves of functions Af°(a;0) (curves 1, 2, 3 in accordance
with the said variations of boundary conditions) and M°(a; 0.349) (curves 4, 5, 6).
Dependencies A/2°(0;£) for the first and second boundary conditions almost coincide
and are represented by curve 1 in Fig. 3.26. Curve 2 shows the distribution of function
M°(0.349; /?) of a shell rigidly supported over its contour (curve 3).
The bending moments' distribution for each of the three families of rods of the
reticulated shell is shown in Fig. 3.27 (cross section /? = 0) and Fig. 3.28 (cross section
a = 0). The curves of the rods' longitudinal forces' functions are given in Fig. 3.29
(cross section fi = 0) and Fig. 3.30 (cross section a = 0). The dimensionless forces
and bending moments whose curves are shown in these figures are tied in with the
136 Chapter 3. SUtics
Figure 3.31:
N; = a3ERNio; ER2M,00
M' = a3ER?M, (i = 1,2,3).
These calculation results vividly indicate edge effects. This especially refers to the
third boundary condition.
3. We compare the calculation results of the square in the shallow spherical
shell's plane whose lattices correspond to (3.171) which is subjected to a uniformly
distributed load Z° = 1, with different contour support sizes a 0 = A> =0.175; 0.349;
0.524. The boundary conditions are rigid fixing.
The corresponding dependencies are represented by curves 1, 2, 3 for M°(a,0) is
Fig. 3.31. From these curves it follows that the central part of the shell, provided its
dimensions are sufficiently large, is momentless.
4. We researched the influence of value rj on the strained state of a shallow
spherical shell subjected to a uniformly distributed load, rigidly fixed throughout its
contour with calculated parameters
The rods' cross sections of the shell were taken as tubular with various radius values
r, thus: 5 x 10 - 4 < r/Ro < 25/ x 10" 4 .
The calculations showed that the dimensionless deflection values in the centre
as well as the maximum modulus deflections insignificantly alter if the change of
relationship r/R is kept within the stated limits. When transferring to dimensional
values the deflection dimension multiplier is
a3Rl/F = (<J3(a3Bc/2*6)(Ro/r),
Figure 3.32:
Hence, assuming a3.Ro/27r5 = const, we find the reticulated shell's deflections are
directly proportional to value Ro/r (in the given change range).
The rods' maximum principal stresses have a similar dependence on Ro/r.
As expected, as the value r/Ro decreases, the shell's edge effects in the vicinity of
the support contour localize in a narrower domain.
5. To assess the effect of the rods' torsional rigidity on the shallow shells' strained
state calculations were performed in which the rigidity characteristics were taken
as zero. No significant changes were observed in the reticulated shells' deflections
compared to those when the rods' torsional rigidity was taken into account. This
significantly affects the shells' strained state. Despite the fact that the forces on the
rods were constant the bending moments changed substantially with high torsional
rigidity of the rods (tubular section).
From the analysis of the results one can conclude that in the case of the rods'
tubular cross sections it is necessary to take their torsional rigidity into account when
studying the reticulated shells' strength, otherwise this can substantially overstate the
construction's stressed state characteristics (sometimes the principal stresses increase
by 40%). Figure 3.32 shows deflections w°.
6. The influence the load has on the strained state of the shallow spherical shell
rigidly supported over the contour and parameters as in (3.172) was studied (<p = 30°,
Z° = \).
For comparison Fig. 3.33 gives a graphical representation of dimensionless de
flections occurring in a reticulated shell subjected to a transversal load of the same
intensity but antisymmetrical relative to the middle surface's normal cross section
a = 0.
From comparison of Figs. 3.32 and 3.33 it follows that the antisymmetric load is
more dangerous than that of the uniformly distributed load: the maximum dimen
sionless deflection increases from 0.668 to 1.93. The shell's stressed state substantially
changes. Thus, the support's dimensionless bending moment M° at the point with co
ordinates a = a0, 0 = 0 becomes 0.350 • 10 - 2 instead of 0.170 • 10~2 when transferring
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 139
Figure 3.33:
P(fi) = E4Ra<k<u°(a
P(/S) E4RaAkAu°(0ao,p).
J).
Figure 3.38:
where 63 = F3/F > 0; all other values included into this equality are not zero.
9. It is required to find the optimum constructive parameters of the shallow
spherical shell's lattice made from identical rods of all three families and not changing
during optimization, if Z° = const and
ft = 0.349;
a 0 = ft, = 3.12 • 10 - 5 .
r\ =
rj
03 = (1 + secip)(F/V), a = 2a.3Cos<p.
10. The conditions are the same as in the previous problem but the parameters
describing the shell's middle surface are different:
Q 0 = 0.349; A, = 0.524;
0o k° = i1;. ii.O
f c 0k°=l.5.
-
K
2 -
kw and ka dependences on the shell's angle y of a positive Gaussian curvature are
sitive
represented correspondingly by curves 3 and 4 in Fig. 3.38.
From these curves it follows that as angle <p increases the maximum deflection
values steadily decrease, hence the optimal control parameter value is on the right
limit of its permissible change domain: if = 70°.
From the shell's strength condition the lattice's optimum angle is y> w 40°
11. For a shallow cylindrical shell having parameters
a0 = 0.524; A, = 0.349; ifc?
k° = 0; k° = 1; u>
? == 60°
rigidly fixed along the contour when Z° = const we want to find, according to rigidity
and strength, the material's optimum distribution for different rod families assuming
that the rods' lattice sizes a and 03 remain unchanged during the optimization process.
The thin-wall tubular rods have a constant wall thickness (6 = const).
Thus, the variable parameters are r and r3 i.e. the tubular section radii of rods
of the first two and the third families.
Value
S<S33 == FF33/F
/F == rr33/r.
/r.
is taken for the control parameter.
As in the two previous examples kw and kc depending here on S3, are assumed as
specific functions and the standard shell's lattice control parameter as a unit (r 3 = r),
when finding these functions.
The control parameter change domain is given as an inequality
0<6 <2.
0 < 3<S3 < 2.
When solving boundary value problems for determining functions kw(S3) and ka(S3)
at fixed parameter £3 the variable part of the calculated data was derived from the
following formulae expressing the rods' constant material volume:
4Sl33y
d3 = 46 e3 = e°3Sl r? = 9 r f ( 2 + * 3 ) - 2 ,
rJ
where <£,, e", rj are correspondingly the standard shell's lattice parameters. In our
case with 63 = 1, dSj = e | = 1. The square of the dimensionless cross section inertia
radius of the standard shell's rod was assumed as r° = 3.12 • 10 - 6 .
The calculation results are shown in Fig. 3.39. Curves 1 and 2 correspond to the
dependences of functions kw and ka on S3.
It follows from the curves that the optimum rigidity of the shell corresponds to the
control parameter coinciding with the left limit of the domain of permissible values
S3 = 0 (the specific function steadily increases as 63 becomes greater).
When calculating the shell according to strength this reticulated system will be
optimum with 63 = 0.5.
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 143
Figure 3.39:
Evidently, the curvature radius of curve R takes the maximum value Rm^x on the
shell's contour. Values F{mm and /?m<ut can be determined if the shell's rise / and its
span L are known.
Let us introduce small parameter e and auxiliary function a:
"max —
"min
"mill iR-Ro
t —/to fl2 , /OITC\
e ==P —£—, g= 9 g == 2 2/ /^J-»1- ,l , (3.175)
" m a x +T "-tmin
■rtmax min 2Ro
^"0
Ro(l + ea).
R= Ro(l-reo-). (3.176)
/.ftmax.
R = #max - 0.5j/ /.ftm»x-
144 Chapter 3. Statics
j*Mnax
SB _/U,-/U, ) CT<r== 22/ 3
/ 32 -2 -l .l . (3.177)
-rtnun
ee = — (3.177)
^
"mn ua x i -Kniin
**inm
Let us examine a cylindrical shell whose lattice is formed by three identical rod
families (in Fig. 1.5 the rods' third family is absent, the fourth one is taken for the
third). The rods' torsional rigidity is taken as zero.
The solution is based on equations of the mixed method. Assuming all coefficients
except ki = R~1(P), constant in equations (3.92), (3.94) we obtain the following
system of differential equations for this type of lattice with K\ = Ku = 0:
^ r L H + p ^ = z,
££F* • (l •; ) - Rdx*
£ £ = 0. (3.178)
(3,78)
Here
r a ,, 9* „ i d4 s4 d*
,0 , (1 + C3)^WC^ + ^ ,
« , - < icV
13 = ±^. (,179,
(3.179)
We reduce equation system (3.178) to a form convenient for solving this problem. For
this
k *m~ Po ha3
*/TT~ ha3 1
1
tfjj*, F ' Eh2
E£O,
where 6 is the length of the contour of the shell's middle surface's cross-section, we
obtain the following system of differential equations (3.178):
-v0 d 2 * 0
W + klZr = z°'
-V0 /? 2 ?/) 0
M0( 0) -v° r)2in° (3(3.180)
180)
Here
* - f e ^ - = °" -
4
b£Ey/P0 o * Ao
=
" -2—"' *-2S*'
Z
° - £ * ' - « b «° = «°<« = ^
where, as before, ^i is the rod's cross-section radius of inertia {p\ = Ji/F).
If the transveral load is uniformly distributed over the shell's surface (Z — const),
Eqs. (3.180) can be presented
ssented irin the form
7°d 2 H'
LW) + l!^ 2 = ^ l _ M ° *- - ^ ^
M°tf =0 (3.181)
1 J+ RPda2 16^' HP da 2 1
#>da le^/sT i? aa
The desired functions aree expressed
exDre through TZ/"
IV and! ^b using formulae:
form
2w = beEJp~oCW, *=J £ « ,
where
C = 16Z°v/S7/7r22, ona, =
= l/b,
l/b,
here / is the shell's length (along the generating middle surface).
Using condition (3.179) that the volume of the shell's rods' material remains con
stant as the lattice angle ip changes the formulae for deflection w linear bending
moments M\, Mi and forces Nt, JVj, of the reticulated shell's calculation model can
be written as:
w =
w = C°i/g*W
c°ifcw == C°W°,
C°W°,
2
P\EC°V r 3Na w , d2w =
* - - * £ * [a ♦*£♦*£]-*«**. p\EC°VMf,
P
?EC°V (( 22dd27Ww ,, 2
P]EC°V
]EC°V 2 a
2
vv\
d*W\ 2 E,„OT/»^
2E ,„OT/»^
M2 c +sc =p]ECVM
= c</9
6C 9 ^ _ 6C
--^{ iw 6Cw)
9 V _ bC
° 2
yNiV l
- /»/?2 - o r _ "1l' • /V2
N2 ((3.182)
3 182)
~ 9„_
2eteoW-Ko"
Qdfs
- 9^„0d^-2T
-2T /W» - 5*„
0^
"» ' -
where 3
26 3Zy/bn~
2b ZyaT
c° =
(7 = .v ,
=47'
og =
! = 1l ++
s esec
c u ;y;.
.
E{fV*p*l
146 Chapter 3. Statics
In the obtained system of equations (3.181) all the coefficients, except function R° =
R°(0), are constant. From (3.176) we have
iJ°
R° == R/Ro =
= \+eo:
l + e<7. (3.183)
From formulae (3.175), (3.177) it follows that the maximum modulus of function a =
<r(/?) in this change domain of coordinate /? (—1 < /3 < 1) is unity. Hence according
to formula (3.175) for value e we may conclude that according to the modulus the
augend of the sum in the right term of relationship (3.183) will always be smaller
than the addend.
Thus, we expect that the iteration method in which the zero approximation refers
to a solution of the corresponding problem with e = 0 will be convergent. When
exammining the non-circular cylindrical shell's stability and fluctuations (Sees. 4.2.2,
5.2.2) the solution is based on a power series according to small parameter e.
To obtain the system of differential equations of the k-th approximation of the
given iteration process we perform the following operations: multiply each equation
in (3.181) by R° and replacing this function by expression (3.183) transfer the terms
containing multiplier e to the right-hand sides assigning them the number of the
(k — l)-th approximation. Then we obtain
i0
"">»+^ - s k + ^ f e - ^ ' - '
x(l-M (* = 0,1,2,...),
A/°(^)-7°^ = --(1
( l - -* * M
6ok0)ea(0)M°(xl>k-i),
)M°(lfc-i). (3.184)
(3-184)
where
60k
6 0ls =- 11 with
with kk == 0,0, SSokok ==00 with
with kk ^^ 0.0.
The system of differential equations (3.184) for an arbitrary number of iteration has
constant coefficients, hence when solving it corresponding effective methods can some
times be used. Let us examine one of them.
3.4-5b. Shallow cylindrical shell hinged supported along the contour. Assuming
a shallow non-circular cylindrical shell subjected to external load X = Y = 0,
Z = const, hinged supported over a rectangular contour. In this case the bound
ary conditions have the form:
w =
d2w
==
av
2 =
av= 0n Wlth... a = ±Ql
,
-M
-w dc7
dc7> W '
d22W
W d224>
rb dd22ib
tb
w = = = = = 0=0
withwit/?
h= ±1fisB±1
- (3-185)
w (3.185)
=w d w
= W dS W -
The static calculations of this shell reduce to a solution of boundary problem
(3.181), (3.185). In accordance with the suggested iteration method the solution
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 147
-J_Fo £° = —
—2- ( 0
0
A"■mil = —!—F° B° FF<°W W
"mil \ mill
' mjii "mil i ' "*/*>
1
AL*» A
F m ,( e ) - e f; Uxmn'A^ - - I L A W ^ ; 1 ' ) X,„, ,
lmu [ f_j \ «m(i /
1
^ ;(*. I-1)) ++ AA,lm „,ftf;. ,)
-V0 °° / -V0 \
n<*> - _J -l~F
f-F m „((ei
£ ) - ee 5V3 ((^-A,
J ^ A l m M .,A .H1*-1^ xIm(J.. .
D r u u
mn — Ajm/i
\ Clmfi
c mii(t) t }, = 1 I\Slm/i
, l«)l"»m)li f lm(.'"m/i' I/ -Emu' •
■*2mji Clm(i , _ , \Slm<i /
In these formulae the strokes at the summation symbols mean that the summation
was performed only for odd values of the index //'. Other notations are:
FL°l =
*$! m / /i,))--11 ,,
= (( - l )j ^ ™ F mli((££)) = [l
Fmli [ l +£ ( 1 - 4 A ; 22 )],
+ £(1-4A; )],
Al m M = (Clmji + A C2m/i)A m ,
— A2
A 2 mm^^ =
— ({2m|i + A flm(»)A
flmj»)A m .
Convergence of the described iteration method used for solving the given boundary
value problems was studied numerically. Three iterations proved to be sufficient to
give the calculations an acceptable practical accuracy.
148 Chapter 3. Statics
A,™ == 6.45m;
Rmir, 6.45m; i i^^, ,^^ == 13.82m;
13.82m; ££== 0.3636.
0.3636.
b) For a cycloid:
—for a cylindrical shell having the middle surface's cross section profile in the form
of a catenary;
o, = 1.74;
a, £ = -1/3; V/Pl =
= sfi; 7° = 232
—for a cylindrical shell with the middle surface's cross section in the form of cycloid;
—for a circular cylindrical shell. The calculation results are illustrated in Figs. 3.40-
3.43.
Curves 1 and 2 in Fig. 3.40 represent dependencies of dimensionless deflections
at the central point of angle <p for shells with £ = 0.3636 and e = —1/3 respectively.
Curve 3 of this figure shows for comparison a similar dependence for a circular shallow
cylindrical shell having the same dimensions in the plane and rise (e = 0, 7 0 = 201).
3.4. Small Parameter Method in the Shallow Shell Theory 149
n
11 1 n-"
R? E E
A/j = (PiC? + ?i5ic), A/2 = [pic] - q{Sic),
i=\
fl5 i=l
n nn
_2
B
9) m 9) m
#, = - _2_ E ;?.c?+PiSic),
R? E
^ (?iC?-p,s,c), 2
(3.187)
ii =
= ii
\ft i»=i
=l
Circular Cylindrical
3.5. Circular CylindricalShells
Shells 151
151
where
+ W\
,
d,
,, TT ?du
'■[^■'
odu
. (/ 2d22ww
i% )
, ( dv
222
2,ddwww .. „
(I'dudud0
+ SiCi (
d22w
Idu
w \
+
dv\
dv\
d^)\ '
P. f sin 2y>i
\ 22 uvc- up'
_. (\fd
2d7ww
Vd w a2d2du>\
2
2w
w\ SiCi-
. „ „d2wa2\w'
<7.
a- \da* dp**)
cos2
^'a^. •
We write equilibrium differential equations for the cylindrical shell's element as:
d dS d S _
^,
We write equilibrium3M -
differential equations
RX ONfor2 2theas
dJV 5S _ -RY,
cylindrical
RY shell's element as:
da + d/3 " dd
op
+
da~
oa
d
^,dS- - 7RX
V 2 -+
ON+2 as _ -RZ,
RY
da d3
dH1_dM1 8H1_8M1
«Q 2 , = RQi- (3.188)
da
da 83
++ G
C* [[ -- K
K^^ +
+ •«<*? )g ^^ +++s5*.',2{1
« ( ^ -- 1l )wbl (120 ~-- 3c
33c, 2
n
'c), 2)^)—
— ~-- *,Aa
?i Cc —
i j ),
w\w \ ) ,
(IPw „ cPw d?w , d3w\
2 + w + + 3tan22y?;-;
w +tan V
Q = -7pg{*^H^ i=l
^ W '^3-J
_
_ cot Ifii f,
f , ,d u; ,a 33 w . „ ,, ,,
.„ ,, d^w
— C,- 3.^(3*? - 1 ) d*w
2
da d0
**-•*&-*"£]}■ <»89>
5/. „ 2, ^W 52 <^ i w l "I
+sh -S.C- (3.189)
^'-^daW-^WA)- <
Substituting values (3.187) and (3.189) into the first three equations (3.188) we obtain
the following system of equilibrium differential equations in displacements:
Ln(u) +
M«) + £w(»)
L12(v) +
+LM<»)
13(w) = -R2 X,
= -^ ^
2
2
iLj2i(u)
iH ++ LM32(v)
^ ++ L^w)
iwH = = -R
-R2YY,
>
2 2
L3l(u) + L32
LM(U) 3i (v)
(v) + Lzsiw)
£33(111) = = R Z,R Z, (3.190)
152 Chapter 3. Statics
iLnl l = ^ c f c'KiLi,
t=i
/Cii,,
E
Lu = X.a.cfA'.L.,
t=i
t=i
n
LL\313 —= g ^ c ^ ^/A
E
8 d\
+ tan^A),
1=1
n
n
( d d\
£22
L22 =
E
£«?e?KAi
1=1 =E
L 23 = ^ ? c , ^ ( ^ - R+a n yUn? i — J ,
«=1
\d^ *
^Tp)
" '
i =n i
r C +4 4tant ayp,n + 66tan
t a ny>2 V 5a 4
1=1
*» = E^4 » K£
L33
1=1
da* ^^
da dP 3
2
'da2dp2*^
d*
+ 4 tan 3 <pi ^
tan 4 y ^ \
dadP3 ''dp
2
r ( d* 8* \ d2 f( d2 d22 \
++ rrl, \da* +"*" dp*)+ SiD
sin 2^(25? - 1)
* [** ' (&? ^) *^ - W (&? - ^dpj) dadp \da2 2
+ (1 6s
" * ?-«2c? ;-'da) ao5^]
dP
+s
2
<} (i{L" ==Lki)L„).
2
- (3191)
»*i (3.191) ik
In (3.191)
da 22 „Man dd22 2a a2
a VindaP
tan n 2'
Li =
^OCt-i + 2 t
^ + t a ^dp ^ '
and
r2 u = 2
= Ju/RJu/#F
Fi, h rl, = GiJ3i/R2EiFi.
rl^GiJzil&EiFi. (3.192)
Note that ru is the i-th rod family's cross-section dimensionless radius of inertia.
The obtained differentia] equation system (3.190) has a symmetrical structure.
For a reticulated plate this system is divided into two independent systems which
refer to a plane problem and bending (for this we assume i = Ret, y = R/3, R —* oo).
£ =
(, = a tan 1<p,
^3, u. = u cot (^, <p,
X 4s33cA:.,
X == 4s y = 4 s 4 K . , ZZ =
cA:., Y=AS*Y„ = AS 4
4s4Z..
Z.. (3.195)
Taking these notations into account the differential equations system (3.194) can be
written as:
2
da2u.
u.
22 +1
a22u.
d u. yfa_
222 +1
a22vu+ ++at«
d dw
dw 2R2X.
2R 2
X.
ae
d(
u^ ""
2
" a^
d/3
dp
up ""2
" djdp
'didp
d£dp
u^up Ui^ ~dj'"
d£
di KK ''
„ add2V
u. dfa fa2vv fa d2v dw dw 2R22Y.
2R Y.
2 u. + + d
2
2 1
+
+ 2
2 ++
didp
didp
UQUp
+ did£
di
d~i
u$
dP
2 + dp
dP
up
2 + dp dp
dp
up
KK
KI\ '
''
4 4 92 i~r
i2
du.
du. + dv
dv (d*w
Id w
dv_ (<Pw+ d*w „ d*w
d w d*w\
a'uA
d*w\ 22 w , 2R
2i?
2R Z.
Z.
2
2R Z. Z. ,.„„, ,M_,
+ ++ 6 di22dp (3.196)
dP222 ++++dpdp44r)) ?r +w
+ u = = KK ' 3 i96
(3196)
ixaraW^
dj + W "Ww
di ' + ^ ^ wr
)
dp ++ V
dp VW
'
di4 + di '+ W —
IT' <- >
It is important to note that functions u.,v,w are connected to coordinates i, /3 with
load components X., Ym, Z. by the same differential dependencies as u, v, w to
coordinates a, P with load components X, Y, Z in the case of a shell with a square
lattice. To prove this it is sufficient to compare the equation system (3.196) for shells
with a rhombic lattice with that for shells with a square lattice derived from (3.194)
154 Chapter 3. Statics
with tp = TT/4:
d2u d2u d22v dw
dw
dw 2R2X
2R 2
X
da 2 +
d0
dP + 2+
22 +
3~P dad/3
dPdadp 3adP + da~ da
da
da KK ' ''
K
22
„ d
2
r\0
U uU
r\02
!Pv_
d
UV v
<-.•?
d 2
dhv dw
*\
dw
/jut 2R
2RY Y
2 dad/3
oaop 1-da
K ■ ''
+ 2 + 2+
dadp oa'2 d8 d/32 'd3 d/3
dp KK
dadp 4 4 222
du dv
dv (3*w
(d*w „ d 4 wda 3 w\ 2,
4 4 2R
2RZZZ
2R
(3(3.197)
du + dv{ (d*w 3w
d24d8 r r\+ +Ww -
W)r] ' + W = 19?)
+ dv fd*w +
+ w22 2++-¥30*)
dZ
dZ + dp
da
Ta +
dp \3a* + da
TpKb^^d-a^dT
33\da^ da2d/3
+ + T K-' '
K -
d~P \da~< daW/3*
Fromulae (3.193) for cylindrical shells with a square lattice tp = ;r/4 become
Kt Ar
Ar K
K (du
(du
(du dv
dv \\ _ K
K_ (du
(du
(du dv\
3v\
3v\
N == N1=N2
2R{da- + dp + W)> ~2R l\df}
+
da)
72
1
I 39222w
w
w „ 1#
lt „ /I fd wu ; dd322t<A
/ d2w 2
w\
w\
H == M ==MMi==MM=2
M 2 2 2 +2 + 22
" R?dadp'
WdadP'
-&daW> > * 2R \3ada2R \M3P W)')J'
a3^ d3™
3
_ /■ /(cPw
J_{<Pw ww \\
&w\ /I1 / d 33
dPww
w dd33w\
c^uA w\
Qi = -Li + (3.198)
dp3) ''
Ql 33 +
+ 2 3 +
{da3 +
2RI3 l\do?
"' 2R dadp) '
dadp*)
dadP )' Q2 ~ 2R 3
~ 2R \ da^dp da*dp W)
The same formulae (3.193) for shells with a rhombic lattice can be presented as
JVV = JV cot22 tp
N22 cot tp = sin22 2<p,
N. sin
= N. 2y>, S5 = 4S.s33c,
= 45,s c,
2 2 2 3
M2 cot tp
Mi = Mi <p==M. M.sin
sin2tp, 2y>, H 4H.sc,3c,
tf == 4H.s
33 44
Qi == 4Q,.*
AQi.s c,c, Q = 4Q
Qi2 = 2 .s ..
4Qj.s*.
4Qi.s (3.199)
Formulae for values AT,, 5 . , 7/., Qi», Q 2 . are derived from (3.198) through replacing
a and u correspondingly by £ and u,.
Relationships (3.195) and (3.199) make it possible to transfer from the preset
boundary conditions for shells with a rhombic lattice to these for certain fictitious
shells with a square lattice. Thus, for the calculation of a shell of length / with a
rhombic lattice subjected to surface load X, Y, Z having uniform boundary conditions
it is sufficient to substitute it by a shell with a square lattice with altered length
/. = /tany? and surface load X,, Y., Z* with the same boundary conditions (obtain
asterisk values), perform a transfer for forces and moments (from asterisk values to
those without asterisks) according to formulae (3.199) and consider that
= u. tan tp,
u= = £( cot tp.
a= (3.200)
The above makes it possible to keep future examinations of cylindrical shells with a
square lattice thus simplifying the problem and significantly facilitating the tabulation
of the solution's results.
equation
•quat.iori in 8-th order derivatives relative to the resolvent function $ =
= $ ( a , /?):
L(*)
L{9) = 0.
L(9) (3.201)
Here
lere L is a differential
ential operator
op having
ing the form:
rm:
88
a8 d 8fl
8
a
a#> 8
r
5"
8 + 4 ^6 110- +4+ 22dfft66 + h &8
~ dofi
9a da
da*dP
da*dP
2 22
dp 2 ' 10
w
aa a^
da*dp*4
da
da dpdP dp*'
dp
dp*' '
ment vector
The displacement vector components
comp
mponents are
i t c ar
a rp: determined
rlprprmii through
throi gh function
function
ict ion $:
66 666
aa 1 aa
u = \(®L _a^_\ —1*
cr \ 22 , ^aL 1i 4
2
a
cr _aM
'(— 6666 +4+
+7-7a 444 4 2222+ +
+ 2222 4 + ++ 6666ri r? + 22212
\da*
\\aa
[\da
+
(aa
a»a«9/3 +
aa aa/3" dP
++
a^J aa^.
9 QJJJ ' ' '
6a/9
4 a/92 aa
aa66 a/3" dp66 )
[[\da
9Q da «9/3 da d/3
d/3<
a^dp* dfi
dp*)
dP ) )) ^' da
da
aa a£ Q
22
r
L*{ , / s
& . „
„ a
d* s_ , a 6
6 \ \ a2 ll1l.. .
a
a 2
t!
f l \da
f \da \da5dp
s
r« ll2 f 553— rr+ »
dp +
dp ^ dofldP
dp
6 3- 3 33 + a 5 \
dcfdP
dcfdP
do?dP )p33 dadP*)
aaa/?
dadP*)
dadp*)
—1#
dad/}*)J dadp\ dadp\ '
dadp]
3
U)) = ( a 2 2
^_\ 3) , (3.202)
W \dadp?^ ao y
\dadP2 da3)
Substituting values (3.202) into formulae (3.198) we obtain:
Kr2 (f d7 d7 _ d7 d7 \
7 7 7 7
Kr*
Kr\
iV =
2R \da 7 +
7+
\da do?dP 2 2
da*dP
.& _£L
do?dP*
£_U
dadp66) 6 '
2R \da
\da7+
7 + 12 do? dp* dadp6 )
) d7 ''\'
Kr\ ( d da*dP
7 da*dP d do?dP*
7 dcPdP*d7 dad/3
7 dadp*)
L J d7 \1 I ,
29 5++
5 : L K
3+ 7 7
2R\
Iti \ da*dP
Oa°Oli da*dP
Oa^cip* _L K da dPdP* dP
da'Op° L J ) dP )I <J> '
e6 N 33 da22dp* 77 7
I //_^_
2R
2R V 9«
V da
a*dP9/3 fra*da*dp
\ P
da*dP da dp*
dps dp
dP J) '
M :
2R22 V d 5aa55+ dS aQd^ W4
, '
4
2R?I V( da*
2R do* dadp d/5 \' ,
dadp*)
« ==
„„ - 4-L(^L
^ :
l
-if-*
-L(^L *_W
2LW
2LW
fl2 \da2dp3
R2r \da 2
d*
/ dpQ6
3
da*dp)
06 6
da*dp)
'
'
fl i
22 ( 22 &
\da
fli 33\da/ dp dp 3
d3 66 o
da 4
d a
6
4dPJ
da*dp) ' 2a2 6 *,
2i? 3 v a** aa a
Qx ■■ 2
dp da dP*)
\\ '
V1
2R V 5< 66 6 2+ da 2dp*)
6
dP*)
2R/I \ (/ da a a adP*
2tt> 6 6 6
d da*dP
d daa
yV il
Q2
Qi
= 2fi —f
3
I 33 (V „5 ad
-2^(-h
66
6 - da*dP
„ 2d+
da*dp
2+ 6
da2dPa46) ) ''t .
do?dp*) (3.203)
** =
= ~W
- 2
= -2^(- ^ ^ ( - 3
3 ^ + + 2
2
^
^
+
+ ^ ))adps)
^ ** -- (( 33 22 00 33 ;)
A rparticular solution
v a r t i r i i l a r Ci-kliit of tthe
i n n r\f h o linear
lino system of
of equations (3.197) is found as a sum
si oi of
three members, each corresponding to one surface load component X, Y, Z.
a) Let Y = Z = 0. Then the system of equations (3.197) reduces to one differential differentia
equation
IL**z x = -(2R*/I)X.
The displacements, linear forces and moments are derived from formulaee (3.202) !and
(3.203) where function $ should be replaced by $ x .
b) Assume that X = Z = 0. The resolvent equation has the form:
I*y = -{2R*/I)Y.
156 Chapter 3. Statics
The displacemment vector components of the point on the shell's calculation model's
middle surface
:e are
are determined using formulae:
ag iormuiae:
6
_
- 2
9,/ a
2 f °" e a d66 ^ aa66 \\ a2 1
u„ =
+ 3 33 + + s + +
U v
"" ~
l
[ ' \da*dp
s
\da*dP
+
a a^3> dcfidp
+
+
dc?dP
dcfidp*
+
a o ^ 9dad?)
+
Q W)
aa9/? ) ++ aa5/jj
oaop "*''
idadp\
66 6
6
6 6666
6 6
rr/a
/a a
d d a a \ an
2 _g_i
)d2+wap\
2
d d d d?_
Y- "
r
u =
6 6+ + 7 4 2 + + 22
"" "
y1/
[V^a
[\da
[\dcfi 9a c
* da*dP
da*60
d«*dp
+ ++
da
da 8,
dP
dc?dp* +
dp)
da*dP
» ,u =
( g _g_\ 4 v
\da2d0'/9 d£V
Then formulae (3.198) for
for the linear forces and n
moments
oments become:
Kr\
Kr\ ((f d
Kr\ d777
a d777
a
a ad7777j ^^ar\
d
a ^xL* A *
N
Nvyy
v
" 27R? V
1R a 6 " ^ da*dp
V &adp
Sfiocdp
4
8a*dp
3 V 5 i
a/3+3+
aaa*dP~*~+
da dP ++ dp
da^dP
dc?dp
dc?dp dp)
dp) ""''
dp)
& dtfdp9 +
Cy
''
—
27? V &adp
^ r 3 /" ^ 7 7 i s sd5
da*dP
- _2 _15 ^^ ?pi'
M
dp)
M \
#
"'
a/32 2 cda3dP
y
y
27?
2i? V V
V&^
/
2T7? V^a
^*a
a77 da
as
a Qsdp
da
daassdP \?
dp
aa 3 a^ dadp)
da3dp
a a a ^ y "'"
dadp)
MV = »T?
j 2 jvaa 4
a,3
*dp adp) 5
^ / *"
„ _ •IK
_L(JL-\da*dfS £_\gs m
_/_2 ^ a —
2 d/?V U
_
W"v 27? 3W
22 I aa 3 as22
v 7? V 9/3
7?■V/^ aa^66 dadPJ a«a^v6 *».
5a9/?V "' 66
//7 3 // aa^s 6 + „ &a
a 6 _
_ aa
a 6\
\
<3.y
ly
Qly
^ " 2R ?33 Va a a^
3
\da d/3 1-2'a^a/S
2R \da*d0 s
+ dofldp
3
3
/9 a«a3
3aoflj9V
dadp) *'"'
"'
~ 27?
6 dtfdp 6 dadp)
6
/i7 // *a 9 s- 22 *a ad6 \\
s
d/3 dc^dp
Q2vV
Q =
::: 3 5 33
a 6-
* ~
*"* ~2R?
2R \\ da*dP
2S da*d0* ~~ da*d/3*
2
da*d/3* ~~ dp)
dp) "'
c) Let X = Y = 0. Have the problem reduces to solving the differential equation
L$
L$zz =
= (2R*/I)Z.
(2R4/I)Z.
W z, —
//_g__
4
a 4 _a g 4_ _aj_\ _aj_\
l»,.
"* ~ Vaa da*dP ++ dp) "
Wl
~ va°
U<> 4 da*dp
do?dp dp) **"*■
dp)
These formulae and relationships (3.198) make it possible to determine the calculation
model's stressed state as:
7L fi?L
_L a6
f _?L ^
66
a
a^ aaa8868 6
aa88J\\*x,
/v,11 - 5,*« =- 0,o- «w* --" 2S
_ 2 ^ 6 aa4a/g2 2
4 ,2 4++f
a^y
- *« - 0- « « - 2/J2 ^ ^ da Q6
2 2 Q 6 aa
^ a/3 ^" aQ
da*dP
4 do?
aaa
dj94
jdp
a/36
9 4 + a /dp)
Q , da^3 j 6 J * * ."
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells
liar C: 157
157
f P dd66P \
*' - » R?
l \da dPdP
R? \da
— ( —
— -
\dasssdP dcPdP
a dP
da dP
dcPdP
dcPdP
33 +
3 +
33 +
-
33
—
— \ *
dadPs5) ' "
dadp*)
+ dc
dad/3 )/ *'
dadps) *'
J_(P_ 7 dd777 _ d77 d 7
Qu I13 I(*d7 ++ , d & 22 _ K d 3 d7 \\
Vl1 : da*dP
2R 3 V 9 Q7 + da*dp da3 dP* +'1- 3 —
oa-ap^ -6— I '
uaup~j
2R dctdp
\da 3 7 datdp* da dp* dadp
dadp) ) "
J /
7 d77 , P*d77 ,dadp*) 7
Ql. - I
—L f d
( -^—5- d d d \
)...
2R3 \ 3da*dp dda*dP33 ++ dada*dp
2 idp
si
Q2
* ' 2R3 \ da«dP
da«dp da*dp3' + da dp ) "
dp5 + dp)
3.5.3b. An open profile cylindrical shell. Assume that the shell is freely supported
along the curvilinear edges on diaphragms rigid in their planes and flexible from these
planes.
Assume the origin of coordinates is at the point on one of the diaphragms which
divides the arch of the middle surface's cross-section of the shell's calculation model
into two.
Here the shell's curvilinear edges's boundary conditions are:
u =v=N =M=0
0iwith a == 0,
0, l/R.
l/R. (3.204)
The solution of this problem is the form of an ordinary trigonometric series whose
terms each satisfies the accepted boundary conditions. In the work [45] the solution
was obtained for a cylindrical shell with a rhombic lattice. The results for a particular
case when tp = JT/4 are given below.
1) The solution of a homogeneous equation. The solution of differential equation
(3.201) can be found through expansion into a Fourier series
oo
OO
•ia.fi) =E
* ( a , 0 ) = Y, /fn{P)
» (P)
n=l
n=l
cos
C AAnnQ* ((A„ = n*fl//).
OSA»<*
( £ ) COS tiifl//). (3.205)
Substituting value (3.205) into Eq. (3.201) we obtain an ordinary 8-th order differ-
ential equation
i.iun with
wiL-ii constant
•..uiiai-cLiit lcoefficients
A J C i i i u c i i b a Ifor
U I the
LMC n-th
ii-iu term
icmi
2 4 6 6 8
ffA
8 _ 4 A ^ L __ i1n0AA ^< ^'.-- _ 4A
44A ^.+
n ^ ^2'-++A f -=U0«
A«/„
+ nJn
dP
d/3 "dp*
" dp " dp <i/J
" dp ~ '
For the roots of a characteristic equation corresponding to this differential equation
we obtain two multiple imaginary and four actual values:
=
frln
fcln ^2n=— X
— *2n Xnni,i, ft3K3
n n=
— A?4
A?4nn =
— A
AnnZ,
Z,
&5n,6n = ±Pn, fc7n,8n = ± 9 n ,
where
pn
Pn = A„V3
\nnyj3
y/3 + 2\/2, qn = \n\jz-2s/2.
+ 2V^,
2V2, \n\jz-2s/2.
In the isotropic shell theory all roots of the characteristic equation take complex
values conjugate in pairs.
158 Chapter 3. Statics
According to the characteristic equation's roots, series (3.205) may be written as:
7 oo
OO
E C «^
* = E< +
E[( C i« + ^C3n)sinA
sin Ann0,
*Jt=0
=0 nn==ll
+ /?C!n)
+(C' nn +
+(C; pC; ; nj)j cos A„/S
/?C*„)co \ n /? + C*
A„/? C:„
C*nSinhp
C „n sinh Pnn/3
pp„0 <76„coshp
0 + C' pnn/3
C6nn cosh p„0
C' 0
+C* n sinh q<?„/3
+C*„sinh< ?„/3
p +
ni/8 + Cg
Cg
+ Csnnn ccosh
cosh
o s n qqnn0]
p] cos
cos A„a,
A„a,
9n/3] cos A„a, (3.206)
where asterisks indicate arbitrary constant integrations.
Substituting expression (3.206) into Eq. (3.202) and adding particular solutions
depending on the surface load we obtain the following formulae for the displacement
vector's components at points on the calculation model's middle surface:
u = C,o
C £ CMo + u'o(0)
o + PC «S(0)
OO
+E { [ C l "- - 4 8 rr AA
?i n^
nC
n^33n„ + (1 + 16r?Al)A„C4»/?]
16rJA„)A
16rJA Cn^] sin Ann/3
n )A nnCn^]
n=l
- [Cn + 48rjA*Cn
48rjAjC«B + (1 + 16r?A^)A„Cn/3]cos
16r?A< )A„Cn£]cos A„/?
16r?A^)A„Cn/3]cosX n0
+ (Cn sinh pn/3 + C n coshp
coshpnn/3
/? + C n sinh qn/3 + C n cosh g„/?)A„
g„/?)An
+ u*(/3)}cosA„a,
u*(0)}cosA„a,
OO
v
-E{[<72
= -E{[ c
»+(1 +
^+( 1 48r
+48r??A4
A4 cc
»)
») <»
n=l
+ (l + 16r*A<)A
16r?A^)A
1 6 r ^ ) A n CnnCn^]sinA
Cn£]sinA
n £ ] s i n A nn// 3
+ [Cn - (1 + 48r?Aj[)Cn
48rjAj[)Cn + (1 + 16rjAj[)A
48rjA^)Cn 16r?A< )A„Cn/?]
nCn/?] cos A„/?
\np
+ Pn(Cn cosh pn/3 + C n sinh pn0) +
+ q„(Cn cosh ?q„fi
<?„£
n^ ++C Cnn sinh
sinh qqnn/3)
/3)
+ <(/?)}
<(/3)}sinA
sin An a,
OO
w =
= J^l2\[n2(C
E A
3nsm\nSin
n(C3n p \n/3 +
+ CCinCos\
n COS n\l3)
n0)
n=l
n=l
2 2
+ (Cn sinhp /J ++ C
sinhpnn^3 Cn6ncoshp np)(\ n +
cosh p„0)(A* + ppnn))
3
+ (Cn
(C 7nsinh
sinh9q9n^/M
nn/3 ++f C
Cn8n cosh 3)(A^2n+++q9ql)
cosh gqg„/?)(A£
n0)(X
n/ *) ++<<wltfi)]
n) + ((/£? ) ] sin
sin A„Q.
sinAAnQ.
n a. (3.207J
(3.207)
Formulae (3.203) for the calculation model's linear forces and moments, in accordance
with (3.206), take the form (asterisk functions which are the particular solutions
connected with the external load are added):
g/
Of °°
- — E t ^t(Cn
NT = -—
A ( C 3 n sin \Kf) ^)A^ +
np + C n cos An/?)A*
/?)A^ N'n(/3)} sin
+ NZ(fi)] sin A„a,
A„a,
Xna,
R nn == ilI
5 - £E?8/ { £ + ««
II ^ J
oo
+Ei
s
C^«n» Ssin
+ E [K(;[(Cn ' n A\Xn"^
pn/3-- <?3n
C n COS
cos A
\n/3)\
/?)A*
n/?)A= +■S;(/3)]cosA
n + S'n{/3)]cos
SJfj))] cosAAnnQ
nQ>,
a >i , ,
n=l
n=l
J
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells 159
j oo
I °° °°
M
M = 2 ^ I^][[--44AA^^(C
^C(33C„3snisni A
n Ann /in3^ + C 4n
4ncosA nn/
n//3)
3)
2R} n =^l '
n=l
4
+ (C 5n sinhp
sinh p„/3
n0 + + C6n cosh p„0)(p
p„/?)(pj \*4n)
n - X
sin A a
-r
+ (C77n7„n sinhq n 0 + C 8n
sinh qg„/J 8nc o s h9q9nnn0){q
cosh ^^ ) ( ^n -- \A*) n'(/?)] sin A"nnoa,
n) + M'(P)]
A/
M^P)} -
/ °°
H
H == - - ^ £ [ 2 A * (^l(C
C 3 n3n
c ocos
s AA„^3
„ / ? --C 4Cn4n s isin
n AA„/3)
„/?)
n
n== ll
e . 1 .
Pn{X2n+ +p')(C
+I- Pn(A* p^)(C
p*)(C S „s „
„coshp
cosh p„/3
coshp„/3 n /3+ +CC sinhpn /?)
sinhp
6n6n n /?)+ +qnq{X
22 2 2
n(Xn n++q <£)
qn)n)
x< (C7 7n
(C „
77n cosh g
9„/9
qnn/?
fi
0 +
+ CC „
88n
Sn sinh q nn(3)
{)) + /^(/J)]
//;(/?)]
H^(/3)]
H^{, A„
A„ cos
cos A
A nna,
a,
= -i
7. OO
<?i
•?» = V [4A n (C 3n
x3J2i 4X sin
»(C3\»n0s'mX+»p+ coscosXX"fi
C4nc*» n/3)
n
n=
n== ll
-U.
- (4 + 3\/2)(A^ p^)(C 5n sinhp n £^ + C
3\/2)(A* + pDiCsn C6n
6n cosh p
Pnn0)
2
(3\/2 - i)(X
+ (3V2 4)(A* n++ q22nn)(C777n„ sinh
sinh qq<?„/?
nnp
0+ ++ CCCBn
Bncosh
Bn
cosh q?„/?)
cosh qnn0)
0)
+ Qt
+
+ *Q tnn(^)]A^cosA„a,
( ^ ) ] ^ ccos
Ql»(P))*l o s AA„a,
„a,
/ °°
<?2
Q% =
Q2 = ^5f >
YJA *[ (4AC«( c o" sCOS
3 nC3 A nX/"P
3-C n s isin
~ 4c<" n AA„"^)
/?)
n=l
2 2
- V2p
v/2p„(A*
V2p„(A^
n(X n +
+ pp* n)(C
pl){C)(Cin5n5n coshp
coshpnn/3/3
/? + C C6n
6n sinh p /J)
pnn/3)
2 2
+ V2q
v^?„(A^
n(X n +
+ 9q^)(C
n)(C77„„coshcoshqgqn„/3
pnp ++ CC8n8n
8nsinh
sinhq9n/ 3)
qn/3)
n/3)
+ Q'2n(P))X2nsinXn na.a.
+ QU^)]>nSinA (3.208)
In formulae (3.207) and (3.208) C,„ indicates new arbitrary constant values. In these
formulae eight arbitrary constant values Cin, C2n, ■ • ■ yCBn correspond to each n-th
term of expansions with n ^ 0 and two arbitrary constant values Cio and C2o to the
term n = 0.
The arbitrary constant values are derived from boundary conditions on the shell's
longitudinal edges separately for each term in the series.
For a homogeneous problem with n = 0 (asterisk functions are zero) from (3.207)
and (3.208) we obtain
uu =
= do
da + PCn,
P&a, 2S = KCIQR
KC20R~\1
v = w = N = M = H = Qi = Qt = 0.
Hence, in this case only constant displacement forces occur in the shell's calcula-
tion model. Constant Cio characterises its displacement along the middle surface's
generatrix as a rigid integral value.
Assume that all the arbitrary constants except C\n and C2n as well as asterisk val-
ues are zero. Then according to formulae (3.207) and (3.208) all the values for forces,
moments and deflecton are zero and hence for the displacement vector's tangential
160 Chapter 3. Statics
Figure 3.44:
= £(
u == ^ ( C
n=t
|(Ci„
n =00
l
i n sin An0 - C2„ cos A /?) cos A„a,
Xnn/3)
oo
v = - 2 j^(Ci„
( C i „ cos \nf)
/3 + Ci
C2nn sin X
Ann/3)
/?) sin
sin A„a.
X
A„a.
nct.
n=l
Thus, the shell's calculation model can deform without any forces and moments,
i.e. generally speaking the calculation model is geometrically changeable due to the
assumed hypothesis that the rigidity of the reticulated shell's rods is zero during
deflection in the plane tangent to its middle surface.
To make the shell's calculation model geometrically constant within this hypoth-
hesis its edges should be fixed to avoid tangential displacements. For instance, with
boundary conditions (3.204) it is sufficient to fix one of the shell's longitudinal edges
so that its displacement components u and v were zero. A similar result was obtained
in Sec. 1.2.6c.
2) Partial integrals of a non-homogeneous equation. We now present partial inte-
gral values for certain widely used calculation schemes for the surface loaded shells
shown in Fig. 3.44. It is assumed that in each of the external load calculation schemes
the last load along the middle surface's generatrix is still constant.
Note that the total effect of the external loads according to calculation schemes I
and II and III and IV (Fig. 3.44) correspond to one-side loading of the shell.
In all the above externally loaded schemes the zero terms of expansions in formulae
(3.207) and (3.208) remain zero, i.e.:
Cio —
= C20
C20 =—Ug==S'
Ug —SQ ==0.—
0 SQ 0. 0.
Let g be the load per unit middle surface area, 2/?0—the cross-section's central
angle of the shell's middle surface.
Calculation scheme I of the external load.
«;(/?) := 16A
«;(/») 16AnnCr„[2 - A^ + 2rJ(Aj + 6A^ + 1)]
Cr„[2-A*+2rf(A<+6A^ cos 0,
l)]cos/J,
cos/J,
3.5. Circular Cylindrical Shells 161
vim
»;(/*) =
= 16C 1 - n [A22-2-r 2 (A«
16Cr„[A (A° + 7A^ 7A<+7A + 7A22+l)]sin/?,
+l)]sin^
2 2
<(/?) = 16C; n (A -l)(2-A )cos/J,
W )
K(0) =
= (A«+5A 4 n -5A^-l)Cr
-5A 2 -l)Cr n cos^
68
W
Sim = A j - 5 A 2 - l ) A nn C
(A n + 55Aj-5A^-l)A C;; n ssin^
in^
MM)
MM)
Af;(/?) = (Ai-l)(A 2 -2)cos^,
16C 1 - n (Ai-l)(A^-2)cos^,
16C: n (A 2 -l)(A 2 -2)sin/3,
Him
<TM
Km
«;(j9)
QU0)
=
=
16Cr
8C;1-mn(-Al
8C (-Ai + 7-6A;
-2)sin/?,
7-6A; 22)coe/J,
)co 8 ^,
QUP)
«.(«
QkiP) =
= 8C 1 -„(3A;-8A22+3 + 2A-
8Cr„(3A;-8A 2A;22)sin^.
)sin^
QkiP)
In these formulae: 4
r . =
gfr
gB
S#
2^n/(AJ-l)(A* ++ 6AJ + l)-
ln
<m
vim
vim -leciiarf
= -16CJ{«-r? +
+• ^M-xlxl
^[Aj,-Aii
» <
= -16CJ{«-r? + m^[Aj,-Aii
=l
+ Ai|,
l A; + xl
l A; + Ai|,
m=l
2 6 m=l
+
+MM +
+ TA^A'
TA^A' +
+ 7AJ,A
7AJ,A2 +
+AA6m)r22]C„m cos Xm0) ,
m)r ]C„m cos Xm0) ,
oo
OO
<(/?) =
<(/?) 16C'^(A 2 -A 2 n )(A 2 -A m -l)A m C n m sinA m /3,
m=l
oo
*»•(/») =
TO)
*»'(/») - c2*; ££ >> **+ +5 ASA^A*
= -C - A ' -- 5A5A^A
-A' 2 -- AA-6)JAA -mCC -nms isin
n \ p,
*»/».
m
m=l
oo
SUP)
Sim
5;(/J) == A
AnnC
C22'' aann ++f£f£(A«
; ((>An£^ + 5AA2;2nU
5SA 5 M - 2A-6 J6AC
^A*-5AtAi-A
*- -5A^A 6
m )C
JC„ cmoco
n mnm cos
SAS Am
Am/
m//3?
9 ,
m
m== ll
no
oo
Mim ^£(A
Mn*(/3) = 16C 2 2
2 *^(Ai-A^)(l + A n -A )A m C nm sinA m ^,
m=l
no
oo 2
#;(/?) = 16Ci6cr
'f;(A - 2
Him 2u>cr -A^)(A -A 2 n -l)A
2
2
B2C n m co S A m
m=l
3 'E(>.l-)l)(%-x
3 'E(>.l-Wn-x m -i)* ncnmcaS\mf],
m=l
m=l
<?U£) == 8Cjf][(
QUO) ■A22nn-l)A
8C 2 'f;[(A 2 +A -l)A22-(5A
-(5A 2 „+2)A 22
n +2)A nn
m=l
+ l)]A CnmsinAm/8,
+3AJVooA;2(A2B + l)]AmmCnm sin \mp,
2 2
%.(/») 8C *E[( -5A -3)A +(A 2 +2)A 2
Q'M 2
= 8C*f;[(3A*-5A
8C*f;[(3A 2
-5A n -3)A + (An2m+2)A2nn
2 n 2
m=l
m=l
2 22
+AtA;
+<0; 2 (A l)]A22nnC
(A nn ++ l)]A Cnm sinAmm/?.
nmsinA /?.
162 Chapter 3. Statics
In these formulae:
c;
C;
C2 == gl?l(2*hl),
gB*/(2*/3
g#/(2*P aa nnn =
0I), 0I) , = (1
( l ---cos/3
ccooss/A / ( n A 2 )),,
3 0,0))/(nA
n
r 2(1
2 ( 1-- cos 8ft)ft)0)
"(A< ++ W
«(AJ
n{X*+6X1X1+
wmm XI
xi ++A*)(lA*)(I- - A«,)(A«,
X*J(l-Xl)[Xl-Xiy
xi)(xi - - XIY x*n•y ■
When calculating Cnm if m is an odd value the numerator has a plus sign and if m is
an even value a minus sign.
Calculation scheme III of the external load.
<(/?) 22
A22JJC
== 22CC4*4 * £ ( A l--A Cnnmms i n A m / ? , K = s-
K = S'nn = c
= 0.
m=l
oo
M' n(/3) =
KiP) --2QE(
2<7;^(Aj-A^)CnmsinAm^,
m:
m=l
oo
Qin
QIM 3A 2 n A;;
= C 44 -*5£] (01 ++ 3A^A; 2 2
)(A 2 -A 2 JCnnm
)(A^-A^)C m sinA
sin Amm/?,
/?,
m
m== li
oo
oo
2 2
QkW
QkW = Cc;J2(3
= + A 2 „A;
;^(3 + x m2x?)(\l-\
)(A 2 -A 2 n )A
m)\mm(7 nmcosA
cnm cos\mm/?,
p,
m=l
where
c;4
\6gR*
16^ c m = 2 !11
*»/ ' m nrn(X n-Xl)(K+ 6X1X1+ X* mY
"" nm(A»-Ai)(Ai+6AiiAi + AJl,)-
2
7T / '
nm(\l-\l)(K+6X1X1 +\* my
If the shell's longitudinal edges' boundary conditions are identical then for a sym-
metrically externally loaded shell (for instance calculation schemes I and III) it is
assumed that C ] n = C 3n = Cs n = CV„ = 0; in case of a skew symmetrical load
(calculation schemes II and IV) other constants become zero.
types of longitudinal edge boundary conditions for the shell (on the curvilinear edges
conditions (3.204) are satisfied)
u = v = w = M2 = 0 with 0 = ±0
±0o,
O, (3.209)
u =v=w=
= dw/d0
dw/80 =
= 0 with 0 =
= ±0
±0OO.. (3.210)
In the first case the longitudinal edges are hinged supported and in the second one
they are rigidly fixed.
Using the tables calculations can be performed for shells having a rather wide
range of dimensionless geometrical parameters:
1 = AR, l = 3R at 0o = 30°, 45°, 60°, 75°, 90°;
/ = 2R at A, = 30°, 45°, 60°;
/ = R at ft, = 30°, 45°;
where / is the shell's length, 20o—the central angle of the shell's middle surface's
cross-section. In each case two different values were assumed for the square of the
rods' cross-section's dimensionless radius of inertia
r 22 == J-LRT'/F
r, JlR~z/F= 10-*,
= 10~ s
, 55 - 1 0
-5
10" 5..
Tables are used for the static calculations of shells with a square lattice (ip = T / 4 ) .
However, from results in Sec. 3.5 it follows that they are also used for calculating shells
with a rhombic lattice. For this it is sufficient to adapt it to a shell with a square
lattice by changing the length and the external load value and then multiply the
results obtained from the table by certain conversion factors.
The tables give dimensionless values of all desired functions of the problem (u°, v°,
w°, N°, S°, Q°x, Q°2, M°, H°) at points 1,2,..., 7 (from 0 = 0oto0 = Q with pitch A0 =
/3o/6) for each of the three middle surface cross-sections of the shell: x = 0, //4,1/2 (x
is the distance from one of the curvilinear edges along the generatix). In the tables
these cross sections correspond to I, II, III.
It should be pointed out that in the calculation scheme I of the external load
functions u,w,N,M,Qi
,N,MtQi are even and functions v,S,H,(J2
v,S,H,Q2 are odd relative to coor-
dinate /?; ,S,H,Qi
0; in calculation scheme II functions v,S,H,Q 2 a are even and u,w,N,M,Q
u,w,N,M,Qi
,N,M,Qi x
odd relative to /?.0.
The
I he displacement,
displacement, linear
linear force
force and
and moment
moment dimensional
dimensional values
values occurring
occurring in
in the
the
calculation
calculation models' transversal and longitudinal sections of a cylindrical shell with aa
models' transversal and longitudinal sections of a cylindrical shell with
rhombic lattice
rhombic lattice are
are determined
determined according
according to
to
fci oo ki oo *^1i o0
u _= M
3 V
_
=
"■!
— 4r ,
w_ 4
:S3C
4s c ' 4s4
4s 4s
4s
jVj = 7V
JVj cot22Yip
N22 cot <p= =k22N° 22 2
k2N°cotcot <p,
y>,<p,S S= =kk222S°
kS"ocotcot
2S° <p,
y?,
2 22
Mi = M22col
cot,<pipip ==
= kkk222M° cot2222ip,
M° cot
cot <p,
tp, HH= = kkk333H°
= H°
H° cot
cot <tp,
,
Qx = k2Q° coiv>,
cot<p,
Q°cot<p,
x Q
Q2 2 = kk22Q°
Q\,
Q%, 2 , (3.211)
164 Chapter 3. Statics
where
Jfci -^fl4/-1,
fci == l O\<T*gR*r\ kJtj
2 == 10~
2
gR,
IQ-'gR, W~sgR
kk33 == \0- s 22
gR. . (3.212)
Remember when using the tables for calculating values with null indices for a shell
with a rhombic lattice the above shell length I, = I tan <p, should be introduced to
the calculations and external load g need not be transformed according to formulae
(3.195): this has been taken into account in (3.211).
Substituting values (3.211) into relationships (1.46) we obtain formulae for deter-
mining forces and moments occurring in the rods' transversal cross sections:
JVT, = gak?
22?
5
(*°±n
2V M;,2 = ak
^ (3,M ° T / / ° ) ,
ak2
Qh = $ ( <l ? ? ± Q ° ) - (3-213)
2.s
The tables were compiled on the basis of formulae in the work [44] in which more
strict equations were used: the deformation's components were expressed according
to formulae (1.11) and not (1.75); in the second equilibrium equation (3.188) the
moment term was taken into account.
When calculating, only the first four expansion terms along coordinate a were
considered (the solution's accuracy is sufficient for practical purposes [45, pp. 33-
36]).
Table 3.6 compares results obtained according to the above formulae (figures in
brackets) and more accurate formulae given in the work [44]. Calculations were
performed on a cylindrical shell with a square lattice subjected to its own weight
(only the first expansion term according to a remained) with boundary conditions
(3.204), (3.209) and the following initial data:
Table 3.6:
w lO4*/
(a = 1/2R)
10* H
gR?
(o = 0) (or = 0)
10*02
9R
(a = 1/2R)
0 =0 53.4 0 -19.7 0
(55.4) (0) (-20.0) (0)
0 = 0.5A, -2.75 -24.5 1.65 29.6
(-0.975) (-24.9) (1.21) (29.7)
0 = 00 0 -4.36 0 -56.7
(0) (-5.21) (0) (-55.8)
lattice subjected to the surface vertical load g (calculation scheme I of the external
load) when the modulus bending moment has its greatest value.
It is also required to find the rod's modulus maximum transversal forces and
deflection functions.
The shell's parameters are:
5
/ = 2.25/?; 0o = 45°; y> = 60°; r\ = JR~2/F
r? 10".5 .
= 5 •10"
5° =
S° = 140, H° = -1320, N° = M° = Q° = Q2 = 0.
It should be mentioned that at this point the rod's normal force differs from its
maximum value (at point 2 of section 1 only by 2.1 per cent).
By modulus the greatest transversal force occurs at point 1 of the shell's cross
section II. Here
JV,* = -OMagR;
Wf -0.69agR; f r 33aa55##22 ; Q{
M* = - 3 . 7 • llfT Q\ = 0.056agR,
3 2
N; = -O.S2agR\ M2* = 3.7 • lQ- agR \ Q'2 = -0.056agR.
Moreover at certain points of the ring's axis /? = /9, concentrated forces can be
applied
Pi = apt
where pi is a uniformly distributed external load along the middle surface's generatrix
/? = fa (directions P, and p, coincide).
3.6. Optimum Design of a Shell with an Orthogonal Lattice 167
= EFe
N2 = EFe2,2, M2 = -EJ,K
—EJiK
2, 2, (3.215)
lation comp
where the rod's axis deformation components
1 (dv
(dv \\ 11 2, _ldj12d~j
dl2 2 , ,
£i
£ = +W+W (3 216)
> R{d0
R{ji3 )+)-
2^' 2 7 2
'
K
^-RW>up'
Rdp' -
here
1 fdw \
72 = (3.217)
** -=* *[&—)'
( $ - ) • '
Using (3.214)-(3.217) we obtain the following system of the 6-th order ordinary
(3 217)
{l-kM*)Q*
dN2
■9 = 0,
$dp + (-&*)»+—■
dQ2
, ) N2+p P = 0,
= Q,
dp - ( ' - & *
rfM2
-dJ ++ RQl
^ «-. -
?2=0,
d~ii
^72
df2 R ., dw
dw
da + #72,
$-£*—!*
dv__
dv__ J_
RD „ fl D ,
<3-218>
J..
dv
(3.218)
_=_7V
dp- 2 - U ,--7,
At the application points of the concentrated forces function N2 and Q 2 must
experience corresponding discontinuities.
Numerically solving this equation system where F and Ji are assumed as functions
of angle /?, we fix the following conditions for the displacement's continuity as being
at the origin of the coordinates:
v = w = 72 = 0 at 0 = 0; 2?r.
Function v,w,"j2 with P = 0;2TT can be equated to constants, then the solution will
differ only by the displacement of the ring considered as a rigid body.
168 Chapter 3. Statics
■fF(t,x(t,u,(),u(t),OdtU)dt + F F (x(T,u,0,0
7( u,0= /
Jto
Jt0
F(t,x(t,u,i),u{t),i)dt
F(t,x(t,u,(),n(t),()dt + T FF
TT{x{T,u,Z),i)
T(x(T,u,0,0
over a fixed section [<o, T], where x is the n-dimensional phase vector, u is the r-
dimensional control function, £ is the ^-dimensional control parameter vector.
The phase vector change is described by the differential equation system
i£ =
= f(t,x,u,(),
f{t,x,u,£), x(t0) = xx00.. (3.219)
r*(t,i,u,o
r*(t,x,u,0 = o0 (3
= (s == M)
1,/);
1,0;;
r*(t,x,u,0 < 0 (s = l + l,m)
T' '(no =
T'TT(x(T),u(T),()
(x(T)MT),0 00 (*
(s=TJ^);
= li , W
M;
'(TU)
rTT(x(T),u(T),0
F (x(T),u(nO s
< 0 (s IT= / T + l , m Tr ) .
h
The use of numerical methods presupposes some form of the initial problem's
discretization. In particular, the methods reducing the optimal control problem to
one of nonlinear programming is rather popular [32].
3.6. Optimum Design of a Shell with an Orthogonal Lattice 169
Here are the arguments for the integrating system (3.219) according to Euler.
This system is replaced by the following scheme:
r*(x„u„o
r*(*.,u.,0 = 0
o (a
(s = I7o,
1,Q,
rj(**,«<,fl
m*t,Ui,€) < (s = / + l , m ) ,
< 0 (a
rf(»*,0 = 0 (s
(a = l,/
l . l Tr )),,
rj-(x*,0 < 0 (« = / T + ll,,m mrr)).. (3.220)
where ix = {{x\,...
x } , . . . , xi jj , . . . .,xj};u
, x£};u = {{u\,...
u j , . . . ,u\,u\,... ,,u^,.. ,urk_t} isisthe
u j , . . .■,uj_,} thedimen-
dim
sional vector kr.
Thus, the initial optimal control problem has been reduced to one of the nonlin nonlinear
programming, namely: assessment of the minimum function /(u,£) with restricts restrictions
(3.220).
The wide range of nonlinear programming methods reduces the initial problem to
that of the unconditional minimization of the differential function
*-i
G{x(u),u,0
=£
G(x(u),u,0 = Y,^B,(x„ul,0 + b(xk,0.
i=i
(3.221)
■=i
Among these methods, in particular, we can list external penalty functions. In
this case function G can be presented1 as
<ib
'*-i
"fc-i [VI
'lfc-1 r /I m
m
G==/(*(«),«,
G /(x(ii),«,fl++Trr ££
M'.fl0 +
G=I(X(U),U,V £ EE
.1=1 L»=l
.1=1 L»=i
. i = l L»=l
r r 22
BDBr?' )' )) 2+++EEE^^;1)
1=1+1
^)))
i=l+l
h
ly TTly
D r T) 2 +•E
+ E(r E <^rr) • (3.221')
»=i
»=i J»== / TT++i
+II
the trajectory must be calculated the same number of times. Direct differentiation of
the complex function G according to components u\[i = 1, k — 1; j = l , r ) results in
cumbersome formulae.
We introduce a system of vectors pi of dimensionality n, derived from recurrent
relationships 1
do
dG dx
dxu.i
i+l aG?
dG _db(x
db(x k,p
k,p ——-
(f = l , * - l ) . (3.222)
p, = + _p,+, p* = ~— =
ax~ ~ax ' dx* k dxk
We prove that for all u,- the formula
dG_ dG dxi+i
(f = l , f c - l ) . (3.223)
du, dui "~aV p,+1
is valid.
True, considering relationships (3.219'), we, according to the complex function's
differential rule,
le, obtain
dG dG
dGJ dx
0x dG
8xkk 0U
dx 8G
dG _ dG
dG
ou dx
OxXkk
k —k P k ,
<fut_i
<fufc_i
<fUfc_l du*-i
du k.— x I 15 t _-i dx
uljt-1
du*_i UXkk = du
= U UkJ-i-\- l 1 du*-i du
•k-\
UU kk--i
-l
dG dudGkc.i-i dx du
5 uk-k-\
r -i dx
t _ i dx
k-\ dG
dG kk
dudx
du k-i
dx*-i
k-i
dx kk-i
-i dx
du
dx'■k kkk-
= duan 1 -a-rL
— —. aian_i ! a-n du . du—Pk
9ujt_
du
dukkk--2
-i2 -22
dukkk-3_ aujt_
dx tkk-idu 22ax
-2dx kdG
-iffcc k-x g x t -du dxkkk-k-i
i kkk--222du -i1
2 k-2dx
dG-
dG dx
dx -i
-i
duk-kk3dxk-i
k duk-2duk-i
t 2
=
= a
-aZ— +•" aOU -2 Vk-\ P*- 1 ■•
du k -2 k
i=l
'N.I. Grachev and Ju.G. Evtushenko, 'The programme packet for solving the optimal control
problems", Moscow, Vychisl. Centr Akad. Nauk SSSR (1978) (in Russian).
3.6. Optimum Design of a. Shell with an Orthogonal Lattice 171
xi 1 = N2/El2, x2 = Q2/El\
/El2, x:33 =
= M /El33,,
Mi/El
M22/El
xA4 s 6
= w/l, x = v/l, x = --72.72.
where
q = Elq°, Elp", F = l2F°,
p = Elp°, l4J°.
Jx = l*J°.
The control vector u[u',u 2 ] has components u 1 = h/l,u2 = b/l.
The control process described by the system of differential equations (3.225) has
restrictions:
i 4 = x 5 = x 6 = 0 when i = 0,1;
| x* V + 6 | * 3 | < ( u I ) 2 « V o / £ ) .
To make all the functions determining the problem differentiable according to the
phase and control vector components the last inequality must be replaced by four
differentiable conditions:
xlv}6'
sc l
uV - ( - l ) ' 6 i 3 - (ul)2u2(a
(<r
0/E)
0/E) < 0 (i = 1,4),
T~4),
-i:
I(u) = f v}u2dt.
Jo
(3.226)
Figure 3.45:
Figure 3.46:
In Fig. 3.46 the dashed line corresponds to the solution of this problem when all
nonlinear terms in the equation system (3.225) are neglected. Then the functional of
minimum reduces to 1.07 • 10~4.
The difference in solutions is due to the fact that the circular ring's cross section
determined on the basis of the linear problem loses stability.
This conclusion is confirmed by the results of the solution for a ring made of a
not less strong material (<r0/E = 10~2): the functional minimums of nonlinear and
linear problems in fact coincide (are approximately equal to the value obtained in
this example for a nonlinear variant).
3.7 S h e l l s of R o t a t i o n
3.7.1 Basic relationships and equations
We assess the positioning of points on the middle surface of the shell of rotation by
cylindrical coordinates z, 6.
The equation for the meridian of the shell's middle surface has the form r = r(z).
We write the formulae for coefficients A, B of the first square form and main
curvature radii R\, R2 of the middle surface (the accent ' means differentiation with
respect to z) as:
2 1 2
A = (l + /r ")) 1' / 2,, B = r,
= (1
r"Rr = - ( 1l + /r'2 2))33' '22,, R2 =
r"fl, = r (1 r12)1ry\
r(l+
( l + ry'\ '2. (3.227)
We have for the angle ip between the normal to the shell's middle surface and the
axis of rotation
/!
sinV :(l+rr
sinV> = ( l + r ' 22 ) - 11 // 22 . (3.228)
In the linear problem for the shell of rotation the first five static equations (1.1)
(functions A, B, Ri, R2 do not depend on coordinate 0) become:
dBN,
dBNi A dS „dB
,9B AB. ,„„
A™
A ^ 2 7T Qx + ABX = 0,
8z d6 oz
174 Chapter 3. Statics
22
,dN
AdN22 ldB
1 dB SS AB„ m ,
i Anx/
Am
A
Al>e+B-dr
A
dO+B-dz-
^f B dz +
+
+
-R Q + ++ABY
^R22QQ>" i +
ABY
ABY
ABY == o,
°«
dBQil
dBQ
!>e+B-dr
8Q3
dQ .„(Ni
fN
-R 2 N
>
Nt\ = °«
"= °'
+
+A AB
2 AR t
+
2
■+ABZ o,
- ^^ ZZ-- A AB
{R-\Ki + R
+
H22)J+ABZ
R-2)+ABZ
I T t\D£j
+ AW-dOAB{R- 11
-^- W-
dBMi
dtiM
{R- 1
AdH2
R2)
dB,, " °'
dBMxx +A A,dH
d.+2 dB xt ABQ ,__ Mnn
= o,
+AT A-dfcdO T MABQ
+-dz- l\ - ABQ
~n>z-
-^>z-dz + -df
-^r -w ^^- + dz>- *ABQ^*lX =
-dz-M>- ^ °' = °-
, dM
A dM22 dBHr
dB dB „ ,__
h - ABQ Q 27 == o.
o. (3.229)
at'
do o
dzr oz
Here it was considered that in accordance with consitutive equations (1.22) Si =
S2 = S provided that the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent to the shell's
middle surface is zero.
Using formulae (1.10) and (1.11) we write expressions for the middle surface's
deformation
eiormauon component of tne
component 01 the shell
snell of rotation as:
1 du ,
£i = \- k^w,
Adz
Adz
dB u
dB u 11 dv
dv ,,
e£ 22 =
02 AB++Bd8
dz
j + hw,
dO + k2W
= -dz-AB
-dz-A-B Bd8B BdO ' >
I du B d tv\
m =
" '"
~ B^8 + Adz Adz'\B)
BdO
Bd8 V 5 / ',
A^z'\B)
dk-iu 2j _\_d_
1 d33 // 11 dw\
11
13/1 dw\
«i = dz
dz A A ll ' Adz Adz \A
Adz
Adz \A dz
\A dz)' JJJ ''
dz
dz)
dz
dk
dhu__ u_
dk222u_
dk u ,
.222 _
,2 l1i Ja
3L /ff l1l **dw\
_}_<L(}_d}A /^\
dw\ 1
1 dBdw
1 3dBdw
£3t
K2ss = K2U;
«s
" "
" -~ 37x-
dz
dz
dz SI
UZ A~
A~ -k2W2%
2W
-B~d0\B
2W "~
~ Bd0\Bd0J~
~ Bd0\Bd0)~
D UP \D UO / dO ) ~ A
A
A
22
2
t\-DBB dz
UZ 3;
dz
B dz dz'
dz'
UZ
1 / 2^ 22 , , ,
T =
[1*1
J_3u_
\\du _
_ i.^
S^
Bd_ (v\\
/ « \
Bd ( v \ ] h - h | h-h
h- . J..
_ J_ f
1 fd w _ ldBdw\
( d w WBdw\ (3.230)
T Adz\R)\ ;2
"" [B
[BdO
BdO dO ~ A Acdz \B)\
Adz\B)\ 2 AB \dzd0
AB \dzd0 ~ Bdz Bdz dO
dO )J '' {
'
Rotation angles and generalized linear transverse iorces
:ar transverse forces are are
71
71 =
1*£
1 3to
dw ,
, uU
11 dw
dw
dw
- Ife-* '
-" ' 7 &-*"■•
^"37"
Ate'*11
" '
r112 )2=
B
- l2= k 2 rk
" «0^B-dO~
B
3 "- 0^*' ~"1 a^'' «
do~
_ _
. 1
1
g 1 H = Q 1 ++ l ^ ,M u , . 1 3tf2
„,„ . I<g., ft.-ft + I «
Cl + B dO ' Qi+
A~dl (3.231)
(3.231)
Assume that the shell's lattice consists of four rod families. Its scheme is shown
in Fig. 1.5. Assume also that the first two rod families are identical. All the rods are
made from the same material.
Constituent equations for the shell with this lattice have the form as in (1.30).
The transfer from the calculation model's stressed state to forces, bending and
torsional moments in the rods of each four families is performed using formulae (1.47)
and (1.48).
We introduce the following dimensionless values (shown by a zero index):
iiou 0 [u,u),B,r,z,a,-(i(»' = T74)],
u = Rou°[v,w,B,r,z,ai M)],
3.7. Shells of Rotation 175
AT?
A7? =
= aa inle£ il +
+ a12e2,
Ql2£2, N%
A? =
= auei +
Qfl2£l + a 22e2,
022^2, S°
5° =
= "a112
2uj,
^,
;
M° = 7n/c°
7II« 7i2«S,
? + 7I2KS, iW? = 7i2«? + 722«2,
M%
H°
/7° = T°,
7 3 1 T°,
731 /H°
^2=y41T°.
= 74.T°. (3.233)
2F°c 4
2F"c* F°
F? F-°^s isn2i2<p
iF°sm
2
n2^^ 2
2F°s*
F V F%
2F"s* F°
a0,11
n =
== ++
+ u1122=== 2222== ++
~
~^~
~ ^^ ^^ '' °° 2<z°
2<z°
2a" ''' °°Q 2 2 ^^ - ^ ^^^ + ^^^"""'''
0 22
71 / 2 J ° c4 4
{2J°c J°444 G°Jj
J° G
G°J$ ^ sin
C7°jOsin sm22<fi\ 2V\
2v5\
71
= ~-{-^
= l , - ^ +++ ^"
-{-l^ ++
^ +
^ "4
2^°) '
W J'
• „2 2 o2 „
., _ ,jO r o / o,sin 0 s 0i 2 n ¥ >^
712 - =
= -- ( JJ? ?- C- 7* °#J
- ( J , - C r J33)) 2^g
Ja) =
3 £
) ^*
a o >,
2a» '
/(2J°s*
o J0«4
Jg, 3 .G°J
70
4 0 2
/2J,°s J° C7°J° 3° sin
8h 2 Zp\ ^
722 = +++ +++
""V^^
~ V\ ^^ ^~ 4T ^a°" +
22^5
^ ))) ;''' '
2a°
2a°
2a°
22
J°sin
■M a l " *r
2y> "G°J^ G°Jl,
C7°J° /£ , W
^34 2C7°^J33°cL 2 cos
2G°jy
2C7°J cosa2y
w 2.
^y
77 33 11 +
J.
+ i a +J
~
~ a°
a°
a°
a° T a°
<a°
„o T a°
a°
22 2
Jf sin
J.°sin
Jf sin222 2v
2^
2y CG°
2^ T1 J$3
G°
G°J^ /g,
J$3 2G°j!}s
2G°Jf}s
2G°J$s
2G° Jf}s2 cos cos22y>
cos 2<?
2y>
41 =
T
T^i = -o
5
o +' - . o0
1 „o0 •
a" a3 a"
a" a3 a"
3.7.2 Axisymmetrical deformation
In the case of axisymmetrical strained state of the shell of rotation all the desired
functions depend only on coordinate z. Here
V = IJU,J = T=12
12 = S = Q22 = H11 = H22 = Y =Q.
5 0.
The case of the shell's torsion is rather simple and we shall not examine its solution
here.
Without going into detail we write the ordinary differential equation system in
the normal form obtained using formulae (3.229)-(3.233):
0
y'0°) =
y'(z°) = ^0 M^0) +
P(z°)y(z°) + /0 0
)-
f(z°), (3.234)
176 Chapter 3. Statics
where
3/1
3/i / i1 P\\ •••
^11
Pn . . . Pit
PPie
i6
yy== : , /=
= : ,. P
P=
P= ; ••. i •
3/6 h/»
/» Pel
Pel
-^61 •••• P66
• • P66
yi
3/1 = u°, yi = w°, 3/3 = 71, 3/y*
4 = Af,
N°, ys
ys =
= M^,
M?, yy66 =
= Q°,
Q°,
hh == h
h==hh = h-0,
h-0, f* = = -AX°,
-AX°, f66 = = -AZ°.
-AZ°.
We shall not write square matrix elements P(z°) as they can be derived from similar
matrix elements for a non-axisymmetrical problem given below (m = 0 is assumed).
The solution of system (3.234) should satisfy boundary conditions for a shell of
rotation without a crest:
Boy(z°) = &o
60 where z° = zjj,
Bly{z°) = b611 where z° = z°,
Biy(z°) z\, (3.235)
where Bo, B\ rectangular matrices; 6o, &i the given vector-columns with three compo-
nents.
After the solution of the boundary value problem (3.234), (3.235) part of the
sought for function not included in the vector-function y are determined using for-
mulae:
+t
ii)(S«"0+ ^°)
* "■ (--S)(S"
(—£) 1 \*,-£i
>').-/ ++a—S<
n
JV?,
) Oil
° = ( * - S)[(*-£0=
! \ r / no' \ ..0 0
M «° ,0 0
0 S° '' 1
A/° = (
) [ ( * - £ * ) T -~^AB^\ -^ 0
+ ^M°.
7n
X = jzsin7o,
X=gzsm~fo> Z = gz cos
Z 70,
cos fa,
where 70 is the angle between the shell's middle surface's generatrix and the axis
of rotation. For conic and cylindrical shells these angles correspondingly are: 70 =
15°, 0°. In the calculations it was assumed that g" = 1.
3.7. Shells of Rotation 177
r = r 0 + *z tan 70.
Ni Q, = M
Nx = Qi M,t = 0 when *° = 0
z°
u= w
u> == 71
71 == 00 when
when z°
z° == 44
N' =
NT = IQ-l1ERlN?
lQ- E1%N? (i = T74),
1,4), M'M- = W~ 4
W-*EI$M°
ERlM° («' = 1,2),
6 3 3
M;
M* =
= 10~
10~6EI^M°,
ERlM°, Ml
Ml == 10-
lO~3EB%M°,
ERlM°, //* =
1I[ = 10~
\Q-3 EF$H°.
ERlH°. (3.236)
Figure 3.47:
3.7. Shells of Rotation 179
Figure 3.48:
180 Chapter 3. Statics
2. The above example's conditions, except the shells' loading and boundary con-
ditions, are the same.
The external load corresponds to the case when
X° = 0, Z°= 1.
u = w = 71
7J = 0 when z° = 0; 4.
Nt = —pcos7o, Mi = 0, Q i = p s i n 7 o with z° = 0,
u = w = 7i
71 = 0 with z°
2° = 4.
when the modulus maximum value of function Mi in the rigidly fixed cross section
(z° = 4) has the minimum value.
S4 was taken as a control parameter. Variable parameter S\ was determined from
a restriction type equality expressing the rods' material constant volume V:
v if
- S jf [ J£)+&*°(z°).
2F°
a°(z°)
cos 70
W.o
F° +
+
M -V)i
M w 5m ir,fl3
>°--5m ■■ir,flS 5.904 lO" 5 /^
r°)<fz° = 5.90
yjbl a+' z\
r(z)=5jy*&+*
where Co, 60 are the hyperboloid's parameters.
The shell's lattice consists of three rod families (Fig. 3.50) with identical cross
sections. The first two rod families are rectilinear. The lattice's angle (p is derived
from the formula
sin - 1J ip,
cosip = sin a sin
where a = arctan(6o/c<>)—'ne rectilinear rods' angle of inclination to the plane of the
foundation.
The shell's upper edge is free and the lower one rigidly fixed.
The reticulated shell's rods' weight is taken as the external load. The dimension-
less parameter of the rods' total weight is assessed from the relationship
d, = Rod/
Rod/E.
Figure 3.51:
where
i i
g° = (2F/a +hF3/ F3/a
)d.R^
3)d.I^
. .
The shell's geometrical and physical parameters are taken as (when transferring
to dimensionless values it was assumed that RQ = co):
Now we find the optimum form of the shell's middle surface by varying the rela-
tionship of the hyperbola's parameters 6O/CQ when the bending moment modulus on
a supportt (z° = 2°)
z\) is minimum.
We change this relationship of parameters by varying ng values rj
r° = r°(z%),
r°(z°), tlthe
rg = r°(0) and the shel
radius of the shell's middle surface's parallel at its base r° shell's
height remain constant. Here:
bo
60 «?
*?
Co Vtfy^'- 1
Figure 3.51 shows the dependencies of dimensionless values JV° (curve 2) and M°
(curve 1) on value r?(W, = 10~9 ERoNf, Mi = l O ^ ^ A / , 0 ) . From these graphs it
follows that the optimum values r? at which Mi = 0 is r j . = 1.7, which corresponds
to the optimum relationships of parameters of the shell's middle surface's hyperbola
(bo/co). = 3.1.
u(z,fl)
u(z,6) = u(z)cOSTO0[^7 1 ,e,,e 2 ,K 1 ,/C 2 ,A^,yV
u(z)cosm0[w,-f ,<3
l,e1,e2,K2U 1 ,<2
K2,N tf,.Mi,A/
uN21,Q ,X,.Z],
uQiH,Mu2M2,X,Z],
vv(z,0)
(*,0) = v(z)s\nm0[
v(z)nnm9[T2,u>,T,S,Q2,Q,H,HuH3Y],
u(z, 0)
u(z, 0) = — u(z)
u(z) sin mfl,
md, U (Z,
v(z, 5)
6) =
= v(z)
v(z) cos m.8,
m0,
1
—I-i
^^- +
+ mAS - 2B'N2 +
mAS-B'N + 4^Qi + ABX
^-Q1+ABX ABA =
=
= 0,
0,
az
dz iRi
ti
2 2
1ldB</B
S 5 4 AB„
B ^
-TO/lAf2 + - -—^ — — + -——QQ 22 = 0,
^ + m ^ _ , B ( g + g W . „,
B dz R2
- ++ T O / 1 VTOAQ 2->1BM
2 - / 1 £ » I -JT- + p " I + *B6 = U,
_JBM
5; - ^L+m / l t t 2 +ffM2
+1- mmAH + B'M -ABQi
2 - ABQX
=
= 0,
0,
dz
dz
dz JJ D
DUU
TOAA/ dRH
+ —
mAM22+-~—^- p i + B'H 0.
B 'BB 22-ABQ
- ABQ
= 0., 42 B Q
2 2 (3.238)
az
dz
T h e relationship equations of t h e deformation components and t h e displacement
vector of points on t h e calculation model's middle surface (3.230) take the form
1 du
du , ., u
u rTO n
£i = --Adz
77 -- jj -- +
+ kkiW,
Kiw, S;
£22 ==
= 5B B ——
— -+++ —u 'c22UJ,
U ++ A:
fc w,
UJ,
£i =
A az xw, e
l /4B
B B—u B + ^ '
—
m B d / v\
w = — T"TT
ui T UU + ~r~r-
"y4TdlTddz"zz IVT7 I i
J9
B V /B
5? // '
5 /IdzVS/'
ifc
ibj , 22 1 d / l duA du;\
Kl = ibj k, , 1 d / l duA
- >-ATz(
2
H
iK // T
mO 2 ,,\ B
B'' du;
dw
22 = 4.
U+^U+fc2
U+ _k t A H
UkW
* =
K2
K
= 7A A^-
{&- J>) '-^Bdz-'
(-B*-- W
>)-AtBlz->
-AtBlz->
/1 B d z ' 2
TO
TO
TO B
Bd
B dd /v\~\
/v\] 2 kk22 —
/v\]k —
— k\
ki
ki
k\ TO
TO
mm uoi
/f/du>
ddw B''' \\\
B
B
B' ,„ ,
rT UU +U+ (3239)%
T =
= [B
[B[B +
- To2+-ZB(,d7-B
I^(B)J^-
IS(*)]
7d7VByj
+' "Ft
( * t- TBU,
^+AB\d7~~B °U)J-
J■
Formulae (3.231) after separation of variables become
1i adw
w , //TO
m , \
= -- f-TjW
771
=1
Alz-- ' " ' Ta2 =
klU c l
4 d z " - fkl1
= Alz-~ - ( 1-gW
fl» ++ ^2«J
+ M
H ',
QIH = <3i
<3ix +
= O ++ ^
^^B
Bfi,t,,, ghH = Q2
2H = Q ++ I ^ i . (3.240)
° 2a + AIT-
Q IH
M dz •
184 Chapter 3. Statics
2/i
!/i
2/1 h
/h1 PPnu ••■■■
P11 •• •• Pis
pis
P is
y=
y= :; , , / / == !; , , : ••.
/* = ; • • . :
P= ; •
J/8
2/8
ys h8
/h P81
Psi •■■■•••• P88
?88
Pas
Vector-function components y are t h e sought function:
2/i
2/1 == «° 2/2 == t»°,
« ° 2/2 V°, 1/3 0
y3 == ww°,, y 4 y=4=~!i,
7i,
yys5 = JV? y2/66 =
N° 5 ° , 3/7 = M ° ,
= S°, y»,6 = «Q°? 1H
„.
Vector-function components / depend on t h e nature of t h e shell's surface load:
fi =
/< = 00 (i = 1,4),
M), fs = -AX°, h = -AY°, f/77 = 0, /fs« =
= - A-AZ°.
Z°.
P
Pnn1
Pu =
—
=
/I
A4
n B00' '
aQn-B"
ftn-B
Bo"'
a«1n BB
Pu 2 ==
°o'' P '
_ mA
m/1
mA
ctumA
ctumA 13 =
B T ' PP13
PO"'
"anB°' = -A[k
B°'
B°'
( 0 a12 „ \
~A 1I *i +
+ — 4f+^4
— k* 22 ',
PlS
P i s5
Pis —
=
a n ', P21 — "go",
-gj-, P22 = —P88
- P 8s 8s = "go",
"™-,
/I
A
P266 == ,
Cfl2
1
.,0 ,, _ 711V
711^0 , auk°B0'
n1 == -Psg
P31
PP31 -pss ,4/:?
~Pss == Ak ul, pPM
34=p
34
= P78 =
=P7
78 8 = -4, A , p 4i = + a , , B!—-,
°
Qi2mfc°/1 712 a a„nfB°
i°
0 a
= aumfc D O/!- ' »43 _== dA[/ 7 1 2 J 1 ,1- i2,.o,.oA
2
P*
P422 P*3 fcj k2 1 ,
P*2 0 o-' V 7n aa nn l' 2%)/ .
k k
otnB B P « = •* I
\ 711 1"
0 00
7.2B '
712B
otnB \ 711
k°A an V
P444 0 45 =
' PP45
==
P** 7.2B
7n Bo"'
B° * ?.1*'
P44 =
A
Bo"' P 4 5 = '
B0 2
7,1 B° P51 1 f a n((B °')') n22k°k°-y
, 0 , 0 iA A
P477 = 3 A ,
P47 = * , Psi = -goT a
1 f ( °')0 B^ 2 +m"fcy^73iA
'"A 2,0,0 J,
i
P47 =: B,°'' Psi = goTB ° Qo
0
+ m k^y A ,
PS22 = ma
B
0-B°'
<0goT, P&3 Hi
B°'
B°
' / A 1.0
/ C»0^2 ,0 "
731
73i02
31
2.0\
2 . o \
B u
Ps2
Ps2 =
= rna 0-^,
mcto-goT, P53 =
A P53 = -go- ( a o ^ -^[Qok'i-^m'k
- \-^m'k")
or j,,
PM
PS41 ==: m 2
m ffc°7;
cl1Sl^, P 5 5 = ^ — - l j —
B* \an
20.
B0 '
PM = mkll3iw, P s s = ( _ _ l j _
3.7. Shells of Rotation 185
m/1 [ fc°73i(fc°-<:0)l
"Pse
Pse
56 -
- --flir[l
- a B« +
ir[l T
b L'
+ ^
^ a^
2 JJ''
PeiPel = ^
= ^ [(«o -- V-V-33 -- A*?)
[(«o A * ? ) B°*
B°' -- (0(0o
O ++ ft73i)V-o* °B°-- ft*?]
ft73i)V-o*22°B° ft*?] ,,
. m22V>
V>22M
,4
P62 = ( aO0 0-- ^^3
Pei = (a -il> 3) )
0 3
pp ,,
2 2
m^fc°/t f /?,(B°')
ft(B°') (g°)"
7 3 1 (B°)" ,
A ,f' , , . TtoTtaN
7n73i\
Q
B°
*» - —gb— \ o+- 1 ^ +^^r-i/'1(ft + — J
,n I. n - .n .n. Or)
+ ifcjTii [*? + ( * ; - i t ? ) -
L
L "<>ii.
11J
0, 0 0
+ -^h' 3131AB
A3B(fil
+ -^h 0, -l3lB
0 (A'B0
++ 2AB°')}Y
31'AB -l3lB (A'B
"731-D 2AB°')}Y
^ D -t-z/ic ;jp
i in
=! !
P64 =
P64 = = t ^1+Af t'' f7^t3* i/,))BB 000 ' - fAt ] ,
^ ^[ [( (Af t- -Af +
P« = ^[(A-A+A'fti)B '-A],
= gjM, lQ,2+(fc?_fc?)fc?73i]
,,,,,,,,, ,
"* 3^ '
"^M, ,,o ,0w0 I
"OnD"
11^
, ,m2B0' / 0 a,
P"
7*4 =
PS.P84 ((A)
= 0 f "t--A
A
A -AAA ) ^j^fk,,
))")^ ft,pm
p*
g5 ==
= A(tf
A Ift,+
A(t?
A(k° + S|*§),
++ S2*§),
^k}
k2\ ,
0
s% i-»n' 92 ^
„ mfoB ' m2inA
m -f„A
6 = (l f c , f c j 2)
l, ) n r>nJ 87 =—
P" * '"- * 22B5o^^ I ' >
PP*7 r-nj
"- ^ B ^ -
Heree for brevity the following symbols are introduced
a0 otjj —
= arjj a ,22«u>
— aj a [ i , ftA = 722
7M - 7ii7n
7i27n\i
0
ft
A =
= 731+741, ftA = ll+7i27i~,\
+ 7 « 7 n . ftA = 7 33 iiB ° - 7 3 i B ' ,
186 Chapter 3. Statics
, fl°'fc° m2
rrr>_ a,
00
00o
o = *2 - —j^-,
- gB°
5 ~ > 0i 0 i =■ -goT
^BQ T -fc
0> *22,<
_1
*03 = [l-(fc?-fc2)f^l , 03
03 =: ( «(fc°-*°)M»I.
Q
,0x^ 12731 2
i k
~ k*>—z—
2
2cri2 J
2ttl2 an
2anJ an
Functions A^, Af2, Hi are determined through vector-function Oil
components y using
relationships
0 B0'
a00B° 0
0 ma
w o0 00 1, L00 0
0 ,aa"12
1 2 0»r0
N =
> =W
0
W +~W
Q B° m «V +aok , W0+, i 2 »,o
0
f a*e t« -I-a -/ V
0 00
/ ", , 0
0
2
Q11
,,0 A>0o
#000 „ 0 (5 0B 7i 2 0
wO
,,0 $>0o 0 , *a /1
0 , 0 , 000 fti
PoB 1, + . 7 nM, .0
M2 =
A/ = —u
T " T/Wl
- ——u" +Miw
+ *» _-
Ml™
™ - ^-AB^>^
"AW
/ID"
7 + —
^ A/,,
7n
711
>'
00 0
„o mk^3i
"t^°73i mjziB
"^731B
m-y B '' ' „ r,
771731 0 . 731
731Qo
H„o ™fc°73i 3l
"*731 A"' 000 , m+731 ,+{k 0
,,0 .OxfcJ731 Sco
> = -B^U~^B^W 0 7 i + l * j >- 2a12
kl)
-&r* 2c^
2a 12
When the shell of rotation has no crest, boundary conditions can be written as
(3.235). Then 60 a n d &i are column-vectors with four components.
Thus, a static calculation of a shell of rotation whose lattice is shown in Fig. 1.5
(the first rod families are identical) reduces to the solution of boundary value problems
(3.235), (3.241) for different values m. The coefficients of equation system (3.241)
are given for the case when the transversal force components Q\ and Q2 in the first
two static equation (3.229) are omitted: this simplifies equations (3.241) without
significantly changing the solutions.
In the following calculation examples these problems were reduced to Cauchy's
problems which were solved using Runge-Kutta's method with discrete orthogonal-
ization.
Calculation examples. 1. Wind force calculations were performed for a conical
shell whose design and fixing satisfy the conditions of example 1 described in the
previous section:
X = Y
X y = 0, Z=
= g(z)(ko +
+ k\ cos 90 + fc
k22cos 26) cos 70,
where ko = —0.7; k\ = 0.5; k2 = 1.2 are aerodynamic coefficients;
g(z) =
0(2) = 2 . 4 5 o2Ag . 7 5 * i r 1 1)).-
o(l-0J5zH-
(l-O
In the last formula H is the shell's height (H = Z\).
In accordance with the nature of the external load, calculations were performed
with m = 0,1,2. Then these calculation results were summarized.
The curves of dimensionless longitudinal forces and moments in the four rod fami
lies of the conical shell's cross section z = 0.916// are presented in Fig. 3.59. In calcu
lating the dynamic parameter of the dynamic wind force was taken as g% = go/E = 1.
The transfer from dimensionless values whose graphs are shown in Fig. 3.52 to di
mensional ones must be performed to formulae JV; N" = = fj/igjVio,
ER^Na, M* 10 -4 ER%Mi00(i =
M ; = io-'£/jgM,
M).
3.7. Shells of Rotation 187
Figure 3.52:
where
g° = kg° sin xfr {k = 0.7; g° = 5.5 • 10" 9 ).
ifr (k
The problem is to parametrically optimize the shape of the shell's middle surface
(see example 4, Sec. 3.7.2).
The calculation results are presented in Fig. 3.53 as dependencies of dimensionless
maximum
num values M° (curve 1) and N° (curve 2) in the rigidly fixed cross section of
the shell 4.32) on dimensionless parameter r°. From curve 1 it follows that the
lell (z° = 4.32)
188 Chapter 3. Statics
Figure 3.53:
optimal control parameter r° when bending moment modulus Mi has the minimum
value will be r°, = 1.7(6oA* = 3.1).
Hence, the optimum form of the shell's middle surface (within the class of surfaces
under review) is also optimum for the external load expressed by the weight of the
rods (Fig. 3.51).
To obtain the force and moment dimensional values we must apply the following
relationships:
N t = 10-
TV,
7
W-7ERoN°, Mj = 1 0 - lQ-
i o l0ERlM°.
\Q-
(W V2hdQ'\
«■ - - ^2 *¥"+•{£+£%)■
E EF
F ,
\\4R4R AR
4R da
da )) '' T+
'in act i
«1 K+ K2 , V2rh2 ddQ"
W == - -i±^lEJ,+-K-l±^EJ
N -+^N'-^^ -9l. (3.242)
2 24R
24R 8R
8R dada '
In these formulas
1 du
\_du w
w
££ll = £2£2 =
=
fldb'
Rdc^'
fldb' 7r
2 =
«'
=R>
3.7. Shells of Rotation 189
1 <Pw w
"■ - -h%
R? da ' •>-*■2 <»•»>
where u, w—longitudinal and cross displacement of points of the middle surface shell.
Using the formulas (1.98), we'll find
AT, = N2 = N = N'/a, Mx1=Mi
=M7 =M = M'/a,
Qi ==
O, V2Q'/a.
N/20*/O. (3.244)
For a cylindrical shell the conditions of equilibrium will be (taking into consider-
ation only loading q)
dN dM dQr
t-o- £ = "**■ » - £ - *
da da da <^>
Thus, the formulae (3.242)-(3.245) represent the complete system of equations for
solving the considered problem (twelve equation relatively to twelve unknown func-
tions).
Thus the system of ordinary differential equations has the sixth order and for
the solution it's necessary to take into account the three boundary value conditions.
These conditions have the form:
N = M = w = 0 when a = ±a0 = l/2R
1/2R (3.246)
where /—the length of the shell. The first of these conditions leads to the fact that
N = 0. Further, from the system of differential equations we'll find:
d*w <fu> _ 2iaR*2UR4
+ 32
da* do?
do da ''~ shtsh33EE 9q '
2
,, 8h33E fcPw
'cPw \\ rh2
rh
+ w
M =
2UIp{doJ
24a R? ) -8-qq-
W +
s~ -
Solving these equations under conditions (3.246), it's easy to define the functions
of w, M and then, taking account of (3.245), function Q l . After all these, the formula
(1.91) let us find the stress quantities in the latticed shell rods.
Let's take the results of the problem, solving the case, when it was accepted that:
E/G
£/G =
= 30; i/ = 0.3; l=l.8R;
l=l.SR; h = 0.166/.
Maximum deflections and longitudinal strains in the rods appear the middle section
of shell (a = 0). Their quantities are equal to:
aRq
w = 2 5 4 ^ , (7 = 288..99^^.. (3.247)
qE
qE q
Fulfilling the similar design, using the classic rod bending theory of a latticed shell
the results (3.243) will be changed for the following:
w = 18lf§,
w a = 22 77 .. 00 ^^..
qE
qE q9
The comparison shows that in the
tfip considered
mns design example the usage increases
maximum deflections and strains, correspondingly 40% and 7%.
190 Chapter 3. Statics
~/[
B'-f! w'
w' uu
"■ - 4 A'AB' = -~& ~A~%' -I-*, W
(3.249)
Si do]2 + e2s2? +
e] = £ic + Z(KIC* S7)
+ K2S1)
z(iacj + (»'
(• = l , n ) .
(»=T7n). (3.250)
For an arbitrary deformation law 6' = $;(e*)i using formulae (1.99), (1.101),
(3.250) we derive the following constitutive equations:
N
*wdFdF»" N*=£
*>* = £ - JFi/ f<w * = £ -- / /f>wdF
»
M*)*"^
n nn
J2
_2 rf 2 ^t
Mi =
Mi £X ))J1-- // / *M*
= - X ifc^WR:
*/<(*)«**iJ
*Mz)dF
i(z)dfi;
t\ ^
M22 =
= -- TV
= £ ^ -fi- / / */«W^i!
2/«(«)tfi;
zfi(z)dFt]
(It I c
2 2
/<(z)
fi(z)
/i(2f) =
=
= *,[c
, [ C ?e,
*#<[<fe, + s,
£, + S,2£e2 +
j?ea z(c?«i
2(C 2 K, +
+ 3?
3 2 K« 22))].
+ *(«f*i+^«a)J. 1. (3.251)
The equation system (3.248), (3.249), (3.251) describes the calculation model's
stressed and strained state. Supplementing it with the necessary boundary conditions
we obtain the boundary value problem for the nonlinear integro-differentiation system.
3.7. Shells of Rotation 191
iVi + A M
Ni+ANi =
= S0nnA
Aee,i ++00,2
12A Aee22 - r+0 013A*:,
i 3 A « ; 1 ++0g1u4AK
A 2/ c 2 -+r 0 gi 5ls;
521 A£i + 022 A e 2 + 023A/C1 + 524 A/c
N2 + AN2 = 021 A « 22 + 52s;
Mi + AMi
AAf, = 031
03i A e , -|- 032Ae 2 + 533A/CJ + A K 2 0 33 44 -I-
+ 0535;
35;
M2f+AM
A 2 + A 2M 2 =
= 004iA£i
4 , A e i + 0 4 2 A £ 2 + P 4 3 A K , +044A/C2+045,
*i
to =
9u = E
= E "f
- /I ffdF,;
ftdF» 512
K 9» =
S» = gS*»21> = £
E !^a? // ffdF,;
' = /?'*"«
tia'Jr. U ' Jr.
" .4 f ■ -4 /•
z dF
522 =
522 =EE ai-- // Jf
iri Jr.
ai
fi^ d
^ to *>
** = ==--<73,
-**»»===EEEl^aiiaiJr,
II*f?z$$dF
dF
<->»»
T^i
T^i * Jr.
a
i=i
i=1 -
«• JF,
JF,
zZ dF
014 = -54.
5,4
5.4 -04,
- 5 «==E E * — t / ff
fi
f? dF
»
>>
» to524
«24 = -042
-942 = = E a- / *fiMi\ ^Zfir fdFF »
t£1i aa>
=T
1=1 ' JJr.
> Jr.r. U
i^i >Jr.
a"■
U >Jr. •»«
n 4A n n
C <,i?
523
523 = "<?32
-532 == E
-<?32 E a-— Etil'S**-'to= ± i[f.dF,;
C? Z ddFF
- // ^fi -> ; to »SIS
«= =
=E E a? 77 // */fiMi
. ^-<;
n o *
t
7^
t
£? r
t "i' ^
aaii JF
^Jfi
> fei tr
£1 «^.
aa J
'' Jr.
r
tS^tJ,
»*»= =
E
f dF
/ s/ '. ^ "533
£ iJ w> to ==
- -t^j/ffd
E r / ^ Fi;
-—til/***
F
s
544 =
44 = -£
-- yE irlyi°dF,;
, —
a
- /1 z2*•/<«■;■; 535 == -- EE -a! // 2z/f'-dF^»;
f?dF» ffs
93s
535
^B
1^1
, = 1 -a • •/*
l^i - •/« - » • .1 == 11a - -—J*
.=1 -/^>
045 = - Y
545 'f<Mi i; f?
EE '- -l /[ 'f<Mi
zf.dFs, ff = dfidf(e-)/dsl
(e-ydel
ii(e-)/dsl
t(t( a<< Jr. Jr.
Linear equations (3.248), (3.249) have t h e same form relative to t h e increments.
Introducing notation 2 = (ei,e2, KI, K2, N2, M2)' we can present t h e finally linearized
192 Chapter 3. Statics
Matrices\ A\,Bi,C,F\,G,T
AuBx,C,FuG,T * easily constructed, thus we do not present them
are
here. After evident transformations we obtain
gu933 — gi393i ^ 0.
£§%,
Al =jr(d
<dyt
yi
(3.253)
TiAy
Y xAy = 0 at a = 0,
r 22Aj/
T Ay = 0 at Q = QQ
a0 (3.254)
we obtain a boundary value problem for the equation system (3.252) with boundary
conditions (3.254).
The sought solution can be presented as: Ay = AcAyi + Ay 2 , where Ayi, Ay2
are solutions of equations correspondingly AyJ = DAyt + Ft; Ay'2 = Z?Ay2 + ^2
satisfying boundary conditions (3.254). The solutions are obtained through numerical
integration using orthogonalization of particular solutions according to S.K. Godunov
[13]. Increment Ac is obtained from conditions (3.253). Thus, if parameter t is the
deflection at point a . then
Ac = [Atofft.) - (Aw(o.)),]/(A»(o.))i.
The results of the calculation examples are given in the work [56]. Thus it is found
that more than four iterations are not required for practical purposes.
The basic stressed state is usually substantial over the shell's entire middle surface
and can be a momentless and purely bending one.
The edge effects are local solutions for the middle surface's strained state near the
distortion line.
This stressed state can be broken down also because the moment system differ-
ential equations in the reticulated shell theory contains a small parameter for the
leading derivatives and in a particular case passes to a corresponding system of mo-
ment equations as in the continuous shell theory.
The study of many problems based on a differention method makes it possible to
substantially simplify the approximate solutions.
dBNit
dBNj
dBN 1 dA2S dB ABX A g x _
-JVa = 0,
da A dp
d/3 da
2
dAN2 1 dB
oa'sSN ., dA
Kr o/\ + ABYA „ „
= 0,
-dF++++B^a-~
-dT
-dF B^a-~ NN N +ABY
^
^dP
^
- B-do--^dp
^ - ~ ^
ABY
+ +Aar
A
=
= °°'
A^- +A/,
/V,
—
A^
—- +Rn
25 —-z = 0. (3.255)
ri\
Ri n-2
R2 R12
R2
Ri tttf
Geometrical equations in the momentless theory are:
11 UU
du v dA
V Oft.
£l = + +klW;
Ada-
j \ oa J\U A-BdP
A-Bd0
AB-d0
op
I1I dv
dv
dv u dB + ,,,hw
u
u dB
dB
£i
~ Bdp^
B
U
B dp dp
op AB AB da
AH3da-
Oa
da '
11 du du
du I dvI dv
dv u
u dAdA vv
v dB
dB 2w2tu
2w .
W = + + a_ A D an A 1 ((3.256)
W '" Bdl
Bdl)
'" Bdl) Afa~Al3lW~ABda~~R^'
+ Afa~Al3dlJ~ABda~~R^'
Afa~Al3dlJ~ABda~~R^ '
Ni = Cnn£i
£i + Ci2£2 + Ciew,
A/j = Cn£\
C2]£l + C/22£2
C2i£2 + +CWd,
CiQUl,
S = Cg\£\
C6,£i -I-
+C e2 + CflsW.
L'6622£2 Csew. (3.257)
The system (3.255)-(3.257) of nine equations contains the required nine functions:
The general order of this system of differential equations is four. When solving it,
the two tangential of the four boundary conditions for the reticulated shell's moment
194 Chapter 3. Statics
theory should be satisfied. The conditions for using the momentless theory in the
study of isotropic shells are given in the book [15, p. 323].
In the case when two tangential boundary conditions are not specified a method
based on the formal introduction of a small parameter into these conditions can be
applied (see Sec. 3.4.4c).
Static (3.255) and geometrical (3.256) momentless equations coincide with the
corresponding equations for the continuous shell theory, hence have heen thoroughly
studied.
Thus, it is very well known that the characteristics of the static momentless equa-
tions are the middle surface's asymptotic lines [64], [71]. The types of these equations
depend on the sign of the middle surface's Gaussian curvature which can be cor-
respondingly elliptical, hyperboloid or parabolic depending whether the Gaussian
curvature is positive, negative or zero.
The solution of the homogeneous system (3.256) of geometrical equations (ei =
e2 = w = 0) refers to infinitely small bending deflections of the shell's middle surface.
We exclude tangential deformation components from the momentless system of
equations (3.255)-(3.257). To do this we substitute their values (1.35) which are the
solution of system (3.257) in Eq. (3.256) 6)
11 du
du v
v dA - ,,kiw
dA ,,
,, + ai S,
anNi +012/^2 3
A da
Ada AB
AB dp
I1 dv
dv uu dB - - k kwww „ ., _
~B
Bd0 ~ZZ
-^5+ ++~T5
AB~T5"H °2iAri++a
"H ++ *?i == a2\N^ +a22
a2222
NNN 222++ a23a23
b,b,
B dp
tl op AB da
Ati Oa
1I du
du 11 dvdv vv dB
dB 2w
2w (3.258)
D ^ ^ _ - " 75—
D ^ + + 7T 7^ - - T7-=-5 5 _ = "31^+a
031^1 +32032^2
N2 + aa3333S.
+ S. 3
-258
BdlJ
Bdp Afa~~AB~da~~R^
Ada AB da R\22
The system (3.255), (3.258) consisting of six momentless equations contains the six
required functions; three displacement vector components of middle surface's points
and three linear tangential forces.
After solving the momentless theory problem it is not difficult to calculate the
corresponding bending deformation components and from them the moments and
transverse forces. It is necessary to determine the above values if there is a danger
that the momentless stressed state is close to degeneration or has degenerated.
aw.0 dS°
dN° as 0 v0
v0
v0 „„ dW°
dN° 9dS
dN° dS
— - + ++Y
5 „„ 00 „
\-
+ +x =0 r Y=0
= 0= 0
l£ !i}
l£ !i}+x =0
#3/? ++ ^
' -at a^
da '' '
Jfc?AA?
Jfc? ? +-I-fc°JV
k°N°2°-Z
k°N° - Zz =
= 00 (3.259)
(3.259)
—equilibrium equations
—elasticity relationships.
From Eqs. (3.259) and (3.260) we obtain a system consisting of four differential
equations in partial derivatives resolved relative to derivatives with respect to coor-
dinate a
£ = -*•*-
—
du°
at*
fl\rO
dNf
= -Bo^
-iWV,
a co
ds°
8S°
0
-B
- 03
Bo3 —
—
03
dv°0
at;
~d3
a co
ds°
+
+ B
f
01 Z,
00
'
ayy-o
dN°
a
Af°
dv°
9
W du°
—-—Q
a
5/3 "+ B04S,
dNl B dp - Y Y (3261)
0 0
p
0 Oi3
"13
Ol3 nn ai3k°
^ 1l 3 ^ °? +
Q + 0a2233fc°
^2
B
i>oi
£>oi
0l —
— 737
757 a a
rr ,, -"02
•B02 —
#02 — 7757
7757 aa a a r7,,
k22(ai
^ ( a1
3 213 2 1 -
— a a )
<l23<Jll)'
23 u K
*
fc2(
22 (
( a
. i
13
1 3 <
3
21i22 i
1 -
— <223<2n)
<223
<223<2ll)'
-i\~io-*i —to—
k2(ai3a2i - a23au) K 2 (ai 3 <i2i k° - a23au)
•B03
•D03 —
_ °< 2 a — "23012
a11331a"3222222 ~—Q23Q12
a23a12 1 ^£%4
o
04 =
J_
— —1
!
1
R
n
£>05 — 775-
-
^1
k°
1
5
•D03 — 023"ll 1
<Jl3<l21 -— 023^11
<Jl3<l21 £>04 — a 3 s ,
"<*3S
35'
' ~ jfc '
£>05 — 7"5-
fc2
<Jl3<l21 - 023^11 «7
The unknown momentless problems not included into the system of equations
(3.261) are derived from inequalities
1 r A 0
rk ''
w° = —- ((I1 ++ a„fl anB02 )N?
Q3)N° f l i B- -aan)^
+ ((aau„B03
)JV? + ) - ^ - -« ,ail
o12„)^-- ZZ00
a1uBfB01t011Z° ,,
a«013
13
33 L
113 [. d/J
d^
"P ,
it0 0 1 <
J_
W°
2 --
vv _ i LO^I
L0 w -+l - — zZ°•
N° --^-N°
Jfc
ft 2 ' + f.o^
—Z°
"
ft. 2 " jj
v°(a, 0)
0) = 5°(a,
S°(a, 0)
0) = 0, u°(a,
«°(o, /?„)
A ) = u°(a,
o°(a, &)
A) =
s 0. (3.262)
196 C h a p t e r 3. SUtics
„0' _ D 7O
T) vO D Jl/O "03„B
"o3 „o
"l = BQ\Z
-DOl^l
X — B02Nn i — o;oI~
— ■D02-'V I ~ 2'2'
1
uf =
«!' =
u°' •B01Z,B—
0iZf-B mN°
So2Ai, — u; -^(v°+1-vU),
Botf-BvNZ-^iv^-vU),
in
„0'
,,0' _ D 7OD 7O DA/0 Bp3_
°"3.. Q0
U
mm—1
-1 - Bt0iZ
-O omIi_^l -- Ii -
fO - tB02Nlm_
i>02^Vi
■
U
'02^Vim_i - " ^ " m - 22-.
zn
•r
0' r>
D r-0
co
in
" /e 0 0
0\
(uS - II?).
: *--w,
B04S°-±(u°
5,°-^(U? +1-U?_
1
«£-! = ■Bo4^,_ u
v° =
— B +1-uU), tC-i
"m-1= u * ~ . I + ^U«
««^-i+4 2A»-»'
1J
", 04 „ , v"1+1 ".-1/1 ~ m
TV 0 ' =. _Lc°
5 1U°' _ J_fc?
^ 2l
2zn/ T 2 -
' <
"'• = ^l
~ 2fc
zft - ' - ^
AT"'
J
JVv
J Vl m - 1
lm-l - 2h.Sm-2
m 2
~ 4ft2 ! m 2 +
" "" ! ft2
4 lfit ' i l !"m-I»
" " ■"- !"' "
Zft 4 ft"
S?
5?' = | ^ ( A ? a - 0 , 5 f = ^ « . + 1 -<_,),
co' B01B05
BOIBQS „ 0 B03B0S
3^05 0 0 ,. B03B0S
B03B05 00 Bos .r0 / , „ni
5
— - 2 B2^TZZ-'"-4B^'
= -2^ - 4 ^ 2 ^ ' ;;""'-
' - 22++B^^22 -
^ ,,; "
;
"- -- 11 -- ^^""JJVVl "—' -22 -- (( 33 22 66 33 ))
''
Here it is assumed t h a t X = V = 0.
From t h e symmetry and boundary conditions with /? = 0o it follows t h a t u^, =
7Jg = < = 5§ = 0.
T h e other desired functions on straight lines with number 0 a n d 772 are:
0 /j 0 0\
«s
U
0 =
= 5t*«;-«S).
3(K-
g l 4 " ! - " 2 )i <=^(4<I-^u
No _ B0i Q B03 Q 0
■ ( 4 ^ - , - ^ - a ) ,
^lm B 0 2 m 2£
~ i>02
£>02 ££>02 tl
i£>02rt
Q
35, 0
Ih•(*£.
QO - 4u^
the obtained results with those of the boundary value problems' numerical solutions
in the reticulated shell moment theory (Sec. 3.4.4) was satisfactory.
The comparison of certain results is given in Sec. 3.9.3. It should be pointed out
that when solving the problem we used the modified edge effect solution obtained
in the indicated section. As this is so we can sometimes separate the stressed state
into momentless and simple boundary effects for very shallow shells. This is very
important also for solving boundary value problems in the continuous shell theory:
if we use an ordinary solution of a simple edge effect, the error of the support's
maximum bending moment with the shell's rigid fixing can in real cases reach 20 per
cent while the modified solution in fact coincides with the moment theory's results.
ggJVi 95
™+4-**+M ABX - o,
^ ae + 5u ^
dz
+" * " "■
^L
%- + ^ - Z =
+ %--Z 0 (3.264)
iii
ill H.2
"2
1 du
l_du , ]_dv
1 dv ,
1 £2= +
+ k2W
k2W
ft
ft = ^Jo;**
= Adz '+*'* i » , £'=Bw
Bd9 Bd9 ''
u = Idu
]_du
\_du ]_dv
1 dvLdv_BB'
B'L
W V (3.265)
K
Bd6 + Ad~z~
" Bd6~
BdO^ Adz
Adz' ABV
AB '
dBNi
<
^± +
=^^ + mAS
mAS-B'Ni
- B'Ni + + ABX = o,
0,
dz
Jp22S c
1 dB
-mAN + ~-=r^-
-mAN2 2 +
+ -——
-——
aB dz
B~
+ ABY
+ ABY =
= 0,
= o, (3.266)
dz
D
ill
' D
i^2
-z = 0
198 Chapter 3. Statics
1 <fudu ,
££ii =
-7-r- + hw,
A
Adzdz
A<LZ
5B'' mm
e££2
22 =
== : — u + —v + k2w, (3.267)
A B ■^—BlU+-V+k
" * '^2W,''
m
m B d /v\
U>
w =
-BU+ATZ\B)
+ U+
-B ATZ\B)
Adl\B)
for geometrical equations.
By transposing equations (3.257), (3.266), (3.267) we can present t h e m as a system
of fourth order ordinary differential equations in t h e normal form (3.241)
Sfi = «°,
S/i Vi = v°, J/3 = iV?,
j/3 5/4 = S °0 ,
and vector-function components of free terms / for t h e lattice shown in Fig. 1.5 (the
first two rod families are identical) are derived from formulae
A(a„fc°
A ( a „ f c °+- raa12
n *°)
t f UZzo0 , _ nu
/.
/1
J\ - 7557-1
, 0 22 , ,
A:?
\T '1 /H2 =
= U
i'
fc
2 (( Qa12
? , -- 0 . 1ttlia
n0a022)
2
22))
0 4 mA_
=|^0-^
RO'
hA =" k°B°
|■°^ 70 - ^ u' k°B°
T h e square matrix's non-zero elements P(z°) corresponding to t h e given rod's
lattice are assessed using t h e following inequalities:
0 2
k°B0' _ mk°A A_ [ t _ ((antf
_A_ + a,^ttttut'f
fof n tt°' + 12)
t°f]
Pnn
P
P.. - ^ o0B0o ,-'
k°B° "Pi' 22 =- f c ofc°B°'
~~ B o '
P
» - a aun [ ]
fcj f c f ( Q fcf(
?
f(°12 — Qfll«22)J
2 -
Q a
? 2
n -a
ana22
2 2 ))J'
r'
1m7 1/ /l1
DO' r.0
DO A_^
n
P21 = -"So"'
55-' P »" == U**
P22 « ===
PP24
° "** '1 P24 ',
ctu'
00
B ' ' (/
S *?\
k\\ mmA
A
P33 = - ^ O - ^ + itfJ' P34-"gF.
0
mit°A 2£B 00'''
22B
?43
P43 _ 0 PP 44 44
~ ifcSfi '
~ ~~kW> -""BO-
Functions not participating in forming t h e b o u n d a r y condition with z° = const
and hence not included as components into t h e desired vector-function y are deter
mined from t h e final relationships
Jfc°
ifc° 1
i*N°
v2 ° _-= - — iN° + -Z°—Z°
2 u ) v l + jfc°
k° ''
3.9. Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated Shell Theory 199
B°'
B mw o0
w°o ° o
W
= ' AB°kf
~ABX U
B°kf2V
~BW
aQnfc?
nk° ++ Q22fc°
ct22k% No a\\H
Qn
Q
zo
K-
1 Z°.
VO
(aj22 - a U Qa22
(a\ na)fcf
i2)kf (a? 22 -- aua22)k^
onQn)kf
The solution of this system of differential equations must satisfy the tangential
boundary conditions (the shell has no crest)
where the rectangular matrices B0, Bt and two-component vector-columns b0, 6i are
determined by the nature of the shell's support according to the parallels of the
corresponding middle surface.
When examining axisymmetrical problems we take m = 0 and if we exclude the
shell's torsion
°=
vv° = S°
S° =
= Y°
Y° =
= 0.
0.
Then the system of equations (3.268) will be of the second order and the middle
surface's parallels z = const has only one tangential boundary condition.
As is seen from the numerical solutions of many boundary value problems (3.241),
(3.235) where bo,b\ are four-component vector-columns and (3.268), (3.269) are cor-
respondingly those of the moment and momentless theories for the reticulated shells
of rotation the desired strained states, except the narrow domains near the line of
distortion, almost coincide (the shell's support contour z = const was taken as the
line of distortion).
However, the first enumerated boundary value problem is much more complicated:
the order of its differential equation system is twice as high and with the leading
derivatives, unlike the momentless equation system, has a small parameter which
significantly complicates the numerical solution.
The solution for the stressed state of a simple edge effect is based on the following
assumptions.
1. The edge effect results from the stressed state along the line of distortion, hence
its solution corresponds to a system of homogeneous differential equations (X = Y =
Z = 0).
2. Due to the fact that the sought solution quickly attenuates when moving away
from the stressed state's line of distortion differentiation of any of the desired functions
according to coordinate a, in contrast to that along the coordinate 0(A fa B « R2),
results in its substantial increase
dk+1f dk f
*^Z » ^ (3 270)
k l
da + 6ak '
where / is any of the sought functions.
3. The direction of the point displacement vector of the calculation model's middle
surface is close to that of its normal to this point, with the following relationships
taking place
du dv_
£
da
«£da
« \w\.
H- (3-271)
da da
4. The reticulated shell's calculation model's main tangential force is N2:
The formulae for the shell's middle surface deformation components (1.10) tak-
ing (3.270), (3.271) into account become simpler (in accordance with (3.270) when
differentiating to variable a of any term the multiplier is outside the derivative sign)
1 du
]_du w
w w
w l_dv_
1 dv 2w2w
£Exi + £e22 == w =W=
'"' Ada
Ada' T1' rT
t ?2' AA"^a'~R^2
da ,
1 d2w
«i =
KX
-' jA*?da*'
£' 1«*|<H, M<M-
I^KM- M<l«il ( 3 - 273 )
As «i turned out to be the main bending deformation component of the calculation
model's middle surface with a simple edge effect, the constitutive equations (1.22)
referring to the bending and torsional moments may be written as:
Mi =
Mi = --(DU +K
(flu + #UUH)K
)K
)KUU I M2 MM
i=-(D
i=-(D1212~K
~Knn)K
)K1,,
Hi =
Hi [D
= {D
{DUU16 -Kg>)KU
-K®)KU
-K®)KU H
H = (D
Hi22 = (Duu +
+ Kl?)
Kl?)Kl,Kl, (3.274)
1 dMj 1 dHj
Qi = Q2
A da A da
3.9. Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated Shell Theory 201
_ Dn d3 w
£>„ + Knd*w _ Du-Kg&w
Dn-Kg&w
Qi
Qi = 3 Q2 =
~ tf~A da3'
doJ' Qi
~ A33 da3
dc7- (3275)
From the formula for function e 2 included into (1.35), using (3.272) and considering
that a22 / O w e have e2 = a22./V2 or, taking (3.273) into account
w
N
N,2~-= - ^ - . (3.276)
&22R2
fl22-«l2
On the other hand, the third static equation (1.1) and (3.272) and (3.275) make
it possible to obtain another formula for value N2
(D„+K,ARid*w
N2 = (3.277)
A* da*'
Equating the right-hand terms in formulae (3.276) and (3.277) we obtain the
following simple edge effect equation:
d*w AA44
w 3
7TT
da* + a22R\{D
5 2 Tn R —+ nKr U^)W = °- -278
da* a22Rl(Dn + Kn)
From this equation it follows that its solutions, if the stressed state's line of dis-
tortion is non-asymptotic, will vary extremely (see Sec. 5.4.2).
We write formulae (3.274) for the calculation model's bending and torsional mo-
ments, using (3.273)
Dn + Ku d2w
+ KuPw .. Ku d2w
£>,2 - A'n
Dn
21
Mi
A
= ~^—dcS>
A da2'
da<
M2 = 2
A—#—dcS>da2'
Dl6 - gff d2w
DH-KffPw DH + Kj\KgPw
Die d2w
Hl H% 2
~ A*
A 2 9da
c 72 ' ~ A
A* da2'
M- (3279)
Thus, we derived a differential equation (3.278) for the simple edge effect and
formulae (3.275), (3.276), (3.279) which make it possible to determine all the basic
stressed state functions of the reticulated shell's calculation model as well as formulate
the boundary conditions. Since the edge effect's solution is localised near the line of
distortion a = const, all the coefficient values in equation (3.278) and the above
formulae shall be taken at this fixed value a.
It is important to note that in the general case functions Q2,H^,H2 are also
basic in the edge effect's stressed state for the rods' arbitrary lattice in contrast to
continuous isotropic shells.
As for the generalized transverse force needed for formulating the boundary con-
ditions, it is equal to transverse force Q\ in the edge effect. True, using (3.275) and
(3.279) we obtain
Qil
V
\_m. >Qi. v
B d/3
80
202 Chapter 3. Statics
If the shell's lattice is isotropic, i.e. it has relationships (1.26) with J31 = 0,
then all the above formulae and the simple edge effect equation (3.278) pass into
the corresponding known edge effect formulae for continuous isotropic shells having
parameters (1.28). In this case functions Qi,Hi,H2 in a zero approximation become
zeroD (D
( Du1 6 =
= #<;> jsg> = 0).
K§> = K™ o).
u> = (0ico
(4>iCo + 4 >fas ) E ++ ,
2 s 00 )E
+ +
7l «
71 ^g-[(4>l +fa)**)++(02-0l)5o]P-E
a -[(01+02)co (fa ~ 4>i)sQ]gE
, ,
N2 = N°(^
^2 N°(^11Cc00 + ^^2So )E++,
230)E
w =
W = (03Co
(03CO + 04«o)E - ,,
+ 0iSo)E
W
7l a - = -#[(03
a~ - 04)Co + (03 + 04)So]£",
-0[(03-04)Co 04)s0]E~,
aa
N2 = NIMMO + 04So)£",
N2 = NSdMo + 04So)£",
Q. = -Q?[(03 + 04)co + (04-03)s O ]£-,
Q. = -Q?[(03 + 04)co + ( 0 4 - 0 3 ) 3 O ] £ - ,
M, = -M°(,Mo-04Cb)£r,
Mi = -Mf(V>33o-04Cd)£-,
Hi
Hi = tf?(04Co ip3SoO)E-
Ff(04Co - 035 )£- (t
(f = 1,2). (3.281)
In formulae (3.280) and (3.281) the following notations are adopted
In formulae (3.280) and (3.281) the following notations are adopted
so = sin#(a — a . ) , Co = cosy(a — a . ) ,
so = sin#(a — a . ) , c© = cosg(a — a . ) ,
3.9. Simple Edge Effect in the Reticulated Shell Theory 203
£+ = ea("-<")t E~ = e-**"-0*',
A
9
~ Wkypi
VR~2</{DX ++ tfuW
Kn)an
and
/v° - 111
n°
n° - A
—
— n° Dl6
n° - Dl6 ~ ^ 6 1 n°
61
r>°
V , V a
"* ~ a22R2' 2 - 2 « , a 2 2 ^ '
022^2 ~ 2A i2+ * u l>
M? = t 2 (Ai + ^ n ) ,
2</M- M2°° =
= 2g2 52A~> r2(D
( Z ) 1-2 - /K»),
f„),
M? = 2g A- (Dll + Ka), M 2 l2
22 2 22
fl?
fl? =
= 22<,M-
< , M - (Z?
( Z ?I6I-*<}>),
6 - ^ } ) ) , tfH°
2 2 = 2g
° = 2 f l A~ (D
M- (K 6 - K™).
1 l6 - Kg>).
In these formulae 0,- (i = 1,4) are arbitrary functions of coordinate /?, which assessed
from the boundary conditions preset at a = a,.
We can prove that conditions (3.271) and (3.272) are truly satisfied in this solution.
It should be noted that in the case of an isotropic lattice, formulae for the reticu-
lated shell's simple edge effect pass into those for isotropic shells with parameters as
in (1.28) [15, pp. 120, 121].
Many calculations have been made for nonshallow reticulated shells of rotation
using the method of differentiating the strained state into momentless and simple
edge effects: the momentless state was determined irrespective of the edge effects by
subjecting the momentless solutions to tangential boundary conditions.
This differentiation method (a zero approximation) has substantially simplified the
direct solution algorithm of the momentless equation system without deterioration of
the accuracy of the obtained results.
This, in particular, refers to the calculation examples given in Sec. 3.7.2 (axisym-
metrical problems) and Sec. 3.7.3 (wind effects).
u=
~T"2A_9 (h\Ri+i§tr)
5
[{ [(V-l - 02)cb+
RiC\\^
R2C11J ~ 02)Co^+^+)s°(01
]E+ + V>2)5 ]£ .
- 0
+ (3282)
We now present the displacement vector components of the shell's middle surface as
a sum of three terms
u = Ui
ui + 112
u2 — Csinip,
Cs'mip, w = Wi
W\ + u>2 + C cos Vip> (3.283)
where u\,u>i is the momentless solution, u 2 ,u; 2 is a simple edge effect's solution, C
is shell's displacement as a rigid body in the direction of an external normal towards
the middle surface of the shell of rotation at its crest, ip >s the angle between the
normal towards the shell's middle surface and the axis of rotation.
Assume that functions «i and wi are known from the solution of a momentless
equation system taking tangential boundary conditions into account.
Let us examine the case of a rigidly or hinged-rigidly fixed contour a = a . (a <
a.).
In the first case the boundary conditions have the form
In the first case the boundary conditions have the form
u = tu = 7 i = 0 at Q = a.; (3.284)
u = u> = 7 i = 0 at a = a.; (3.284)
in the second
in the second u = w = Mi = 0 at a = a,. (3.285)
u = w = Mi = 0 at a = a.. (3.285)
In both cases the momentless solutions satisfy the tangential boundary condition
«i
«! = 0 at Q=
Q a,.
a.. (3.286)
Considering (3.283), (3.286) the boundary conditions (3.284) and (3.285) may be
written as
u 2 -— Csin V> = w = 7J
7i = 0 at a = a.,
a., (3.284')
u22 -CsinV>
— Csin xj) =
= w = Mi = 0 at a,.
a = a,. (3.285')
Substituting (3.282) and (3.283) and then (3.280) in boundary conditions (3.284')
we obtain the following system of three algebraic equations relative to three constants
^ l i V ^ C (with the axisymmetrical stressed state V>i = const, t = 1,4):
Table 3.7:
do C w6 M?(od,0)
<
0.175 0.325 0.333 0.658 1.37 • 10" 3
(0.644) (1.33-10"3)
0.349 0.111 0.333 0.444 9.18-10-"
(0.458) (9.06 • 10"")
0.524 0.026 0.333 0.400 8.15 • lO""
(0.380) (8.67 -10"")
">l(*».) ewi(a.)
4>l = ~4>2 = C = (3.288)
1 — e c o t V>.' sin ij>, — e cos xj>,'
where
C\2 A
e =
RiCn
9 \RiRx~ R2C11J
If we use boundary conditions (3.285) of a hinged-fixed edge instead of constants
(3.288) we find
2wi(ct.)
2u)!(a.) ££Wi(a.)
U;I(Q.)
V-i = - fc=0, C (3.289)
2 — e c o t V>.' 2 sin ij>. — e cos ^>.
Figure 3.54:
second one gives constant C values corresponding to the shell's displacement along
the axis of rotation as a rigid body. The momentless theory's deflections are tabulated
in the third column. Finally, the fourth and the fifth column respectively present
the obtained sought results using the differentiation method and the iteration small
parameter method described in Sees. 3.4.3, 3.4.4 (figures are given in brackets).
As seen from the Table (the last two columns) the method breaking down the
shallow shell's stressed state yields sound results.
The second column of the Table shows that as the shell becomes more shallow it
becomes increasingly necessary to account for its rigid displacement along the axis of
rotation. This also follows from formulae (3.288), (3.289).
The dependence of bending moment A/{*(aro,0) on parameter R/r where R and r
are radii of the spherical shell's middle surface and the lattice's rod tubular sections
respectively, is shown in Fig. 3.54 (within the accuracy of the graph the results
obtained from the numerical solution of the moment theory's equations and the edge
effect theory considering the shell's rigid displacement along the normal towards the
middle surface at its central point, agree). The results refer to the case when ag =
A, = 0.349.
The transfer to the dimensional values is performed according to the formulae:
aR2 o
w = ^-w°, Mx = ER2M?.
t W'
--F~
where
[A-'y/h^)
Aa, = ifcmax(A
ifcmax(A~l / l
y/hiRn)a=a..
i v "i-R2i)o=o.-
In this formula 2 < ifc < 3; A, is the shell's width; /22i, A; is the main radius of curvature
and coefficient of the first square form of the shell's middle surface respectively. Index
i(i = 1,2) denotes the quantities referring to two different shell's sections conjugated
along the line a = a.. If a triangular lattice is formed by rods having identical cross
208 Chapter 3. Statics
4Ji
Act h'C
y sR*F'
si%F'
A linear moment problem with boundary conditions
u = u°,
u°, v°,
v = v°, w°,
w = w°, Mi, == 00 with
M a = aa,. + ((-l)'Aa„
-l)'Aa,, (3.290)
is solved in a roughly constructed edge effect zone a = a. where the function with
index 0 is the earlier obtained momentless solution, t = 1,2.
Condition (3.290) is the transfer of boundary conditions from the shell's contour
to the conjugation lines of the moment and momentless solutions.
In the case when the stressed state's distortion line coincides with the shell's
contour we obtain zero Aoi or A02 (depending whether a > a . or a < a . ) . Hence,
boundary conditions (3.290) must be used only at one or two values i; the initial
problem's boundary conditions should be added to these conditions with a = a..
The accuracy of the obtained approximate solution can be judged by the degree
of fulfilment of conditions
lA^-A^I-Cmaxl/V,!,
|JVi-A?|<:inax|MI. | 5 , - 5?|
|5, S°\ < max|5,|,
max | 5 , | , | Q , | < max \Q X\,
|(3,|, (3.291)
the left-hand terms of which contain values on the contact lines of the moment and
momentless solutions. If conditions (3.291) are violated the edge effect zone must be
expanded.
We now examine a case when the stressed state's distortion line is the middle
surface's fracture line. In this case with a = a, the momentless solution disconti-
nuities cannot be assessed without accounting for the moment stressed state. Thus,
we suggest an iteration process for solving the nonlinear problem in which at every
step the momentless and edge effect solutions are specified. Nonlinear momentless
equations must be solved in a zero approximation and those for the edge effect using
a linear theory.
Naturally, this method can be used in linear problems if several distortion lines
of the stressed state exist. This method substantially saves calculation time, and is
much shorter than the direct integration of moment equations. The same refers to
the computer memory required.
Chapter 4
STABILITY
_. 3*w
d*w „ d*w d W _, d*w aa l4 _
44l*
a<l* ., .
Dl ++ D
D33 3 2
* 2 2 ++ D 2 (4.1)
D
M* M ° d^dfda 1d0^ >W Wft* ~ EJx
= EJxZ>'
ETI (41)
where
A
Di = cc33 +
= + ad4 + -/s„„2,2
c,
ti if + fsscc + du
3 22
D2 = s3 tan
S
3 tan
an if,
2 -1 2
D3 = 6s
)5 2 ,c +- 77(c
' - 6 a■
c2
+ tan if +-eeA4)).
e3tanif
,
209
210 Chapter 4. Stability
Figure 4.1:
dd22w
U / ^„ , W w „_ 2
d2Ww 2
„„ 8d2W\w\
zr, nn
(4.2)
?i da 2
dad/3 dP,
For the given type of load
Ni
M = -p,
~P, N2 = --aoyyp,p , 5S = 0. (4.3)
Taking expressions (4.2) and (4.3) into account, Eq. (4.1) is homogeneous includ-
ing the external load parameter p. The boundary conditions are also homogeneous.
Hence, we have an eigenvalue problem. Thus, when studying stability it is im-
portant to determine the least eigenvalue corresponding to the construction's lost
stability.
ir3 EJlt
p =
aAb2
-k„ (4.4)
where 22 22 22
, m44D -I- m
D,/\l T+ lit k1 Xn DL/333 -r + 1k44AX44D22
+
kz=' 2 222 22 22 ((4.5)j
(m + + aaavvvkkk XX )X
)X
4.1. Stability of Plates 211
Note, the formula (4.4), in a particular case, can be used with a lattice formed of
two or three rod families.
Hereafter we assume there is no third family of rods (Fig. 1.5) in the lattice.
Then in formulae (4.5) we take d3 = e 3 = 0.
Table 4.1 containing kx values in a rather wide change range of the reticulated
plate's and external load's parameters is tabulated for plates with a lattice formed
from three rod families whose rods have identical cross sections.
For convenience in using the tables it will be recalled that they contain the follow-
ing notations: A = l/b is the relationship of sizes of the plate's sides in the direction
of axes x and y; <p = yjj = —<pi(<p3 = 0);7 = GJ3/EJ1 is the rods' torsional rigidity
coefficient; ay is a coefficient relating the nature of the external load (Fig. 4.1).
The analysis of the types of stability losses (assessment of m and k values at which
the load is minimum) makes it possible to conclude the following.
With ay < 1 for the given range of parameters A and <p in all cases k = 1 and
with cty > 0.5 m is always equal to 1. If av > 0.5 and <p > T / 6 the minimum critical
load will be at m = k = 1.
During compression in the direction of axes x and tension along axis y(ay < 0)
the kx values noticeably equalize (smooth out) within the entire change range of
parameters, i.e. hardly differ.
With a„ > 0.5 the kx values with the growth of A and fixed values ip falls, and
with the increase of <p with fixed values A grows. Figure 4.2 for a square plate, shows
dependencies of kz on the lattice's angle <p at various torsional rigidities of the rods;
curves 1, 2, 3, 4 correspond to the cases when 7 = 0; 0.134; 0.264; 0.769. The increase
of kx with the growth of tp is due to the lattice's increasing density.
From the m extreme conditions in expression (4.5) we find for the case when
cty < 0.5 that kx has the minimum value when
m =
'{«-*£! £++%)
--V(«-« £f-* -oy,
and if ay = 0 the wave numbers on the envelope of the minimum values of coefficient
kx change from m to m + 1 with the following relationships of the plate's sides:
2 2
A = {/m (m+l) A/£>2-
A=
Figure 4.3 presents minimum kz values depending on A at various ay values for
the rods' tubular section (7 = 0.769) forming a lattice with <p = w/3.
Figures 4.4-4.6 give values kp = p(y)/p(""/3). Curves 1, 2, 3, 4 correspond to
A = 0.5; 1; 1.5; 2.
212 Chapter 4. Stability
Table 4.1:
A
9° 0.50 1.00 1.25 1.50 | 1.75 | 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00
a„ = 2; 7 = 0.769
10 4.13 0.959 0.609 0.426 0.321 0.242 0.107 0.063 0.044
20 4.60 1.160 0.756 0.512 0.374 0.291 0.150 0.104 0.084
30 5.35 1.340 0.847 0.600 0.460 0.374 0.227 0.178 0.157
45 6.00 1.530 1.060 0.814 0.673 0.584 0.429 0.377 0.354
60 5.89 1.880 1.440 1.210 1.070 0.982 0.827 0.774 0.749
70 6.10 2.410 1.980 1.750 1.620 1.530 1.370 1.320 1.300
80 7.57 4.040 3.590 3.350 3.200 3.100 2.920 2.860 2.830
a„ = 1; 7 = 0.769
10 7.61 1.80 1,13 0.776 0.569 0.436 0.202 0.123 0.087
20 7.54 1.88 1.22 0.866 0.657 0.523 0.284 0.203 0.165
30 7.42 2.01 1.36 1.020 0.808 0.673 0.431 0.346 0.308
45 7.20 2.30 1.70 1.380 1.180 1.050 0.816 0.733 0.694
60 7.07 2.83 2.32 2.040 1.870 1.770 1.570 1.500 1.470
70 7.32 3.61 3.19 2.970 2.840 2.760 2.620 2.570 2.550
80 9.08 6.06 5.78 5.660 5.610 5.580 5.550 5.540 5.540
<*„ = 0.5; 7 = 0.769
10 8.451 2.39 1.62 1.19 0.912 0.727 0.368 0.233 0.168
20 8.370 2.50 1.75 1.32 1.050 0.872 0.517 0.383 0.318
30 8.250 2.67 1.96 1.55 1.300 1.120 0.783 0.654 0.592
45 8.000 3.06 2.45 2.11 1.890 1.750 1.480 1.380 1.340
60 7.850 3.76 3.33 3.12 3.010 2.940 2.850 2.840 2.830
70 8.140 4.81 4.59 4.54 4.560 4.600 4.760 4.860 4.910
80 10.100 8.07 8.32 8.67 9.000 9.300 10.100 10.500 10.700
a„ = 0; 7 = 0.769
10 9.51 3.59 2.89 2.52 2.31 2.18 2.02 2.09 2.06
20 9.42 3.75 3.12 2.81 2.67 2.61 2.81 2.61 2.66
30 9.28 4.01 3.49 3.30 3.28 3.37 3.30 3.37 3.27
45 9.00 4.60 4.36 4.48 4.79 4.60 4.48 4.37 4.30
60 8.83 5.65 5.94 6.13 5.75 5.65 5.65 5.65 5.65
70 9.15 7.22 7.67 7.11 7.02 7.22 7.11 7.22 8.17
80 11.40 11.40 10.50 10.60 10.70 10.40 10.60 11.40 10.60
214 Chapter 4. Stability
(continued)
A
v° 0.50 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00
Q 7 = 0.769
10 12.7 10.9 10.9 11.7 11.2 11.2 11.1 10.9 10.9
20 12.6 11.0 11.0 11.9 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.0 11.0
30 12.4 11.0 11.0 12.2 11.2 11.2 11.1 11.1 11.0
45 12.0 11.1 11.1 12.0 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.2 11.1
60 11.8 11.3 11.5 11.8 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3
70 12.2 12.1 12.6 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.2 12.1 12.1
80 15.1 15.1 15.6 15.1 15.4 15.3 15.1 15.1 15.1
Qv = - 2 7 = 0.769
10 19.0 19.0 19.9 19.0 19.3 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0
20 18.8 18.8 19.6 18.8 19.1 18.8 18.8 18.8 18.8
30 18.6 18.6 19.1 18.6 18.6 18.6 18.6 18.5 18.4
45 18.0 18.0 18.1 18.0 17.8 18.0 17.9 17.7 17.6
60 17.7 17.7 17.2 17.7 17.0 17.5 17.0 17.0 17.0
70 18.3 18.3 17.2 17.9 17.1 17.3 17.1 17.1 17.1
80 22.7 20.9 19.9 19.9 20.1 19.7 19.9 19.7 19.8
Q„ = - 3 7 = 0.769
10 38.0 29.1 27.1 27.1 28.0 26.8 27.1 26.8 27.1
20 37.7 28.5 26.7 26.6 27.5 26.4 26.6 26.4 26.7
30 37.1 27.5 26.0 25.8 26.6 25.7 25.8 25.7 26.0
45 34.9 25.6 24.7 24.2 24.8 24.2 24.2 24.4 24.7
60 31.4 23.6 23.4 22.6 23.0 22.9 22.7 22.7 23.4
70 29.5 22.7 23.4 22.2 22.3 22.7 22.2 22.2 23.7
80 29.5 24.4 24.9 24.7 24.3 24.4 24.4 24.4 24.4
a y = 2; 7 = 0
10 1.19 0.191 0.083 0.058 0.115 0.075 0.021 0.010 0.005
20 2.09 0.471 0.307 0.209 0.183 0.131 0.052 0.031 0.022
30 3.56 0.889 0.597 0.399 0.289 0.222 0.112 0.077 0.062
45 5.08 1.280 0.858 0.640 0.512 0.430 0.287 0.238 0.216
60 4.69 1.500 1.150 0.960 0.851 0.781 0.658 0.616 0.596
70 4.36 1.710 1.460 1.350 1.280 1.240 1.180 1.160 1.150
80 4.26 2.480 2,450 2.480 2.520 2.550 2.620 2.660 2.680
4.1. Stability of Plates 215
(continued)
A
V" 0.50 1.00 1.25 1.50 | 1.75 | 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00
a„=l; 7 = 0
10 6.40 1.07 0.558 0.323 0.202 0.134 0.040 0.019 0.011
20 6.39 1.25 0.723 0.463 0.320 0.235 0.099 0.059 0.042
30 6.33 1.51 0.963 0.675 0.507 0.400 0.213 0.150 0.122
45 6.10 1.91 1.380 1.080 0.897 0.775 0.545 0.463 0.424
60 5.62 2.25 1.840 1.620 1.490 1.400 1.250 1.190 1.170
70 5.23 2.57 2.360 2.280 2.250 2.240 2.240 2.260 2.260
80 5.11 3.72 3.950 4.200 4.410 4.590 4.990 5.160 5.250
a v = 0.5; 7 = 0
10 7.11 1.42 0.803 0.494 0.324 0.224 0.073 0.035 0.021
20 7.09 1.67 1.040 0.710 0.514 0.392 0.181 0.112 0.081
30 7.04 2.01 1.380 1.030 0.813 0.667 0.388 0.284 0.235
45 6.78 2.55 1.990 1.660 1.440 1.290 0.992 0.874 0.816
60 6.25 3.00 2.650 2.480 2.390 2.340 2.270 2.260 2.250
70 5.81 3.42 3.390 3.480 3.610 3.730 4.080 4.260 4.360
80 5.68 4.95 5.680 6.420 7.080 7.640 9.070 9.750 10.100
ay = 0; 7 = 0
10 8.00 2.13 1.43 1.05 0.819 0.671 0.404 0.315 0.279
20 7.98 2.50 1.85 1.51 1.300 1.170 0.994 1.010 1.040
30 7.91 3.02 2.47 2.19 2.060 2.000 2.130 2.000 2.010
45 7.62 3.83 3.54 3.52 3.650 3.830 3.520 3.510 3.540
60 7.03 4.50 4.73 4.88 4.580 4.500 4.500 4.500 4.500
70 6.54 5.13 5.36 4.94 4.920 5.130 4.940 4.900 4.890
80 6.39 6.39 5.70 5.84 5.810 5.680 5.750 5.680 5.700
av = - l ; 7 = 0
10 10.70 10.70 8.51 8.35 8.98 8.24 8.38 8.24 8.19
20 10.64 10.60 8.78 8.96 9.16 8.61 8.96 8.61 8.68
30 10.50 10.50 9.19 9.77 9.35 9.08 9.23 9.08 9.11
45 10.20 10.20 9.39 10.20 9.43 9.58 9.39 9.48 9.39
60 9.38 9.38 9.14 9.38 9.00 9.38 9.03 9.00 9.03
70 8.72 8.72 8.80 8.72 8.57 8.72 8.63 8.53 8.51
80 8.51 8.51 9.35 8.51 8.80 8.51 8.51 8.51 8.51
216 Chapter 4. Stability
(continued)
A
<PB 0.50 1.00 1.25 | 1.50 | 1.75 | 2.00
3.00 4.00 | 5.00
av = - 2 ; 7 = 0
10 16.0 16.0 17.5 16.0 16.8 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
20 16.0 16.0 17.2 16.0 16.6 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
30 15.8 15.8 16.6 15.8 16.1 15.8 15.8 15.8 15.8
45 15.2 15.2 15.3 15.2 15.0 15.2 15.1 14.9 14.9
60 14.1 14.1 13.7 14.1 13.5 13.9 13.6 14.1 13.5
70 13.1 13.1 12.6 13.1 12.4 12.8 12.5 12.4 12.5
80 12.8 12.8 11.9 12.4 11.8 12.0 11.8 11.6 11.9
a„ = - 3 ; 7 = 0
10 32.0 26.7 23.9 24.4 24.4 23.8 24.1 23.8 23.9
20 31.9 25.7 23.4 23.6 24.0 23.3 23.6 23.3 23.4
30 31.7 24.2 22.6 22.5 23.3 22.3 22.5 22.3 22.6
45 29.3 21.5 20.8 20.4 20.9 20.5 20.4 20.5 20.8
60 25.0 18.7 18.6 18.0 18.3 18.2 18.0 18.1 18.6
70 22.9 17.1 17.1 16.5 16.7 16.7 16.9 16.5 17.1
80 21.5 16.0 16.2 15.4 15.6 15.7 15.4 15.5 16.2
w
w = ,
fciag£_
d2W
(1_-fcl)
r-O Mg~dx"~= 0
]
dw
(, = 0),
4.1. Stability of Plates 217
dd22ww , . , .dwdw „ . ,
w = k a ■ (l-k3) (x = a),
* d* 'dx~ :
, d2w .dw
w
w == k3a (j, = o),
• (1 - k3)>dy~"= 0 (y
k3a^-(l-k3)^ 0), (4.7)
W22 dw
, dd w w .. , .dw „ . .
w = k a ■(l-fc 4 )
*w 'dy"'
(y = ■).
Cases ki = 0 and kf = 1 correspond to the rigid and hinged support (0 < fc, < 1).
To solve this problem we use a decomposition method, in accordance with which
we examine three auxiliary problems.
The first auxiliary problem
d*wi
fi(x,y),
d2wx dw\
«. == M ^ - d - M dx
Wi ^ («=0). M)
2
d wi dwi
k2a
2a
(I = a
Wl = + 2
!w *■ 'lh )-
The second auxiliary problem
d*w2
d*W2
= Mx,y)
W = Mx,y)''
~bV
d d2w2 dW2
= k3a -^-(l-k 3)^(1 - k) = 0 (y = 0), (4.9)
'dyvy :
W2
d32u;2
W2
w 2 ,,., dw2 _ „ ,
,9u>2
, ,dw2 .
^2 = kk*AAaa-—
-dyT ++
a-— + ( (1 - kk4)
4)-Q- = 0 (y = «)•
V-
-dJ-
The third auxiliary problem is solution of the differential equation
d*w
0 V J3 /d22w
, p (d
/3 w
U)33 3 d022dw
2
w3\33\ __
ti)
2 22 22 + + = - / . I(x,y) - fi(x,y). (4.10)
dl
dx W
dy D\-d^
\ dx 2
w)dy2 ) ~ ~fl{x'y)~Mx,y)-
In (4.8)-(4.10) we include new unknown functions / i ( x , y ) , / 2 ( x , y ) .
The sought solution of the problem (4.6), (4.7) coincides with that of (4.8), (4.10)
if conditions of their equality are satisfied:
w = Wi
W Wi = W2
W2 == W
w33,, (411)
wi(*,y)) =
u>i{x,y) = ^ W^Wi(x)My)
(*)/i(») (4-12)
218 Chapter 4. Stability
where
Wi{x) = [2*,a33xi + (1 - * , ) a V ]
{(1 + 5fc2) [2*,a
1
- 2 a ( l + 2*i
2*, + 4*2 5*i* 2 )i 3 + «i
4ifc2 + 5*,*2)z Rux*} 4
2 x } ■=-»
-5—, (4.13)
/Ji2
/ti2
/ti2
here
/?12 = l + 3 ( * l + * 2 ) +
+5*1*2.
5*l*2.
Similarly by solving problem (4.9) we obtain
w 2(x,y) =
"»(*,») = ^ ( —W
» ) /2i(y)f
( x2(x).
). (4.14)
The formula for function W^j/) is derived from (4.13) by substituting x, *i, *s corre
spondingly into y, *3, *4.
Using condition (4.11) from (4.12), (4.14) we find that
fx(y) = CW2(y),
My) h(x) = CW
/,(*) 1(x)
CW,{x) (4.15)
hence
„ ,t =
w =ww2 2 = w3 = CWCW
l(x)W
x(x)W
2(y),
2{y), (4.16)
where C is an arbitrary constant.
We solve differential equation (4.10) using Bubnov-Galerkin's method. Then using
(4.15), (4.16) we obtain
JLiiLu
„ 4Li + 7(M
4L122L34 + l(Ml2l2l2NN3i3i3iRRnn12 + M NW
M3i34
M nR34)
M N1213#34)
RM) .. ,_.
PO =
Po = 6
0 ——
r~. T,
\T 1 r;——
r AT
T, •. (4.171
£12^34
^12^34 +
^12^34 + ^34^12
^34^12 ^ '
Here:
Lu = 1 + 13(*,
13(*,+ + fc 2) + 58(*? + *|) + 154*1*2
*2) 154*i*2
+625(*J*
+625(*?fc2 + *i* M a2)) + 2125*?
2125Jt=fc|,
*j\
L34 = 1l ++ 13(fc
13(ifc33 ++ **<)
4 ) ++ 58(*^
58(fc| ++ *J)-|-154*3*4
**) + 154*3*4
!
+625(*
+625(^*4 3 *4 +fcsJbl)
*3*J) ++ 2125*3**?,
2125*3**?,
A/,
A/,22 = l + 8 ( * i + fc2) + 55fc,*2,
l+8(fci 55fc,*2,
M34 = 1 + 8(* 3 + * 4 ) + 55*3*4,
55*3*4,
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 219
Table 4.2:
k 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Po 54.0 31.7 25.3 22.4 20.8 19.7
Examples
a. In a particular case when kj = k (t = 1,4) the calculations according to
formula (4.17) yield results given in Table 4.2.
Accurate results obtained for k = 0 and k = 1 (the contour's rigid and hinged
support). The comparison showed that in the first case the error of formula (4.17) is
2.6 per cent and in the second the results almost coincide.
b. For a plate rigidly connected with rather closely positioned columns rigidly
fixed at their base (the columns' pitch and their cross sections have their own constant
values on each side of the plate) the contour's rigidity coefficients take values
CiUD
k' aUD++4aEiJi'
dUD iaE.JS
where £,./, is the column's rigidity during bending; /;,Cj are correspondingly the
columns' length and pitch (i = 1,4). Formula (4.17) makes it possible to determine
the critical load value easily.
d
d_ r do22 ,22 ddd - dd_
T 13 =-
Ll3 T31 =- ° 22 = + tan L23=
23 = 32L32
= t=
a ntan tp-
a^*
da' d^da2
~~ ^ a'dp'
^' ^a/?'dp
r ( 2 ^* ,. d*
& 2i 9*
^ \\ 2
^33 = (™t
c o da*
^ + tji^wm
da2dp + t a n v^ rt
^ = ( k ^^ +6 5 - ^ + t a n ^ r 1
r d* i 2 2
+ a
[da<
4
/ 42y>
+
^sin J\ da 0/?
2 a 1r -|- tan ifi,
0dp a4 2 +
2 4
u d (P__P\
d_ ( d2 d2\ v= d (d2
d_ 2 22 d2\ w=Lm (423)
-=dt{djr>-w)*'
\dp d( ) ^{w\di~wr
~dp~ dp)I * .
2
<
t» = Li(*),
L,L
L , L22($)
( * ) = 00.. (4.24)
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 221
L
L
a* o
g
* 2 *d* iia*
* g
£
11 i+
d(*
d£< d(*dp
8(* dp*'
d(*d/P 80*'
d(*d/P 80*'
ta JP_ 8* 8*
a? + 8^80*
a^29/?2 + a/?*
+ +
~
~ d£* 80*
[+[r 2 ^ + v
8* (/ 4
Vsin22vp
\ d*
8*
J 8P80*
8*
cot 2 y>:
Y
80*\ '
tan2
tafl2 ++
+
+q9
+q \d?
\8P
^*w80*)'
+
+
+ 80*)
V ^ ""6JV9Ww
-VU?3? ^ ++C °cot2
t 2 V 77
^ W\
J
\8P
dp)'
We present the sought function as a sum of two functions
$* =
= $,
*, +
+ $$22.. (4.25)
Thus
ii ,l (l * i ) = 0,
L,(#,) !£L,,2( # , ) = 0. (4.26)
Using (4.23), (4.26) we prove that function $ j determines the shell's deformation
at which it has no deflections, forces or moments. This indicates that the calculation
model is geometrically changeable as the rods' bending rigidity in the plane tangent
to the shell's middle surface was assumed zero and a portion of boundary conditions
had the form as (4.22). In real constructions this rigidity is non-vanishing, hence
* i = 0 and thus * = $ 2 .
Assuming
oo
OO
oo
*a(*,0) = £ . M 0 c o s * / » (4-27)
<fc=0
,(1p t^.[..
+ 7 tan
1+7l ^ </£< t*,(^.,).,]«f
„V)^-[eP
, ) * & . 6*
2
»",(^-3)-,]£&
++ 2Jk (
Hsin22^"3J
<Pfu
dP
2 2
7
22 2i 2 i 2 2
+k
+k2[{l+ycot
+fc[{l+-ycotip)k
[(l+7cot -q]f
¥ >)fc
<p)k -q]f = 0.
- 9 ]/ 2 J t =
2k 2k 0. (4.28)
w = Mi = 0 with
w = M, = 0
with ££ =
= 0;
0; (£ =
= 6,-
f0. (4.29)
hk{Z) = X]
/jt(o = =£
^2 Akm
Akm sin
sin Am
Am^£
m=l
m=l
(^(Amm==mm, r /£r /o()>0 ) ,
222 Chapter 4. Stability
since conditions (4.29) are satisfied separately for each term of the series.
Substituting this series into (4.28) we obtain parameter qi,m responsible for the
critical value of the external load
(km
- -(k
qkm
= 2<*&©•
+ \2my ("0)
In this formula
Om =
0m = Xl Ml*2 2 + kk*4 + j[X*m tan 2 V<p++2 2k
Kn++ 6A^fc * ^7A
( 22ns(2sin"
i n " 2 2 2*>2^- -3)3)+ +k*k4cot
cot2 2
v\.v\.
We can prove that the critical load is minimum when k = 0 and m = 1. Here for
the critical longitudinal force per unit length of the shell's support contour we obtain
JVu = - ^^ i( ( 44 cc 44 ++ 7 s i n 2 2 V ) , (4.31)
<«2>
tuc^up \u$~up u^cp-
- ~- a^\a^
w *(£-£)••
d_f&__ 9^\,
spy 2
With boundary conditions different from (4.22) (the contour is fixed) the shell's
calculation model is not geometrically changeable and function $ i is non-vanishing.
Assuming
00
oo
OO
*i(£,0) E
• I ((./») = ££ / uu( (O0c ocos
k=0
Jk=0
s * */?,
/?, (4.33)
k=0
from (4.26) we obtain
We can prove that if we consider more rigid boundary conditions than in (4.22),
(4.29) (the above solution will be the lower limit of the sought critical force values)
then these two roots of the equation will be real and two others imaginary: 7*1,2 =
ipti»"3,4 = ±irk. Consequently,
Using formulae (4.25), (4.27), (4.33) from Eqs. (4.32) we find the solution for
u,,v,w as expansions
00
0
u.(£,/3)
u.(*,0) « *u*(£)
«-«,/») = £]£ti £ ) cos *:/?,
/k( (0cosfc/J
fc£,>
k=0
00
OO
«(£,£)
v(U) = $ > *v(k(t)s'mkp,
{ ) sin*/?,
*=o
0
00
oo
«K,/9):
= £w (i)coskp.
*=0
k
Figure 4.7:
volume will remain constant despite changes of this parameter providing dimension
a is unchanged).
Calculation data: / = vR,rl = 3.3 • 10" 5 .
The shell's contour is assumed rigidly fixed (u = v = w = 71 = 0).
Figure 4.7 shows that angle <p = 45° is optimum. Note that the symmetric forms
of the stability loss correspond to the minimum critical loads.
4.2.1b. Cylindrical shells with three families of rods. The scheme for the lattice
is shown in Fig. 1.5 and assumes that the fourth family of rods whose axes coincide
with the middle surface's generatrixes are not present. The first two rod families are
identical.
The differential operators of system (3.190) multiplied by coefficient 2K~l sin - 2 2tp
for the shell with the given lattice of rods are
2 2
2d
22 & d2 d
°2
& Tr
T rrr n
n
d22
n °&
Ln
L cot + n
n= = 21 =
""
L
=
= COt
*&?
*&?
*dcS +
W
W " driB"
=
drip
drift'
d d2 7
( . 4s633 \ d2
4sS
L13 = L3l = - , L M = _ + ^ t a n V + - [ -^-J—,
ua ua-
(
( 1 *43^3
4sS^33 \\ d d
L23 =
= LLM =^ ^( \tut ana n<x^, +i ss^sin
s l l--^5^ -
2fJ^j)j -- ,,
\
,33={(cotV
^{(cotV
{(«*V + )^£ +[ 6^ ( -i ±e^ -) e,) ]] ^^
+ 7)£f +7 + +
/ 4 + 4£e3 \
7
da2d/32
(( 1 4J13S \ 8*
4Ji3S d* I\ ,2 , \s8
4s633
( t m V + 7+
+ (UnV 7 + . ■", ■ " , j Ml i \rr++ t atan
V\ ++sin^ i-r-^-,
f,
\
V Ji
Ji sinsin 2f/
2fJ
2p/ op*)op*) sin 2<p
2<p
where S3 = F 3 / F , 7 = GJ3/EJue3 = J^/Js.
Let the shell up to the point it loses stability be in a momentless state characterized
by tangential forces N®, N2, S° whose values are proportional to a particular external
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 225
«3
63 = - I OO + 7 tan t a n2 2y>
y + c o t 2 y ? + .- t\2 «l
II sin
sin 2y>
Zip
2tp
bill ^'f
'4 + 4se 3 (6
♦3S-
sin2Lip
\ _ sin 2^> j \s- 5-« + ? ♦ * ?
/j \U J\
i J s9"
3
'
4
b4 -
i, = i4 t ai n ^V +^ J7 f[ ('2 ^- - 66 )V( t, »a Vn + V ^+ -^ -) ) ++ ^3| -- 22
L\sin
L\sinsin 2ip
2y>
2y> I
/ \
\ sin
sin 2ipJ
2^/ 5 s3
s
+
+ ^^((tt a n V , +
sin'2<^ \
2
+^sin isSa
^|2|-2y>
-))| | ++k
sin'2y>,/J
k++^*i^(V
L
(| -s| 2 l 4a
- 2)//J)Jl sin
^ ^2-2y>'
sin'2y>
-, ,
sin ^y \ sin ty/J <>i \ * /
j£*3_\ 4JI33
( t a nn 22 ^V +++^^^Vta„V
6 5, = (tanV 22
2-- ))f (t taa„ „ ¥ ^ 3 + + -- i i^2 ^ + +777))),,,
\ sm
sin'2yj/
sin'
sin'2^5/
2ipj
2<p/ \ Ji sin 2y> + /
</iSin'2v>
Jisin''2(^
Jisin'2¥»
X- ^
_D,
afl 33 R 3 o«p3
2aR3 / c \
J3_
66 _ 22 333 66 77 __
7 66 88 __ 22
2
- rr^
r ** ''' ~- 22 2J
JJ ^^lS*'
'' JJ IIJxss isin
i nn 22<^J
2 VV 33 U
U ~~ // ''
2 a / ?3
2aR / , 4s<53 \
43^3
tan
*» = Ji , sin
Jisin • 220 2y> I\
2y?
2ip V + sin . 20
s\n
sin 2
22ip^ i/ •
2ipJ
The shell's middle surface displacement components are expressed through resolv
ing function $ as:
33 3
W* * 4^33 N aa 3 a_a3_31
4af
U
=
= l ^ ^ + ssini 2 n2<^>^ Ja«a/?
a a ^ -aaM. * '
226 Chapter 4. Stability
0s
—1
3 s3
17,
[/ 6P\ \ 8fl (( As6
4^3 27
^633 \\ #> #> II
t» 33
\ s JJ9a
dtfdp
2
0/? V n22 2w
ssin r
2<p/ /)/?3
.2 d& 4
(h
(63 d44n\ \ (/ .2 1s6 44
4s<5333 \\ id 1 _
4s6
XV C o t < 2 2
^ ' 9a d/? ( tan'' <p + .2 .
2<W dB
sin2 2w T
4
\ sin 2 ^ / o
If the shell's contour is hinged supported
uv =
= u;
w= = Ar
Ni1 =
=AM1/ =0
1=0 with a = 0, / / #
* t mm(o
$* (a,
> j9)
#) = //8inA*a8inm/3
sin Aita sin md (X
(\kk == k*R/l),
kirR/l), (4.35)
where fc,m are correspondingly the number of half-waves along the generatrix and
waves along the middle surface's parallel.
Substituting (4.35) into Eq. (4.34) we find
b2Xkm' 1' 4-
bi\k k 4- ^A^m'
biX baXlm44 ++ M
4- baXlm * m 66 ++ 6655m
64Aj;m m88 ++ b
6gAj
6X k
4
2 22
+bkmmX
+6* A^iVj'
kN° +
+ +&*
4&*mm JV JV°
2° + 26
2bkm mX
fcm mA kS°
t 5° = 0, (4.36)
where
bkm = hX
brX
k k +4-fegA^m
bgXkm ++ 69m
bgm . .
We now examine three different cases of a shell subjected to an external load.
a) The shell is compressed by linear load p = const along the middle surface's
generatrix. The main momentless stressed state is determined using formulae (p =
ERp°)
jVj»
N° = -p°>
- p ° , Af
N°2° =
= 5°
S° =
= 0.
With the shell's axisymmetrical buckling (m = 0) from (4.36) we obtain
Assuming k ^> 1, we find the minimum value p = p, from (4.37) and condition
dp°k/d(X2k) = 0. Here X\ = (b6/biy'2 and
„
00 p.
P. 2Fri
2Fr, sin 2<p
2y> r/ — ~' 2
2Frisin2y> 7T"
P = = — ^ /(cot
( c o t ^ - !7)
- ! ) 3^ , (438)
° ffl bi V *+ ^ '
where r, =(J1/R2F)V*.
If the shell's middle surface after losing stability is not axisymmetrical we may
from (4.36) find
1 4 2 16 88
0o _ 61A?
M A|
61 | 4- MfcTO2 4-
+4-biXtm
biXlm kjXlm4 ++ bM
+4-hXim
hXjm 4Xt "
km +
+ b65m
sm 4 XJ4k
++ b6M66A^
P°m
Pkm
P m 2 2 ((4.39)
* ~ (; M J +4- baXlm* b»m*)Xl
6sA^m 4- 69m")A '
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 227
N° = -g°, N° = S° = 0
we have
2 4 2 6 a88
0o baXjm4 + b4X km + hm
_ M | + M | m + hXjm
baXjin 6 m
bs5m +
-I-
+ b6eXj
9km
9km 2 ((4.40)
~ ( M Il + MJ m X» + bam*)™*
bsm^m '
Formula (4.40) is easily converted to formula (13.72) of the book [77] with the shell's
parameters (1.28) if the lattice is isotropic.
It is also necessary to minimize value g°.m according to k and m to calculate the
minimum critical load value.
c) The shell is simultaneously subjected to loads p and g. Then using (4.36) we
obtain the following equation
Tables 4.3-4.8 tabulate cylindrical shell's critical load values for different l/R
and tp values, other lattice parameters being identical (the rods having tubular cross
sections)
1Q-6R2; J 3 , = 2JU = 9.74 • lO'
Fi = 7.14 • 10~ 10"1111/*/?44;;
G, = 0.4£, (t = 1,2,3).
(t"
Although angle tp changed the rods' material volume, per unit area of the shell re-
mained constant. Thus
(1 + s)m0
= const,
2TTC
where m 0 is the number of the. lattice's
l_i..i*_1 J _ _ _ _ J.1
nodes !JJ
on the middle surface's parallel. During
calculations the said constant was given the value 19.42.
Tables 4.3, 4.4 list the dimensionless critical load values with the cylindrical shell's
axial compression with and without account of the rods' torsional rigidity. From the
analysis of the results given in these tables one can conclude the following.
The optimum angle <p value is tp. = 35° for the entire parameter change range
l/R (1 < l/R < 4). The critical load with tp = tp, does not depend on this parameter
and
p. = ERp° = = 5.28 • IQ- 10-7ER.
With the lattice angle tp differing from (p., the form of the shell's lost stability is
characterized by a smaller wave number value it. At this the wave number value m
also reduces, except for the case when it is constant at <p = 30°.
228 Chapter 4. Stability
Table 4.3:
l/R
V" 1 2 3 4
m k lCrf m k 10V! m k 10Mrf m k 10»rf
5 5 1 136 5 2 136 5 3 136 5 4 136
10 7 2 272 7 3 265 7 5 265 7 6 265
15 8 2 371 8 4 371 8 6 371 8 8 371
20 8 3 450 8 5 450 8 8 449 8 11 449
25 8 4 501 8 7 500 8 11 500 8 15 500
30 9 4 525 9 8 525 9 13 525 9 17 525
35 9 5 528 9 10 528 9 15 528 9 20 528
40 6 515 5 1 507 5 2 500 3 1 500
45 6 445 4 1 437 5 2 427 3 1 405
50 6 385 4 1 347 3 1 364 3 1 336
55 5 307 4 1 285 3 1 269 3 1 291
60 5 234 5 2 234 3 1 208 4 8 224
65 4 175 3 1 151 4 2 170 3 2 151
70 4 113 3 1 104 2 1 105 2 1 93
Table 4.4:
l/R
9° 1 2 3 4
m Jfc 10»rf m IO'-V m 10»rf
5 6 1 89
m
6
it
2
\oV.
89 6
*
3 89 6
it
4 89
10 8 2 199 8 3 196 8 5 195 8 7 196
15 9 2 297 9 4 297 9 6 297 9 9 297
20 9 2 388 9 5 385 9 7 385 9 9 385
25 9 3 458 9 5 458 9 8 458 9 10 458
30 9 2 506 9 4 506 9 6 506 9 08 506
35 7 466 13 463 1 20 463 1 26 463
40 7 412 15 412 1 22 411 5 2 447
45 8 354 16 354 1 24 354 3 1 375
50 9 295 18 295 5 2 333 3 1 307
55 10 236 21 236 3 1 251 4 1 259
60 12 179 24 179 3 1 192 4 3 207
65 14 129 3 1 140 4 2 150 3 2 140
70 18 84 3 1 92 3 2 095 2 1 86
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 229
Table 4.5:
l/R
v° 1 2 3 4
m 10Y m 10'ff.u m 10'<7.U m io7<?.°
5 8 0.320 6 0.130 5 0.086 5 0.064
10 9 0.507 7 0.238 6 0.159 5 0.118
15 9 0.679 7 0.327 6 0.220 5 0.160
20 9 0.825 6 0.399 5 0.262 5 0.195
25 9 0.942 6 0.440 5 0.287 4 0.229
30 8 1.010 6 0.470 5 0.306 4 0.232
35 8 1.050 6 0.493 5 0.324 4 0.233
40 8 1.070 5 0.501 4 0.332 4 0.236
45 7 1.040 5 0.476 4 0.309 4 0.641
50 7 1.010 5 0.462 4 0.294 3 0.230
55 6 0.338 4 0.439 4 0.288 3 0.200
60 6 0.863 4 0.380 3 0.254 3 0.182
65 5 0.454 4 0.348 3 0.212 3 0.174
70 5 0.665 3 0.286 3 0.192 2 0.142
If the rods' torsional rigidity is neglected in the calculations the critical loads
decrease in the range of 5-45 per cent and the optimum angle value changes to
tp, = 30°(critical loads decrease substantially when parameter value ip significantly
differs from the optimum one).
The calculation results for a shell subjected to a uniform external pressure are
given in Tables 4.5, 4.6 (the latter's data was obtained with 7 = 0). From these
tables it follows that the critical load value greatly depends on parameter l/R. The
shell warps along the generatrix according to one half-wave (k = 1).
The lattice's optimum angles are y?. = 40° with l/R = 1,2,3 and if, = 45° with
l/R = 4.
Condition 7 = 0 causes a reduction in the critical load value by 15-46 per cent.
The solutions of the shell's stability problems when it is simultaneously subjected to
axial compression and external pressure are shown in Tables 4.7, 4.8. Critical axial
force values have been obtained with g° = 4 • 10~9 for various l/R and f parameters
with and without account of the rods' torsional rigidity (Table 4.8). Thus, from Table
4.7 it follows that with l/R = 1 the lattice's optimum angle is <p. = 35°.
The curves in Figs. 4.8 and 4.9 show the dependencies between the critical axial
compression and external pressure.
230 Chapter 4. Stability
Table 4.6:
l/R
v° 1 2 3 4
m 10V m w'afi m 10V m io's.u
5 8 0.172 6 0.091 5 0.067 5 0.033
10 9 0.352 7 0.188 6 0.132 5 0.101
15 9 0.516 7 0.264 6 0.180 5 0.135
20 9 0.652 7 0.325 6 0.221 5 0.161
25 9 0.761 6 0.371 5 0.242 5 0.183
30 9 0.849 6 0.393 5 0.255 4 0.199
35 8 0.890 6 0.411 5 0.268 4 0.198
40 8 0.917 6 0.432 5 0.284 4 0.200
45 7 0.915 5 0.416 4 0.272 4 0.205
50 7 0.881 5 0.403 4 0.252 3 0.210
55 6 0.828 4 0.400 4 0.255 3 0.181
60 6 0.747 4 0.340 3 0.233 3 0.165
65 5 0.642 4 0.309 3 0.193 3 0.158
70 5 0.541 3 0.253 3 0.173 2 0.133
Table 4.7:
l/R
v" 1 2 3 4
m Jfc H>V. m it 10>» m k « m A; «
05 5 1 126 5 1 182 5 1 104 4 1 087
10 6 1 262 7 3 256 7 4 256 7 6 256
15 8 2 364 8 4 364 8 6 364 8 8 364
20 8 3 447 8 5 445 8 8 445 8 10 445
25 9 3 499 9 7 498 9 10 498 4 492
30 9 4 523 9 8 523 4 521 4 498
35 9 5 527 5 499 4 472 5 2 499
40 6 500 5 467 4 427 3 442
45 6 431 4 411 4 392 3 347
50 6 371 4 321 3 331 3 278
55 5 297 4 259 3 236 3 233
60 5 224 4 220 3 175 3 207
65 4 669 3 136 3 141 2 126
70 4 107 3 090 2 091 2 067
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 231
Table 4.8:
l/R
v° 1 2 3 4
k io a P i; m k
5
m
7 1 074 5 1 ™v.
074
m
5
k 10V m
1 063 5
k 10"tf
1 051
10 8 2 192 8 3 185 8 5 185 8 6 185
15 9 2 289 9 4 289 9 6 289 9 8 289
20 9 2 380 9 4 380 9 7 379 9 9 379
25 9 2 453 9 5 452 9 452 9 9 452
30 7 1 487 5 1 473 4 471 4 414
35 7 466 5 1 440 4 419 4 411
40 7 412 5 1 406 4 372 5 2 406
45 8 354 1 16 354 4 338 3 316
50 9 295 1 18 295 5 311 3 248
55 10 236 1 21 236 3 219 3 205
60 12 179 1 24 179 3 159 3 182
65 14 129 3 1 125 3 125 2 120
70 18 084 3 1 078 2 085 2 060
7° d322<S>°
-yO *0 02 o
pod2"0 _= 0,
L°(w°) + 22
*~B?~da t~ 5 a22 '
da
o. - 7° g 2 ">° = 0, (441)
w-w&-°>
M°(*°) ;
HP da2
where
b2Fp
FP
P0 = (l+secy)
P"
P° ( l +{ls+se v] ?*) - ^ - .
e ccy)—
4EJtV'
We expand dimensionless curvature l/fl°(/3) into a power series according to the
small parameter:
OO
1
^ ) = DD
:>«o\
—A £= !-/&„, - 1 <*(/?)<!.
lfc=o
,32* ^n^u;0 „
L
L VV)) + 7°[1
l --W-e°(0)
+ 7°[1 (Mfl
U) +++£«V(jJ)
£VV(/3) + +• •-"••]g2-£14+0P°^-
( /vJ ) + + P°^-
2 = 0,= 0,
' 'da da
ft2™0
(
M°(w°)
M°(w°)
w °)_
- °
-77 7°[1_- < ( 9
[1 e- «,(/?)
°[1 eo{fi)
7 / )+e+ V(/3)
e V ( / J ) +
+ eV(0) + • • ] g^- -==0.0.
+ • • ] ^ (4.42)
Assume that eigen functions and values are analytical functions of parameter e.
Then the following expansions can be written as:
oo
w°(o,/3;e)
w°(aj;e) == Jf;eV*»2(o,/?),
= ufla,/?),
fc=0
0
P K/3;e) == ffy»2(a,/S),
#°(«»ft«)
*°(a,fi;e) fy»2(a,/?),
y*2(a,fl, .P°(e)
P°(e) =
= f£>*tf.
>*/?. (4.43)
k=0
t=0 k=0
*=0
Substituting these expansions into (4.42) comparing coefficients with the identical
degrees of parameter e, we obtain a system of connecting equations with constant
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 233
coefficients
^ o Woa'^ Md S =~ o,
2
< p0
0 2
da
oa' »2...0
2
_.od w°0
^°(*o)-7°g
v-o/
7
/ 0a
Q
2 = 0,
a*
Q2
Without going into detail we write the main calculation formulae making it pos-
sible to find the critical forces in the zero, first and second approximations for non-
circular cylindrical shells hinged supported along the contour subjected to longitudi-
nal compression
=
Pm»
Pm^ POmii + ZRPlmn +
P0m/»
POm/j ^RPimiii
^RPimiti
n2 . _ >
=
POm/i ^ slm/i
— Slm/i T "T
"t" 7 S2m^>
S2m*j>
S2m^'
o 0O2a /•-1 /•-1
t-1 00
Plm„
Plm„
Plm W =
= -27
^1 &„*<?„,
Zim^ffi^
Z2nm<?„,
JJ
P2m„
P7m» = 22 777°° °^C
= „ M-64/^7°
^' (^i C
M ^ -- 64/i
6 4 / i 77°° E^ Y {"i
YJ .7( £lm
a
lU A
>mMi
(7°^m^>lmM,m,
(7°6"m„4m MU
li m*,mt
S2m/i m
,m, BBmm^,
9 +' Bmu,mq) ^mq
#m,x,m,)£,i, )Ln
Linq
«=1,2,...
{n±q
(/i±« =
(u±q = 2k,
2fc,
*, 9g ^^ / P-),
a4 iit),
),
where
2 1 4
&m„
tin*
6m M = (ai/m7r)2 A,
= (a,/m7r)
(ai/mx) A,mm(i
(i (t = 1,2), V°
v>° = r- + ^- J- - jJ ,
a /* JT*
7 Q / 10 \
Lr -
L ig cC
C - 11-
c -1- - - JL L fA JL"\
(11-_- JL"\
-- i ^
U
Um 111
! ))111 '
t V - !
"• " i V "- ! 02
"• " tV"! F22 ' ""15 » v V * V // '
" "
""151 5 f
»VV \ V * V
*V/'
_ 64L
64L
64L
_ 64LM M ,/J7°
,/i7°
, i
M,,//i77°02 / JJ
2 // J
1l_\\
L^i
^»m/j,mfl
,u.mo —
M
M
— /7 (J
I > > > l_\1*1
POmg
POmj P0m*i *
POmji
POmj — POmji \C2m(i
\C2m(i ??2m»/
2m?/
POmj — POmji \C2m(i ?2m?/
6iL
pD ^^ MLLAi
64Z,„,A ^^mq
A fti°
^ ,p7°
lm ,^0 j/(/ 777 003
03
3
(
pp
pomM
POm M
\\\
Bmmtl m
A^,^0 / 7°* po mM
mM \
" "' ' " (Po
(Kb mf
mg
PQm/i)^2m9 V s i ma S2m/j
POm/i)^2m9 V slmg^2m/i
slmf
dm?
1 /
mq P0mft)&2mq V slmflS2m/j slmf 11 //
mo - P 0 m , i ) A 2 m , '
234 Chapter 4. Stability
with ip, ss 5°, the extremum is clearly pronounced and the form of the stability loss
corresponds to the case when m = 1, ft = 3.
The maximum critical force corresponds to that of a cycloidal shallow cylindrical
shell.
The convergence of the small parameter method was studied numerically for shells
with a lattice's angle <p = n/3 and it was found that the solutions these problems
were very accurate: the relative critical force error was less than 0.2 per cent and
that for shells with cross sections in the form of a catenary and cycloid respectively
—0.4 per cent. This evaluation of the accuracy of solutions is based on a comparison
of results obtained using the small parameter and iteration methods. The iteration
method when used for static problems was described in Sec. 3.4.5. It is interesting to
note that with other forms of losses of a shell's stability not meeting the least critical
load criteria the error in the results of the small parameter method is much greater.
4.2.3 Large d e f l e c t i o n s of s h a l l o w c y l i n d r i c a l s h e l l s
We solve the shallow circular cylindrical shell's problems using an approximate strain-
energy method (Ritz's method) and apply the theory of medium bending (see
Sec. 1.1.2b).
For the shallow shells subjected to medium bending the strain tensor components
are expressed by formulae (1.6), (1.7). Using displacement vector components u, v,w
these formulae in the Cartesian system of coordinates for the shallow cylindrical shell
with radius R of the middle surface cross section may be written as
2 2 2
du I1 fdw\
du
OUfdu>\
(dw\
I OW V _ dv
_dv dv
OV w
W 1 (dw\
I1 (dw\
fdw\
£l +
+=
~ dx~
dl 2\dx~)
di
dx 2Vdx~)
2\1^)
2 \dxj '' £2= £2
-dy~
dy~
-d^ + +
RdyR R
+
+ [
^ ) '
2\.~dy~)
2{.~dy~)
22 \ \d
du
du du
du dw
dw dwdw dd222w
w
w
w = "o~~ 1" " a — a - ' KKl ■■
22
dy + dx
dv
dy
a
dx
dx dx
dx dv'
dx dy'
dy'
l = '
dxdx2'''
dx
ayd2w ox ox ayd2w
K2 d2w22 d2w (4.44)
V 2'' ' '
= " dy
dy dxdy
dxdy
dy ' dxdy
The shell's strain energy is determined according to formula (1.54) where value
J' is calculated using (1.56).
Substituting formulae (4.44) into (1.56) we obtain
u^m'h
'-£{*[(^(£)>
•=i
/du
+(S+H®)>
\ L\
dv dw dwdw\
dw\
N
' /
T2
—
+ \dy + dx dx dy J SiC.
^- + -^^r-
, / 2d2w 2d
2
w d2w . n \\2
C + S +
^{ '-dx^ 'W dxTy3m^)
236 Chapter 4. Stability
__ // d2w
d'w d2
d'w
d'ww d2w
d'w „ \\ 2' \
„
+ + _ - CCCcos (4.45)
Ci iCi
+ Ci
Ci S i C ^ — —SSiCi
SiCi^—r
dxTy °°°SSS2(Pi
VV iCiWW ~~~ SiCiMMM + dxTy
iCi +
+ 2*2to. 1 > .
^"))j )fJ■■•
(445)
,+ (dv + l!V
"* ( \[frmy+{i+hmy.
^»([(£ + KS> (M KS)>
*±u°°\X wl dw_V\ ( 2
((( i 9u
du
au
dy
\dy
\Oy
d
dv
ov
dx
dx
Ox
r 9u>
aw 9uA
dw
dx
dw\
aw \11
ox dy)
dy JJ
ay
222
22
„2„2
S2 C
(I'
J\ j||
7 22„a222 i«
„ -,\f[ " / dd w 22 2 u22) \ 2
22„ 5 f2 22w\2
2 2d2n
++2/
2/ c c +s
w dd w\
w\
+ fd( dw\w\. ms ,. n- 2y,1 2
((4(4.46)
]46).
lilB
[( v Vv)) +\a*i)
+s
feJ *«yH'
nT
[( V -
We introduce notations
tan y>,
ztany>,
£ = xxtany>, u.
u, =
= uucoty>.
cot y>.
ucottf. (4.47)
(4-47)
Then expression (4.46) becomes
/5u;\2
2 2 22 2
n„4„i\du.
44r,
^ f f\9u.
I[ ^ a« u. .
4r,f\9u. 1
I (dw\
fdw\
[dw\ du
dv w 1 // 0fdw\
u A ~\
{divVY
dw l
J + + +
^ « 2U)
K + + + +
= "'{[aeUKJe)
\\~dF 9.['df d7, 'R 9.[^
/fdu,
Ou, dv Ov dwdw\
Ow Ow \ 1I
+
+ \\dy"*"d(
dy ++di K~dy~)d£ dy J JJ
\dy"*"d( K~dy~) J
2 a 22 u ; 2 2 2 22
r [ 2/w dda 22w\
u;V
+2sI +
.^rlfd^dhvV^f^wY]
on4T4 \fd
+4 Jd w\ '
fd w\Jd] w\ ' 2 2
(„4(4(4.48)
448)
8).
\W+ w)+i fe) • --
r [ /w
4 \fd
on4T a u; w\2
wV A
2
J O
+2sI
[W w) (im)l
Assume that the shell is subjected to uniformly distributed external pressure Z =
—g.Assume that using
In this case the shell is subjected
formulae to uniformly
(1.54) and (4.48) wedistributed
present theexternal
system'spressure Z=
total energy
—g.
as: In this case using formulae (1.54) and (4.48) we present the system's total energy
as:
1
V\ l Y2
2 2
E d"u«. • l1
4„„ f/ ff/ j\IJ [\dn. i_ fdw\
/ 9oto
u ; y\ 9u
at; w
dv u; 1
w 1// ' Ow
^fdw\
< +
" * JJ\[dl
/ / 2{W+a-y +
R + 2{-dy-)
2
/ au.
(du, #v
dv dwdw\ I ,. ,
+ + + Owdw\
Ur * **) j«*
+^rfsI, f [[\(d *+Z+
+ ^ \ \,+4
d w\ i+4 ++. ! 9
y \ # *,..+
2 2 22 2
E =
aJ\4 JJ[1 JJ[1 I\j [dx
\i*L
ou 1 /I/^HY
ow\
dx + 22\dxJ
ov —1 _ if—Y]
dy+ R 2 \dy J J
\dxj + dy
TJ•* J\[d-x
J L 2\dxJ
2-(-dx-) d-ydy : R 2 \dy J J
+ r
fdn
du
\dy
dv dwdw\ II , ,
ox + ^ox ^oy j i> dxdv
dx
^- + +^r-
\uy dx dy J
+
i//[(^y+«(S)'H+'//—<»•>
+7/7 (ST + ST) +4(Sh)
y+9 dxd f g / / wdxdy. (4.50)
u = w = Nx = Mi — 0 with 1i = ±d,
u = v = w = M2
Mi = 0 with y = ±6. (4.51)
(4-51)
These conditions correspond to a shell with rigid hinged supports along its longi-
tudinal edges and its curvilinear edges hinged-supported on flexible diaphragms rigid
in their planes.
Assume that the deflection function w satisfying conditions (4.51) over the shell's
contour has the form
u
-\lid£)dX
"-- = -1/(10 dxdx
'
l
Vw
Vw =
= ^jj-jwdy_y(^
VW = ^ -\j(^\
_y^ wdy
wdy
d ,
dy
dy
y,
where value w is determined using function (4.52). T h e final expressions for the
tangential displacement functions satisfying b o u n d a r y conditions (4.51) are
uu =
= (u, ccos
o s yy,, + u 2 s i n 2 y , ) s i n x ,
+— ;(sin2x, —
——^sinzx, - 2 2x,)(u;,
x , ) ( u ; , cosy, + w
zx\)(w\ u ;22ssiinnz2yy,,;) 2 ,
16a
ibd
■ n ( ■ 22 \ \\226i
v = vi sin 2y, + -I- v2 cos y, + I sin y, y, I —-u>,—-w,
\ 7T / 7T/1
V * // 7r/t
JT xR
_ 2
- (1 + cos2j/i)——wj
— —uw> 22 \ cosxj
c o s 22yy,,))— cosx, +-I- I( sinyi
siny, + + —sin
-sin2y, y, JJ w\
"■'■KR "J TT
+
+—u)iU)
+——w w jj w
-t-—w\w 3(3cos
w 22 2((2{jcos y,
i/, —
3 cc oo ss y y, — cos3y,)
- c cos3y,)
— os3y,)
cosoyi)
3TT
3?r
,. i( ■ 11 •. . *22
22 \\ 11 jr
n*
+ 4w222 (I sin
+ 4u> s i n yy,, - — sin s i n 44y,
y, — ccoo s222xi i, ..
y, JI1 — (4.53)
sin 4//i 7/1 I ros j*».
S-
44
u>i
ui, 102
1022
w a6 4
ab
ab [Jl
/1/T
c, = G
C2 = q= : EFf?
7' 7' Ety9' ' P = VT'
9
C
C*
22
-__1_
2 2=-^r(C2C
TU
= ~{C ^ C2l+2C
t<* C
2 1C+C
? + i2C<G 4 CaI).
++ C
Ca8).) . (4.55)
~C00 777
Since £| > 0 the condition of positiveness of the right-hand part in (4.55) makes
it possible to determine easily the values £1, at which a nonsymmetrical form of
deformation occurs and disappears.
We now investigate the obtained solution on a particular example for which A = 2.
In this case the first equation in system (4.54) and Eq. (4.55) have the form:
37.14Jfc'C2 - 48.79*'C?
0.2633C? + 1.183CiCl - 37.14Jfc'C,
+(2.791 + 1299fc* )Ci - 5.801 • 105? = 0,
2
For a non-symmetrical form of the shell's deformation the system of two equations
(4.56) reduces to the following:
The second equation (4.56) makes it possible to ascertain that the non-symmetrical
form of deformation can occur k' > 0.115.
The curves of the dependencies of the external load parameter q at various k"
values are shown in Figs. 4.12 and 4.13. The solid lines are for a symmetrical (4.57)
and dashed lines for a non-symmetrical (4.58) forms of the reticulated shell's defor-
mation. From these figures it is clear that the shell's rigidity increases as parameter
k" increases. At certain parameter values of the external load q an antisymmetrical
deformation is superimposed on the symmetrical one, i.e. the shell loses the first type
stability.
Then we must use the method of separating the variables as in Sec. 3.7.3 when
studying static problems.
To obtain the system of differential equations for the stability in a form convenient
for numerical integration, vector / in Eq. (3.241) should be determined with account of
Eq. (4.59) where the bending deformation components Ki, K2, T are expressed through
the components of vector y.
Consequently the differential equation system is homogeneous. Just as the bound-
ary conditions. Hence, we have an eigenvalue problem (the external load's intensity
parameter).
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 241
r 0 = r0(or), zo = z0(a)
(ct) (an < a < a 2 ).
Designating through 0o(a) the angle between the tangent to the meridian before
the shell's deformation and axis r we can write relationships
rr'00 = Ac
Ao cos 09O0,, z'z'00 =
= AA00 sin
sin 9900,, (4.60)
where
V = Ni sin 9 + Q, cos 9, H = Nx cos 0 - Q, sin 0,
Pi and pj are components of the surface load's intensity vector acting along axes z
and r respectively.
In a general case
p, = pp11((p,a,z,r,0),
p,a,z,r,0), P2=p2(p,a,z,r,0),
ei = A/AQ-1,
A/Ao-1,
A/AQ-1,
rt-1. e 22 = r / r 0 - l ,
/ci = P'/A0, K2 = (sin90 — sin9)/rQ.
Assuming that the lattice consists of three families of rods (the fourth rods' family
is absent in Fig. 1.5) and that first two families' rods are identical we obtain the
constitutive equation from (1.30).
Let us assume that
The other unknown functions can be expressed through the basic ones.
Using Eqs.
s. (4.61)-(4.63)
i t . u i p ^ i . u o ^ we
WC find
11UU
to' = A sin
w' sin 96 —
—z'z'0,0, u'u'== AAcos
cos90——r'0r', 0, /3'/3'= =——A0A 0K\,
K\,
rV' = -Arpi-r'V,
rV -ArPl-r'V, rH'
rH' = ANAN22-- Arp*
Arp2 -- r'H,
Arpj r'H,
rM[ = ArQ!
rM[ ArQx + AM AM22 coscos 90 - r'A/,.
We introduce additional parameter t as a certain functional of solution: t =
T(y,p). This parameter's monotonic independent change determines the process of
deformation.
When solving the problem the initial and boundary conditions should be taken
into account:
rr uu ,, =
= r
r 00,, u
Uiyiy\a=a, , ==Gi
\a=a Gi (i(i== 1,2).
1,2).
We now describe the solution method [8].
Let P W , P< n+1 ' = P(n( n>' + AP<">
AP'"> be the problem's solutions correspondingly with
t = tn and t n +i — *n 'n + At
A<„
n where Atn is a rather small pitch according to parameter
t, A P ' n ' is the increment of function P ' n ' on step Atn. Quasilinearizing the problem'
equations within the limits of the step A<„ using Newton-Kontorvich's method we
find (index n is neglected)
Ay' = LAu
Av' LAy + BA
LAy P flAt/,+F,.
Ayi y +
^ PF,u , (4.64)
Ay[ = NAy
AyJ = NAy + FF333Ap,
F Ap,
Ap, (4.65)
4.2. Cylindrical Shells and Shells of Rotation 243
6
At =
At
At = 5]r
= ^ T i iVl
^T^AyiyiAA3/,-fT
3/, + TppAp,
+ T^Ap,
Ap, (4.66)
1=1
^A
UtAy\
j , |a=ai
U,Ay\ 0=0j
a=ai =
= G^Ap
G^Ap
C r'Ap + Gi^1 ' (( ii== 1,2),
+ Gl
GV 1,2),
1,2), (4.67)
Ap, =
Api = p, lP
l P Ap + p,,
iP p,,rrAu + p^Aw
pi,
pi,xxAw
Aw - PijAp
pi,
PijAp
eA0 (t
(i =
=1,2),
1,2),
1,2), (4.68)
where
Ay', Fi,F3—vector-columns.
Non-zero coefficients /y,6i/,«y,/i 1/3 have the following values:
/« = -V'/r-PlPlr-piA/r,
-V'/r- A/r, lA/r, Ili4
A/r, u = / 55 55 = / « « = -r'/r, -r'/r,
ks
h3 =
=
= -H'/r-pjA/r,
-H'fr-pjA/r,
-H'fr-pjA/r,
-H/r-p2A/r, - PiA/r,
»A/r, l
l63 =
= -M[/r
63 = -M1/r +
63 +
+ AQ
Ay11l/r,
AQ /r,
hs
hs =
= AcosO,
A cos 6, 6ig &i8 =
&i8 = sin0,
s i n 0 , bj 626
bj66 = =A A 00,, 635635 = =— — A-4 A sinsin 90,
638
63s
638
63s =
= cosfl,
cost/,
cosfl, 645 6 45 =
= -bmV/r,
-635
-635 V/r,
V/r, 6 64488= = -63s V/r-pi,
- & 3 8V/r-p
-638 V 7 ru- p i , 64 6411
b n =
6 44n == --A,
A,
bss
L....
65s =
=
= -hsH/r,
I. HI-
-hsH/r, bss
bss =
L
= -b^H/r
l I 7 / _ _
-b^H/r -
- P2 P2 ++i NN22r,r, 66512
»r _ I.
512 = = --A, -X
X ,,
6510
bsio
65IO =
=
= A/r,
/ r , bs4
A/r,
4 bM =
&64 = A,
= A,
A, fcgg^ 99 = =A AcosO
A coscos 0/r, 0/r,
IT,
0/r,
bea
068
fees
068 =
=
= -b^Mi/r
-b^Mi/r
— 038^1/r-t- + Qi
+
+ Qi
Qi +-rM
Vi +
+ M cos0/r,
cccos
oo ss 00/r,
w2222coso/r,
r
&6
0 //r ,, figsb^s
&65 5=
oes =
= ---^sMi/r
-hsMi/r
06 33 55A
=—03sMi/r ^ 1f i//' r" ---—XA/
AMAM
AA/ sin
222 sin
sin 0/r,
6/r,
0/r,
2s\no
((3)
3) (1) (1, )
/, = Acos0-r',
=
/,fl(3)3 ) =
= , 4l cc oo ss 00-- rr '' ,
AcosO-r',
/,4cos0-r', /f^
//,,,i((1, ))' =
/, =
= /isin0-z',
= A
/Ai ss AsmO-z',
ii nn 00e -- zz '' ,,
s)
/< 4)
/< 4) -[
_[
= -.[mA
= _ [ rpi A il ++ irVYl/r,
(rV)1/r,
(rV71/r, /f
Xil + (rV71/r,
rr ff ll X
/«
Z,' =
Z,' 5 '' = -[ rp2A +
-[rp,A+
= -[rj*A
-[rp,A+
5
5,
+ (rH)'
(rl -
- AN
AN22]/r,
(rff)'-ArVa]/r,
(rH)' ]/r,
(6)
/,
fi">
fl6) =
= - [ ( r M , -[(rMi)'-AM
) ' -l(rM
- A M
-l(rMy-AM
cos cosO-ArQi]/r,
l2 ly-AM0co
- A
2 3 3co 6-ArQ
r Q , j
a a6-ArQ11yrr,/ y
r ,
"13 Z=
Tl.11 = 1l/^o,
= ll/7*o,
/IVn. nn22
^ o , Tloo = rOR
22 =
= cos0/r
cos0/r o, ,
cos6/r0ofl/fn nn = =— —Qi,
—Qi,
flo-»Qi, n.oj
7134
7134==
ri34
32 = — D i _
32
32 =Kin
= sin
ssin 0,
00,,
i n/?
"35 = cos0, »i42 =
"42
TI42
"42 N\,
= iVi,
iVi,
N\, 7144
"44 =
nu
ri44 =cos
= cos0,0, nn4445
cosfl,
cosO, =—
=
55 = ——ssin0,
isin0,
n0,
"52 =
= - 1 ,, n"62
- 1 62 =
= -n
--n"2222M22/?
// W2 //?n,
1W
0\ll7?U» && I1 ,, "66 = l//?u,
"66 =
= 1//?U,
1/PlX, = "32/C11,
"72 = ""3322// C l l ,
"74 =
= " 3 44 //C
" Cinni ,,
C "73 =
ri73
"73 =— " UU3Ci
— "ni CC2KK
/C//nC,C HH , , ""7755=
7175 == """333ss5///C
C l1l1,,
"8i
"8i = "7.A0,
= «7.Ao,
1"77. J. A
4 O0 , "9,
"9, =
"9. n6t/9i2
= n 6 ,p/12
"6t/?12
6i + 0022
-I- nn22i2iip
?I2 + 22,,
"10.
"io. =
= "7.^12
"7.C12 +
+ "l,C22
"11C22
"i,C22 (i
(i =
= 176),
176), ""lnnl ili == PP ili ,, 2i ,
"112 = — P\,»,
P\,S, nil3=Pl,r, "121 = P2.z,
Pl.z,
Pi.z, "122 = — P2,«,
—P2,«,
J
/•(•i)
/•(•I) /-(i
/-(1 J)
"123 = P2,r, // 33 =PP ll ,, P
p .. S3
"123 = P2,r,
"123 = P2,r, / 3 = =Pl,J>.
= Pl,J» // 3
3 = ==P2,P-
P2.P"
P2.P"
Commas in indices of
i m a s in of functions T,
T, G,,p, denote partial differentiations
differentiate according to
the corresponding variables.
Substituting (4.65) into (4.64) and supplementing the obtained equations with
relationships (4.66), (4.67) we obtain t h e sought quasilinear system of equations for
the basic functions' relative increments:
At
= X ^ A y . + T.pAp, (4.70)
1] 1
UiAy\
^Aj,|
UtAy\a=ai
a=ai
0=0i =
= Gf'Ap + Gf
Gp'Ap+Gl
G\3)Ap+G\ ' (i
(1 == 1,2),
1,2), (4.71)
12
/2 (0
E tmJF.
J*c== 1l
k=l
The solution of boundary value problem (4.69), (4.71) can be presented as:
where vectors Aj/' 1 ' and Ajp2* are the solutions of the following boundary value
problems:
dAyM/da = DAyM + F„
DAy'''*
U tAy^\a=aia=0l
£/,Aj/<'>|
l/iAyt-'U,,, G'00,,
== G' [f//2W
E jAj,<'»|
A>y '| -a'=Ua^ = Gf
> =
a=02 G22°°
G (i == l,2).
(i l,2). (4.73)
A? -EL, (474)
r=§r,
g T+e ELfAt,'
wzm- 2
'-
Then using formulae (4.72) and considering (4.74) we determine the sought basic
values' increment on the step At.
The said step-by-step procedure is of second accuracy order according to t. For
numerical realization of the algorithm a spline approximation of function y and a
spline method for solving boundary value problems were used [5].
Chapter 5
VIBRATION
This chapter deals with the reticulated shell's and plates' small free and forced vibra-
tions.
Z = 2Fna~1u2w,
w = d2w/dt
w/d£22 =
= 0 with {£ = 0, (£ =
= /tan
/tany>
y> (5.6)
*1A3
I A ,4
M == ±±V
V>/ 3 AS»±±v />V8/8AlT^.
/3AJ±
A S i^TH7 f| ..
A (5.10)
W
Wnn == Cishp„j/
Cishpny ++ C72chp„y
Cjcbp ny +
+CC33shg„jf
shqny ++ CC4chq
4chqny,
ny, (5.11)
where
Pn = \fik + \/8AT+^,9, = >/3A» - > / 8 A l + 7 j .
b) When
^rl > A*,
K, (5.12)
5.1. Free and Parametric Vibrations of Plates 247
we have
Wn = Cishp„y + Cjchpny + C3 sin qny + C4 cos qqnny,y, (5.13)
where the following expressions are designated through p„ and qn:
P" V3An« +
P» == \f™ + VSAjTrT,
v/8AJ+lI, ?n
?n== y/-3Xl
\/-3AJ +
+ vV&K + ^<-
/8^+ (5-14)
We will not examine the case when r ' = A* as in accordance with differential
equation (5.9) function Wn does not depend on the frequencies.
Free vibrations such as determined from solution (5.11) in this case cannot exist
as they do not satisfy the homogeneous boundary conditions on the plate's contour:
there are no oscillating solutions. Consequently free vibrations of the reticulated
plate satisfy the inequality (5.12). Thus, value X\ is the lower limit for the vibration
frequency parameter r*. In future we use only the obtained solution in (5.13) which
will accord to the various homogeneous boundary conditions of the contour with
y = ±6/2 where 6 is the length of the reticulated plate's side in the direction of axis
y-
1) Hinged supported edges. In this case
We show these boundary conditions with account of formula (5.13). From the
condition that the determinant of the obtained homogeneous system of algebraic
equations relative to constants C\,C2,Cz,C4 is zero we conclude the following.
a) With symmetrical vibrations {C\ = C3 = 0)
(
"L = ^ [ £ ([ ^£2(-m
< -
" mL = £f- m-mi- -)l1)"
2( 2 )<4 ++
+ ^^(2m-i)*±4 ) i ++ A
- ^( (22 mm -- l I)2 4
An] . (5.15)
2jr
g»m = - 7 " m
9»m (m
( " »== 11,2,3,...).
.2,3,...).
6
W >Pr V £ c4 4 , 4 2 22222 22 2 2 2 2 22 4 4
i L = ^4nr-(l
^ lff{l*m* 4
4 4 ™**m tan''^ 4 <f>
ttan <p
v ++ 66
+66
66
6b / l/mmmn n tan tan
tan *><p>+ +++6 466n4 nn).4 ).).
*<p (5.16)
(5.16)
^6
«6 i
Ho* I*
From this formula it follows that the minimum value of the free vibration frequency
is realized with m = n = 1.
Assuming if = 0 and ip = n/2 in Eq. (5.16) we obtain correspondingly the known
formulae for free vibration frequencies of hinged supported single span beams of length
/ and 6:
W == dW/dy
W dW/dy =
= 00 with
with yy == ±6/2.
±6/2.
Here, to determine value u> we obtain the following equations: for the symmetrical
forms of free vibrations:
m
,P, tnht h( * * ) ++ 9*n t U
(^) (f)
a n» ( ^ ) == 0 ,
(ir) ' (517)
m
for the inversely symmetrical forms of free vibrations
p„tan
(?)
(-Y) - * " t h ( ~ 2 ~ ) = 0 '
P n t a n ( ^ ) - g „ t h ( ^ ) = 0 . (5.18)
Presetting the value of relationship b/l we can solving Eq. (5.17) or (5.18), evaluate
values kn for any n with the lower ikn limit equal to 1. Then value u> in accordance
with (5.19) can be foundd from formula
4
, p'\*knEs4
p'XiKEs* k„w*n EJiCA
k^n+EJiC*
L)
Ui = -
=. - =
ST _
H fil*F
We can show that with arbitrary n the following values for the lowest vibration
frequencies can be obtained.
Jiaiueu. With
w i m the
m e symmetrical
symmetrical form
iorm of
oi vvibrations:
From these conditions taking solutions (5.13) into account we obtain the following
equation for evaluating the free vibrations frequencies
g„thp„6
g„thp n 6 - pn tan qnb =
= 0. (5.20)
We can prove that here the following values can be obtained for the reticulated
plate's lowest vibration frequencies
:quencies (with
(with
(' any n)
any n)
nirb
T/2
T/2 < "" ^^ --J-3
2/tany?
~ U tan f "
+ yftTkZ
\/-3+y/8
J-3+y/8 +
+kknn < 5x/8.
<<5x/8.
Formula (5.16) and Eqs. (5.17), (5.18), (5.20) make it possible to rather easily
evaluate the free vibration frequencies for the plate with a rhombic lattice at various
relationships of the geometrical parameters and three different boundary conditions.
Calculation example. Figure 5.1 shows the dependencies of the fl2 natural fre-
quency parameter of the main tone of vibrations fl2
ibrations SI
Figure 5.1:
boundary conditions: both edges are hinged supported (curve 1); both edges are
rigidly fixed (curve 2); one edge is hinged supported and another one rigidly fixed
(curve 3).
As expected curve 3 is higher than curve 1 but lower than curve 2. With <p = 0
all the curves have a general point fiJ = TT4, as in this case the reticulated plate
degenerates into a system of nonconnected double-hinged beams with span 1.
When <p = 90° the plate degenerates into a system of beams with span 6(6 = 1)
with hinged (curve 1) or rigidly (curve 3) supported ends or with one hinged supported
and another rigidly supported edges (curve 2).
It should be mentioned that curve 2 is monotonic unlike curves 1 and 3.
5.Lib. Plate with four families of rods. We now study free vibrations of a plate
hinged supported along the contour. The scheme of the lattice is shown in Fig. 1.5
(the two rod families are identical).
If we present the form of vibrations as a double trigonometric series each of the
terms satisfies the problem's boundary conditions for the cyclic frequency correspond-
ing to wave numbers m and k in thee direction
direction of
ot axes
axes x and y we obtain the formula
2
w2 p>E<ll
P 2p Eiljk
Eillk
mk
secy> ++ *633 tan y)/i/ 44''
(6< + sectp
where
nl
tfmk
k = ni r4(Dim*
"(ZW ++ D 2 22 2 2
3m k \A + DD
ZWifc 2ifc
4A 4
2k AX ).
Calculation example. With the condition that the rods' material volume is con-
stant we plotted the dependence of the free vibration frequency of the main tone
(ro = k = 1) on parameter tp of a lattice consisting of three families of rods (<54 =
d4 = 1). Figure 5.2 shows the relationship curves
fc„=a;2I(¥))/w2,(vJo),
Figure 5.2:
n„ d*w
d*w L
_
n 0*w
d*w L
_ d*w
n ^d*w
u ; <„
D ( 5(5.21)
>l* >8Mi> >W-nW
+D +D = 0
' 21)
Here the ki values 1 and 0 are for a hinged supported and rigidly fixed edge. In the
general case coefficients ki depend on the frequency w being sought. We consider the
system's oscillations of which the plate is one of the elements.
252 Chapter 5. Vibration
0 - /'"<•.«).
Ox* ■
/<"(*, y),
d*w
°>m?-«*
^aSSi-n-
3
dx dy
dx*dy 2
= / ' (^* , y^) ,
22
(3) (5.23)
i i
for the members of the left-hand i term
*_ of Eq. (5.21) where /'*'(x,y) (k = 1,2,3)
are unknown functions.
From (5.21), (5.23) it follows that
l) 1 (2 3
Djl
Z?,/<(x,>(*, y) + D
L>2fW(x,
2/ »(x, y) + / ( 3 )>(x,
+ /< y) = 0.
( * , V) (5.24)
We present the sought solution w(x,y) of problem (5.21), (5.22) in three forms:
«;('), t o ' 2 ) , ^ 3 ' .
To determine these forms of solution we construct three auxiliary problems the
first two of which are boundary value ones.
The first problems:
1
5d4V
u ; ( 1 ')
^ = fHi)/
{1)
(*,v) 1 (5-25)
and
(1) d2u>M , ,dwM
--( 1 ) _=M^^
^ -^^^^TTrr -- (00i ---4M
M0; -^^^3fX-a--^ _-=
=o" 00oV i(x
= (x_ =
(x =u 0),
= o),
0),
™ " ~ W - ~ 0y± -~ M M
2
W{1«> = kk, 2a danwM , +
„
+ ({1
, .dufi)
1 -k2) k2)—— ==
,
0 (x {x == c a) (526)
* ^~ ~ hx~ ° (« = . ) . -
n
w
■ ^ - ^ - +( 1 - ^ - ^ =0
The second problem:
^ ' «=W
^ dy* .>
, » ,) .
(2)
/ « ((x,y), (5-27)
and
, tdV2> du;<2>
- » = W ^ - < i - *W
) -^ g«- .0O (y
(, = 0),
= 0),
«2 ( 2(2)
)
a (2)
(2) , ^
WW + (l-fc4)£^- =0 (y = ft). (5.28)
dy*
The third problem:
dV3>
ft|£-nJ«--*/"»-*/».
a^^-n»m
Q 2a 2
x y
A / ( 1()"-a/
= -Dj / (2)..
- z? 2m (5.29)
5.1. Free and Parametric Vibrations of Plates 253
Assuming
w= u;(1) = wm = u>
= u>"> w'(3)
3)
(5.30)
and summing the operators of the auxiliary problems' left-hand terms including the
right-hand ones we obtain the initial equation (5.21) and combining with boundary
conditions (5.26), (5.28) we obtain condition (5.22). Thus, the solution of bound-
ary value problem (5.21), (5.22) can be replaced by that of the auxiliary problems
(5.25)-(5.29) containing unknown functions f^\x,y) and / ' 2 ' ( x , y) with their further
conformance to conditions (5.30).
We shall tentatively solve this problem by approximating unknown functions
/ ( I ) ( i , y ) and fm{x,y). To obtain the minimum frequency we assume that
/f(1)
(1)
(*,y) = / l ,f)w((y),
(*,3/) = y),
w
f (*,y) = fW{x).
m
ffmm(*).
(x). (5.31)
4
4 3 2
4 3 2
™m(,) == /W(v)|j
w / ( , , (y)^
)
24 +
++ ysfoOy
K(y)j ++V2(y)y
Mv)j 2 ++v»i(»)*
*»i(y)*++vo(j/),
vote), (5.32)
5 32
(- )
where tpi(y) (i = 0,1,2,3) are arbitrary functions.
IS.
Satisfying boundary conditions (5.26) we derive the following expressions for the
arbitrary functions:
'Po(y) =
^o(y) = 0,
,, v^ V
l
11 _Mi±5M
M
* Hl j +
Ml+5* - t -Sja)
O2^)j a a333,(1)/
33 /( ((.)
,(1),1) )(, }vv
*>
*>
iy)
iy) = T21 3(fc
3(fc11 +++ M
l2i +++3(fc,
= T21 *2) +
M +5
+ ,,,-«
55 ttM ^ a /// ((y),
^2 a / ( y ) '''
( yy ))
,, , * 1 (l-fc,)(l +
1 (l-fc,)(l
(l-fci)(l ++ 5*a)
5M 22,,, m
5*,) ,„,
m ,
w
^ ^ 121+3(Jfc,+Jfc
= 121+3(fc M ) +
2 + 5 ^ ^5Jfc,Jt2 a '/
^'
I+
M
^ ) = "on
= -6(l I MH-3(U*,)
6(l ++ *OJ )[l+3(ifc,+ib
i 4- 3fT 1ES 2) + I 5
+ M.K1
5Jfc , ^ *l x[(K[1( ~1 -^'W' H( 11 ++5 5t a^)
t1Ajl
+
+ 2(1
2(1 + 2*j)[l
2fc2)[l + 3(*i + Jfca)
Jfc3) + 5Jfc,Jfc,I]
*,) 5t,ifc,I] a/a/(1(1>(!/).
>(j,).
»(!/). ((5.33)
Then expression (5.32) for deflection function ui' 1 ' may be written as:
/ ( 1 ) (y) 2
«,<•>
W JXl
W
-- 72 \Y
72
72
72 { «Rnil
R (1 + k,)
M
u(l + kt)
12
where
« li 2 = 1 + 3(*, + itifc
2)2)-r5*,fc
+ 5*,Jfc,.
2.
254 Chapter 5. Vibration
Similarly
iy the
me solution of the
solution 01 second boundary
me secona value problem
Dounaary vaiue proDiem (5.27), (5.28) is the
function
WW /<2)(*)J,..4
yy
2
r R,j\+k.)
u, \\y y
72
72 n^i +
7234(1
BM(1
«34(1 +
+ kKk444)))
+ M
3
x[2i?34(l
X [Z/l34^1 I 2*
^ K444); -I-
+- 2fc + ^1 khh)(l
(1 -— K 33k «44)(l
*sfe4)(l ; ( . l -+ 5*r )]&y3
))by
5k 44)]by
+ 3
3(1
3((1l34-RhA
-5ff4c5)4f) c 4 ) [ ( 1 _ M 6. V. + 2 i y . 3331
+ 3 ( 1 ^^-^^-[(l-k
+
+ [ [((ll-- M t3a)bV
)&
f cVV + ++2ib36
2k3b y,]},
2ib36 y}Y
]}, (5.35)
where
R34
#34 = 1 + 3(fc3 + k*«)
4) + 5*3*4-
bk3k4.
According to conditions (5.30) we equate functions u*'1' and u;' 2 '. Then for un-
known functions /»l'(jf) and /* 2 '(x) we have
'>'"<•>
"<» - •{•'-sarng
'("'-s^i (. /I34U + «4j
x[2fls4(l + 2k
X ( 2 « M ( 1 -I- 2fc4)) +
+ (1
(1 -- *sfc4)(l
*sfc4)(l + + 5k
5 ^4)}by
)]^3
4
3(1 +
+ 3(l +
+ 55*0 ) _k3)b
f c [(1 _ y + 22kab * \,
W 3 y]\
-1 „ U i - 4a [3( 1; >f c,s )y 6 V +-r*>v
"" 33 44 J
"' <
' *> - •KEFTO
" #12(1 + fe)
x[2i? I2a(l1 +
x[2J?, + 2Jfc
2Jfc22)) + + (1 (1 -- Jt,ik Jt,ik222)(l
Jfc,ifc )(l +
)(l + 5*22)]<zx )]ax 33
3 ((0ll+
+ 3K
+55ffMc)2[[()(1[1_( _
1f _ bciiiaaa33
333ixj ]] l\I ,
+
+
+ Z e2>{(l-h)a>x*
[(l-it 1
)tcai i2
cJi f)a 2))axa22
i V +
+ 222Jjjft2k
+
-|-2Jfc
+
1 a1ai]x]\
( 5 3 6 )
tin
" 12 ))
where c is the unknown constant.
Substituting it in formulae (5.36), (5.34) or (5.35) we obtain expressions for u/ 1 '
and u)' 2 ':
•"' - -»-5{**-EFns 3
x[2/? 12 (l -I- 2*2) + (1 - ifci/fc *i*j)(l
2)(l + 5ifc2)]ax
30
+ 3 0++55^^))[[(( li _
1 / 1 _L KL\
_ jj f cc ii ))aaVV + 2 J t i a 3 i ] |
"1
-((l-fc,)aV + 2fc,as*]}
" 11 2
" J
2
^Y^-R^l+k,)
( " 3M
4 ( .(l 1 T
+MR.4;
x[2i?34(l + 2k
2fc4) + (1 - Jfc
k3k4fc
4)(l
4)(l -r
+ 5fc )]6j/3
5k44)]by
+ 30+5*4)
3(15 4 ) [ ( 1 _ f c 3 ) 62V 2+ 2fc363y]
3 j
+
p * [ ( l - fc3)6 j/ + 2ifc36 y]} • (5.37)
"34
"34 JJ
For solving the third problem, assuming w' 3 ' = tu*1' we apply Bubnov-Galerkin's
method:
A& fra
a Q4
iM (1) (1)
[D3 + Dlfli) (1)
( y )+++D*f
( 2w)( 2 ) (x) nu;1(,)
(1)
(1) {1)
/ //
J o JO
d^d~*
[ £ > 3
3 d2 i ^2 ++-DlfW
5x dy
^ i /W W ^2/ ^/ (x) -ftu> ]x t^ojxjj, ===o.0.0.
{x) x) -- JW
nu> ']] xxt/;'
w 1 dxdy
w^dxdy
Wy (5.38)
5.1. Free and Parametric Vibrations of Plates 255
Having satisfied condition (5.38) we derive a formula for the square of a circular
frequency of the main
main tone
tone of
ol the
the plate's
plate s free
free oscillations:
osculations:
504C, R
504£>i
504ZJ, RnM
#,
12 Mu12
2 A/,2 144P
144£>33 L^L^
144£>3 l„LM
£12^34 504D2 R
504Z), MM34
R34 M
_ + + (5.39)
" a*
a* Nnu aW
a'V N NMM+
#,2^34
UN
12
+
6<
6< 7V
~b* JVJT"
NM ^M>
where the scale of notation is the same as in (4.17).
Formula (5.39) is symmetrical relative to coefficients ifc, and lengths a and 6 of the
contour's sides.
For an isotropic plate we take
/ ) , = D2 = D3/2
D 3 /2 = 1, n
Q
U= phu2/D,
= phu>
pkui ID,
where p, h, D are the material's density, thickness, and the plate's cylindrical rigidity
respectively.
Assuming coefficients fc, values are 0 and 1 we obtain formulae for the reticulated
plates' lowest natural frequencies with all six possible combinations of the sides' rigid
and hinged supports.
These are the precise solutions for isotropic plates having these six cases of sup-
port and various side relationships. Comparison of these results with those obtained
according to formula (5.39) showed that the largest error conforms with that of a
square plate with two sides rigidly fixed and the other two hinged supported. The
oscillation frequency error is only 0.5 per cent. This confirms the high accuracy of
Eq. (5.39).
P\ with i = 0,/;
Pi P2
P2 with y = 0,6.
d*w d*w
d*w d*w
d*w pi1 dd22ww
nl11tUL47 ++
+ 3333 22 2 22 2 +++
22
dx
dxdx* dxfow
dx~* 'dx
dx
'dxdy
dydy
dy''
2
W ~ Wclh?
dy
WW
4
~~ Wclfr
2Icdx
c
Wclfrdx
22
222 2
P2
P21 d
dd2w
ww ,. ,. .. u dd2W
.. u w
w (5.40)
c ^2 " + ( ^ +
- 2 7cdy SeC +
^ * 3 t a n
^^" =
°-
Assume that the external forces are periodic time functions, namely:
Pi =Poi
Pl = +Piicosu)t,
P01+PllCO8Ut, p2=p02+p22cosut,
P2=P02+P22COSUt,
256 Chapter 5. Vibration
(/ 4 _ !1mj t vNv-11i // 2 ,
<k
W
m* = 2nmk\^--r
:
mk
( r )
((/ 4+ !K)
<k = 2nmk (4 - - r m t J _-1/2 ,
/
<k = 2nm*^4+
5
4 + -r-r *J j
m mk _ t / 2
5 \
r
\ \ " t't //'22'
_ rn22pnnn -|-
rn'p + kk22iX 2i
Xlpp22
222
rm* 2 2 2
Pmk~- TTl'poi
Pmk m poi
Poi- - *kMX' Ppo2'
02
ci2
c
C
, .
= p\E
P\E_
p|£ e _ a<**P
*p Df2 == h
h.
0
ft(S
u(&i
/i(* 44 +
+ sec
sec<p
secv? ifi+++*6262
2 t atan
tan
n ^ )(p)'
ip)'
' EJ^
EJ
EJxx'' Pl
F'%
~ FF'
m, k are wave numbers of the
m, t h e forms of vibration in the t h e direction of axes x and y
respectively.
Figures 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 show dependencies of tthe h e lower and upper limits of critical
2
u>° == ui^^l
frequencies u>° ui^^l2/Co
/Co ofof tthe first domain
h e first domain of of instability
instability of of aa plate
plate consisting
consisting of ol
four families of rods having identical cross sections on the t h e lattice's parameter
p a r a m e t e r <p
<p for foi
various A and
and 77 with
with the
the material's
material's volume
volume constant.
constant.
Numerical calculation results show tthat h a t for a square plate (A = 1) the critical
frequence is maximum
m a x i m u m at tp = 45° W When
h e n A == 0.50.5 tthe critical frequency
h e critical frequency decreasesdecreases as as
tp increases
<p increases and
and whenwhen AA == 22 itit will
will increase.
increase. FromFrom these
these figures
figures itit isis seen
seen that
t h a t ifif the
the
rods torsional rigidity is rather high it must be considered.
In this calculation example the initial values were taken as:
Opoi
Opoi == 0po2
0po2= =1, 1,0pOpn
n = =6P22
6P22 = 0.6.
= 0.6.
5.2. Free and Forced Vibrations of Shallow Shells 257
Z = 3F/ia_1u;Ju>. (5.41)
Using relationship (5.41) and the first formula in (3.102) we convert Eq. (3.103) to
the following homogeneous differential equation (rods' torsional rigidity is neglected):
—o
If
- [c*(l + 2c<)*|^ + (1 + 2c*) + (8»V + , 2 ) - 6 2
\2Fs4c3 ax dy
, 6
+ 88 *, V
+ V(2-5
5 cc <
^)^
^ 22 A ^( l11+++8
8
^
8 ^6
0 ^^
&rw ++ Wd
258 Chapter 5. Vibration
Figure 5.6:
+M c + k +
w\cyr*£>^-^dzk+ +*w<
oy"} ox*
2&i k2 Q i. a — + ^1-5—
ox dy2
Ox'oyi oy
oyAt
5( 54422 )
-"IS
— __
;r *V£
I S [[<*+^&<
<* + *V|?
2Es*c* K ^
+
<*-- 4 c C>dxWy
' dx* <*
24 + +2 s 4 c 2
a)^ ^ >"£] v
dy£\\ J} **== 0°'^
£1}*=°( ; - 2 4 v
For a shell hinged supported along the contour this equation can be solved in the form
of a double trigonometric series. Then for a dimensionless parameter of the shallow
spherical shell's free vibration frequency
n m f c = R^L
02 R2^lk
we obtain formula
_ KKmkmk
R*R
0nmt
2
^ =% ^ , (5.43)
(5-43)
3C
oO mkk m
where
44 22
K
Kmk
mk =
= [[((1l ++22Cc 4 ))) 2 c
CcX r((ll(--1rr+222cCC444)))(((ll1--rr+
X--r+ 88Cc448))CSS22VA
AA^^A
A 2
; ^j
44 22 44 4 4 4
+&s
-|-83
+83"CA cc A
\ mmAJC2
„A
\i(2(2 -- 5c5c'j) + + 2(12(1 + 8c )/A mmA«
+ Sc^s"A A°
+
+ 4
4 aa VV A^ + fc2(Am +
+ A 2 ))22 '
J
^2 2 ^^ + fc2(Am
2ts«c' A*
'
Cmk =
Cmk [[0
10 + 2c4)c2A
2c Am ++ {1
2cVAm {1 2sVA
C
^ =2lb
i K + V 'm + (1""^^"'^ A j ++2sVA
V ^y\l\l
4c *l<
*l<
2aVAj], 4
Amm = rmr/l,
A rmr/l, Xk = krr/l
kir/b,
I and 6 are the shell's sizes in plan along axes x and y respectively.
Calculation example. We determine angle <p, at which the natural vibration fre-
quency of the main tone is the largest for a hinged supported shallow spherical shell
square in plan. The shell has the following geometrical relationships:
:incai reiaiK
b = l = R, J,IR2JFl/R=2F=l(T4
10- 4 ..
where
2
nn2 =
= J*iJiS-
E 1 /iw
/^£- V1 w 22
(*3
(« 3 +
/Jw'(«3 + sec(^),
sec ¥>),
sec^),
we obtain a system of eight homogeneous
horn' differential equations for the shallow retic-
ulated shell's free vibrations valid for the lower region of the frequency spectrum
(tangential inertia forces are neglected).
The solution of this equation system must obey homogeneous boundary condi-
tions. Thus we have an eigenvalue problem.
In this case, the small parameter method we used reduces to constructing an
iteration process whose integral parts are solutions of simpler differential equation
systems (3.156), (3.157).
We write
rite system (3.157) taking (5.44) in a zero approximation
approximate into account
dw% _ 0o d-j%
q
7io _
_ 1 i wo a<7d22u>g
Q a47Q"wZ
a«7d
a«7g u;g
7
7 ll t0 10
10 2
da
oa ~
~ 0"'
' da
da
oa ~ a
~046
a*
a «
fl46
4 6
10 a
a46 8/32 '''
« 46
46 8/3*
8/3
dM°
8M°00 077?o no
n
= an
an Qw
Qm
1a~ ~W~ '
W~ 2
dQ%
n An
A, o . d M?0 d«wl
A " ) m M{\
-d^
—
-da~ =
=A
=
= A,4,u;!! -- A2-gp-
w-A*-apr
lw0-A2^r
lWo M-^£-+ +++A*-Qp
AA3—£
A -1!0wW00.
-n
3W~
3W--now0.
(5-45)
System (5.45) are the equations of free vibrations of a reticulated plate on an elastic
support whose rigidity is determined by coefficient A\, depending on the lattice's
structure and the middle surface's main curvatures of shallow shell.
For all other approximations, system (3.157) is non-homogeneous, just as the
system of equations (3.156) in all approximations.
Hence the eigenvalue problem arises only at the stage of solving system (5.45)
under the corresponding homogeneous boundary conditions (the initial problem's
non-tangential boundary conditions).
When solving system (3.156) in any approximation including the zero one, its right
hand parts are formed from the results of the solution of system (3.157) in the same
approximation. The right hand parts of system (3.157) unlike the static equations,
depend on the results of all approximations obtained earlier: function pZ° in the last
equation must be replaced by
Ik
E«-„-1*>U- (5-47)
(5.47)
K=0
i/=0
W°r =l=\E<
w*r == £Ea * r"iM
w& (a/kr
" * (a *r == 0).
0). (5.48)
We introduce these expansions into system (3.157). Then the first three equations of
this system are satisfied identically and from the last equation it follows that
OO
°° dv°
8v°
*
k
E
E a*w«
(=1
/=1
/=1
4
- A4~±
°°"P
E
80 + ^ 5« «- l_r l- r« -l »a»l3*w°- lk_r lr) ) - £ tf„w%_„ = 0.
v=0
t>=0
(5.49)
a2 r s [W
_ Is_
I,
Is [ wk*-u- i r-"- «i3<,
[W*-i, « i 3 <lrrlM5
«i3<
I K — IT *** rMs
M, ^ %94f]
- -A<
~ ^ ] w°,dS
A/4f]
K— IT /
tV&dS
<dS
-*»
nl
n*, ~= —
"* rroT^
Is«) 2 2
Is«)dSdS ~ •
(5.50)
(5-5°)
When deriving this formula we used the free vibration forms orthogonal property.
I / WftwljdS = 0
/ WftwljdS = 0
with
with
«^ j.
«^ j.
5.2. Free and Forced Vibrations of Shallow Shells 261
Having determined value fijr (it will be recalled that index r means the frequency's
ordinal number) we find the sum (5.47), hence, the right-hand part of the system
(3.157).
From the method used for deriving formula (5.50) it follows that the solution of
system (3.157) is valid only with value fi|r calculated using this formula. However,
this system's solution with all the corresponding homogeneous boundary conditions
is not unambiguous: it is accurate up to the solution in a zero approximation, i.e.
wl =
«"*r = wl + CCkrW^,
">tr + tr<, (5.51)
where uij, is a solution of the Jfc-th iteration, Ckr is an arbitrary constant.
Assume that this constant's value is such that expansion (5.48) is valid for w°r.
Then from the orthogonal functions' condition w°r and u)^ we obtain
C
I.'
ckrkTkr== - J wlwldS
C
•a
wlwUS (J
(j ugds\
u£ds)
. -1
. (5.52)
(5.52)
In the following free vibration problems for shallow shells the integrals included in
(5.52) were determined numerically.
When solving corresponding boundary value problems we applied the algorithm
described in Sec. 3.4.4.
The small parameter method as applied to the solution of the isotropic shells'
free vibration problems was suggested in the work [28]. This work, in particular,
investigated the iteration process's convergence when elaborating the solution. For
one of these problems it was shown that this process stops after two approximations
and agrees with the precise solution. In other cases this method's good convergence
was proved numerically.
The solutions of certain free vibration problems for shallow reticulated shells rect-
angular in plan with a rigidly fixed contour were obtained. Two lower natural vi-
bration frequencies symmetrical relative to axes a and /? passing through the central
point of the middle surface were assessed.
Table 5.1 gives natural vibration frequencies for shallow reticulated shells with
three identical rod families (<p\ = — f2 = <P, ¥>3 = 0) as well as terms of the fre-
quence expansion series using the small parameter method for the problem's various
parameters; N denotes a frequency number.
Analysis of the obtained results shows that the small parameter method has good
convergence: in most cases in practical calculations it is sufficient to find the zero and
the first approximations. The method's convergence improves when applied to more
shallow shells. The small parameter method converges quicker for higher frequencies.
As expected, as the shell's dimensions (ato, Po) increase the natural frequencies
fall (variants of calculations 1 and 3). From comparisons of the second and third, the
sixth and the seventh variants of calculations it is evident that the rods' torsional
rigidity (7 ^ 0) is of great importance, especially with noticeable increases in the
values of the second frequencies.
262 Chapter 5. Vibration
Table 5.1:
A
*°
6
10 r? 7 fe N1 fig n? n22 n§ n*
0.000
Ito«?
2.346
§1 30 3.125 0.77
2
3.026
4.756
-0.659 -0.020
-0.821 -0.005
-0.001
0.000 0.000 3.930
HI 30 3.125 0 1
2
2.339
2.429
-0.643 -0.106
-0.762 -0.500
-0.043
-0.008
-0.018
0.000
1.529
1.609
§iH 30 3.125 0.77 1 2.363 -0.643 -0.085 -0.021 -0.002 1.612
1.724
2 2.528 -0.760 -0.039 -0.005 0.000
§^ 70 3.125 0.77 1 4.928 -1.200 0.082 -0.034 0.011 3.787
Figure 5.7:
We study the influence of the lattice's angle ip on the shell's natural vibration fre-
quencies with the construction having constant material volume. The shell's natural
vibration frequency is determined from the expression (all rods have identical cross
sections)
_ Eil222
EQ
EU
W-
/ ^/ ^( (l 1++s seeCc¥y. .))''
We now determine the relationships between the shell's natural vibration frequencies
with the lattice's arbitrary angle tp and frequency with tp = <^(0) = TT/3:
2 _ i d _
kk2 3» 3n22
"",,_w
_ w w2
((o)
0 ) ~~ (l+
0) (1
(l + sec
ssec
v) n
v ) n (o)'
e c v)nf
( o0 )"
)'
From the condition of the material's constant volume parameter a is calculated using
formula (<p is a control parameter):
=
=
((l-r-c)g(Q)
l+c)a(0)
(l+c)«(o)
— 3c •
Figure 5.7 shows the calculation results for a shell, square in plan, rigidly fixed
along the contour. Curves 1, 2 present comparative characteristics correspondingly
for the first and second forms of vibrations, symmetrical relative to axes a, /?.
It is evident that as angle <p changes the first frequency remains almost the same.
However, the second frequency has a pronounced maximum which is observed when
the lattice's angle is 52°.
2) Forced vibrations. We now investigate the shallow reticulated shell's forced
vibrations induced by a transverse load changing in time according to the harmonic
law.
In the case of forced vibrations with fixed frequency the differential dependencies
coincide with differential equations (3.150) except the last one taking the form:
264 Chapter 5. Vibration
Figure 5.8:
2
dQ\ 00
. i. 3dMM°M°
x i . . ^0Pw°
^! °_ n n2W
, 0
: X,u; 0 ->t
da
+ r- M
4. 40
4^^- + ^ „ w 0u)) ee -- ZZ",
> l(, (^^ --a «.3« °,
+ -y44-
~0
^0
~0 »fpxfl
2*0
L°(w°) X. *+ £_2_
v ; T+
R° do? _ xw° = 0,
*<*>-££-■
Af°(*°) - : (5.53)
where
A=
^75£VT(1+sec^
Here we present the final results of free vibration frequencies expanded in a series
according to the small parameter method for shallow non-circular cylindrical shells
hinged supported along the contour:
Here
_ (m*\2 (m*\2 \ _ fmlrYI
•*Omn
•*Omn —
■V (if)"'
— II
V "1 /
"1 /
II POmm
POmni
POmn, -Minn
-Minn —
— II
V O-l )
V <*1 /
II P
P ii m
mmm *2mn
*2mn —
■ £)'•
— II
V °1 /
\ O-l
I
)
?? 22 m
mnn --
>n example.
Calculation example. We determine the dependence of the free vibration frequency
of the main tone on the lattice's angle if for shallow cylindrical shells having three
types of cross sections examined earlier in examples given in Sec. 3.4.5, 4.2.2 (it is
assumed that the lattice's structure changes as angle f changes and that the rods'
material volume per unit of the shell's surface area remains constant).
Calculation data for shells with cross sections in the form of a catenary and cycloid
was taken as
a, = 1.74; e = 0.3636; 77°0 = 544;
^ = 1.74; e = - 1 / 3 ; 7 0 = 928
co
respectively.
Figure 5.9 shows solutions in the zero (curve 2) and second approximations (curve
1) for the frequency parameter of the main<X1II tone's
1-^/lH. free vvibrations
"•-'»i^#
n2 = -2 l#»*
p3>/
'2E2E\ a
>
of a shallow cylindrical shell whose middle osurface's
i i r f a / a o cross
r-rt section has the form of a
catenary. For comparison it presents the solution for a shallow circular cylindrical
shell (curve 3).
Similar curves for shallow cycloidal and circular cylindrical shells' free vibrations
are plotted in Fig. 5.10.
From the comparison of the results given in Figs. 5.9, 5.10 it follows that the
optimum solution is a cycloidal shell with the lattice's angle ip ss 52° (here main tone
frequency of free vibrations has the maximum value).
266 Chapter 5. Vibration
elasticity. In a general case ifc = ifc(u>). Values k, equal 1 and 0 correspond to a free
and a rigid contour support with reference to the angle of turn.
In line with the decomposition method let us examine three auxiliary problems.
Problem One (boundary value):
ad W
vv ^^^ li i +
+ .a*")
+ j ^ _
vdJ* _ (1)
(1)
(1)
dx*
ax* /?
/j
R ax ~ h
dx ;
» ( {x
tVh
'yh
ox- it ox
±Z1*&
Z l ^ l2 22 _
±Zl*& - ;hMr
M,
(1)
(1) xx,Vh y)
2 ax 2''(z.y)-
l( ,yh, y h
2
2 ax 2 ~
dx
ax ~'
~ 2l , y h
afl^>
^^ >) _ __ iil+
+r+vvvvoauw
5uW
au»)
u- _ _
_
__ (1M(1)
)
ax< u12
(31 )(I,yj
flx<
dx*
12
A««
2
A««
A'«
h*R;? dx ax
ax " ' 2{X,V)'l ''
^
ax -
"
~ '
/3
h
' 3
3(x,yh
i( II ,, yy jj
(r = 4).
(V = ±\l (5-57)
Problem Three:
(3))
^^' t 2"g g
ggflxfly
g =
= /f
/,
- » ' ' ' _ A3),
dxdy
flxfly ~
(x,y)
(x,y)' == - -/-ZfWWfW),
h/ l ( l X , t f J
- •" ' iZ f( xW
"'
, y )W
- / f f' ( W
(I)
^ s f)) .,
'
3
(3) .
^1 ++2i. gi.flV
f "' _ H»)/_
= /2 (x,y) = -^>(.,»)-if»(«,ir),
1 t / a u r(3)/
h
/ 2 (l
dxdy
flxfly
uxu, ~ '
^(^Wy -- <?^
3
04. 3I3\ 2
flV ^> // 1l +. i./. -L. .2s2 \
/.ftu;
phui \
( 2 4 ^ u,<3> /f(x,y)
/f(^3/)
dx2dy2 D ,
--fi/ l)i)(*,y)-A
== -if ^(*,»)-^ ,f, ' ^ y ) .
y J - Z2)(x,y).
(*,»). ((5.58)
(5.58)
The set solution of u(x,y), v(x,y), w(x,y) the problems (5.54), (5.55) is repre-
sented here in three forms:
« ( t ) (*,!0, B W (*,If),
vW(x,y), ( k )k
^u>< >(x,y)
(^.y) (it = 1,2,3).
(* 1.2,3).
268 Chapter 5. Vibration
The right parts of the auxiliary problem equations are unknown functions / / '(x, y)
(*,* = 1,2,3).
If we assume that
u = «<*>, « = «'*», w = «;<*> (5.59)
problem (5.54), (5.55) is equivalent to problems (5.56)-(5.59).
Conditions (5.59) permit us to define unknown functions f\ \x,y).
Here is an approximate analytical solution of the problem obtained using a de-
composition method
» - l' ++ T [_i_(
:
J ^(1I+M
(++2X'
— A .^-.)
2,£z*=fl)
'*^ '-)^
l1_-f cifc_-f cifc\A 1 A' 22 22
1-jfc-ifcA I
>4
+A<
„ 1 hh7R2 R i
/■
(x = aa-<i)
,\\ , r „ „ .
4(l-Jfc+JfcA)-jr(l-lfe)J a*(l
- k) a*(l -v2)
\ 6 - /'
Here (7 = pu2Rte/E,
2
/E, u> is the lowest free vibration cycle frequency. The solution is
described in the work [58] where a similar problem was discussed (differing only in
the contour's rigidity).
Let us analyze formula (5.60).
When ifc = 1 this
his formula coincides with the precise solution. When plate oscill;
oscilla-
tions are (R —> oo) from (5.60)
3) from (5.60)1 we
wehave:
have:
, ,4
m 4w 1 > . .(f l +l M+" - 2M* 1 -^^
- L444-^(i-jfc)
—
— ir(l
x(l — — A;) VV.
ifc) V. ff f //
44t 11 - kifL
c ++1 kX
ifcA\ II
]I D gg
+
.4 LzA±ir
1-k
^-*1 i -
L n
- (5-«)'K
^ 4(1 -
4(1-k i
f
Jc +
+ JfcA)
fcA) --
kX)-w(l-k)\
4(1 - ifc + ifcA) - 1 JT(1
ir(l -
- fc)J
fc)J /jfca*
pha*'
pha*'
Under k = 1 this formula1isisaccurate,
accurate, under
under K
raie, unaer kk === 0u0we
wehave
we have
21.31 ,
u = ^ V^ Vl l + 0.727X2 +
+ 0.727A' + A<,
X\ ^-. (5.62)
a'
ai \jy ph
ph
Let us compare (5.62) with the expression for value of the circular frequency of
free plate oscillations fixed along the contour:
oo
00vj
vj ,
22.37 2 In
u = -4Vl+0.605A + X*
V l -I- 0.605A2 + A«./ —.
a'1
aa' y\jph~
ph
ph
2 (l+7tant o2n2y>)£./i*-
_ (l-t-7tan y>)£J
^y)i-j<j\i\
4 4
1 7r c<_ aw*Ni
air'JVi
u<i ii j
U ++
~ nl*F
til*F 2Ffil22'
As one would expect from expressions (5.64) with y> = 0 we obtain frequency value
coinciding with those of transverse vibrations of a rod hinged supported at the ends
subjected to longitudinal force P = aNi/2:
I A:
iJm
2
iJm =
=
["/mjr\22
I"/mjr\
[Or)" ' 2EJ
[\~T)
[\TJ 2EJ
+
l\ YTJ JF'
+
2EJ 1\IT) JF' X
ffl
aNi 1 /m7r\ 2' EJi_
EJX
If in addition to the normal, we consider the shell's tangential inertia forces then
for the main tone vibration frequencies (corresponding to the case when k = 0) the
formula more accurately specifying (5.64) becomes
2
tf = (l+
illm = (l+777tan
tanV)At
¥J )AS l
tanV)At
4 4 an 2 22 2p) )
--*U&
- >A m X ^ + + AA
+ *mi, ttan ' V( tfEJi
<P(EJx
EJ
i +++GJGJ GJ tan
tan
* 3 3tan V) v
taann222(^ll p-£J^A
+ ttan p- £- £J Jl A
22
^ An2,nnt,tan
22
,at na nvV j ] "- ,1,•.
vJ]- (5.65)
270 Chapter 5. Vibration
It should be pointed out that with boundary conditions as in (5.63) the shell's
calculation model is geometrically stable: with
f<p==arctan(mxi?//fc)
arctan(mjr.R//ifc) (m,
(m,it i=
fc =1,2,3,...)
1,2,3,...) (5.66)
it can have tangential displacements u, v without occurrence of forces or moments in
rods, due to the fact that the rods' bending rigidity in the planes tangent to the middle
surface are neglected. If this rigidity is insignificant then with boundary conditions
(5.63) when designing these shells, lattice's angle <p, satisfying condition (5.66) at
small integers m and k must be avoided. However if the rods' bending rigidity in the
plane tangent to the shell's middle surface is rather high (for instance, rods with a
circular or tubular cross section) these angles are possible.
In case these boundary conditions are arbitrary the formulae in Sec. 4.2.1a must
be used to solve this problem where terms depending on the free vibration's frequency
parameter fi2 should be considered.
Here we specify the components which must be added to the right-hand terms of
corresponding
ling formulae
lormuiae in Sec. 4.2.1a:
in see. 4.z.ia:
2
—fl
—fi
—fl2—for
—for operatorZ/2,
operatorZ/2,
-w(w+w)*-
rr Q2f l
(f dd22 + 1dd22 \\— -
- i ? [ ( a f^j " a" ^")^*) * ff oo r function u. in (4.32),
2
d $i
—r?fl 2 n--,-—for
.n.—for function v in (4.32).
o(,op
«„
an = -A
= A tt c o t ^
„ -m +
m + J J^ ^^ - Jn k^m ,
i-sin'2^
a12
a 12
= —a
=
= —a22l
i== 2mA*,
2l = lmAk,
ai3 =
«13 —a
— a33ii =
= —«3i ==A*,
Xk,
*k,
«22
a 22 = - -( t( at na 2nVV+ ^+ -^) )AA2 -l m
- m2
+* +- - ^^ -- nn L
L ,,
\ sin
sin 2y?/
2</?y Fs\n
Fsin
i< sir 2y2<p
>
/ 2 46
4*35 \
a32
52 = -023 ( tan2 ip
- aa2233 = I(tan y> +
+ .. ,
+ 1 m,
\\ sin 2(
sin 2y>/
lipy
2 2 22
a«33
M == rr ?{(co<V
{{ M V
2
r ? V + 77))Aj
MA) A t6[6
- r [+ H [ +6(i±^-6)
+
+ 7
4
7 ]67m
+ (^-6^1m«A!
i ± ^ -6j + mA] A^
7])j m'AJ 7
(( 1
,2 , 4s<f3 \\ m .1
9 + 1+ ■ 2 o I "
sin 2<^/
2y>/
,1+ti ,
»"-^-JJ
.,. .445455
<" *'3i -■T2 7o - +
sin lip
+
2a/i _
2ah
=; ■
t sin22oy>
A
„. ,
—ul ,
tan 2
+ 7 + ^ _ m4
U tan22
p + « ,sm
- r lip
j - + - .. 2 lip»flL,
L
t a n V + 7 + -rr%- )™*\+ tan y» + S3^T— +
V
sin 2y>/ J sin 2y> Fsin 2y>
where sin 2y>/ J sin 2^ Fsin 2<p
where h = 2F/a + F3/a3, U\m = fiR^lJE.
h = 2F/a + F3/a3, tfkm = pffJL/E.
Equating the determinant of the system to zero (5.67) we obtain a frequency
equation with three values corresponding to the same wave numbers of the form of
free vibrations (in addition to transverse, the tangential inertia forces are taken into
account). The lowest value can be assessed using the approximate formula
nL
fl*m = (biXl
(61AJ +
4- k4rn
(6, AJ + ^Atm
M
2 2
2
M
4
baXim
tm2 + M
4
m 44
X +
2
6 X2km666++6b
+ &4A^m
b4AA^m
2 2
5m
4 4
88
sm ++ b6bX
M
6 6
4
6jXt)
)k)
42 2
x[ciAj. + c2m + c33Aj
x[ciAj X +k + c4A^m
A^m
c4A .m + + cscmsm + +ceXceXk +k +c7cAjm
7X km
6 1
+c8A2m4 + cvtn
csm ]-
cgm ]" . (5.68)
Here
Cll
C = [(,W
= 66[(, )(tanV +++ J|-)-l],
tV)(t«.V
+00V J^| -) )- -ll ] ,,
r 22i 4*
45333ss 1
4* i1 22
c2 = 6 tan yip 4-
-r . 2 - , c3 = Scot w,
6cot ip,
sin 2<^J
2u;J
sin ^ j
cc4 == 66**\sin
4 fff^444 -—
—- 22),
v?
(p
c, ^=
2 ) , <<
)/
=f 6(uaVa nVV +
6t atn
\
+ ^^ -f ^
5 )) .,
sin'2y>/
2
ce = e(l+cot
e(l ¥>)(cot22v?
+ cotV)(cot v? + 77),
),
2
. Je{(l
e {( (ll ++cot
c cot'.)
o t ,)[6 7(i±^-6)]
\,++77(i±^-6)]
(i±gi-,\\
2
c
C77 . +,)[6 (t±^-6)] + 7
+ 1+t a n +
( ^ sin^ )2<pj( C O t ^ + 7) }'J
2
c, =
c8e = {(l+«>tV)(tanV
= eee{(l+«>tV)(tanV
{(l ot ^)(tan ++ +C
2 2
V + 7 7++ 7^
^+ ^)))
272 Chapter o.
Uiiapter 5. Vibration
vioracii
+ +
(' "»"^^)h(^-^]}.
\ + -!£-)
l', 12
s i n1' 2If< ^ J/ [L
sin
4*33 2<^ /
\\ sin'2yj
sin 2 ^ / JJ
A 4*33Ss \ (/
4* 3 S ,1 , _L 4W \sd
4sd \
t a n ' <p + . ' . - U , U ttnaa nn! ''Vyp + 7 + 4— .W2-3
33
v y>+++777+++sin
eg
eg =
= ee 11 +
\ + t a n ' <p + ^sin.4 n.2y>/ ^r \ \ . .202y? - ,
\ sin 2 2y>/ \ sin 2y?/
cio =
sin 2y>/
Vi±i££l
e 2 (cot 2 \p¥> ++ 77)),, ccnn == ee22 66 ++ 77 (( .. 22oo 33 -- 66 )) ,,
L \ sin 2ip 2y> J/
1( 4*4
4sd3 \\
4sd3 e2 2 , .
c n2
ci
ci =
= ee tan y> + 7 + . . 2 , c13 + + ^(l+cot cot<^),
--5rr(((11 ++ cot <p),
y>),
2 \y tan <p + 7 + Oil*
V sin 22u>J 2 ^ / , c 1 3 + rf rf1 <p),
22
\ sin 2ifiJ L'Yf
rf 2
cc // 2 4<5
46 s33 \\
_4*3f_ 1
ee2 /( ,, J*3£_\
AS
4* 3ss \\
4*
CM
CM t =
= -- 55j II( 11 + t aa nn 7-'1 V
+ ttan" <fi + . ..2322
<fi++ 1 1I, ,, cis cis
cis=== --j-j j IIItan
tan
tan v? <p+ ++ . 2.23. o-- J 'I1, ,
<p
rf \ sin
sin 2<pJ 2y>/
2to
If J i rf
rf \ \ s i
sin n 2f 2 y J/
.3 o _ t r>2
2ahRi 2 n _ L
2ah
2a/tfl 2ah
f!
f! /,-
h- 2akRi
■ *> —
2ah
e __
Cl6
~ r2' JlSin22V' FF ss ii nn 2222¥^J '
h = F
S3 Fa/F,
3/F, 1t =
=
= GJ GJ
GJ 3/EJ
33/EJ
/EJ l,
ll,, l, ee33 =
= J33/Ja,
J33/J3,
J33/Ja,
2
r\ = Jt/FR
r\ = J./FR2, , dii,,3 =
= JJiJa3a/Ji.
/Ji.
Table 5.2:
J37*0 J3 = 0
/
9°
m io 4 n 2 104fi2 io 4 n 2 m io 4 n 2 io 4 n 2 io 4 n 2
1 7 176 180 175 7 152 155 152
2 5 48.3 50.3 48.1 6 43.1 43.3 43.0
20 3 5 22.9 22.9 22.9 4 21.6 23.1 19.6
4 4 12.1 12.9 12.1 4 10.8 11.5 10.8
1 6 134 139 133 6 120 125 120
2 4 29 31.2 29 4 26.9 28.9 26.8
50 3 3 12.8 14.5 12.8 3 12.2 13.8 12.2
4 3 67.5 75.7 67.4 3 61.6 69.1 61.5
5.3. Free Vibrations of Closed Cylindrical Shells 273
Table 5.3:
l/R
v° 1 2 3 4
m io«n* m io 4 n 2 m lOW m lOW
5 5 47.3 5 15.20 4 6.39 4 4.03
10 5 10.8 5 28.40 5 14.60 4 8.31
15 4 142 5 41.00 5 19.60 4 10.90
20 7 175 5 48.10 5 22.90 4 12.10
25 7 194 5 50.20 4 23.00 4 12.50
30 7 200 5 49.00 4 21.60 4 12.70
35 7 196 5 46.40 4 19.80 3 12.30
40 6 178 5 43.60 4 18.10 3 10.00
45 6 154 4 36.50 4 16.80 3 8.12
50 6 133 4 29.00 3 12.80 3 6.74
55 5 103 4 23.80 3 9.52 3 5.85
60 5 79.5 3 18.70 3 7.39 2 4.58
65 4 56.9 3 11.80 3 6.17 2 2.64
70 4 36.8 3 8.19 2 3.17 2 1.61
Table 5.2 shows accuracy evaluations of formula (5.68) as well as errors introduced
due to assumption J 3 = 0 (the rods' torsional rigidity is zero) when calculating the
lowest free vibration frequencies (ifc = 1). Moreover, the influence of tangential inertia
forces is evaluated. In this table frequency parameters obtained without consideration
of tangential inertia forces according to formula (5.68) are indicated by fij ano - ^2
respectively.
From Table 5.2 it can be concluded that formula (5.68) is suitable for practical
calculations of the lowest free vibration frequencies.
Neglecting the tangential inertia forces increases the main frequency parameter
for the above cases by 2-11 per cent and reduces the rods' torsional rigidity by 8-13
per cent. The more this frequency changes, the less the wave number of the form of
vibrations m is in a circumferential direction.
The calculation results of parameter ft2 of the fundamental frequencies for various
l/R and <p values are listed in Table 5.3. From this table it follows that the lowest
free vibration frequency is maximal at the following values of the lattice's angle tp
depending on relationship l/R:
As expected unlike the stability problem where the critical load almost does not
274 Chapter 5. Vibration
depend on relationship l/R(l < l/R < 4), the free vibration frequency greatly de-
pends on this parameter.
Y0
v0 RoflU)2!!1.0 fl^ffi
fl^ffi
" 1
E 1=1
^ / W t 2,v"c ^ Fj
_ RoHu
" EE ^. = 1 aa",'
4-' '
1=1
z° =0
*^±H.
_ Rofiw
Ryfiu w°
Ron^w
E
w' ^ F
Fj22 0
{
(,(5.69)
69)
E ai
tt
The eigenvalue problem for this system of homogeneous equations with corre-
sponding homogeneous boundary conditions was solved numerically. It must be taken
into account that the existence of a small parameter in the equation system creates
certain difficulties.
Below are the results obtained on the basis of the boundary value problem for
Cauchy's problem which we solved using Runge-Kutta's method with discrete orthog-
onalization. Note that to guarantee calculation stability A. A. Abramov's method [1]
may be used.
Table 5.4 gives the lowest frequency dimensionless parameter values
nfi22 == nRlJ 1
nRl^lE
nRl^lE/
for a reticulated shell in the form of a hyperboloid of rotation described in example
4, Sec. 3.7.2 with the forms of free vibrations and wave numbers m = 0,5 along mid-
dle surface's parallel. In this table values fi| refers to the case when the reticulated
shell's tangential inertia forces are disregarded. We designate the frequency parame-
ter obtained according to the momentless theory (all inertia forces were considered)
through il\.
From the table it follows that for this shell the main tone of free vibrations cor-
responds to the case when m = 4. The accuracy of frequencies calculated according
to the momentless theory (m = 1,5) decreases as the number m increases. From this
theory we cannot obtain the lowest frequency 0.0373 with axisymmetrical vibrations
5.4. Vibrations of Shells of Rotation 275
Table 5.4:
4 2 104fiJ 10<n2 m 10"fi2 io4n?.
m io n 10'fi?
0 373 373 3 14.1 15.6 13.30
1 46.9 85.5 46.8 4 10.5 11.1 7.85
2 22.5 27.6 22.3 5 11.2 11.7 5.35
where p. and p! is the rods' material density and the given calculation model's material
density respectively.
276 Chapter 5. Vibration
Here v = h/R.
To solve this problem we use the optimal control theory as in Sec. 3.6.2.
Using formulae (5.70) the system of differential equations of the reticulated spher-
ical shell's axisymmetrical free vibrations can be written as
x1 = - ( 1 - i / 1 ) x 1 c o t ti - x 2 + uuxx44cotE-|-(cot c o t t + (cot22*it
coU -Q2)vxs,
x22
X = (l
( l1-++ l -!Ii/,)*
/ /,,))x 111
) !! - X x C 222
cc oO
otU tf£ + (l ( l -fi -O 222
- 0 )t>x ) t ; X -+
444
f V vx S s5
X Ccott, Otl,
33 2
x = --xx2-(l - ( (1 l -- ii// 22))xx 33cott c-vo t2)x t --3iucoit-v 333
c o t322 26 6 e
;v cotcotEXtx/ /l2, t x / 1 2
12, ,
xx*4* _
=
=
xX„5 x5 5— - xi X „6
66
,,
5 2 4 55 5
iXX
x 5555 =
=
= (l\(i1 ---i/
(1
(1 /22^) ))trV
Ili//..2\ !tt);" _! !11 1 -- ((
-T-111V ( Itlli++++
ll,'/ l,..i/,)x
i))/xx\,_4)44x-- JJ4-j/ /llxz_5
/-/ lj..X
X Ccoti,
5
C OoAtt lli4,,
cO
6 33 33 666
x6 = -12(1 -ul)v~
-12(1 -v\)v- xx -- u
I/jX
I/JX2 x cot
cot E.
t.t. (5.72)
Here
x1 = NJER, x2 = Ql1/ER,
/ER, x3 == Mi/ER
Ml/ER2,
x4 = w/R, x s = u/R, x 6 = —ci, t = a.
n 2 = fi'RW/E'
ft'RW/E' = 3nR 2 2 2
3ftRu>u /E.
x 4 = x 5 = x 6 = 0 when t = t0, T.
T. (5.73)
The statement of the problem is the following: determine the control function
v'(t) assuring the minimum of the functional (5.71) (minimum of the rods' material
volume) with the fixed dimensionless parameter value of the first frequency of the
spherical shell's natural axisymmetrical vibrations. The phase vector must satisfy
differential equations (5.72) and limitations (5.73).
Here is the solution for the case
2 2
£o
to == *76,
5r/6, TT == ir/2,
ir/2, ftQ == 1.28.
1.28.
5.4. Vibrations of Shells of Rotation 277
TlT = x\T)
Tj. = 0, 2
TT% T = =x\T) = xe(T)
x\T) = =0, 0, r |V% = x 6=( r 0;
) = 0;
=E
G = J2 hiVi sin«« + WT?
i=i
i=i
p
r 2
WT? + ( r) + (Jr)
2
(IT) 2]-
Figure 5.11:
The solution was obtained using the conjugate gradient method. As the equation
system, (5.72) is linear, the solution based on an orthogonal run was constructed. As
for the computer time used the result obtained in the second case was slightly better.
Hence, with nonlinear equations it is desirable to apply the discrepancy function's
minimization. The solution of problem (7 = 0) is v = 4.5 • 10 _s (the horizontal line
in Fig. 5.11) which corresponds to functional 1° = 6.75 • 10~2. Thus, in this case the
rods' material volume increases by 24.8 per cent compared to that in an optimum
variant.
If we take the rods' torsional rigidity into account and assume that 7 = 0.769
the obtained solution will change slightly (full line in Fig. 5.11). With the optimum
solution 7° = 4.76-10 -2 (the rods' material volume reduces be 12.0 per cent compared
to that of the reticulated shell's optimum variant with 7 = 0).
5.4-lc. Forced vibrations of shells of rotation. To derive the equations of estab-
lished harmonic forced vibrations with fixed frequency w it is necessary to add inertia
forces determined for reticulated shells according to formulae (5.69) to the surface
load in the motion equations.
Calculation example. We give the results of numerical solutions for two problems
on axisymmetrical forced vibrations of a reticulated hyperboloid of rotation examined
in example 4, Sec. 3.7.2.
1. Determine the reticulated shell's vibrations when subjected to an external
normal pressure
Z = —g cos ut,
where <7=const.
Figure 5.12 shows the curves of dependencies of the following values: the maximum
5.4. Vibrations of Shells of Rotation 279
Ni = --p,
p , Qi = Mx == 0 with z° = 0
u = w = 7, = 0 with z° = 4.32
Fig. 5.13 shows curves 1, 2, 3 having the same inference as the corresponding curves
given in Fig. 5.12. They refer to the following functions W~4w°/p° with z° =
1.73; 104M,o/p°; 107V?/p°-
It should be mentioned that in the two examples the cases ft0 = 0 we related to
the solution of static problems.
when t h e differential equations have a turning point and small end regions t h e lower
part of t h e frequency spectrum can be divided into two subspectra. If t h e two free
vibration frequencies of different subspectra are close their small regions cannot b e
investigated by this method.
T h e first one is assessed by solving a system of momentless differential equations
with account of t h e tangential boundary conditions.
T h e second spectrum—by obtaining greatly variable solutions satisfying non-
tangential b o u n d a r y conditions which is possible only when fi2 > E(fi m i n a IQ)'1
when t h e solutions have oscillating integrals.
W h e n elaborating t h e forms of vibration it is necessary in t h e first case t o add
t h e greatly variable solutions to t h e ones obtained and in t h e second instance t h e mo
mentless solutions to t h e m t o satisfy t h e portion of boundary conditions not fulfilled
earlier.
In this section t h e above concepts relate t o axisymmetrical free vibrations of retic
ulated shells of rotation.
It should be noted t h a t t h e fundamental researches in t h e theory of free vibrations
of isotropic shells with an arbitrary form of t h e middle surface widely using asymptotic
methods are elucidated in t h e book (16).
We take t h e length of t h e meridian's arch a(A = 1 ) and angle 0 in a circumferential
direction for t h e curvilinear coordinates on t h e middle surface of t h e shell of rotation.
T h e main curvature radii and angle ip between t h e normal t o t h e shell's middle
surface and t h e axis of rotation have t hle
tion hi e following
followii relationships:
J_ <fy __
<ty B"
B"
B"
K
R~i
x da~~
da
da ^ 1 -- ( £{B'Y
y/\ ')»'
JJ _ -y/1
y/\ - (B'f
(B'f _ sinj/>
sin0
% ~ B
B ~ ~B~'
*--*■ ar-ia-i)-
(A)' U. RJ
*--*'&)'-§(*-*)■
where t h e accent " / " denotes a derivative along a. We now examine an orthotropic
reticulated shell whose lattice satisfies t h e following conditions
Nl = C n £ l + Cl2£2, N
N22 =
= Cu^l
Cl2£l + C22£26,
CM£26,
4 AH
A/l
MI = --££ (/Ci
( / c i + 1/2*2,
I/2K2, M
Mi2 = -ko£
-*4>e(K(«:2
2 V)«l),
+ <'iKi), (5.75)
where
_ -Pia K\t
D\2 — K\2
Ku __ -Pl2
D\t —
Dyt — K\2
K12
Kit
Vl V?
D22 + K22
^22
rl22 "fln+V
D\i
D\l + K\\
22 22
ec* --= n Dn+Kn,
u _L W t --—D-n
7 ^; — , Jl „^■
+ K n
X\ + K.\\, *o
£ - UX\+K.\\, Dxx
*0 - 7
L>\\ +, A
; + Klnl■
„
L>\\ + A n
5.4. Vibrations of Shells of Rotation 281
Considering the formulae for the tangential deformation components from equations
(1.35) we obtain
du w
■1- + - 5 - = anA^i
aaiiWi
ii^i + + 0 1a2i2^N22,,
da rti
B' w
—u
—u+ + —
—u — = = al212N
12N tt +
Nl+a 22Na .22N
2a22 N2. (5.76)
oO o2
t>2
The axisymmetrical free vibration system of equations written relative to the sought
amplitude time functions has the form
f f,«.„, | *, ,
« L+
da
+ > . - * H £i++ <+« « -D
V
°.
«i
Wi
N\ N22 \Id d , _, _ . . ^,
RT + ^ - 5 ^ ^ W
- U 5 W = U
'
B'
Oi = - - ^^ + § ( « * - ^ x ) ,
9. (5-77)
here
n
n ^=
n? w^^.Fi/a,),
i=l
1=1
) =£ ek (* "Mf y; £Y' xi W
rx m ( ta t, £, e) = £ »((aa))eexx pp (/ -i f q«? mrf«l
m>da\
da\ (m
(m = l1,4),
M, 4)) , (5.79)
I.<■c£ CJo(m)
tt S
;=o I ■M»0 Mm) J J
282 Chapter 5. Vibration
q
9m = 6^exp[^^]
m - 6
( m — l)7Tt
1/4
exp
2
(m= =M),M),
(m
aa22^t
22mni -1
2 »o — i
6 (5.80)
(5 80)
- a22B> ■ -
<»22#2
Without going into detail we write indices Jfc(x), and the first intensity functions:
k(w) =
k(w) = 0, «<°> == fl-l/2
0, u><°> B -g-3/2
" V)2q-
B-" 3 /3l!
\,
0
k{u) =
fc(ti) = 1, u<°>
u< > = c«V°>,
*(*i)
k(Ki) = -2, K<0) = -</V0)>
*(/c22)) =
k(K = -1, K{2°0)) = -(B'/B)qw°,
-(B'/B)qw°,
*(JV.) = 1, A<f 0)
A (B'/B)q-lNi°\
(B'IB)q-'N?\
' =
(B'/B)q-
k(N2)2) == 0,
k(N ^ of ') = (M
o, A 2 )^ )--y^° *
flM 1 0
)
0)
*Wi)
k(Qi) = = 1,
1, Q<°>
Ql == --?9V V °>) .. (5.81)
(5.81)
At the turning point of differential equation system b = q = 0 hence w' 0 ' = oo. This
point appears in the integration region only when value fijj refers to region (5.78)
excluded from the examination.
Depending on the sign of value b we study two cases with great different variability
integrals.
1. Instance 6(a) < 0. which takes place with fij < A". Separating in solutions
(5.79) the real and imaginary parts we obtain for exponential multipliers
n
e* cosV>n,
cos V>n, e^sinV-n
e*"" sin ijm. (n = l,2),
l,2), (5.82)
where
y
( - 1 ) " [°\b\l>*da.
*n=(-^-
eV2 JJaa„
eV2
£^2
Thus, all the four integrals (5.79) are edge effect ones. Each integral is the vicinity
of one of the shell's edges a = an within the band width \an — a\ = 0(e).
5.4. Vibrations of Shells of Rotation 283
We can show that relationships (5.81) with ft2, = 0 are derived from formulae
(3.280) and (3.281) for the axisymmetrical stressed state.
Integrals (5.79) are edge affects can be made more precise by expanding intensity
coefficients into series z = a — atn.
Now we obtain more precise solutions for the shell's edge a = ct\. For this we
present integrals (5.79) as
(o,e) =ek^[x^\ai)+zxl(ai)+ex^(ai)+0(ez+e
xmm(a,e) 2
)exP0(ez+e
^[x^\al)+zxl(al)+ex^\a1)+0(ezW)expl.^l.^ 2
) XP
r
{^//jJ\ "mda\q< da\
m m f Q , (5.8:
}' (5.83)
where values xL, (en) and xin (c*i are assessed using formulae (5.81)). The system
of differential equations (5.75)-(5.77) makes it possible to determine values xh>(<*i)
included into solutions (5.83)
u»W = 0,
in
U(D
1 (ov , B' fan
(an ai2\
o-\2\ (o)
(0)
2
qq aa22qq-aB\R\R2
2
\ri R x J
rii j
22 2
4«W =
ft.]" = - Wf ' ,f• , 4 "n = -(S7B)„W,
V
. -2,«,W,
—i.qw -(B'/B)wW,
tf>
tft»)== _V^^
-q V » ' - a q B* (i + R>)_|L
B Ri Ri ' Ri
+ ^^L
2 2K
q
1< 0„W,
)
q9 aa22 {2 2
22q B
22 Ri R22 Ri q9
< «(1)
*JV > = ^
^ '' W C)(0)
aau22 qBRi
qBRi
22qDni
22
4P
($> = -- 33 9 V ° > ' - (B'/B)q
9V°>' -
2
(B'/B)qw<°\
2
W<°\ (5.84)
«,(») =
J°) = £T'/V
B - ' / V 33//22, «(0)
B-Wq-W
(0)
== -(it,
-(it.++ v itvk2 )2g)q-^°\
-V°»,
00)) 00))
K<
K<
ft., =
=
= — Vu r°°\ \, «<
- 9ggy V 4K<i22 = == —V-"-(B'/B)qwl°\
-(B'/B)qwl°\
l")Hw 1
0)0) l l ll
N[
JV<
••i
0)
=
= (B'/B)q-
(B'/B)q-\
(B'/B)q-
\— 1 —11
Ni°\
Ni°\ - i i
N™
N™ =
= EhI$
Eh&wW,
EhI$ uP\
uP\
£ 3
Ehq^ -JO)
(0) = -^SLV
Qf) ,, (5.85)
W 2 (5.85)
Vi - !11—1/2
_—„V, » •
When calculating function q value 6 (Eq. (5.80)) must be replaced by
2 22
= ((1
6= )( A
( il -- «" ^2/ 2:)(AA---**Jb|),
)),,
2
where frequency parameterr A =
= iiu) /E.
IUSJE.
284 Chapter 5. Vibration
The second intensity functions for isotropic shells have the form
=
ttf11
UJ = 0,
1 22
u' ' = -g-V°>' + (./ifc, +
+ (j/jfc,
(vkt + k2k){B'/B)q-
+ 2)(B'/B)q- w<°\
k2)(B'/B)q-V wl°\
°>,
K!11''
K*
/c* = -2awW.
-2qwW, 4W
K M1 ' =
= -<B'/B^°y.
-(B'/B)wW,
1 l oy 2 2
7
NP >
JV<
-"1
== -q-
—
-q-'N^'
N{
1 "1 \{B'IBf{h\»l +
- W"!"!
{{B^/Bfih + h)
*a) + hkl
khk X(2k1 +
tkl 2 - X(2k, + uk2vk)]Ehq-
))l wl°\
2)]Ehq- wl°\
ll)
N22(1) = -(B'/B)Ekk1q-1wW,
-{B'/B)
-(B'/B)Ehk wl°\
Qi" =
Q<»
Eh
_ ^ ( 3 2g V ° > '
\i -- 1v /i V
+ .fv)
§gV°>). (5.86)
The solutions (5.85) and (5.86) referring to free vibrations of continuous isotropic
shells of rotation are given in the book [16, pp. 124-127] where the shell's thickness is
indicated as 26 and the positive directions for w, M\,M2Q\Q2 a r e opposite to those
accepted here.
If we examine the shell of rotation whose lattice's parameters satisfy relationships
(1.26) and 73l- = 0 then formulae (5.81) and (5.84) will pass correspondingly to
(5.85) and (5.86) provided that the isotropic shell's thickness, Young's modulus and
Poisson's ratio for the material are determined using (1.28) and the material's density
ft =HFf.FyfiF~iT
yf.Fy/3Fjh/2a.
/ 3 F M /x2l2a.
a.
When 6(a) < 0 all the four great variability integrals bear an edge effect nature, thus,
the approximate free vibration frequency values in the region fijj < A" if at all, can be
determined according to the momentless theory with account of tangential boundary
conditions: another subspectrum cannot exist as greatly variable solutions cannot
satisfy the non-tangential boundary conditions (only a trivial solution is possible).
2. Case 6(a) > 0. Here inequality fi2, > A + takes place. Then exponential
multipliers in greatly variable solutions (5.79) are reduced to the following functions:
g-ih ) e tf«,sin^3,cos^3,
e ^.e* 4 in ^ , cos ^3,
;s 3
r*
where
03 = 1 /V<da, V » 4 = - f 'b*'*da.
e Jai £ Jc,
Thus, one integral is an edge effect near the shell's boundary a = a j , and the
second edge effect near the shell's boundary a = a2, and the two other solutions
oscillate without significant change of amplitude.
We write the solutions obtained for the deflection function considering only the
first expansion terms (5.79):
w = 71
7! = 0 when a = const (5.88)
or
w = Mi = 0 when a = const. (5.89)
We now investigate three combinations of conditions on the contour of the shell of
rotation.
a) Both ends of the shell a = ax and a = aj satisfy conditions (5.88).
Substituting a linear combination of solutions (5.87) into (5.88) with a = a\ and
Q = a 5 we derive the following frequency equation
c o si(>'
cos ^ ' ==0,0, (5.90)
where
r- 1
i>' = -
f7f*
i/oi
x
bx4l*da.
6'/ <iQ.
V>* = J r ( 2 n + l ) / 2 (n
(n== nn00,,nno0++ !,•••)•
1,...).
sin^" = 0.
In Sec. 5.4.1a we compared certain solutions according to the moment and mo-
mentless (the first subspectrum) theories (see Table 5.4). As stated above, in accor-
dance with (5.78) the second subspectrum's frequency must satisfy inequality
nl>A+
or for the shell under review
Here are the first ten values lOfl2 obtained from the numerical solutions of the m o
mentless equation system which agree with (5.91)
3.15; 3.44; 3.81; 4.25; 4.77; 5.36; 6.00; 6.76; 6J54; 7.61.
7.61. (5.92)
Comparison of (5.92) and (5.93) shows exceptionally good agreement of the results
if we neglect frequency parameter 6.84 underlined in number series (5.92); the lowest
vibtation frequency parameter of the first subspectrum (momentless theory) was 6.84.
It should be pointed out that frequencies (5.92) and (5.93) are high (see Table 5.4),
hence their determination is approximate (for greater accuracy another shell theory
must be used).
Chapter 6
MULTILAYER SYSTEMS
This final chapter deals with the application of the above mentioned single-layer
reticulated shell theory to the investigation of particular multilayer structures.
6.1 S t r u c t u r a l Coatings
6.1.1 Differential equations
The supporting part of the following structural coatings consists of two parallel retic-
ulated or continuous plates connected by regularly spaced cross stays. Each stay
belongs to an m family having axes in parallel planes.
Figure 6.1 shows the i-th family stays in one plane. We assess the forces occuring
in them using the following formula:
Nu(x,y)
N 3i(x,y)y) = EMIE3iF3ie3i(x,y),
N4i{x,y)
Na(x,y),y) = E4iEF4i4iFe44iie4i{x,y),
{x,y), (6.1)
(6.1)
e£3i(x,
3i(x, y) = {[uu(x - 0.5du,
0.5du, y + 0.5bu)
—u2i(x + 0.bdu,y — 0.56j;)]
0.56ji)] sin a
+[wu(x - 0.5du, y + 0.56lt)
2i(x
-w2i (x + Q.5du,y - 0.5&1,)] cosa}/," 1 ,
0.5&!,)] cost*}/,"
£4i(x,y) = {[u
{[u2i(x 0.5d2i2i,y-0.5b
2i(x + 0.5e ,y-Q.5b22ii))
—«i,(x — 0.5d2i,y + O.5621)]
O.562;)] sin
sin aa
-[w2i(x + 0.5d2i, y - 0.5&2,-)
0.562l)
1 1
-wu(x
—w u(x -
— 0.5d
0.5d2i2,y
i,y ++0.5&2,)]
0.5&2,)]cosaj/r
COSQ}/," ,, (6.2)
(6.2)
287
288 Chapter Multilayer
6. Multilayer systems
systems
Figure 6.1:
d\i
<fi; = —
—2e,Ci
2e,c,- ++ As,-
h»i ttaann V"i,
V"i, ^2i
^2i == 2e,c,-
2e,c,- ++ As,
As,ttaann V\,
fa,
bn
6i, = 2e,s, + hci tan ij>i, bn =
———2e,s,-
2e,s,- ++ Ac,
Ac,ttaann^>,-.
^>,-.
We designate t h e pitch spacing in plane xOy of t h e planes of t h e i-th family of
rods as a;. Then additional load due to the stays' forces distributed over t h e upper
plate's middle surface will be
Y IFF *W — F F r ( l ) v c ' s i n—
a
'
•<Mi — ^4i^4t&4,- ^<3i^3ie3j / — 7ieiat
ieiGi
+(F
+(F F JJll>4> ++
F
+(.£-4i^4,e F F F ,-»
4-F£3.r3t£3i h 3' C| COOSSQQ, '| :S8 ii nn ^ ,
( )'V
4eia,
(i) s< sin a,
K„ = (EuFvdg (EvF^-EvF^f-^
, rtuCi cos a, sin V>;
* 3i4 ) )
—1.^41^4,t4, -f &3ir3ib 4e,a,-
4e,a,- ,'
, /ikcosa. 4e,a,- t^t
CCC000 SS aa cos
CC 00SS
7
Zi, —■ —IF
fi£/
f 4Pi/-4,e
F r^
P 4j« - Ft,3iP
t,3iPF33ie
ie3i.3i--(C(' ')h)h^ ' ^^' ,
4eia,
4eia,
where
where
44*'
'' =
= e£3.(x
3i(x +
+ 0.5dii,y-0.5b
0.5d
0.5(f u,y-0.5bu),1
l l -,!(-0.56ii)
45* ==
4J*
eg* e«(*
£4,(x + 0.5<i
e 4 ,(x + 0'W»,»~0.56ji)i
0.5<i2,-,y-0.562.),
2 ,-,y-0.56 2 l ). (6.3)
(6.3)
6.1. Structural Coatings 289
are relative extensions of the stays' axes intersecting at point A(x,y) on the upper
plate (Fig. 6.1).
Similarly we write the stay's additional distributed
ibuted load on the .lower plate:
t) c,8ina,
, _
-<2i
-^21 =
— \(£-3ii
^ 3 l ' 33ie
l ^ 33 i, b*ir*i£\i)—.
^ 4 l < .1.04, ;
' ' Aaai
44e;a,
(2) a; cos a,-sin V"i
2) ■ - - "■«
+(£
- 3".F— 3,4 + EvFufihr
» '> 4e,a,
4e,a, '
i) 3, sin a,
y2i = ( £ 3 . ^ 4 ? - ^ A i-J 44e,a, ?)^
4e,ai
4e,ai
(jj c,- cos a,-COsin V\'
--(E«F
( £ 3 3i^e$
3 , ^ ' ++ B B f t j e: J ?E*,F °Q'Sm-*\,
< « }) - ^ — ^j - :
4ieyf
ieia; '
co co
z, = (*^4?-^4?)
r»
(^4?-^ £ ff) ~T7^ i ^,''
/ 1-. r, lit n r. <7)sco °i
[j. cos
COS a,-
i ]
cos
C O S ipi
0i
4e t a;
where
where
44 ?? =
= e£ 33, ,( (a^: --00. .55d^, i,,5j // ++ 0.56 1 ,),
0.56,,),
eg'
4?' = £ 4 , ( xi --00.. 5 ( f 2 „ j / + 0.56
0.562i2i)) (6.4)
(6.4)
are relative extensions of the stays' axes intersecting at the lower plate's coordinate
point x,y.
The displacements of stays Uji, Wji (Fig. 6.1) in the plane are determined according
to formulae
"ji
Uji =
= CjUj ++ SiSiVj,
CfUj Vj,
Wji Wj cos
— WJ
= fa —
cos ipi — (siiiy
(siUj —— c,u,)
CjVj) sin
sin V\
ipi 0(j == 1,2).
1,2). (6.5)
(6.5)
Using the functions' expansion into Taylor's series and keeping terms up to the
second derivative inclusive, from formulae (6.2), (6.3) considering (6.5) we obtain:
(11 1 f \,
T/ ^
s /, ..s fi (/ du2
9u
9uj dv22\
4' = ^{[(ui-^Ci (u, - u2)ci + (v
[[(ul-u2)Ci v J lis[cii—- d u ^CiS~
^ l--Vi)si-d — +
2
+ t>is-
i—j—j
Ti SSi
(/ d«
du22 du 2
dv22\\ d%.( 2 2 \
,. / ad'u«22^ ad*v
v22
^ - ^ -r - .
a y y -
T-M
+6,. Ic,-^ + s,— \ - -2 ^U—
^ 2 T „ dx2 j
+ 22Siux-
—\/
.,(
+duK
d*u+Si
2 d*v2\ hi(t dd uu2+ aSi28vv2\]\] sinai
. 2
2
2
+ dlihii {"dx^ +^Fy)
{"dxly-
\ oxoy
Si
^Fy)
oxoy j ~ y
Y
1 [^W
[?-&
\ oy-
+ Si w)\Sma
W)\
oy j '
+ cos
COS ^1pi{
cos ( ^wI\ —
— wv>%)
v*i)
l) ~— sasiisms m ^•'(«l
V"i(«i ——uu
4>i{ui i)2 )++ °i^s sin
«2) m
i'ii}' 1 ——
V>,-(wi —
"2)
v2)
3u;
dw222
5UJ . ,, (/ dui 5
duu222
du 5 r2\2 \ .
dv
-rf,,——
0 1 1 - 5 — (cosipi
--rf,,—— cost/\ + + d
<Ji.u I I Si—
St— C ii —
C — 11 sintf>.
sinipi
ox
ox *
, ., dw 3 w22 ,. . (/ du2 dv2\ .
++ *bI .l - .Q _ cos 0 1 . _ 6lt . (^ 5,-0
— cosipi-bu 61. I , _ _ cc ,——J 1 Sslinn0 01 .,
290 Chapter 6. Multilayer systems
2
^6 &
,. // aa «
2
u2 aa»«,\
2
r \2 // aa 2«« 2 aa 2uU2\\il ..
2
2
2
2
2
2
+ 0
+y 2 i\ - oy'^ ++ S*i dy
^ J)J ~
w d2ib2i
- **■ \^y^dWy
3Oxoy
+s
^ + *'oiFy)
. Oxoyj
sinQi
^ J j \•»«.•
— (w
— (tu22 — Wi)
u>i) cos
cos V>, — (u22 — u\)Si sin 0, + (f22 — ui)c,- sin ^>i
«I)SJ sin ^i
,, J
J aA°2t0
2 ; J, ^ / a"u22 au2 2 \\ ..
dv
+d2>—— cos 0, - da2., -5—Si —— 3, -- -3—
——c,c, I1sin
sinV>.V>.
ax
Ox \\Oxax ox Jj
Ox
1 Oa uU,, 2 , ,, L
, / 9u 3u a u \ ■ .I
- 6 l2 i -3—2cos fa
1
+ 62, fI s, -77* 2 CiA—j \2I sin V.
-b2i -3— cos V>. + 0* I S, — c; — I sin V.
+
+ ccoo ss 5 sin sin0i
y ^^rr c o s ^* - y I^ fer;sin *^
-&r^ -~^«Ci&5-J
{«~d* ^)
b2 &>w*
62,idW , , b22i / ( 5d2 2uu22
6L a2dt>A
2
v2\ . . , ,
+ ■"2i ^C0Stpi
. cCOSti;
osV r 1 Ss 3i Cj-^-r-sinSin
s i nt/),'
+
f ^2-
T-w ''"~yyI[ ' aw^ -~*»"w)
a^J
.-T—
**
2U, 32
2U 5 22V
U2
JA A ^
° 2 I ^A U ( ° "*
2 ° *"\^ • • / /1 1 II
WD y
__ d" Mi
* ^ dxTy
axaj,CCOS
4"**fefl£ "2'"2'V'drty-
° S *' +"+ d2ihi
<f2i62
*V S axa
i
M
axaj,;S1S1"
' ( , a ^ " "dxTy)
y ~ ^dxTy) " *J
CC SS a
* ] ° ' jJ "•
° °'
ly from formulae (6.2), (6.4) and (6.5) we obtain:
Similarly from formulae (6.2), (6.4) and (6.5) we obtain:
(2) 1 f \, s , % , / Aii
du\ v
ddvi
i \
££ = U
3. = 7
T ^S ("1
("1 -- « 22 )) C
C ,, +
+ (^1
(^1 -- U
U 22 )) SS ,, -- <
d fi l,, II C
C ii —
— ++ ss ,, —
— 1
1
2 2
6.. // A11
An+,,Si A>,\
A i+\ <P
4 U // aa«,
+«a, aa v,\
2 2
v,\
- " \{"-dV
oy ^)
oy j yi.{<"1*
\ ox' ' a ox-
^ J/
22 2
2 2 2 2
6 ,. / a u ,
+ 6 ,. / a u, a5 2vvA
A / a 2« , a 2v, \ 1 ..
<fl 6,i / a «,+ Sl a v, \ iSmQ
y£. (\ ^uy^ ' - a uy
^ J/ - ' r^A7
\ uxuy ft^JJ
uu,uy/ '
+ (iwi — u>2) cos V>t — («i — ti 2 )s, sin ^i 4- (v
(f 1 — uw22)c,
)c, sin 0i
5t«iat«i
-fli.-Q— cos t/>, + an I s , g
/ au, / ati, av, \ .
A)i\. .
c t — I sin^,-
-dj,—— ax cos t/>, + d lt I s,—
\ dx c t — /I sin V>.
dx
, , Ai>, / au, au «Ai\ .
+01,-3—
+ cos^i
6 l i - 3 — COS ^ i - Oli
oii I 3,-5
S,-r Ci-3-
Ci^- 1 sinipi
1 sin Ipi
oy \ dy dy
dy)J
6.1. Structural Coatings 291
-62. ^ - ^ + * , . — j - T ^ ~ + , ,2 . — j
b\{ ( a v av\ ( a u, a v \i .
+ Sl{ + d2Ai
2A< +++ S s s sma
Sma
Y
- Y ^\«W
z \^ 9oy
a^^ + *'a^J
a^J
W)
Oy' J
+ <<2A
' V^dTdy-
VOldy-
{«&§;
\ Oxoy J y)\ '''
'dxT
'dxTy)\
'd^)\
oxoy
sma
—\(w
— ij>i——("2
(w22 — Wi) cos ^i (u2——
iii).s,
ui)s, sin V>i ++(f(v
Ui)sis\nipi 2 — u^Cjsin
«i)c,-
2— sin V>iV>.
. ami
■ J *"»
/ oudu< odvtv \ ■i
+02.-0— cos ipi/ - dJ2i I( 3i—* C j —^ \I sin fi
+dji-g—
OX cos ipi - d >
2 \I 3i—
OX C jOX JI sin V>,
—
- 6 2 .cos
-62.-cos- c ofr-j-
s*— ++
+^^ ^
Si — -
[si— - c —smj ssin
, n^
^
-** ^--^T ** \ ~dy~ " «!?) **
di&wi c o s V , > + dif a v a2»,\smv,> .
sm
~ Y^
2 fli' Y
T2 2lVT" <w
a^2 ""*a^J
w «ox a^J
i
) l ^
6ft22
,di"
bidw?
ft M ,, +,bi
2 2
,^ costpi 6 ., 6
2
2 /, /
( a 2
5 «i
° aux
«,
"i a 2°^. )
22
a^2, v,\
v
»i\ 22\S1.. ,,. ,
+ Y (3i ^ - « ap-J sinA
-YW
-YWcostpid2u
Y [ W ~a2ui"WJa2u^.-
+^ 02.62.
^ t o-oT
diibn " cos Vn
/ - ^02.02.
V>i A. fI s*•> Q~Q c,Q
d2i62. c,- »»^I sin
• V>,
/V,-1 cos a,I> .
+ diibn cos Vi - d2i02t I *• Q~Q c,- I sin V,- cos a, > .
Assuming plane problem conditions we now write equilibrium equations for the
structural
ictural coating plates
dN
dNjildx
n/dx
uiijl/ux + dSj/dy -r
-r ujj/uy +Vqnji T+ sij
+ X> = 0,
= u,
dSj/dx ■++ dN j2/dy/oy ++
dNn/dy 9q;q2++ Y, = 0,
Y, = 0,
OZj/Ox OPi i2 + r ; = u,
j2
j2
qqj3 + Z =0 0 = 1,2),
1,2),
0 = 1,2), (6.6)
(6.6)
j3 + Zj=0
j
where m
m
EJ **>"
°>t == 2E1=1
i=l
q9 2=
EI *5"i" >> 2JEEZ^*
' ■' >•'» ># ~ XE
1=1
i1=1
=l
Y 9q 33==
1=1
i 1=1
=l
is an additional load due to the stays' forces distributed over the plates' middle plane.
Linear forces Njt, Nj2, 5 , for the upper (j = 1) and lower (j = 2) plates are assessed
through the plates' middle plane deformation components using corresponding con
stitutive equations. For reticulated plates the constitutive equations have the form
as in (1.24).
292 Chapter 6. Multilayer systems
F = l2F°, Xi = Xj^BJQiYjtZj),
EX°{Yi,Zj},
x = lx°{y,Uj,Vj,Wj,h,e,ai} (i,j
( t , ;=
- 11,2),
,2),
where / is the structure's size in the direction of axis x. Now we disregard the upper
"zero" index.
Then constitutive equations (6.6) for the displacements have the form:
22
r_ d u22 ,,9wdw22 j)\F n\F d22u\ X\aj
X\ai
«2 - «i + K) = 0,
dx2 dx ^ K dx2 + K
2 2
„ crui
d ui , 9tW!
dw\ nrtoF 2Fd'u d 2u2 X22aa\x
Ui U2 + Kl + h + r + = o,
ui--u2 + K-dxT
l— + h—
-dx- + -R-dxT Lr^T + —— = 0,
2
, d v2 ,dw niF&Vi Yta2
2 Vl Kl h 2+ + = 0,
0,
^» -" ^ ++ K-M l w ~ - h-fr— ^-K"E* — — + IT — =
„ 9d222vvv\xi .,ddwi
u>i t}
r>22FF
r} 2Fd
22
d2dV2
vv2 2 Y2CL2
YY2a2a2 2
Vl - Vj + # ] 2 0,
dy By K dy* K
2tf, (\du
2K, 1 29«2 11 dt>2\ dv2\
K2{w 2 — Wl)
—ft {■aja-l-^3x + a 2 dya-/2ly-)- K2{W2
-wi)
2
/ 1 d2w u>2 2 1 dd2w w22 \\ „
u)2 Z\ tan
Z\ a nQ
ttan aQ
2 2 Kt = 0,
\a.\
\a\
k aj ox'
dx a
aj dy
a2 dy'
2 ) K\ cos
COS a
a
2tf,
2tf, / l 1f tdu\ i, 1 out dvA
Kl(w2 — U>i)
-r{a- \ a ! dx + a2 dy )a-2-dy-)-K2{W2-W>)
ft i-dx-
/ 1 d 2 wx 1 d 2 uA Z 2 tan a
+ (l^ 2 +
l£W 2 Ki +**Ef! o,
= o, (6.7)
(6.7)
\\ai
a i ox 9x2 a dy
a dy J
2 2 ) Kcosa
Kcosa
2
where
F A - 2 cos2 a, 2A", = h
A" = Fh~
K A22 tan
tan22 a,
a,
1
K2 = 2(ar
2 ( « r ' + «oJ»),
, ' ) , n^Fj/F.
fli = Fj/F. (6.8)
(6.8)
6.1. Structural Coatings 293
The system of equations (6.7) is of the twelfth order and requires a statement of
six boundary conditions at each point on the contour when solving the problems.
6.1.2b. Flat Girder. When n = m = l, 0 = 0, 0 = ir/2 we have a system of
fiat vertical girders positioned parallel at pitch a,- = a and the problem reduces to
examination of one girder. Assume, that all rods are made from the same material.
The forces and deformations in the girders' stays are assessed using formulae (6.1),
(6.2) after corresponding simplifications.
From this point we use dimensionless values as in Sec. 6.1.2a.
The upper and lower girder structures' additional load due to the stays is
.cos4e a
Zn = [N (x + e) + N4(x-e))^.
lN33(x N4(x-e)}J (6.9)
4e '
4e
Now we omit the "zero" index of the dimensionless values:
Now we omit the "zero" index of the dimensionless values:
Nk = El22N°k (k = TJ); X -. = ElXUZn) (i,j = 1,2).
Nk = El N°k ( i = M ) ; XtJ tJ-. = ElX^Za) (i,j = 1,2).
These expressions can be rewritten as:
These expressions can be rewritten as:
,, r / ■> / ,.,FFssiinnaa
An
X n = M *x + e) - e33(x (z - e)]e)
! )— 1 ,
^4ee - '
. F cos
cos ct a
[e*{x ++ e)
Zn = [e<{x e) ++ ee33(x
(x -- ee)) ] — ,
4e
„ , . . . . F ssin
S,F i n aa
Xn
Xn = = [e (x +
[e33(x + e)
e) -- ee4(x - e)]
4(x - e)] 4^ e ~ ',
)J_
F cos ct a
Zn = [e3(x + + e) - e4{x - e) e)} —- . (6.10)
(6.10)
' 4e 4e '
Four equations remain from the equilibrium equations (6.6) which considering
formulae (6.9), (6.10) and using the functions' expansion into Taylor's series can be
written as (functions aXj, aZj are indicated as X,, Zj):
e2 e2 4e
eK + eN'4 -
-N3 + N4 + eN^ eN4-^N!+^N
-JV; 4'+£-N[
I I sin a
4e
- — X X, == 0,
sin a 1
2 2
e e
N3 + N4--eNeN
3 3 + eN'4 + ?-N3' + ?-N'4'+—Z1 Zy = 0,
i I cos a
294 Chapter 6. Multilayer systems
4e
N3-N4 N4 + eNi +
+ eJVj
eN'4 +
+ ^rN
^Ng3' - ^N
^N'44'' -+ 4^N'2
l l sin a
4e
- ^ X 2 Xo = 0,
sin a
4e
N3 + N4 + eN
eNi-eN
3 - eN'
t jN? + jN'4' 2 - - ^ - Z 2 = 0.
4 + ^-NZ+l-Ni'-—Z (6.11)
L I cos aa
cos
Here the accent (') denotes the x derivative.
The solution of homogeneous system (6.11) has the form
N\
N\ == —0.5(C
—0.5(C22 cos
cos rx
rx ++ CC33 sin
sin rx)
rx) sin
sin aa
+0.5C!
+0.5C! sin
sin aa fl
( l -- -- J) ++ CC4,, 4
N
jV22 =
= —0.5(C
—0.5(C22 cos cos rx
rx + +CC33 sin
sin rx)
n ) sin
sin aa
+ 0 . 5 C , s i n a ( l + - ) +
+ 0 . 5 C , s i n a ( l + - ) + C5,C ,
5
7V
■/V33 = C22 cos rx +
+ C33 sin rx —
— C\,
N44 = C22cosrx + C33sinrx + Ci,
where r = y/2/e.
\f2je.
A non-homogeneous system can be solved using a constant variation method.
Thus:
C,(x) = - Zf^±^-dx,
C,(x)
x+Z2
-dx,
J cos a
f 2(Zj
2 ( Z i—
- ZZ2 2))sinrx
sinrx
C2{x)
(x) = / y= Ux,
dx,
J V2cOSQ
v 2 cos Q
= [2(Zi _f2(Z
- Z2l)-Zcos ri dXt
2)cosrx
C3(x) -dx,
J vV2cosa
2 cos a
t (Zj( Z k+ +Z2) tan
t a Bo a
c«w = / [
C4(x) y (i-;)-^]^ 2 (' 7) ■ X i </x,
/" r(Zi+ + Zt 2a) n
t aQ
c5(x) = / p y
Cs(x) ( ('+3-
i f)-x ]^. 2
na ,
+ -X
2 2 <fx.
If all the loads are constant the non-homogeneous solution of system (6.11) is:
e(Zi- — Z22)) tan
e(Z\ t a n aQ
(Z!
(Z\ ++ Z2) tan 1a 22
J*i = 7: r -xx — - XA\x,
,x,
2 4e,
2
e(Zi — Z 2 ) tan a 4ei
(Zi + Z 2 ) tan (
N2 e(Zi - Z2) tan a (Z t + Z 2 ) t a n a- X 2 — ^ 2 ^ 1
2 4*,
yv2 - 2 4e^ * ~*2*'
e(Z, - Z
e(Z, - Z2)2 ) (Z, -r Z
(Z, + Z2)2 )
N
N33 = 1- x,
cos a cos a
e(Z, - Z2) (Z t + Z 2 )
N4 =
/V4 — x.
1
cos aa
cos cos aa
cos
6.1. Structural Coatings 295
Ni = —0.5(Cjcosrx + C 3 s i n r x ) s i n a
N
+0.5Ci
+0.5C, sin aa■((l •-- !- )) + c4 + (1
+ C (| + j f!
- J1 Z,
Z\ tan
tan a, a,
\2 + 4 e ,
N2 = —0.5(C 2 cosrx + C 3 s i n r x ) s i n a
—0.5(Cjcosrx
(e__x^
+0.5Ci
+0.5C, sin aa ( l + -^ +YCi-\ Ch + ( j - ~) Z, t a n aa,,
('+!) \2 4e,
Z\ tan
Z,
N33 = C2 cos rx + C3 sin rx — C\ — (e — x ) — — ,
N
cos
COS aa
N4 =C2 cos nrx + C
C33 sin
sin nrx ++ Ci
Cx -—(e(e++xr)x'
)——. (6.12)
cos a
Constants Cv
Cj (j = 1,5)
1,5) are determined from the problem's boundary conditions.
For a statically determinable girder an equation system expressing equilibrium
conditions of four nodes with coordinates1xx== 0,0,xx==2e, 2e,xx == 11——2e,
2e,x x= =1 1should
si be
constructed.
Constant coefficients in expressions (6.12) after solving this system of equations
become:
Z!
c, =
C\ -
22 cos a
, C
C22 =
= C3
C3 =
= 0,
0,
COSQ
C4 =
■- f -(H)
| + i j ZZitan
, t a n aa,
,
(H)
C55- = f | - M Zj
Z, tan a.
JVi
iV, =
Zita.nct,
Zj
-1-
tan a .
(x-l)x, N22 == e - i
AT (*-l)»l
(x — l)xl 7 _ ,
— ZiZ ^tana n aa,,
4e 4e
dp
iV I - «e ++x, ) - *Z t- , ^y=
^ 33 = ( - 1 vQ4 =-fei - x
e -/ xCOSQ
)^.
\ 2 / cos aa ' \2 cos a
Forces for the girder and stays of the girder assessed using these formulae at
values x corresponding to the central point of the rod' s axis agree precisely with the
results obtained by the classical mechanical engineering constructional method of a
rod system.
We present the girder's displacement equilibrium equation:
i i
uUi-Ui+K^-hw^
2-ul+Klu'i-hw'2-^JilFK- u'[JrX + riiFK^u'l
lK-' + X^-1 = 0,
l , 1 l
u, -u- 2 u, ++KK,u':
11, lu'[ ++hw'
hw',
1 +T,
+ FK- u
n-.FK^u'l
2 i+X 2K-
+ X-,K~ == 0,0.
1 X -2 2
Wi — u>i
Wt w2 ++2K\h~
2K\h u''2u l ——K\w Ktw'n
2 — —Z\K~
Z\K 'sin sina acos
cos aa == 0,0,
w>i —
vi\ —w w22 ++ 2Ki
2K\h~ h x1u\ Kiw"++ ZZ22KK~l'sin
u[ ++ Kiw" cos -22aa == 0,0,
sin aa cos
296 Chapter 6. Multilayer systems
where
K = Fh~2 cos2 a, = h7 tan 2 a,
2tfj =
2Ki rf,
r,, =
= FFj/F.
,/F.
When solving this system of equations the four boundary conditions on each girder's
end should be considered.
Ni = £ > « S, = £sfO,
3=0
i=0 j=0
i=0
Mi = ^(Ai.W
£(A*,<» + e,ivf>),
e,^),
3=0
Hi = ^(wP-e
£ ( / # > - «y,Sp>)
• # > ) (i = 1,2). (6.13)
i=n
3=0
4 "j) = St
e[ ejKkk,, w (j) = u> -- 2e,r,
ek - e,K 2CjT, K^
KP == Kk
K,k,
r®
T W = r
T (it
(it =
= 1,2).
1,2). (6.14)
6.2. Ribbed and Multilayer Reticulated Shells and Plates 297
If we substitute the covering's forces expressed through its middle surface's defor
mation components (j = 0) into (6.13) and take relationships (1.22) into account we
obtain the constitutive equations for a thin ribbed shell.
When besides ribs, there are also other types of layers whose constitutive equations
are known (for instance there may be several coverings) these layers' forces expressed
through the deformation components determined by formulae (6.14) should be added
to the sums in expressions (6.13).
As a datum surface we can choose another one differing from the covering's middle
surface. Then values ej must counted from this surface and £,, u>, «;, r are its
deformation components.
For the second layer consisting of three rib families (the ribs of the first two families
are identical)
¥>i = ~9i = V. V>3
Vi V3 = =0, 0, <nai= =a2 a=2 =2a2a
3 c.3 c.
The dependencies of the calculation model's linear forces and moments on this layer's
middle plane's deformation components were obtained earlier in Sees. 3.2.1, 3.2.3.
Substituting the deformation components in these dependencies according to formulae
(6.14) we obtain the constitutive equations for the second layer.
Then using (6.13) we write the final formulae for the two-layer plate's linear forces
and moments:
(0)
JV, = £&°>6(e
*(£,x + •/£»)/(!
w , ) / ( l - W) S)
+A""[a,i(£i
+A"[a n (£i - e/ci) + ai a122(e
(e22 - eK
e« 22)],
22
NV,
3 = £<°>%
E^S(e2 2 + *e,)/(l
!/£,)/(! - uf )
+K'[al2(ei - e/ci) + a22(e2 - e« 2 )],
m
5 = G 6u> 6u + + K*a
K'a (u
{u(w -- 2er),
A"a12u12 2er),
M
Mxx = - £ » (
> ! « i + ve 2 ) - r[£>iKi
/*[!>,«! + (1 - 7)oi2«7)a,2/c2]
2
+ e A " ( a n £ , + a,
+eA"(a,,£i ai 2 £2 ) - e K'(a
A"(anK
U K,
1 + aa12
l2K2),
298 Chapter 6. Multilayer systems
where
Z?i = c 3 + d3 + 7a
ya12
12,, D2 =
= a22 + -yau,
an = c + + Si 33, aaii22 = s c,
"13 = S
ai3 s tan
tan <^,
v?, aa2222 == ss33 tan
tan y>,
tp,
and
A" =
= £EF/a
F / a 33,, I" = EJ
EJ11/a
/a33, , 633 = FF33/F,
/F,
d3 = J13M,
J\3/Ji, 17 = GJ3/EJi, e3 = J33/J3.
Using the plate's equilibrium and constitutive equations (6.16) we derive the fol
lowing system of differential equations for displacement points of the inner covering's
middle plane:
Ln{u)
(u) {l-v2)X/E^6
+ Ll2(v) + L13{w) + (l-u )X/EW6E™6 = 0,
^L2lM U22v{v)l + LW
(u) + L 23(w) d -2)Y/E^6
M + (\-u i ' W ^7<%
f :=
=0,0,
M«) + L
W (v) + L
i 3322 (v) 3 3 H - (1 - PU22)Z/E^S
L33M )ZIE^6E<°>£ = 0,
0, (6.17)
LU2
L\ =
— L2\2 =1 = ^ _+ + 2 f f a 1 2 j — ,
— *"";&*;•
f( &. „
& d33 \\
d
a"=9e[°n-^-
i l + 3 f l l3+3a
J l2—),
£13 = £31 = 0e
V ^ a^J'
L
i,3 =
! 2
(\-v
/1-1/ u
\ d „ , aa22
L 22 =
— ^n^^-^-r-^^,
L22 = \^—+ (ai2g) d—
3 +
, (!+ga
d3 \22)—, n
iM _ /, 32 = eg
{""dy^^dxWyJ'
L23 = L32 = eg{a22— + 3a12—),
L33 =
ll^v'+ /&{*£
I33 = gy'v' + ^ j ^
6.2. Ribbed and Multilayer Reticulated Shells and Plates 299
^d4
d* d4 I
, n a*
+
+ [6ai2
[6a„ ++ 7(sec y? -
(secv> - 6ai
6«
6a 2 +
+ ee3)J ) ]2 ^ ^2 + D 4~|
7 12 3 dx dy dy2 \
4 44 4
4\
., 22 { d
& . d& d
d \
+e 2g /an 8* „ A ^
B
+e9 r, L £« L+a22
« 1
^ + 6a"dx*dy
{ , "ttr« "d^di> 2 4
d?)'
dy J '
here p?
p\ = J , / F ,S<, = (1 -- Vv22)K'I6E<-°\
= (1 )K'/6El°\ yy 22 =
= d522/0x2 2
/&r + dd22/0y
+ /dy22
If there are no ribs g = 0 and equations (6.17) are valid for continuous isotropic
plates.
S3 =
#3 = ^3
d3 =
= ^3
e3 =
= 0.
0. (6.18)
If we use the shallow cylindrical shells' static geometrical equations and formulae
(6.16), (6.18) we obtain the following system of differential equations for the displace
ment vector's components of the middle surface points u, v, w of the covering:
Lii(u)+Ln(v)
La{u)+Lu(v) + La(w) t^2)R2XIE^6,
Lu(») = - ( 1 --(\-u X/E^S,
i£»(u)
i:H +M W »» ))++ £»(») I - v"2)R
M » ) = -"( 1 2 22
)RY/EW6,
Y/E^S,
22 2 2
L
Ml3(u)
« ) + L^v)
M « ) + La(w)
M » ) = (1
(i - <>u)R)RZ/EW6,
Z/E^6, (6.19)
,d2
4.,d ( 1 \- t /- v , 2 \ 0d22
in (i + «?c4; 2 - S^V
da +
2 3/3 2 '
/ l + »/" n 22 2^ 2
= (' ! — 2 5 c, 2 1c d
2 2
1,2 +r 2gs )^,
Z-12
l~2— /WJfl'
iIl3
l3
Ll3 , s Vc ++,)£ + , , c 2 ( c 2?_r^ + 3,
= ( (gs
2 2
2
| 33,^),
J 2 ^),
»
dadPy
s2
da 3 dad/3
22
. J (\-v
/ 1 - " - A aV
* Sj5?'
C
44,d 2 N & 2
d
+fA?
J^'
A
2
122
= ^•'VH—
2
■^22
*22 = 0 (i+^
+ *; V 2 +
+ ( — + " * ) 5?'
d/3
d 3
123
I23 == ((i+s*
dl +
+^4 )
^)) | + +e 7 3(23
e. .«^ ( 3ccd2^ ^+ , 3
+ ^
52 ^
)^) ,
300 Chapter 6. Multilayer systems
s22 2 c4
d*
6S V d4
12fl V V + 1 +
L33 = 2
3a< da*d02
.* & \JI . a ^ S4
. ra. jVj & . „(1 - e63V)
^adf*J^[da-^ daWF y, 2
w ^ = n2"' w*
w^=2 rn2u
=n
^- w* 2 z1 n2
w^*- =
*"-"' (620)
where
fi* u22){^aS
n 2 = (1 - «/ )(p<°W + 2,i^F)R2u,2/aSE^.
+ 2^F)RW/a6E^. (6.21)
We now examine a ribbed cylindrical shell hinged supported along the contour.
Here the solution satisfying boundary conditions is:
v = WJ
w == JVi = A
Afif i = 00 when a = 0; l/R;
u = w
«; = JVj
JV2 = A/2 = 0 when 0/? = 0; b/R,
6/.R,
where / and 6 are correspondingly the length of the shell and the cross section's
contour:
«nm = l/ n m cosA
UnrncosX
n asinA
nasin\
mm/ 3,
fi,
vnm =
«nm V nm sinA„acosA m /9, /3,
u>nm =
uinm W n/ nm
m sinA
sinAnnasinA
asinAmm/?.
/?. (6.22)
Here
\n =
\„ = n*R/l;
nxR/l; \\mm=rmrR/b
=m*R/b'«, * ((n,m
(n,m == 1,2,3,...).
1,2,3,...).
6.2. Ribbed and Multilayer Reticulated Shells and Plates 301
Figure 6.2:
Substituting expressions (6.22) into Eq. (6.19) and taking relationships (6.20)
into account we obtain a homogeneous system of three linear algebraic equations for
deriving coefficients Unm, Vnm, WnTn. Equating this system's determinant to zero
we derive an equation making it possible to evaluate the free vibration's frequency
parameter fi2.
We give the following numerical results for a ribbed cylindrical shell having pa
rameters:
3 3
/I = b = i?R/i; 6/R = 22-lO'
1Q- ; ; i/ = 0.16;
rf = 5.33 • 10 , r^ = 1.57 • 10 - 6 , g = 0.623; e. = 5 • 10 - 3 .
r\ -6
Free vibration frequencies were determined for 10° < y> < 90°. Since we keep
other parameters unchanged the shell's material volume does not depend on <p, the
angle at which the main vibration frequency is maximum is considered optimum.
In this system the dependence of the main tone's free vibration frequency on angle
(p is shown by curve 2 in Fig. 6.2.
The solid and dashed parts of the curve correspond to different forms of vibrations
n = 1, m = 2 and n = 1, m = 3.
Curve 1 corresponds to the case when the ribs' eccentricity relative to the inner
covering's middle surface is negative (the ribs are outside). This positioning of the
stregthening rib with ip < 60° increases the construction's rigidity. When ip > 60°
the change in the eccentricity's sign and value does not influence the system's lowest
free vibration frequency.
Curve 3 shows calculation results when there is no eccentricity (ei = 0).
Comparing curves 1, 2, 3 it follows that the ribs' eccentricity substantially increas
es the frequency of free vibration.
For comparison we obtained free vibration frequencies u> for this shell without
ribs (g = 0). Clearly, in this case the solution does not depend on angle (p. The
comparison was made under the condition that the covering and ribs are made from
the same material, i.e. fi^(i) == ^(o)
(0) =_ /i> £(i) =
„ £<i) _ E£<o)
(o) __ £E .
Then formula (6.21) can be written as
7 2 3
ntf2 =
= (1 -(l-v
v* ++g)»R
g)nRW/E.
w /E. (6.23)
302 Chapter 6. Multilayer systems
[3] L. I. Balabukh. Conical shells' bending and torsion, Trudy CAGI, 577 (1946) (in
Russian).
[9] O. Kh. Demkina. The use of a simple edge effect in the reticulated shell theory,
Chisl. Metody Mekh. Tverd. Deform. Tela, Moscow, Vychisl. Centr Akad. Nauk
SSSR (1984) pp. 60-64 (in Russian).
303
304 Bibliography
[14] A. L. Goldenveizer. The Elastic Thin Shell Theory, Moscow, Gostekhizdat (1953)
(in Russian).
[15] A. L. Goldenveizer. Elastic thin shell theory, Moscow, Fizmatgiz (1976) (in Rus
sian).
[32] N. N. Moiseyev. Elements of the optimum system theory, Moscow, Nauka (1975)
pp. 195-199 (in Russian).
[33] Kh. M. Mushtari and K. Z. Galimov. The non-linear elastic shell theory, Tat-
knigoizdat, Kazan (1957) (in Russian).
[34] A. A. Nazarov. An iteration method in the shallow shell theory, Uchen. Zapiski
Sarat. Univ. Mekh. (1956) (in Russian).
[35] V. V. Novozhilov. A new method of calculating thin shells, Izv. Akad. Nauk
SSSR, Otd. Tekh. Nauk, 4 (1946) (in Russian).
[39] B. A. Orlov. Optimal choice of the reticulated plate's fixing parameters in phys
ical non-linear bending, Chisl. Melody Mekh. Tverd. Deform. Tela, Moscow, Vy-
chisl. Centr Akad. Nauk SSSR (1987) pp.46-51 (in Russian).
[41] B. V. Paltsev. Expansion of the Dirichlet and mixed problems into a series for a
biharmonic equation according to decomposition problems, Vychisl. Mat., Mat.
Fiz., 1, 6 (1966) pp. 43-51 (in Russian).
[43] G. Prete. Studio statico generale dei gusci reticolari a semplice strato come con-
tinui structurali, Nota I-Teoria-Costruzioni metalliche, 2, 24 (1972).
[47] G. I. Pshenichnov. Edge effect in the reticulated shell theory, Probl. Rascheta
Prostr. Konstr., Moscow, Stroiizdat, 2 (1980) pp. 143-150 (in Russian).
[48] G. I. Pshenichnov. The thin elastic reticulated shell plate theory, Moscow, Nauka
(1982) (in Russian).
[51] G. I. Pshenichnov. Small free vibrations of elastic shells of rotation, Inzh. Zhur-
nal, 4, 5 (1965) pp. 685-690 (in Russian).
[52] G. I. Pshenichnov. Decomposition methods and its use for solving elasticity prob
lems, Chisl. Metody Reshenia Zadach Teor. Uprug. i Plastich., Novosibirsk (1990)
pp. 177-181 (in Russian).
[58] G. I. Pshenichnov and A. V. Skorikov. Solution of a shallow spherical shell free vi
bration problem using a decomposition method, Stroit. Mekh. i Raschet Sooruzh.,
5 (1988) pp. 37-41 (in Russian).
[62] G. I. Pshenichnov and V. I. Ulyanova. Circular ribbed plates' free and forced
vibrations, Probl. Prikl. Mat. Inform., Moscow, Nauka (1987) pp. 137-144 (in
Russian).
308 Bibliography
[64] Yu. N. Rabotnov. Some solutions of the shell momentless theory, Prikl. Mat.
Mekh., 5-6, 10 (1946) pp. 639-646 (in Russian).
[69] M. Rozsa. Equations differentielles des grillages flechis, Acta techn. Acad. Sci.
Hung., 3-4, 8 (1954) pp. 277-293.
[74] S. P. Timoshenko. On the correction for shear of the differential equation for
transverse vibrations of prismatic bars, Philosophical Magazine, 6, 41 (1921) pp.
744-746.
[75] M. I. Vishik and L. A. Lusternik. Regular degeneration and a boundary layer for
linear differential equations with partial derivatives, Soviet Math. Dokl., 4, 119
(1958) pp. 636-639 (in Russian).
[76] V. Z. Vlasov. Selected Works, 1, Moscow, Akad. Nauk SSSR (1962) pp. 244 (in
Russian).
Bibliography 309
[77] A. S. Volmir. Stability of deformed systems, Moscow, Fizmatgiz (1967) p. 545 (in
Russian).